DISCOURSE_NAMES

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, __A demonstrative Pronoun. __B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. __C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by Refs 2nd c.AD+ in Aeolic dialect accusative to Refs 8th c.BC+ genitive and dative dual τοῖιν Refs 8th c.BC+— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc., τόνς Refs; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, Refs; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), Refs; ταῖσι as demonstrative, Refs 7th c.BC+ Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in Lyric poetry, as Refs 5th c.BC+; but even in a trimeter, Refs 5th c.BC+ {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in Refs 5th c.BC+; in Refs 4th c.AD+ functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Refs 4th c.BC+ —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, Refs 3rd c.BC+ cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, ORefs 5th c.BC+ pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) __A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Refs 8th c.BC+ the commonest sense: frequently also in Refs 5th c.BC+, and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, Refs 4th c.BC+; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): __A.I joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, Refs; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, Refs; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, Refs; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, Refs:—different from this are cases Refs 8th c.BC+ if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare Refs __A.II frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Refs 8th c.BC+ —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below __A.IV before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, Refs 8th c.BC+ properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Refs 8th c.BC+: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Refs 8th c.BC+: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.2 when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Refs __A.VI.5 ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Refs 8th c.BC+; by ἄλλος δέ, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Refs 8th c.BC+: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.7 ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, Refs 8th c.BC+; also used by Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ.. οὔθ᾽ ὁ Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VII the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, __A.VII.1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς Refs 4th c.BC+ II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VII.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Refs 4th c.BC+; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Refs 6th c.BC+; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII absolutely usages of single cases, __A.VIII.1 feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Refs 8th c.BC+, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Refs 8th c.BC+ —only poetry __A.VIII.1.c of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.e relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.2 neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.2.b thus, so, Refs 8th c.BC+ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.3 neuter accusative τό, wherefore, Refs 8th c.BC+; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is.., Refs 5th c.BC+; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare aboveRefs 5th c.BC+; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Refs 1st c.BC+ __A.VIII.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Refs 8th c.BC+; more frequently τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Refs 5th c.BC+ in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Refs several times.. and finally, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5 of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) Refs 6th c.BC+ from that time, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5.b πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __A.VIII.6 ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) Refs 5th c.BC+; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Refs 2nd c.AD+ the greatest number of ships, Refs 5th c.BC+: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Refs 5th c.BC+: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Refs 1st c.BC+ __B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Refs 8th c.BC+ the demonstrative force can generally be traced, Refs 4th c.BC+ I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places Refs 8th c.BC+: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, Refs 8th c.BC+.; also in τῶν ἄλλων Refs; also τὸ τρίτονRefs; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,Refs—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. Refs 4th c.BC+ —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ __B.I not only with common Appellats., adjectives, and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.b omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} Refs III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare Θράσυλος in Refs; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, Refs 5th c.BC+; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in Refs when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Refs __B.I.d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., see at {καί} Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2.b frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. __B.I.4 with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, Refs 5th c.BC+infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.5 in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Refs 5th c.BC+ the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Refs; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.6 before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.7 before Prons., __B.I.7.a before the person Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέRefs __B.I.7.b before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; Refs 4th c.BC+; τοῖς ποίοις..; Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.7.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, Refs 5th c.BC+; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.8 before ἅπας, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Refs 4th c.BC+ see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., see at {ἄλλος} Refs __B.I.9 the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II elliptic expressions: __B.II.1 before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) Refs 5th c.BC+; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) Refs 5th c.BC+: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of Refs 5th c.BC+; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Refs; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Refs; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, Refs; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, Refs 5th c.BC+ what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, Refs 5th c.BC+: and with genitive of Refs 5th c.BC+ is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, NT+5th c.BC+ __B.II.3 very frequently with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Refs; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Refs; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Refs __B.II.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., see at {μά} IV. __B.II.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Refs 5th c.BC+ __C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Refs; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in Refs 8th c.BC+: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Refs 7th c.BC+; τό Refs; τῶνRefs—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ Refs 8th c.BC+ __D CRASIS OF ARTICLE: __D.a Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. __D.b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Refs 3rd c.BC+; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Refs 1st c.AD+

I. אֵת with makk. אֶת־, with suff. אֹתִי; אֹֽתְךָ, אֹֽתְכָה †Nu 22:33, אֹתָ֑ךְ, אֹתָ֑כָה †Ex 29:35, fem. אֹתָךְ; אֹתוֹ etc.; 2 pl. אֶתְכֶם, once אֽוֹתְכֶם Jos 23:15; 3 mpl. regularly אֹתָם, rarely אֶתְהֶם †Gn 32:1; Ex 18:20; Nu 21:3; Ez 34:12; 1 Ch 6:50, once אֽוֹתְהֶם Ez 23:45; 3 fpl., on the contrary, regularly אֶתְהֶן (13 times), once אֹתָ֑ן Ez 16:54 (also אֽוֹתְהֶן Ez 23:47, אֹתָ֖נָה Ex 35:26, אוֹתָ֖נָה Ez 34:21); forms with cholem also often written plene:—the mark of the accusative, prefixed as a rule only to nouns that are definite (Moab. id., Ph. אית i.e. אִיַּת (Schröd p. 213 f.); Aramaic יָת freq. in 𝔗; Syriac ܝܳܬ very rare as mark of accus. (for which ܠ is prefered), but used often in the sense of substance οὐσία, also in that of self, e.g. ܒܝܳܬܶܗ per se, reapse, ܠܝܳܬܶܗ sibi ipsi, PS 1640 f., Sam. ࠉࠕ; Arabic إِيَّا, only used with sf., when it is desired to emphasize the pronoun, e.g. Qor 1:4 WAG i. § 189. [Ethiopic uses ኪያ kīyā similarly, Di § 150 a; but it is dub. if this is etymologically akin.] The primitive form will have been ’iwyath, orig. a subst. with foll. gen., Ol p. 432; whether ultim. a parallel development with אוֹת sign from √ אוה is uncertain: Ol WAG i. § 188 LagM i. 226 affirm, NöZMG 1886, 738 doubts. In Heb. the ground-form is אוֹת; the forms with ē, e being abbreviated. In postB Heb., used in combination with another prep.: thus בְּאוֹתוֹ הַיּוֹם = Bibl. בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא, בְּאוֹתָהּ הַשָּׁעָה; or as a nomin., e.g. אוֹתוֹ הָאִישׁ = Bibl. הָאִישׁ הַהוּא). 1. As mark of the accus. prefixed to substs. defined either by the art. (or כֹּל), or by a genitive or pron. affix, or in virtue of being proper names: a. with transitive verbs, Gn 1:1, 16, 29, 30; 2:11; 4:1, 2; 9:3 (אֶת־כֹּֽל׃) etc. Similarly אֶת־מִי whom (in particular), Jos 24:15; 1 S 12:3; 28:11; Is 6:8 al. (but never אֶת־מָה); also with זֶה Gn 29:33; 44:29; 1 S 21:16; 1 K 22:27 +, זֹאת Gn 29:27; 2 S 13:17 +, אֵלֶּה Gn 46:18; Lv 11:22; Is 49:21 +. So pretty uniformly in prose; but in poetry את is commonly dispensed with. By the use of את with the pron. affix, a pron. can at once, if required, be placed in a position of emphasis; let the order of words from this point of view be carefully noticed in the foll. passages: Gn 7:1; 24:14; 37:4; Lv 10:17; 11:33; Nu 22:23 thee I had slain, and her I had kept alive (cf. Gn 41:13), Dt 4:14; 6:13, 23; 13:5; Ju 14:3 אוֹתָהּ קַח לִי take for me her, 1 S 14:35; 15:1; 18:17; 21:10 אִם־אֹתָהּ תִּקַּח־לְךָ קָ֔ח if thou wilt take that, take it, 1 K 1:35; 14:19; Is 43:22; 57:11 Je 9:2. So הַאוֹתִי †Je 5:22; 7:19. It also sometimes enables the reflexive sense to be expressed (elsewhere נַפְשָׁם) Je 7:19 Ez 34:2. Rarely with a subst. which is undefined (Ew§ 277 d 2 Ges§ 117, 1 R. 2), as Ex 21:28; Nu 21:9; Lv 20:14; 1 S 24:6 (but v. Dr) 2 S 4:11; 18:18; 23:21; or which, though definite, is without the art., Gn 21:30; 2 S 15:16; Lv 26:5; 1 S 9:3 (so Nu 16:15) Is 33:19; 41:7; Ez 43:10 (for further exx. v. Ew l.c.) b. with a passive verb (Ges§ 121.1 Ew§ 295 b) conceived as expressing neutrally the action in question, and construed accordingly with an accus. of that which is its real object: exx. occur with tolerable frequency from Gn 4:18 (J) וַיִּקָּרֵא אֶת־שְׁמוֹ חֲנֹךְ, and there was called (= one called) his name Enoch,17:5 (P) there shall not be called (= one shall not call) thy name any more Abram, 21:5 (E), 27:42 2 S 21:11; 1 K 18:13; Ho 10:6 etc., to Je 35:14; 38:4; 50:20 Ez 16:4, 5 Est 2:13 (cf. DrJPhl. xi. 227 f.): also with pass. vbs. of filling (Ew§ 281 b), as Ex 1:7 +. c. with neuter verbs or expressions, especially such as involve the idea of regarding, or treating, appy. by a constr. κατὰ σύνε��ιν (rare), Jos 22:17; 2 S 11:25; Ne 9:32 (cf. 1 S 20:13 Dr 1 K 8:31). Once after אֵין, Hg 2:17 אֵין אֶתְכֶם אֵלַי. d. poet. (si vera l.), after an abstr. noun used with a verbal force, †Hb 3:13 (Am 4:11; Is 13:19; Je 50:40 מַהְפֵּכָה exerts a verbal force, like the Arabic nom. verbi [v. WAG i. § 196, 43]; and Nu 10:2; Ez 17:9 לְמַסַּע, לְמַשְׂאוֹת are Aramaizing infinitives: cf. Ew§ 239 a). 2. את marks an accus. in other relations than that of direct obj. to a verb: a. with verbs of motion (very rare) Nu 13:17; Dt 1:19; 2:7 (to ‘walk the wilderness’); denoting the goal Ju 19:18; Ez 21:25 (Ew§ 281 d, n., 282 a 1). b. denoting time (duration), also very rare: Ex 13:7 Lv 25:22 Dt 9:25. c. expressing the accus. of limitation (rare): Gn 17:11, 14; 1 K 15:23. 3. Chiefly in an inferior or later style, אֵת (or וְאֵת) is used irregularly, partly (α), as it would seem, to give greater definiteness (so especially וְאֵת) at the mention of a new subject (when it may sometimes be renderes as regards), or through the influence of a neighbouring verb (a cstr. κατὰ σύνεσιν), or by an anacoluthon, partly (β) as resuming loosely some other prep. Thus (α) Ex 1:14; Nu 3:26, 46; 5:10 (with הָיָה: so Ez 35:10) Nu 18:21b Dt 11:2 (anacol.), 14:13 Jos 17:11; Ju 20:44, 46 (contr. v 25, 35) 1 S 17:34 (v. Dr) 26:16; 2 S 21:22; 2 K 6:5; Is 53:8 (prob.), 57:12; Je 23:33 (but read rather with 𝔊 𝔙 אַתֶּם הַמַּשָּׂא) 27:8; 36:22; 38:16 Kt, 45:4b Ez 16:22; 17:21; 20:16; 29:4b; 43:7 (𝔊 Co prefix הֲרָאִיתָ) 44:3; Zc 8:17; Ec 4:3; Dn 9:13; Ne 9:19, 34; 1 Ch 2:9; 2 Ch 31:17. In 1 S 30:23; Hg 2:5 prob. some such word as remember is to be understood. (β) Je 38:9; Ez 14:22b; 37:19b Zc 12:10; סָבִיב אֵת 1 K 6:5; Ez 43:17 strangely (in 1 K 𝔊 om. the clause: so StaZAW 1883, 135).—In 1 K 11:1 וְ is merely and also, and especially (v. וְ); v 25 is corrupt (read with 𝔊 זֹאת הָרָעָה אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה הֲדָד); Ez 47:17, 18, 19 read similarly for ואת, זֹאת: see v 20.—For some particulars as to the use of את, see A. M. WilsonHbr. vi. 139 ff. 212 ff. (who, however, confuses it sometimes with II. אֵת). For denoting the pron. obj. of a vb., את with suff. preponderates relatively much above the verbal affix in P, as compared with JE Dt Ju S K (v. GiesebrechtZAW 1881, 285 f.),—partly, probably, on account of the greater distinctness and precision which P loves.

καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, __A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, __A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων Refs 8th c.BC+: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι Refs 5th c.BC+; joining only the last pair, Refs 4th c.BC+; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, Refs 5th c.BC+; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.2 to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to.., Refs 5th c.BC+ (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον Refs 8th c.BC+; to add by way of climax, θεῶν.. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all.. , Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί.., ἄλλως τε καί.., see at {ἄλλος} Refs; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. ταῦτα and this too.. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II at the beginning of a sentence, __A.II.1 in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα Refs 8th c.BC+; καί μοι λέγε.., καί μοι ἀπόκριναι.., Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in Oratt., καί μοι λέγε.. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; Refs 4th c.BC+; κ. πῶς..; pray how..? Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. δὴ τί..; but then what..? Refs; κ. ποῖον..; Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; Refs 5th c.BC+; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.3 ={καίτοι}, and yet, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.4 at the beginning of a speech, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἴσον or ἴσα κ..., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2 after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.3 to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον.., κἀγὼ κατηγόμην Refs 5th c.BC+; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] Refs 5th c.BC+; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.V καί.., καί.. correlative, not only.., but also.. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ..., Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε.. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B even, also, just, __B.1 τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, Refs 8th c.BC+; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, Refsfull five,Refs 5th c.BC+ two or three, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 also, κ. ἐγώ I also, Refs 8th c.BC+; κ. αὐτοί they also, Refs 5th c.BC+; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, Refs; in adding surnames, etc., Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος Refs 5th c.BC+; nominative ὁ κ. first in Refs 1st c.BC+, frequently later, Refs 2nd c.AD+, etc.; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος NT+8th c.BC+; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, Refs 5th c.BC+, not only.., but also.. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον.. ἢ οὐ καὶ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2.b frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3 frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs., ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα.., κ. τότε δή.. Refs 8th c.BC+; also after εἰ, Refs 8th c.BC+: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο.. κ... LXX+NT __B.4 with Advs., to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. λίην full surely, Refs 8th c.BC+; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.5 with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι Refs 8th c.BC+; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.6 just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, Refs 5th c.BC+: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα Refs 8th c.BC+; and how long ago was the city sacked? Refs 4th c.BC+; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.7 even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.8 κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, Refs 5th c.BC+ each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ.. and if.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.9 before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ.., or εἰ καί.., although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.2 καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.3 very seldom at the end of a verse, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc.; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc., Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc.; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc.; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc.; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc.; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ-, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ Refs; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.

—

יהוהc. 6823 i.e. יַהְוֶה n.pr.dei Yahweh, the proper name of the God of Israel—(1. MT יְהוָֹה6518 (Qr אֲדֹנָי), or יֱהוִֹה305 (Qr אֱלֹהִים), in the combinations אדני יהוה & יהוה אדני (vid. אֲדֹנָי), and with prep. בַּיהוָֹה, לַיהוָֹה, מֵיהוָֹה (Qr בַּאדֹנָי, לַאדֹנָי, מֵאדֹנָי), do not give the original form. 𝔊 and other Vrss follow the Qr. On the basis of Ex 20:7; Lv 24:11 יהוה was regarded as a nomen ineffabile (vid. Philo de Vita Mosis iii, 519, 529), called by the Jews הַשֵּׁם and by the Samaritans שׁימא. The pronunciation Jehovah was unknown until 1520, when it was introduced by Galatinus; but it was contested by Le Mercier, J. Drusius, and L. Capellus, as against grammatical and historical propriety (cf. Bö§ 88). The traditional Ἰαβέ of Theodoret and Epiphanius, the ־יָהוּ, יְהוֹ־ of compound n.pr. and the contracted form יָהּ, all favour יַהְוֶה (cf. יַהֲלֹמ֑וּן ψ 74:6; תַּהֲרוּ Is 33:11), v. LagSym. i. 14 BaudissinStudien i. 179 ff.; DrStud. Bib. i. 1 ff. For Jeve v. StaZAW 1881, 346 De ib. 1882, 173 f. & Gn. Excurs. ii. 2. on liter. of interpret. v. NesEg 67 Drl.c..—Many recent scholars explain יַהְוֶה as Hiph. of הוה (= היה) the one bringing into being, life-giver (cf. הַוָּה Gn 3:20) Schr HSch; giver of existence, creator, Kue Tiele; he who brings to pass (so already Le Clerc), performer of his promises, Lag, Nes.Eg 88 (but NesEg. 91 inclines to Qal as RSBrit. & For. Ev. Rev. v. infr.); or from הוה he who causes to fall, rain or lightning RSOTJC ed. 1, 423; om. ed. 2, 245, cf. WeSkizzen iii. 175; ‘Fäller,’ destroying foes, StaG. i. 429 (dubiously). But most take it as Qal of היה (= היה); the one who is: i.e. the absolute and unchangeable one, Ri; the existing, ever-living, as self-consistent and unchangeable, Di; or the one ever coming into manifestation as the God of redemption, De Oehl; cf. also RSBrit. & For. Ev. Rev. 1876, he will be it, i.e. all that his servants look for (cf. Ewinfr.), he will approve himself (give evidence of being, assert his being Drl. c. 17)). theories of non-Heb. or non-Sem. origin. opposed (in their older forms) by BauRel i. 181 ff. (v. especially 230); DlPa 162 ff. claimed Bab. origin for יהו, against this KueNational religions, etc., Note iv (Eng. Trans. 329 ff.) JastrJBL xiii (1894), 103 f. cf. HptBAS i. 170 N; Dl Babel u. Bibel, 46 f., 73 f. makes same claim for יהוה, agst. this v. especially HirschZAW xxiii (1903), 355 ff. ZimKAT 3, 465 ff.; SpiegelbergZMG liii (1899), 633 ff. proposes (improb.) Egyptian etymol. for יהוה; further discussions see in KöEB Names, § 112 and n. 3. ‘Jehovah’ found in Jacob (? Johann.) Wessel († 1480), according to SchwallyThLZ, 1905, col. 612. I. יהוה is not used by E in Gn, but is given Ex 3:12–15 as the name of the God who revealed Himself to Moses at Horeb, and is explained thus: אֶהְיֶה עִמָּ֑ךְ I shall be with thee (v 12), which is then implied in אֶהְיֶה אֲשֶׁר אֶהְיֶה I shall be the one who will be it v 14a (i.e. with thee v 12) and then compressed into אֶהְיֶה v 14b (i.e. with thee v 12), which then is given in the nominal form יהוה He who will be it v 15 (i.e. with thee v 12). Cf. EwBTh ii. 337, 338 RSl. c., Proph. 385 ff. Other interpretations are: I am he who I am, i.e. it is no concern of yours (Le Clerc LagPsalt. Hieron. 156); I am, (this is my name), inasmuch as I am (אֲשֶׁר = כִּי; AE JDMich WeJD Th xxi, 540 = Comp. Hex. 72); Di al. I am who I am, he who is essentially unnameable, inexplicable.—E uses יהוה sparingly by the side of אלהים and האלהים in his subsequent narrative. The Ephraimitic writers in Ju S K use it in similar proportions. P abstains from the use of יהוה until he gives an account of its revelation to Moses Ex 6:3; but subsequently uses it freely. He gives no explanation of its meaning. He represents that אֵל שַׁדַּי was the God of the patriarchs. J uses יהוה from the beginning of his narrative, possibly explaining it, Gn 21:33 by אל עולם, the evergreen tamarisk being a symbol of the ever-living God; cf. De Gn 21:33. Elsewhere יהוה is the common divine name in pre-exilic writers, but in post-exilic writers gradually falls into disuse, and is supplanted by אלהים and אדני. In Job it is used 31 times in prose parts, and 12:9 (a proverb); not elsewhere in the poem. Chr apart from his sources prefers אלהים and האלהים. Dn uses יהוה only in chap. 9 (7 times); Ec not at all. In the Elohistic group of ψ 42–83 it is used 39 times (see אלהים). It occurs as the name of Israel’s God MI 18. It is doubtful whether it was used by other branches of the Shemitic family, cf. COT Gn 2:4b DlPa 158 ff. DrStud. Bib. i. 7 ff. II. 1. יהוה is used with אלהים with or without suffs., especially in D; a. with אֱלֹהֶיךָ in the Ten Words Ex 20:2–12 (5 times) = Dt 5:6–16; in the law of worship of JE, Ex 23:19; 34:24, 26; in D 234 times; Jos 1:9, 17; 9:9, 24 (D2); elsewhere Gn 27:20 Ex 15:26 (JE), Ju 6:26; S & K 20 times 1 Ch 11:2; 22:11, 12 2 Ch 9:8(×2); 16:7; Is 7:11; 37:4(×2); 41:13; 43:3; 51:15; 55:5; Je 40:2 + (3 times) Ho 12:10; 13:4; 14:2; Am 9:15; ψ 81:11. b. with אֱלֹהֵיכ��ם in D 46 times; D2 28 times; H 15 times; P 15 times; elsewhere Ex 23:25 (E); 8:24; 10:8, 16, 17 (JE); Ju 6:10; 1 S 12:12, 14; 2 K 17:39; 23:21; 1 Ch 22:18 + (10 times Chr) ψ 76:12; Je 13:16; + (5 times) Ez 20:5, 7, 19, 20; Jo 2:13 + (6 times) Zc 6:15. c. with אֱלֹהֵינוּ in D 23 times; in D2 5 times; Ex 8:6 (JE) Ex 3:18; 5:3; 8:22, 23; 10:25, 26 (E) Ju 11:24; 1 S 7:8; 1 K 8:57, 59, 61, 65 2 K 18:22; 19:19 = Is 36:7; 37:20, 1 Ch 13:2 + (15 times Chr) Mi 4:5; 7:17; Is 26:13; Je 3:22 + (17 times) ψ 20:8; 90:17 (?; Baer אֲדֹנָי) 94:23; 99:5, 8, 9(×2); 105:7; 106:47; 113:5; 122:9; 123:2 Dn 9:10, 13, 14. d. c. אֱלֹהֵיהֶם Ex 10:7 (J) Ex 29:46(×2) Lv 26:44 (P) Ju 3:7; 8:34; 1 S 12:9; 1 K 9:9; 2 K 17:7, 9, 14, 16, 19; 18:12 2 Ch 31:6; 33:17; 34:33; Ne 9:3(×2), 4; Je 3:21; 22:9; 30:9; 43:1(×2) 50:4; Ez 28:26; 34:30; 39:22, 28 Ho 1:7; 3:5; 7:10; Zp 2:7; Hag 1:12(×2) Zc 9:16; 10:6. e. with אֱלֹהָיו Nu 23:21 (E) Ex 32:11 (J) Lv 4:22 (P) Dt 17:19; 18:7; 1 S 30:6; 1 K 5:17; 11:4; 15:3, 4; 2 K 5:11; 16:2; 2 Ch 1:1; + 13 times Chr; Mi 5:3; Je 7:28; ψ 33:12; 144:15; 146:5; Jon 2:2. f. with אֱלֹהַי Nu 22:18 (JE) Dt 4:5; 18:16; 26:14; Jos 14:8, 9; 2 S 24:24; 1 K 3:7; 5:18, 19; 8:28; 17:20, 21; 1 Ch 21:17; 22:7; 2 Ch 2:3; 6:19; Ezr 7:28; 9:5; ψ 7:2, 4; 13:4; 18:29; 30:3, 13; 35:24; 40:6; 104:1; 109:26; Is 25:1; Je 31:18; Dn 9:4, 20; Jon 2:7; Hab 1:12; Zc 11:4; 13:9; 14:5. g. with אֱלֹהַיִךְ Is 60:9 Je 2:17, 19; 3:13; Mi 7:10; Zp 3:17. h. with אלהים, probably always due to later editors, or to a Qr which has crept into the text Gn 2:4b—3:23 (J, 20 times either אלהים inserted by RP as Di De; or יהוה inserted by J in an older source); Ex 9:30 (J, but not in 𝔊 Sam.; Sam. אדני יהוה; possibly MT from earlier Qr, & Sam. from later Qr); 2 S 7:22, 25 (𝔊 אדני יהוה and 1 Ch 17:20–23 only יהוה); 1 Ch 17:16, 17 (but 2 S 7:18, 19 אדני יהוה) 1 Ch 28:20; 29:1; 2 Ch 1:9; 6:41(×2), 42; 26:18 (but in the original ψ 132:8 stood יהוה (so ℌ), or else no divine name); ψ 72:18 (the late doxology) 84:12 (but it makes the line too long); Jon 4:6. For the combinations with other divine names see those names. 2. the phrase †אֲנִי יהוה is noteworthy:— a. after אמר either alone Ex 6:2, 29 (P) or before relative and other clauses: Gn 28:13 (J) 15:7 (R) Ex 6:6 (P) with אלהיכם Ju 6:10; Ez 20:5. b. after ידע כי (α) Ex 7:17; 8:18; 10:2 (J); Ex 7:5; 14:4, 18 (P); 1 K 20:13, 28; Je 24:7 Ez 6:7 + 4:8 times Ez; (β) with אלהיכם Ex 6:7; 16:12; Dt 29:5 (P) Ez 20:20; Jo 4:17; (γ) with אלהיהם Ex 29:46 (P) Ez 28:26; 34:30; 39:22, 28; (δ) before relative and other clauses Is 45:3; 49:23, 26; 60:16 Ez 7:9; 17:24; 21:10; 22:22; 35:12; 36:36; (ε) with various forms of קדשׁ Ex 31:13 (P) Ez 20:12; 37:28; 39:7; (ζ) with דברתי Ez 5:13; 17:21, cf. יֵדְעוּ אשׁר אני י׳ Ez 20:26. c. after כִּי in various combinations Lv 11:44, 45; Nu 35:34 (P), Lv 20:7, 26; 21:8, 15, 23; 22:16; 24:22; 25:17; 26:1, 44 (all H); Ex 15:26 (R) Is 41:13; 43:3; 61:8; Je 9:23; Ez 12:25; 21:4 Zc 10:6; Mal 3:6. d. emphatic Ex 6:8; 12:12 Lv 26:2, 45; Nu 3:13, 41, 45 (all P); Lv 18:5, 6, 21; 19:12, 14, 16, 18, 28, 30, 32, 37; 21:12; 22:2, 3, 8, 30, 31, 33 (all H) Is 43:15; with אלהיהם Ex 29:46; with אלהיךָ Is 48:17; with אלהיכם Lv 23:43; 25:38, 55; Nu 10:10; 15:41(×2) (P) Lv 18:2, 4, 30; 19:2, 3, 4, 10, 25, 31, 34, 36; 20:24; 23:22; 26:13 (all H) Ez 20:7, 19 Jo 2:27; with מְקַדֵּשׁ Lv 20:8; 22:9, 32 (H), with דברתי Nu 14:35 (P) Ez 5:15 + (11 times Ez); with clauses Is 27:3; 41:4, 17; 42:6, 8; 45:5, 6, 7, 8, 18, 19, 21; 60:22 Je 17:10; 32:27; Ez 14:4, 7, 9; 34:24; †אָנֹכִי יהוה is used in the Ten Words Ex 20:2, 5 = Dt 5:6, 9 cited ψ 81:11 Ho 12:10; 13:4; elsewhere only Ex 4:11 (J) Is 43:11; 44:24; 51:15. 3. יהוה is also used with several predicates, to form sacred names of holy places of Yahweh יהוה יראה Gn 22:14 (J); יהוה נסי Ex 17:15 (E) יהוה שׁלום Ju 6:24 יהוה צדקנו Je 33:16 (cf. 23:6 where it is applied to the Messiah); יהוה שָׁ֑מָּה Ez 48:35.—On combinations such as הַר י׳, י׳ צְבָאוֹת etc., v. הַר²" dir="rtl" >הַר, צָבָא²" dir="rtl" >צָבָא, etc. Note. —BonkZAW 1891, 126 ff. seems to shew that as prefix, in comp. n.pr., יְהוֹ is the oldest and the latest form and that יוֹ is intermediate, belonging to the earlier post-exilic period until the time of Chr; occasional copyists’ mistakes being taken into the account.

αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός Refs (also αὐτόνRefs, reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same. __I self, myself, thyself, etc., accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), __I.1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Refs 8th c.BC+; reversely, body, not soul, Refs 8th c.BC+; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, Refs; man to wife and children, Refs 8th c.BC+; warrior to horses, Refs 8th c.BC+, or to weapons, Refs; shepherd to herd, Refs 8th c.BC+; seamen to ships, Refs: generally, whole to parts,Refs 5th c.BC+: absolutely, the Master, as in the Refs 4th c.BC+ Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος..;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀναβόησον ΑὐτόνRefsthe Master, Refs 5th c.BC+ the result will show, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially αὐτὸ δείξειRefs 5th c.BC+; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Refs 8th c.BC+; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, Refs 5th c.BC+; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς ἙκάβηςRefs 8th c.BC+ —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς ΜένωνRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτωRefs 8th c.BC+; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέονRefs 4th c.BC+ __I.3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,Refs 8th c.BC+by himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Refs 5th c.BC+ himself alone, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. __I.4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτόRefs 5th c.BC+ is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσειςRefs 5th c.BC+; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; Refs; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, Refs 4th c.BC+; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείηRefs 5th c.BC+its very self, Refs __I.5 in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,Refs 8th c.BC+ men and all, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, NT+5th c.BC+ __I.7 frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθένRefs 5th c.BC+; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.8 καὶ αὐτός himself too, Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσενRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.10 in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτόςRefs 8th c.BC+; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μινRefs 8th c.BC+ __I.10.b with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,Refs 8th c.BC+ is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.10.c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦRefs 4th c.BC+; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶνRefs 5th c.BC+; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεταιRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.10.d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+ __I.10.e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστεροςRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Refs 8th c.BC+, and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραιςNT+2nd c.AD+ __I.12 comparative αὐτότεροςRefs 5th c.BC+: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, Refs 5th c.BC+. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρωςRefs 2nd c.AD+ __II he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk., NT, and rarely first in a sentence, NT+5th c.BC+: rare in Epic dialect, Refs 8th c.BC+, and mostly emphatic,Refs 8th c.BC+; so in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαιRefs 5th c.BC+; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναιRefs 5th c.BC+; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶνNT+5th c.BC+ __III with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,Refs 5th c.BC+ plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Refs 8th c.BC+: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομενRefs 5th c.BC+; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., Refs 5th c.BC+; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,Refs 5th c.BC+face to face, Refs 4th c.AD+ __III.2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.Refs 3rd c.BC+ __IV Adverbial phrases: __IV.1 αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, Refs 1st c.AD+ __IV.2 αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, Refs __IV.3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, NT+2nd c.BC+ __IV.4 with Preps., ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, Refs 2nd c.AD+; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,NT, etc.; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __V In Compos.: __V.1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. __V.2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. __V.3 in the abstract, the ideal, see aboveRefs __V.4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. __V.5 rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. __V.6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. __V.7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., see the respective Arts.

כֹּל once כּוֹל (Je 33:8 Kt), n.m. the whole, all (Moab., Ph., id.; Aramaic כּוֹל, ܟܽܠ; Arabic كُلٌّ; Sab. כל, cf. DHMEpigr. Denk. 36–38;. Ethiopic ኵል Assyrian kullatu)—abs. כֹּל, cstr. כֹּל Gn 2:5, 16, 20 + often, once כֹּל־ ψ 138:2 (v. Ba), but more usually כָּל־ (with makk.: without it, †ψ 35:10 Pr 19:7; Köi 84, 95); sf. 2 ms. in p. כֻּלָּךְ †Mi 2:12; 2 fs. כֻּלֵּךְ †Is 14:29, 31, כֻּלָּךְ †Is 22:1 Ct 4:7 (perhaps for assonance with accompanying לָךְ, בָּךְ); 3 ms. כֻּלֹּה 2 S 2:9 (v. Dr) + 17 times (never in Pent.), כֻּלּוֹ Gn 25:25 + 16 times; 3 fs. כֻּלָּהּ Gn 13:10 + 15 times, כֻּלָּא †Ez 36:5; כֻּלָּנוּ (16 times); כֻּלְּכֶם (18 times); כֻּלָּם (often), כּוּלָּם †Je 31:34, כֻּלָּ֑הַם †2 S 23:6 (and prob. Je 15:10 כֻּלְּהֶם); 3 fpl. כֻּ֫לָּנָה †Gn 42:36 Pr 31:29; כֻּלָּֽהְנָה׃ †1 K 7:37:—the whole, 1. with foll. gen. (as usually) the whole of, to be rendered, however, often in our idiom, to avoid stiffiness, all or every: a. Gn 2:1 כָּל־צְבָאָם the whole of their host, v 13 כָּל־אֶרֶץ כּוּשׁ the whole of the land of Kush; כָּל־הַלַּיְלָה the whole of the night; כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל the whole of Israel = all Israel; Dt 4:29 בְּכָל־לְבָֽבְךָ with the whole of thy heart = with all thy heart; + very often With a plural noun, usually determined by the art. or a genitive: Gn 5:5 כל־ימי אדם the whole of (= all) the days of Adam, 37:35 כל־בניו the whole of (= all) his sons, Is 2:2 כל־הגוים all the nations; Gn 43:9 + often כל הימים = continually. In poetry, however, the noun may remain undetermined, כָּל־יָדַיִם the whole of hands = every hand, Is 13:7; Jer 48:37; Ez 21:12; כל־פנים i.e. every face Is 25:8; Joel 2:6; כל שׁלחנות Is 28:8; כל חוצות 51:20 La 2:19 al. Before an inf. †Gn 30:41; Dt 4:7; 1 K 8:52; 1 Ch 23:31. Freq. with sfs., as כֻּלּוֹ (כֻּלֹּה) the whole of him Gn 25:25; Jb 21:23; Ct 5:16, the whole of it Lv 13:13; Je 2:21; Na 2:1; Pr 24:31; כֻּלָּהּ the whole of it Gn 13:10; Ex 19:18; 25:36 Am 8:8; כֻּלָּךְ all of thee Ct 4:7 + (v. ad init.); כֻּלָּנוּ the whole of us Gn 42:11; Dt 5:3; Is 53:6, 6; כֻּלְּכֶם Dt 1:22; 4:4; 1 S 22:7, 7; כֻּלָּם Gn 11:6; 43:34; Jos 8:24; ויפלו כֻּלָּם, Ju 11:6; בְּיַד כֻּלָּם, Is 7:19; 31:3 + often—Twice, strangely, with hyperb. intensive force, ψ 39:6 כָּל־הֶבֶל the whole of vanity are all men (? om. כל, as v 12), 45:14 כָּל־כְּבוּדָּה the whole of gloriousness is the king’s daughter. b. followed often by a singular, to be understood collectively, whether with or without the art.: Gn 1:21 את כל נפשׁ החיה the whole of living souls = every living soul, 2:9 כל עץ נחמד למראה the whole of trees (every kind of tree) pleasant to view, 6:12 + כָּל־בָּשָׂר, 7:14 כל צפור כל כנף all birds of every kind of wing (so Ez 17:23), v 21 כל האדם the whole of mankind (so Nu 12:3; 16:29 Ju 16:17 al.); poet. כל־אדם ψ 39:6; 64:10 +; 1 S 14:52 כל אישׁ גבור וכל־בן־חיל, 17:19, 24 כל אישׁ ישׂראל, 22:2; Is 9:16 כל פה the whole of mouths = every mouth, 15:2; 24:10 כָּל־בַּיִת + often (in 2:12–16 the sg. and pl. interchange); ψ 7:12 + בכל־יום, 10:5 + בכל־עת = at all seasons. So כל־העץ Gn 1:29, כל־הבן Ex 1:22 = all the sons, כל־המקום 20:24 Dt 11:24 = all the places, כל־המרכב Lv 15:9, v 26 Dt 4:3 כל־האישׁ אשׁר = all the men who …, 15:19 כל־הבכור, Je 4:29 כל־העיר עזובה all the cities (notice the foll. בָּהֶן); כל־היום = all the days (v. יוֹם 7 f), etc. In late Heb. extended to such phrases as בְּכָל־דּוֹר וָדוֹר †ψ 45:18; 145:13 Est 9:28; בכל־עיר ועיר †2 Ch 11:12; 28:25; 31:19 Est 8:11, 17; 9:28; †2 Ch 32:28 Est 2:11; 3:14; 4:3; 8:13, 17; 9:21, 27, 28(×3), (cf. וְ 1 i b). c. the gen. after כל is often a rel. sentence, introduced by אשׁר: Gn 1:31 את כל אשׁר עשׂה the whole of what he had made, 7:22; 13:1 + very often Sometimes, with a prep., כל אשׁר has the force of wheresoever, whithersoever, as Jos 1:9 בְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר תֵּלֵךְ wheresoever thou goest, v 16 אֶל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר whithersoever (see אֲשֶׁר 4 b γ). Very rarely in such cases is there ellipse of the rel., as Gn 39:4 וְכָל־יֶשׁ־לוֹ נָתַן בְּיָדִי (contrast v 5, 8), Ex 9:4 מכל־לבני ישׂראל, Is 38:16 וּלְכָל־בָּהֶן חַיֵּי רוּחִי, ψ 71:18 לְכָל־יָבוֹא (74:3, v. 2 a), 2 Ch 32:31; peculiarly also in Chr (DrIntr. 505), 1 Ch 29:3 מִכָּל־הֲכִינוֹתִי, 2 Ch 30:18 f. Ezr 1:6; cf. with כָּלַל" dir="rtl" >כֹּל (2 a) 1 Ch 29:11 a 2 Ch 30:17; Ezr 1:5. d. with a suffix two idiomatic uses of כל have to be noticed: (a) כל is often made more independent and emphatic by being placed with a suffix after the word which it qualifies, to which it then stands in apposition (cf. in Syriac, Arabic, Ethiopic), as 2 S 2:9 יִשְׂרָאֵל כֻּלֹּה, Jer 13:19; 48:31; Is 9:8; 14:29, 31 פלשׁת כלך Philistia, all of thee! Mi 2:12 Hb 2:6 Jb 34:13 ψ 67:4, 6; especially in Ezek., as 14:5; 29:2 מצדים כֻּלָּהּ 32:12, 30; with change of person (cf. the idiom in Is 22:16; 48:1; 54:1 etc.), 1 K 22:28 = Mi 1:2 שׁמעו עמים כלם Hear, nations, all of them! Mal 3:9 הַגּוֹי כֻּלּוֹ. So even with כל preceding: Nu 16:3 כָּל־הָעֵדָה כֻּלָּם, Is 14:18; Jer 30:16; Ez 11:15 כל בית ישׂראל כֻּלֹּה the whole of the house of Israel, the whole of it (so 20:40; 36:10), 35:15; 36:5 ψ 8:8 (cf. Sab. DHMl.c.); (b) with the sf. of 3 ms., understood as referring to the mass of things or persons meant, כֻּלֹּה or כֻּלּוֹ, lit. the whole of it, is equivalent to all of them, every one, †Ex 14:7 and captains עַל־כֻּלּוֹ upon the whole of it (the רֶכֶב collectively) = all of them, Is 1:23 the whole of it (the people) loveth bribes, 9:16; 15:3; Jer 6:13(×2); 8:6, 10(×2); 20:7; Hab 1:9, 15; ψ 29:9 and in his temple כֻּלּוֹ אֹמֵר כָּבוֹד the whole of it (= every one there) says, Glory! 53:4 (‖ 14:3 הַכֹּל); perhaps Is 16:7; Je 48:38; + Pr 19:6 Ew Hi (וְכֻלֹּה רֵעַ): Je 15:10 read כֻּלְּהֶם קִלֲלוּנִי. e. Heb. idiom in certain cases affirms, or denies, of an entire class, where Engl. idiom affirms, or denies, of an individual of the class; thus in a compar. or hypoth. sentence כל is = any, and with a neg. = none; (a) Gn 3:1 the serpent was more subtil מכל חית השׂדה than all beasts of the field (in our idiom: than any beast of the field), Dt 7:7; 1 S 9:2; (b) Lv 4:2 a soul when it sins through ignorance מכל מצות י״י in all the commandments of Jehovah (= in any of the commandments, etc.), 19:23 when ye … plant כל־עץ מאכל = any tree for food, Nu 35:22 or if he have cast upon him כָּל־כְּלִי = any weapon, 1 K 8:37 b; joined with a ptcp. in a hypoth. sense (Dr§ 121 n. Ges§ 116, 5 R. 5), Gn 4:14 כל מצאי all my finders (= if any one find me), he will slay me, v 15 a Nu 21:8; כָּל־הַנָּשׁוּךְ = whosoever (= if any one) is bitten, 1 S 2:13; (c) with a neg., Gn 2:5 all plants of the field טֶרֶם יִהְיֶה were not as yet = no plant of the field as yet was, 4:15 b לבלתי הכות־אתו כל־מצאו for the not-smiting him of all finding him = that none finding him should smite him, Ex 10:15 ולא־נותר כל ירק = and no green things were left, 12:16 כל־מלאכה לא יעשׂה all work shall not be done = no work shall be done, Dt 28:14; Ju 13:4 אַל־תֹּאכְלִי כָּל־טָמֵא eat not of all that is unclean, 19:19 אֵין מַחְסוֹר כָּל־דָּבָר there is no lack of all things i.e. of any thing, ψ 143:2 כי לא־יצדק לפניך כל־חי, + very often (so οὐ πᾶς, as a Hebraism, in the N.T., e.g. Mk 13:20 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ, Lk 1:37 οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει … πᾶν ῥῆμα, as Jer 32:17 לֹא־יִפָּלֵא מִמְּךָ כָּל־דָּבָר, Gal 2:16 οὐ δικαιωθήσεται … πᾶσα σάρξ, etc.) Usually, in such cases, כל (or its gen.) is without the art., being left purposely indef.: in ψ 49:18 (2 b a) הַכֹּל is emph. (In Nu 23:13 וְכֻלּוֹ לֹא תִרְאֶה the context shews that כֹּל is opp. to a part). f. very anomalously, severed from its gen., †2 S 1:9 כִּי־כָל־עוֹד נַפְשִׁי בִי, Jb 27:3 כִּי־כָל־עוֹד נִשְׁמָתִי בִי, Ho 14:3 (si vera l.) כָּל־תִּשָּׂא עָוֹן. On Ec 5:15 כָּל־עֻמַּת־שֶׁ׳ v. עֻמָּה" dir="rtl" >עֻמָּה. Note. — When the gen. after כל is a noun fem. or pl., the pred. usually agrees with this (as being the really important idea), e.g. Gn 5:5 ויהיו כל ימי אדם, Nu 14:1 וַתִּשָּׂא כָל־הָעֵדָה, Nah 3:1 ψ 150:6 כֹּל הַנְּשָׁמָה תְּהַלֵּל; exceptions being very rare, Is 64:10 b Pr 16:2 (Ges§ 141. 1 R. 2). 2. Absolutely: †a. without the art., all things, all (mostly neuter, but sometimes m.), the sense in which ‘all’ is to be taken being gathered from the context, Gn 9:3 נתתי לכם את כֹּל, 16:12 וְיַד כֹּל בּוֹ, 20:16 ואת כֹּל ונוכחת, 33:11 וכי ישׁ לי כֹל, Nu 8:16 בכור כֹּל מבני ישׂראל, 11:6 אֵין כֹּל nought of all things! = there is nothing (so †2 S 12:3; Pr 13:7, cf. 2 K 4:2), 13:2 כֹּל נשׂיא בהם (cf. 2 S 23:39; 1 Ch 3:9: usually so הַכֹּל), Dt 28:47 מֵרֹב כֹּל, v 48, 37 בְּחֹסֶר כֹּל (cf. Je 44:18), Is 30:5 כֹּל הֹבִאישׁ all exhibit shame, 44:24 י׳ עֹשֶׂה־כֹּל, Je 44:12 וְתַמּוּ כֹל (unusual), Zp 1:2 ψ 8:7; 74:3 (read כֹּל הֵרַע), 145:15 עיני כֹל, Pr 16:4; 26:10; 28:5; Jb 13:1 הן כֹּל ראתה עיני, 42:2; 1 Ch 29:11 b 2 Ch 32:22 (m.), Dn 11:37 (v. also 1 c end); מִכֹּל Gn 6:19, 20 b שְׁנַיִם מִכֹּל, 14:20; 27:33; Je 17:9 עקוב הלב מִכֹּל, Dn 11:2 (m.) After a neg. = anything, Dt 4:25 תְּמוּנַת כֹּל the likeness of anything, 8:9; 28:55; Pr 30:30. In the gen. also, very rarely, to express the idea of all as comprehensively as possible: Ez 44:30 כָּל־בִּכּוּרֵי כֹל וְכָל־תְּרוּמַת כֹּל; ψ 119:128 (si vera l.) כָּל־פִּקּוּדֵי כֹל all the statutes about everything. †b. with art. הַכֹּל: (a) where the sense is limited by the context to things (or persons) just mentioned, Ex 29:24 ושׂמת הַכֹּל ביד אהרן, Lv 1:9 והקטיר הכהן את הַכֹּל, v 13; 8:27 Dt 2:36 את הַכֹּל נתן י׳ לפנינו, Jos 11:19 (cf. 2 S 19:31 1 K 14:26 = 2 Ch 12:9), 21:43 הַכֹּל בָּא (cf. 23:14), 1 S 30:19 הַכֹּל השׁיב דוד, 2 S 17:3 (corrupt: v. 𝔊 Dr), 24:23 (1 Ch 21:23), 1 K 6:18 הַכֹּל ארז (cf. 7:33; 2 K 25:17 = Je 52:22), 2 K 24:16 הַכֹּל גבורים, Is 65:8 לבלתי השׁחית הַכֹּל, ψ 14:3; or implied, Gn 16:12 י��דוֹ בַכֹּל, 24:1 ברך את אברהם בַּכֹּל, 2 S 23:5 (poet.) עֲרֻכָה בַכֹּל, is 29:11 (peculiarly) חָזוּת הַכֹּל the vision of the whole, Je 13:7, 10 לא יצלח לַכֹּל, Ez 7:14 וְהָכִין הַכֹּל (but Co וְהָכִינוּ הָכֵן), ψ 49:18 לא במותו יקח הַכֹּל: more freq. later, viz. 1 Ch 7:5 (as regards all), 28:19; 29:19 2 Ch 28:6; 29:28; 31:5; 35:7; 36:17, 18; Ezr 1:11; 2:42; 8:34, 35; 10:17 (וַיְכַלּוּ בַכֹּל: v. BeRy), Ec 5:8 (בַּכֹּל, appar. = in all respects), 10:19; 12:13. (b) in a wider sense, all, whether of all mankind or of all living things, the universe (τὸ πᾶν), or of all the circumstances of life (chiefly late), Je 10:16 = 51:19 כי יוצר הַכֹּל הוא, ψ 103:19 (cf. 1 Ch 29:12), 119:91 הַכֹּל עֲבָדֶיךָ, 145:9 טוֹב י׳ לַכֹּל, 1 Ch 29:12, 14, 16 Dn 11:2, and especially in Ec., as 1:2, 14; 2:11, 17; 3:19; 12:8 הַכֹּל הֶבֶל, 2:16 הכל נשׁכח, 3:1 לַכֹּל זְמָן, v 11, 19, 20; 6:6; 7:15; 9:1, 2, 2, 3; 10:3, 19; 11:5. כַּכֹּל, †Jb 24:24 (si vera l.) כַּכֹּל יִקָּֽפְצוּן like all men (i.e. like men in general).

אֲשֶׁר part. of relation (Moab. id.; origin dub.: 1. according to TsepreghiDiss. Lugd. p. 171 MühlauBö Lb. ii. 79 n. StaMorg. Forsch. 1875, 188; Lb. § 167 HomZMG 1878, 708 ff. Müll§ 153 SayceHbr. ii. 51 LagM. i. 255 & especially KraetzschmarHbr. vi. 298 ff, orig. a subst. ‘place’ = أَثَرٌ footstep, mark አሠr (do.), אֲתַר, ܐܰܬܰܪ place, Assyrian ašar, used (v. Kraetz.) both as a subst. ‘there, where,’ and as a relative of place ‘where’: in Heb. this development has advanced further, and it has become a relative sign generally. The chief objection to this explanation is that it would isolate Heb. from the other Semitic languages, in which pronouns are formed regularly from demonstrative roots (cf. also NöZMG 1886, 738). 2. according to PhiSt. C. 73 SperlingNota Rel. im Hebr. 1876, 15–22 for אֲשֶׁל, developed from the relative שׁ (q.v.) by (1) the prefixing of either a merely prosthetic א, or, better, a pronominal א (giving rise to אש, the form of the relative in Ph.), and (2) the addition of the demonstr. root ל [found also in אֵל, א��לֶּה, הַלָּזֶה (q.v.). اَلَّذِى he who, እለ who (pl.)]: the main objection to this explanation is the change of ל to ר, which is hardly rendered probable by the comp. of Syriac ܗܳܪܟܳܐ by side of Targ. הָלְכָּא. 1 seems preferable, the primitive root having acquired different significations in the different Semitic languages, and having been weakened in Heb. to a mere particle of relation). A sign of relation, bringing the clause introduced by it into relation with an antecedent clause. As a rule אֲשֶׁר is a mere connecting link, and requires to be supplemented (see the grammars) by a pron. affix, or other word, such as שָׁם, defining the nature of the relation more precisely: e.g. Gn 1:11 אֲשֶׁר זַרְעוֹ־בוֹ lit. as to which, its seed is in it = in which is its seed, ψ 1:4 like the chaff אֲשֶׁר־תִּדְּפֶנּוּ רוּחַ as to which, the wind drives it = which the wind drives, etc.; & so אֲשֶׁר … שָׁם = where, אֲשֶׁר … מִשָּׁם = whence, Gn 2:11; 3:23; 20:13 etc. Sometimes also (v. infr.) the relation expressed by it is specifically temporal, local, causal, etc. More particularly 1. it includes its pronominal antecedent, whether in the nom. or obl. cases, as Nu 22:6 וַאֲשֶׁר תָּאֹר יוּאָר and he whom thou cursest is cursed, Ex 4:12 and I will teach thee אֲשֶׁר תְּדַבֵּר that which thou shalt say; and with particles or prepositions, as אֵת אֲשֶׁר (according to the context) him who …, those who …, that which …; לַאֲשֶׁר to him who … Gn 43:16, to those who … 47:24, to that which 27:8; מֵאֲשֶׁר Ju 16:30 2 S 18:8 than those whom; Lv 27:24 לַאֲשֶׁר קָנָהוּ מֵאִתּוֹ to him from whom he bought it, Nu 5:7; Is 24:2 כַּאֲשֶׁר נֹשֶׁא בוֹ like him against whom there is a creditor. 2. instances of אֲשֶׁר followed by a pron. affix, or by שָׁם, שָֽׁמָּה, מִשָּׁם, are so common that the exx. cited above will be sufficient. Very rarely there occurs the anomalous constr. עִם אֲשֶׁר Gn 31:32 for אֲשֶׁר עִמּוֹ (see Gn 44:9), בַּאֲשֶׁר Is 47:12 for אֲשֶׁר בָּהֶם, לַ��ֲשֶׁר for אֲשֶׁר … לָהֶם Ez 23:40: ψ 119:49 see under על אשׁר. It is followed by the pron. in the nomin., in the foll. cases:—(a) immediately, mostly before an adj. or ptcp., Gn 9:3 all moving things אֲשֶׁר הוּא־חַי which are living, Lv 11:26 Nu 9:13; 14:8, 27; 35:31 Dt 20:20 1 S 10:19 (v. Dr) 2 K 25:19 (‖ Je 52:25 היה) Je 27:9 Ez 43:19 Hg 1:9 Ru 4:15 Ne 2:18 Ec 7:26; before a vb. 2 K 22:13 (omitted 2 Ch 34:21). (b) in a negative sentence, at the end: Gn 7:2; 17:12 Nu 17:5 Dt 17:15 אֲשֶׁר לֹא אָחִיךָ הוּא who is not thy brother, 20:15 Ju 19:12 1 K 8:41 ‖ 9:20 ‖. N.B. ψ 16:3 אֲשֶׁר בָּאָרֶץ הֵ֑מָּה is an unparalleled expression for ‘who are in the land’; read אֲשֶׁר בָּאָ֑רֶץ הֵמָּה אַדִּירֵי וג׳ ‘the saints that are in the land, they (המה) are the nobles, in whom,’ etc. 3. sometimes (though rarely) the defining adjunct is a pron. of 1 or 2 ps. as well as of 3 ps. In such cases it is strictly to be rendered I who …, thou who, etc.; Ho 14:4 אֲשֶׁר־בְּךָ יְרֻחַם יָתוֹם thou by whom the fatherless is compassionated! Je 31:32 I, whose covenant they brake, 32:19 Is 49:23 Jb 37:17f. thou whose garments are warm …, canst thou? etc., ψ 71:19, 20; 144:12 we whose sons, etc., 139:15 my frame was not hidden from thee, אֲשֶׁר־עֻשֵּׂיתִי בַסֵּתֶר—I who was wrought in secret (= though I was wrought in secret), Ex 14:13 for ye who have seen the Egyptians to-day,—ye shall not see them again or ever! (cf. ψ 41:9). 4. the defining pron. adjunct is dispensed with— a. when אֲשֶׁר represents the simple subj. of a sentence, or the direct obj. of a vb.: so constantly, as Gn 2:2 the work אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה which he made, 3:3 the tree אֲשֶׁר בְּתוֹךְ הַגָּן which is in the midst of the garden, etc. b. after words denoting time, place, or manner, so that אֲשֶׁר then becomes equivalent to when, where, why: (α) Gn 6:4 אַחֲרֵי־כֵן אֲשֶׁר afterwards, when, etc. (cf. 2 Ch 35:20) 45:6 there are still 5 years אֲשֶׁר אֵין חָרִישׁ when there shall be no plowing, Jos 14:10 1 K 22:25; after יוֹם or הַיּוֹם Dt 4:10 Ju 4:14 1 S 24:5 (v. Dr) 2 S 19:25 Je 20:14 al.; similarly Gn 40:13. (β) Gn 35:13 בַּמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר אִתּוֹ in the place where he spake with him, v 14; 39:20 Nu 13:27; 22:26 Dt 1:31 in the desert which thou sawest, where (accents Ke Di), 8:15 1 K 8:9 (unless לוּחוֹת הַבְּרִית has here fallen out: v. 𝔊 & Dt 9:9) Is 55:11; 64:10 ψ 84:4. So (γ) in אֶל אֲשֶׁר to (the place) which (or whither) Ex 32:34 Ru 1:16; אֶל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר to every (place) whither Jos 1:16 Pr 17:8; בַּאֲשֶׁר in (the place) where †Ju 5:27; 17:8, 9 1 S 23:13 2 K 8:1 Ru 1:16, 17 Jb 39:30, once only with שָׁם Gn 21:17; בְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר wheresoever Jos 1:7, 9 Ju 2:15 1 S 14:47; 18:5 2 S 7:7 2 K 18:7; מֵאֲשֶׁר from (the place) where = whencesoever †Ex 5:11 Ru 2:9; עַל־אֲשֶׁר to (the place) whither (or which) 2 S 15:20 1 K 18:12; עַל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר Je 1:7. (δ) זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר … this is the reason that or why … Jos 5:4 1 K 11:27. c. more extreme instances Lv 14:22, 30, 31 Nu 6:21, Dt 7:19 (wherewith), 28:20 1 S 2:32 1 K 2:26 (wherein), Ju 8:15 (about whom), Is 8:12 (where יאמר would be foll. normally by לוֹ), 31:6 turn ye to (him as to) whom they have deeply rebelled, 47:15 Zp 3:11 Ec 3:9, 1 K 14:19 (= how). d. it is dispensed with only in appearance after (אָמַרְתִּי וג׳) אֲשֶׁר אָמַר followed by the words used, its place being really taken by a pron. in the speech which follows, as Gn 3:17 the tree as to which I commanded thee saying, Thou shalt not eat from it, Ex 22:8 Dt 28:68 Ju 7:4 (זֶה) 8:15 (where the noun repeated takes the place of the pron., cf. Dt 9:2) 1 S 9:17 (זֶה)23 1 K 11:2 +; cf. 2 S 11:16 2 K 17:12; 21:4. 5. אֲשֶׁר sometimes in poet. = one who, a man who (men who), ὅστις, οἵτινες, ψ 24:4; 55:20; 95:4, 5 Jb 4:19; 5:5; 9:5, (Hi) 15, 17. 6. אֲשֶׁר occas. receives its closer definition by a subst. following it, in other words, its logical antecedent is inserted in the rel. clause: (a) in the phrase peculiar to Je., אֲשֶׁר הָיָה דְבַר י׳ אֶל יר׳ that which came (of) the word of י׳ to Je. †14:1; 46:1; 47:1; 49:34 (cf. Ew§ 334); (b) Ex 25:9 Nu 33:4 1 S 25:30 2 K 8:12, 12:6 לְכֹל אֲשֶׁר־יִמָּצֵא שָׁם בָּֽדֶק׃, Ez 12:25; cf. the Ethiopic usage Di§ 201; (c) (antec. repeated) Gn 49:30 = 50:13, 1 S 25:39 (י׳ repeated), Is 54:9 (prob.) as to which I sware that, etc., Am 5:1 which I take up over you (as) a dirge. 7. אֲשֶׁר ל׳ that (belongs, belong, belonged) to, is used a. either alone or preceded by כָּל־ to express (all) that (belongs) to, as Gn 14:23 מִכָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֑ךְ of all that is thine, 31:1 מֵאֲשֶׁר לְאָבִינוּ of that which was our father’s 32:24 & sent over אֶת־אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ that which he had, + often b. as a circumlocution of the genitive, as Gn 29:9 עִם־הַצֹּאן אֲשֶׁר לְאָבִיהָ with the sheep that were her father’s, 40:5; 47:4, Lv 9:8; Ju 6:11; 1 S 25:7 הָרֹעִים אֲשֶׁר־לְךָ, 2 S 14:31 אֶת־הַחֶלְקָה אֲשֶׁר־לִי, 23:8; 1 K 1:8, 33 עַל הַפִּרְדָּה אֲשֶׁר־לִי upon mine own mule, v 49; 4:2; 2 K 11:10; 16:13 Ru 2:21; and especially in the case of a compound expression depending on a single genit., as Gn 23:9; 40:5; 41:43 מִרְכֶּבֶת הַמִּשְׁנֶה אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ the chariot of the second rank which he had, Ex 38:30; Ju 3:20; 6:25; 1 S 17:40; 21:8, אֲבִיר הָרֹעִים אֲשֶׁר לְשָׁאוּל the mightiest of Saul’s herdmen, 24:5 אֶת־כְּנַף־הַמְּעִיל אֲשֶׁר־לְשָׁאוּל, 2 S 2:8 Saul’s captain of the host, 1 K 10:28; 15:20; 22:31; Je 52:17; Ru 4:3. c. with names of places (especially such as do not readily admit the st. cstr.) Ju 18:28; 19:14 הַגִּבְעָה אֲשֶׁר לְבִנְיָמִן Gibeah (the hill) of Benjamin, 20:4; 1 S 17:1; 1 K 15:27; 16:15; 17:9; 19:3; 2 K 14:11. Comp. שֶׁל (q.v.) which in Rabb., like the Aramaic דִּיל-, ܕܺܝܠ, is in habitual use as a mark of the genitive.—N.B. In Aramaic also דּי, ܕ, without ל, expresses the gen. relation, as מִלְּתָא דִי־מַלְכָּא, lit. the word, that of the king = the word of the king. The few apparent cases of a similar use of אשׁר are, however, too foreign to the general usage of the language to be regarded otherwise than as due to textual error: 1 S 13:8 read אֲשֶׁר אָמַר (or שָׂם Ex 9:5) שְׁמוּאֵל (𝔊 εἶπε); 1 K 11:25 supply עָשָׂה (𝔊 ἣν ἐποίησεν); 2 K 25:10 supply אֵת with (as ‖ Je 52:14); 2 Ch 34:22 read וַאֲשֶׁר אָמַר הַמֶּלֶךְ (cf. 𝔊) and those whom the king appointed (abbreviated from 2 K 22:14); cf. Ew§ 292 a, b with note. 8. אֲשֶׁר becomes, like Aramaic דּי, ܕ, a conj. approximating in usage to כִּי: thus a. = quod, ὅτι, that, subordinating an entire sentence to a verb of knowing, remembering, etc. (α) with אֵת Dt 9:7 forget not אֵת אֲשֶׁר הִקְצַפְתָּ the fact that (= how) thou provokedst, etc., 29:15; Jos 2:10; 1 S 24:11, 19; 2 S 11:20 know ye not אֵת אֲשֶׁר־יֹרוּ how they shoot from off the wall? 2 K 8:12 Is 38:3 + often. As subj. (rare) 1 K 14:19; 2 K 14:15; 20:20. Of time (peculiarly) †2 S 14:15 עַתָּה אֲשֶׁר now (is it) that … Zc 8:20 (prob.) yet (shall it be) that … v 23; cf. כִּמְעַט שֶׁ Ct 3:4. (β) without אֵת (not very common, כִּי being usually employed): after יָדַע Ex 11:7; Nu 32:23; Ez 20:26 (strange in Ez: v. Hi) Jb 9:5 (Ew De Di) Ec 8:12, רָאָה Dt 1:31 (RV) 1 S 18:15, הִתְוַדָּה to confess Lv 5:5; 26:40b, הִשְׁבִּיעַ 1 K 22:16 (caused to swear that …); after a noun Is 38:7 הָאוֹת אֲשֶׁר the sign that … (‖ 2 K 20:9 כִּי) with growing frequency in late Hebrew, 2 Ch 2:7, and especially Ne Est: Ne 2:5, 10; 7:65 (= Ezr 2:63) 8:14, 15; 10:31; 13:1, 19, 22; Est 1:19; 2:10; 3:4; 4:11; 6:2; 8:11; Ec 3:22 (מֵאֲשֶׁר) 5:4; 7:18 (with טוֹב: contrast Ru 2:22) v 22, 29; 8:12, 14; 9:1; Dn 1:8(×2). (γ) prefixed to a direct citation, like כִּי q.v. (= ὅτι recitativum) (rare) 1 S 15:20; 2 S 1:4; 2:4 (v. Dr) ψ 10:6 (prob.), Ne 4:6. b. it is resolvable into so that: Gn 11:7 אֲשֶׁר לֹא יִשְׁמְעוּ so that they understand not, etc., 13:16; 22:14 אֲשֶׁר יֵאָמֵר so that it is said, Ex 20:26; Dt 4:10, 40 אֲשֶׁר יִיטַב לְךָ 6:3; 28:27, 51; 1 K 3:12, 13; 2 K 9:37; Mal 3:19. c. it has a causal force, forasmuch as, in that, since: Gn 30:18; 31:49 and Mizpah, אֲשֶׁר אָמַר for that he said. 34:13, 27; 42:21 we are guilty, אֲשֶׁר רָאִינוּ we who saw (or, in that we saw), Nu 20:13 Meribah, because they strove there, Dt 3:24; Jos 4:7, 23; 22:31; Ju 9:17; 1 S 2:23; 15:15; 20:42 go in peace, אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּעְנוּ forasmuch as we have sworn, 25:26 thou whom (= or, seeing that) י׳ hath withholden, 2 S 2:5 blessed are ye of י׳, אֲשֶׁר עֲשִׂיתֶם, who (οἵτινες) have done (or in that ye have done), 1 K 3:19; 15:5; 2 K 12:3; 17:4; 23:26; Je 16:13; Ec 8:11, 12 (Hi De Now). Here also belongs its use in אֲשֶׁר לָמָּה since why …? (= lest) Dn 1:10: v. sub לְמָה" dir="rtl" >לָמָּה. On אֲשֶׁר עַל כֵּן forasmuch as Jb 34:27 v. sub כִּי עַל כֵּן" dir="rtl" >כִּי עַל כֵּן. d. it expresses a condition (rare & peculiar): Lv 4:22 אֲשֶׁר נָשִׂיא יֶחֱטָא in (case) that = when (or if) a ruler sinneth (v 3, 13, 27 אִם) 25:33; Nu 5:29 (explained differently by Ew§ 334a), Dt 11:27 and the blessing אֲשֶׁר תִּשְׁמְעוּ if ye hearken (v 28 אִם), 18:22 Ges§ 159 cc Jos 4:21 אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁאָלוּן … when they ask …, then … (v 6 כִּי), Is 31:4. In 1 K 8:33 (‖ 2 Ch 6:24 כִּי, cf. K v 35, 37) אֲשֶׁר may be rendered indifferently because or when. Once, similarly, אֵת אֲשֶׁר 1 K 8:31 v. p. 85. e. perhaps (exceptionally) = כַּאֲשֶׁר, as, Je 33:22; Is 54:9 (sq. כֵּן; but כֵּן q.v. sometimes stands without כאשׁר, & אשׁר may in these passages connect with what precedes); according to some also Je 48:8 ψ 106:34 (in a connexion where כַּאֲשֶׁר would be more usual: אֲשֶׁר may however be the obj. of אָמַר). In 1 S 16:7 אֲשֶׁר יִרְאֶה הָאָדָם read כַּאֲשֶׁר, v. Dr.In Dt 15:14 also read כַּאֲשֶׁר: note ברכך before. f. combined with preps., אֲשֶׁר converts them into conjunctions: see below, בַּאֲשֶׁר" dir="rtl" >בַּאֲשֶׁר, כַּאֲשֶׁר, מֵאֲשֶׁר. On its use similarly with (אַחֲרֵי) אַחַר, מִבְּלִי, בַּעֲבוּר, עַל דְּבַר, יַעַן, לְמַעַן, כְּפִי, עַד, עַל, עֵקֶב, מִפְּנֵי, תַּחַת, see these words.—הַאֲשֶׁר, with ה interrog., occurs once, 2 K 6:22. Note.1 אֲשֶׁר being a connecting link, without any perfectly corresponding equivalent in Engl., its force is not unfreq. capable of being represented in more than one way. See e.g. 2 S 2:5 (above 8 c), Is 28:12 unto whom he said, or for that he said to them. Note.2 The opinion that אֲשֶׁר has an asseverative force (like כִּי, q.v.), or introduces the apodosis, is not prob., being both alien to its general usage & not required by the passages alleged. Render Is 8:20 either ‘Surely according to this word will those speak who have no dawn,’ or ‘… will they speak when (cf. supr. 8 d Dt 11:27; Jos 4:21) they have no dawn.’

I. כִּי conj. that, for, when (Moab. id.: Ph. כ. Prob. from the same demonstr. basis found in ܟܳܐ here, and in certain pronouns, as Aramaic דֵּךְ this (WSG 110 f.); perhaps also ultim. akin with كَىْ that, in order that, and ܟܰܝ then, enclit., like Lat. nam in quisnam?)— 1. that (ὅτι, Germ. dass): a. prefixed to sentences depending on an active verb, and occupying to it the place of an accus.: so constantly, after vbs. of seeing, as Gn 1:10 וַיַּרְא אֱלֹהִים כִּי טוֹב and God saw that it was good, 3:6; 6:2, 5; 12:14 + often, hearing 14:14; 29:33, knowing 22:12; 24:14, telling 3:11; 12:18, repenting 6:6, 7, swearing Gn 22:16 Je 22:5, believing Ex 4:5 La 4:12, remembering ψ 78:35, forgetting Jb 39:15; אָמַר = command (late; in early Heb. the words said are quoted) Jb 36:10, 24) זְכֹר in a command) 37:20b 1 Ch 21:18 (contrast 2 S 24:18) etc.; טוֹב כּי it is good that … 2 S 18:3 + (v. p. 374b: usually the inf. c., as Gn 2:18; v. ibid.); Gn 37:26 מַה־בֶּצַע כִּי נַהֲרֹג what profit that we should slay (impf.) …? Mal 3:14 what profit כִּי שָׁמַרְנוּ that we have kept (pf.) …? Jb 22:3 הַחֵפֶץ לְשַׁדַּי כִּי is it pleasure to Shaddai that …? after a pron., as ψ 41:12 by this I know that thou hast pleasure in me, that my enemy cannot triumph over me, 42:5 these things will I remember … that (or how) I used to go, etc., 56:10 this I know that god is for me, Jb 13:16 (הוא). And with כִּי repeated pleon. after an intervening clause 2 S 19:7 Je 26:15 +; כִּי … וְכִי Gn 3:6; 29:12 Ex 4:31 Jos 2:9; 8:21; 10:1 1 S 31:7 2 S 5:12 1 K 11:21 Je 40:7, 11; לֵאמֹר … וְכִי Gn 45:26 Ju 10:10. b. כִּי often introduces the direct narration (like ܕ, أَنْ, and the Gk. ὅτι recitativum, e.g. Luke 4:21), in which case it cannot be represented in English (except by inverted commas), Gn 21:30; 29:33 and she said, כִּי שׁמע י׳ Yahweh hath heard, etc.; Ex 3:12 = Ju 6:16 and he said, כִּי אֶהְיֶה עִמָּ֑ךְ I will be with thee, Jos 2:24 1 S 2:16 (v. Dr) 10:19 and ye have said to him, כִּי מֶלֶךְ תָּשִׂים עָלֵינוּ Thou shalt set a king over us, 2 S 11:23 1 K 1:13; 20:5 Ru 1:10, cf. 2:21 (but in reply to a qu. כִּי may = because, v. sub 3; and so also in sentences giving the expl. of a proper name, Gn 26:22; 29:32 (but De surely: v. infr.), Ex 2:10 (cf. Gn 4:25; 41:51, 52); in כִּי מָה, introducing an expostulation, 1 S 29:8 1 K 11:22 2 K 8:13, it gives the reason for a suppressed ‘Why do you say this?’). c. especially after an oath חַי אָ֫נִי, חַי י׳ etc., introducing the fact sworn to, Gn 42:16 by the life of Pharaoh, כִּי מְרַגְּלִים אַתֶּם (I say) that ye are spies; but through Heb. usage prob. gave it an asseverative force, Engl. idiom does not require it to be expressed: Nu 14:22 1 S 20:3 as י׳ liveth, כִּי כִפֶשַׂע בֵּינִי וּבֵין הַמָּוֶת there is but a step between me and death! 26:16; 29:6 Is 49:18 +; 1 S 14:44 כֹּה־יַעֲשֶׂה אֱלֹהִים וְכֹה יוֹסִיף כִּי מוֹת תָּמוּת thus may God do and more also: thou shalt surely die! 2 S 3:35 1 K 2:23 Ru 1:17 al.—Note that כִּי when thus used is often repeated after an intervening clause, in order that its force may be fully preserved: Gn 22:16f. 1 S 14:39 כִּי מוֹת יָמוּת (אִם־יֶשְׁנוֹ בְּיוֹנָתָן בְּנִי) חַי י׳ כִּי 25:34 2 S 2:27 כִּי אָז וג׳ (לוּלֵא דִּבַּרְתָּ) כִּי, 3:9; 15:21 Qr 1 K 1:30 Je 22:24. d. כִּי is used sometimes with advs. and interjs. to add force or distinctness to the affirmation which follows: (a) so especially in אַף כִּי (v. אַף); †הֲכִי is it that …? (as a neutral interrrog.) 2 S 9:1, (expecting a neg. answer) Gn 29:15 is it that thou art my brother, and shalt (therefore) serve me for nothing? Jb 6:22 is it that I have said, Give unto me? expressing surprise Gn 27:36 is it that he is called Jacob, and has (hence) supplanted me twice? 2 S 23:19 an affirm. answer is required (wh. would imply הֲלֹא כִי): read prob. with the ‖ 1 Ch 11:25 הִנּוֹ behold, he, etc.; †אִם־לֹא כִּי Dt 32:30 were it not that …; †אָמְנָם כִּי Jb 12:2 of a truth (is it) that ye are the people, etc.; †אַךְ כִּי 1 S 8:9; אֶפֶס כִּי Nu 13:28 +; גַּם כִּי †Ru 2:21; †הֲלֹא כִי 1 S 10:1 (but v. 𝔊 Dr), 2 S 13:28; †הִנֵּה כִי ψ 128:4; cf. ψ 118:10–12 בְּשֵׁם י׳ כִּי אֲמִילַֽם in the name of י׳ (is it) that—or (I say) that—I will mow them down; Jb 39:27 doth the vulture mount up at thy command, וְכִי יָרִים קִנּוֹ and (is it) that it (so) makes high its nest? Is 36:19 have the gods of the nations delivered each his land etc.? … וְכִי הִצִּילוּ i.e. (Hi) and (is it) that they have delivered Samaria out of my hand? > (Ew§ 354 c De Di) and that they have delivered Samaria out of my hand! = how much less (אַף כִּי) have they, etc.! (‖ 2 K 18:34 כִּי alone, perhaps conformed by error to v 35; 2 Ch 32:15 אַף כִּי, which however does not decide the sense of the orig. וְכִי). 1 Ch 29:14 וְכִי מִי read ומי or כי מי. (b) in introducing the apodosis, especially in כִּי עַתָּה (chiefly after לוּלֵא) indeed then …, Gn 31:42; 43:10 for unless we had tarried כִּי עַתָּה שַׁבְנוּ surely then we had returned twice, Nu 22:23 (read לוּלֵי for אוּלַי); so 1 S 14:30 𝔊 (after לוּא), and 13:13 Hi We (לֻא for לֹא); after אִם Jb 8:6 surely then he will awake over thee, etc. (But elsewhere כִּי עַתָּה is simply for now, Gn 29:32 Jb 7:21 +; or for then = for in that case, Ex 9:15 Nu 22:29 Jb 3:13; 6:3 +). It is dub. whether כִּי אָז has the same sense: for 2 S 2:27; 19:7 the כִּי in כִּי אָז may be merely resumptive of the כִּי recitat. preceding (vid. a, c). Rare otherwise: Ex 22:22 if thou afflict him כִּי אִם־צָעֹק יִצְעַק ’tis that (= indeed), if he cries unto me, I will hear him, Is 7:9 if ye believe not כִּי לֹא תֵאָמֵֽנוּ ׃ indeed ye will not be established. e. there seem also to be other cases in which כִּי, standing alone, has an intensive force, introducing a statement with emph., yea, surely, certainly (Germ. ja—a lighter particle than these Engl. words): see in EVV Gn 22:17 Ex 18:11 Nu 23:23 1 S 17:25; 20:26 2 K 23:22 Is 32:13; 60:9 Je 22:22; 31:19 Ho 6:9; 8:6; 9:12; 10:3 Am 3:7 ψ 76:11; 77:12 (Ew Che), Pr 30:2 (but not if construed as RVm), Ec 4:16; 7:7, 20 Jb 28:1 +; La 3:22 (𝔖 𝔗 Ew Th Öt) the mercies of י׳, surely they are not consumed (read prob. תַמּוּ or תָֽמְמוּ for תמנו), Ru 3:12 כִּי אָמְנָם yea, indeed. But it is doubtful whether כִּי has this force in all the passages for which scholars have had recourse to it, and whether in some it is not simply = for. De Pr 30:1 would restrict the usage to cases in which a suppressed clause may be understood. f. that, expressing consecution, especially after a question implying surprise or deprecation: sq. perf., Gn 20:9 what have I sinned against thee כִּי הֵבֵאתָ עָלַי that thou hast brought on me? 1 S 17:26; 22:8 Is 22:1 what aileth thee, that thou art gone up, etc.? v 16 36:5; 52:5 Mic 4:9 Hb 2:18; sq. ptcp. Ju 14:3 1 S 20:1 1 K 18:9 how have I sinned that thou art giving, etc.? 2 K 5:7 Ez 24:19; usually sq. impf. Ex 3:11 who am I כִּי אֵלֵךְ that I should go, etc.? 16:7 Ju 8:6; 9:28; 2 K 8:13 Is 7:13; 29:16 (also pf.), ψ 8:5 what is man כִּי תִזְכְּרֶנּוּ? Jb 3:12 or why the breasts כִּי אִינָקֽ ׃ that I should suck? 6:11 מַה־כֹּחִי כִּי אֲיַחֵל, 7:12, 17; 10:5f.; 13:25f; 15:12f. 14; 16:3; 21:15 +; after a neg., Gn 40:15 here also I have done nothing כִּי שָׂמוּ that they should have placed me in the dungeon, ψ 44:19f. our heart has not turned backward, etc. כִּי דִכִּיתָנוּ that thou shouldst have crushed us, etc., Is 43:22 not me hast thou called on, כִּי יָגַעְתָּ בִּי that thou shouldst have wearied thyself with me, Ho 1:6 (v. RV), Jb 41:2 Ru 1:12 I am too old to have an husband כִּי אָמַרְתָּי that I should have said, etc. (cf. Ew§337a; Dr§ 39 δ). g. added to preps. כִּי converts them, like אֲשֶׁר, into conjs. …, as יַעַן כִּי because that …: v. sub יַעַן" dir="rtl" >יַעַן, עַד³" dir="rtl" >עַד, עַל" dir="rtl" >עַל, עֵ֫קֶב" dir="rtl" >עֵקֶב, תַּ֫חַת²" dir="rtl" >תַּחַת. 2. a. Of time, when, of the past וַיְהִי כִּי Gn 6:1 (cf. BuUrg. 6), 26:8; 27:1 2 S 6:13; 7:1; 19:26 + (כַּאֲשֶׁר, and especially כְּ c. inf., are more freq.); וְהָיָה כִּי (simple וְ) 1 S 1:12; 17:48; Jos 22:7 Ju 2:18; 12:5 והיה כי יאמרו and it would be, whenever (freq.) they said, Je 44:19 (ptcp.), Ho 11:1 ψ 32:3 כי החרשׁתר when I was silent, Jb 31:21, 26, 29; of present (usually with impf.) as Ex 18:16 כִּי יִהְיֶה לָהֶם דָּבָר when they have a matter, 1 S 24:20 Is 1:12; 30:21 Je 14:12 Zc 7:5, 6 Mal 1:8 ψ 49:19 and men praise thee כִּי תֵיטִיב לָ֑ךְ when thou doest well to thyself, 102:1; 127:5 +, with pf. Ez 3:19–21; 33:9 Pr 11:15; 23:22; especially of future, as Gn 4:12 כִּי תַעֲבֹד אֶת־הָאֲדָמָה when thou shalt till the ground it shall not, etc., 24:41; 30:33; 31:49; 32:18 Ex 7:9 when Pharaoh shall speak unto you, Dt 4:25; 6:20 +; in phrase (תֹּאמַר וג׳) וְכִי תֹּאמְרוּ Lv 25:20 Dt 18:21 Is 8:19; 36:7 Je 13:22; and especially in וְהָיָה כִּי … Gn 12:12; 46:33 Dt 6:10; 15:16 1 S 10:7; 25:30 Is 8:21; 10:12 + often; with pf. Is 16:12 1 Ch 17:11 (altered from impf. 2 S 7:12); with ptcp. (unusual) Nu 33:51; 34:2 Dt 11:31; 18:9. b. elsewhere כִּי has a force approximating to if, though it usually represents a case as more likely to occur than אִם:—(mostly with impf.) Gn 38:16 Nu 5:10; 10:32 Dt 6:25; 7:17; 28:2, 13 1 S 20:13 2 S 19:8 2 K 4:29; 18:22 Je 38:15 Pr 4:8 Jb 7:13 (כי אמרתי when I say), 19:28; often in laws, as Ex 21:14, 33, 35, 37; 22:4, 5 etc., Dt 13:13; 14:24; 15:7, 12; 17:2; 18:6, 21 etc.; sometimes, in particular, to state a principle broadly, after which special cases are introduced by אִם, as Ex 21:2 when (כִּי) thou buyest a Hebrew servant, he shall serve thee six years, after which v 3–5 follow four special cases with אִם if: so 21:7 (כי), v 8–11 (אם); v 18 (כי), v 19 (אם); v 20 (כי), v 21 (אם); v 22 f. 28–32; Lv 1:2 (כי), v 3, 10 (אם) 4:2, 3, 13, 27, 32; 13:2 ff. Nu 30:3 ff. +; though this distinction is not uniformly observed, contrast e.g. Ex 21:5 with Dt 15:16; Nu 5:19 and v 20.—N.B. with כִּי = when or if, the subject is often prefixed for distinctness and emph.: 1 K 8:37 רָעָב כִּי־יִהְיֶה בָאָרֶץ דֶּבֶר כִּי יִהְיֶה וג׳, Is 28:18 Mi 5:4 אַשּׁוּר כִּי־יָבֹא בְאַרְצֵנוּ, ψ 62:11 Ez 3:19 (וְאַתָּה), 14:9, 13; 18:5, 18, 21; 33:6 (cf. v 2); and especially in laws of P, as אָדָם כִּי … Lv 1:2; 13:2, נֶפֶשׁ כִּי … 2:1; 4:2; 5:1, 4, 15, similiarly 15:2, 16, 19, 25; 22:12, 13, 14 etc., rather differently Nu 5:20. c. when or if, with a concessive force, i.e. though:—(a) with impf. Je 4:30(×3); 14:12; 49:16 כִּי־תַגְבִּיהַּ כַּנֶּשֶׁר קִנֶּ֑ךָ though thou make high like the vulture thy nest, I will bring thee down thence, 51:53 Ho 13:15 Zc 8:6 ψ 37:24; 49:19 f. though in his lifetime he bless himself … he shall come, etc., perhaps also Je 46:23 Ew (but Hi Gf Ke for), 50:11 Ew Ke (Hi yea); and strengthened by גַּם, גַּם כִּי Is 1:15 ψ 23:4 (cf. Dr§ 143); (b) with perf. (rare) Mi 7:8 כִּי נָפַלְתִּי קָ֑מְתִּי though I have fallen, I rise, Na 1:10 (si vera l.), ψ 21:12 (Hi Ew Now), 119:83 (Ew De). 3. Because, since (ὅτι)— a. Gn 3:14 because thou hast done this, cursed art thou, etc., v 17 18:20 the cry of S. and G.—because it is great … (subj. prefixed for emph.: cf. 2 N.B.) Is 28:15; in answer to a qu., Gn 27:20 Ex 1:19; 18:15 2 S 19:43 +. Enunciating the conditions under which a fut. action is conceived as possible (Germ. indem) Lv 22:9 Dt 4:29 כי תדרשׁנו, 12:20 (v.Dr), v 25, 28; 13:19; 14:24; 16:15; 19:6, 9 +, 1 K 8:35 (cf. v 33 אֲשֶׁר), v 36 כִּי תוֹרֵם, Pr 4:8b. b. more commonly the causal sentence follows, as Gn 2:3 and God blessed the seventh day כִּי בוֹ שָׁבַת וג׳ because on it he rested, etc., 4:25 etc., in which case it may often be rendered for, Gn 2:5, 23; 3:20; 5:24; 6:7; 12, 13 ψ 6:3 heal me כִּי נִבְהֲלוּ עֲצָמָ֑י for my bones are vexed, 10:14; 25:16; 27:10 + very often Spec. after vbs. expressive of mental emotions, as rejoicing Is 14:29 ψ 58:11, being angry Gn 31:35; 45:5, fearing 43:18 ψ 49:17 etc. Iron. 1 K 18:27 for he is a god etc. (4 times); Pr 30:4 Jb 38:5 כִּי תֵדָ֑ע for or since thou knowest. With subj. prefixed ψ 128:2. Repeated (with anacol.) Is 49:19. c. the causal relation expressed by כִּי is sometimes subtle, especially in poetry, and not apparent without careful study of a passage. Thus sometimes it justifies a statement or description by pointing to a pregnant fact which involves it, as Is 3:8a Jb 6:21 (ground of the comparison v 15–20), 14:16 (For …: ground of the wishes expressed v 13–15), 16:22 (ground of v 20 f.) 30:26 (For …), or by pointing to a general truth which it exemplifies Jb 5:6 (reason why complaining v 2–5 is foolish), 15:34; 23:14; sometimes it is explicative, justifying a statement by unfolding the particulars wh. establish or exemplify it 2 S 23:5a Is 1:30; 5:7; 7:8; 9:4; 10:8–11; 13:10 (development of v 9a), 32:6 f. (developing the characters of the נָבָל and כִּילַי, and so explaining why they will no longer be esteemed v 5); Jb 11:16 ff. (explic. of v 15b), 18:8 ff. (justifying v 7), 22:26 ff. (justifying v 25); elsewhere the cause is expressed indirectly or figuratively Is 2:6 (reason why invitation v 5 is needed), 5:10 (sterility of the soil the cause of the desolation v 9), 18:5; 28:8 (proof of the intoxication v 7), 31:7 (reason for the exhortation v 6: the certainty that the folly of idolatry will soon be recognized), Jb 7:21 (for soon it will be too late to pardon), 27:8–10 (Job wishes his enemy the lot of the wicked, because this is so hopeless); or כִּי relates not to the v. which immed. precedes or follows, but to several, as Is 7:16 f. (v 17 specially the ground of the people being reduced to simple fare v 15), 21:6 ff. (ground of the statements v1–5), Jb 4:5 (ground of v 2), 14:7–12 (v 10–12 specially the ground for the appeal in v 6), 23:10–13 (ground why God cannot be found v 8 f.), ψ 73:21 (ground not of v 20, but of general train of thought v 2–14); so also Gn 4:24 Dt 18:14 Is 12:1 Je 30:11 the reason lies not in the words immed. after כִּי, but in the second part of the sentence; or, on the other hand, it may state the reason for a partic. word, Is 28:20 (justifying ‘nought but terror’ v 19), Jb 23:17 (God’s hostility v 16 the cause of his misery, not the calamity as such). Sometimes also כִּי, in a poet. or rhet. style, gives the reason for a thought not expressed but implied, especially the answer to a qu.; Is 28:11 (the mockeries of v 10 have a meaning) ‘for with men of strange lips, etc. he will speak unto this people,’ who will retort the mockeries, charged with a new and terrible meaning, upon those who uttered them (v 13); = (no,) for Is 28:28 (see RVm), Jb 22:2b no, he that is wise is profitable to himself, 31:18; 39:14 (see v 13b), ψ 44:24 (he cannot do this, v 23) for for thy sake are we killed, etc., 130:4 no, with thee is forgiveness; = (yes,) for Is 49:25 (see the qu. v 24), 66:8. d. כִּי … כִּי ἀσυνδέτως sometimes introduce the proximate and ultimate cause respectively, Gn 3:19; 26:7; 43:32; 47:20 Ex 23:33 for [else] thou wilt serve their gods, for it will be a snare to thee, Is 2:6(×2); 3:8(×2); 6:5a, b; 10:22f. Jb 6:3f.; 8:8, 9(×2); 24:17(×2); 29:11f.; sometimes they introduce two co-ordinate causes (where we should insert and), Ex 23:21, 22 Is 6:5b, c I am undone, because I am of unclean lips …, because mine eyes have seen י׳ of hosts, 15:5(×2), 6(×2), 8, 9 Zp 3:8f. Jb 15:25, 27; 20:19f.; 31:11f. But כִּי … וְכִי also occurs, Gn 33:11 Nu 5:20 (if), Jo 1:15 Ju 6:30 1 S 19:4; 22:17 1 K 2:26 Is 65:16 +. e. after a neg. כִּי for becomes = but (Germ. sondern): Gn 17:15 thou shalt not call her name Sarai, כִּי שָׂרָה שְׁמָהּ for (= but) Sarah shall be her name, 24:3f.; 45:8 Ex 1:19; 16:8 not against us are your murmurings, כי על־י׳ for (they are) agst. י׳ = but agst. י׳, Dt 21:17 1 S 6:3 (אַל), 27:1 (v. Dr), 1 K 21:15 Is 10:7; 28:27; 29:23; 30:5 ψ 44:8; 118:17 + often; so in לא כי nay, for = nay, but, as Gn 18:15 לֹא כִּי צָחָֽקְתְּ nay, but thou didst laugh, 19:2; 42:12 Jos 5:14 1 S 2:16 MSS 𝔊 (v. Dr), 12:12 2 S 16:18; 24:24 1 K 2:30; 3:22; 11:22 Is 30:16 nay, but we will flee upon horses. Note. —כִּי is sometimes of difficult and uncertain interpretation, and in some of the passages quoted a different expl. is tenable. Authorities especially read the Heb. differently, when the choice is between for and yea. E.g. Is 8:23 Ges Ew§ 330 b doch (no, but); Hi Di for (taking v 22 as RVm); Ch surely: 15:1 Ges Ew Hi Di surely; De for: 39:8 Ges Hi De surely; Di for (expl. of טוֹב): Ez 11:16 Hi Ke Co surely; Ew Sm because.—In Ex 20:25 the tense of וַתְּחַלֲלֶהָ makes it prob. that כִּי is for (Dr§ 153). Jb 22:29 is taken with least violence to usage (גַּאֲוָה) as Hi: When they humble thee, and thou sayest (= complainest) Pride! he will save, etc.

σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] Refs 8th c.BC+ (Laconian dialect τούνη Refs 5th c.AD+; Aeolic dialect σύ Refs 7th c.BC+; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] Refs 6th c.BC+ (also τούν Refsσύ, Refs 8th c.BC+—Gen. σοῦ, Refs, elsewhere only Attic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; enclitic σου, Refs 8th c.BC+ (also in Lyric poetry, Refs 8th c.BC+ (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, Refs 7th c.BC+, and as enclitic σευ, Refs 8th c.BC+, σεο (enclitic) Refs σευ (enclitic) Refs:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, Refs 3rd c.BC+; rarely τέο, Refs 8th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τεῦς Refs 6th c.BC+; Doric dialect τεοῦς Refs 5th c.BC+; τοι variant in Refs; enclitic τεος Refs 5th c.BC+; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both Refs 3rd c.BC+—Dat. σοί, Refs 8th c.BC+, etc.; Doric dialect τοί Refs 7th c.BC+; Doric dialect, Lesb., and Ionic dialect enclitic τοιRefs 8th c.BC+, Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι Refs 8th c.BC+, and in codices of Refs 5th c.BC+; rarer than τοι in Refs 5th c.BC+; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί Refs 5th c.BC+, τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in Refs 8th c.BC+; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, Refs 8th c.BC+; also τίν [ῐ], Refs 7th c.BC+; τίν [ῑ], Refs 3rd c.BC+ before a consonant, Refs 7th c.BC+—Acc. σέ, Refs 8th c.BC+; enclitic σε,Refs 7th c.BC+; in late Gr. σέν, Refs; Doric dialect τέ Refs 7th c.BC+; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in Refs 5th c.BC+; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) Refs 5th c.AD+; or (enclitic) τυ Refs 6th c.BC+ __2 in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τούγα Refs 2nd c.AD+: dative σοί γε Refs 8th c.BC+: accusative σέ γε Refs, etc.:—also σύ περ Refs __3 σύ with infinitive (as imperative), Refs 5th c.BC+ __II Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, Refs 8th c.BC+, you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,Refs 8th c.BC+—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, Refs 8th c.BC+; contraction σφῷν once in Refs 8th c.BC+. None of these forms are enclitic, Refs 5th c.BC+ enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in Refs 8th c.BC+ —σφῶϊ is never dative; in Refs 8th c.BC+ it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in Refs 8th c.BC+ __III Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, Refs 8th c.BC+, ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμές Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect οὐμές Refs 6th c.BC+; a resolved form ὑμέες, Refs 1st c.BC+ rather than genuine Ionic Refs 5th c.BC+— Gen. ὑμῶν, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὑμέων (disyllable) Refs 8th c.BC+; ὑμέων also Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμέων Refs 5th c.BC+; also ὑμῶν, Refs 2nd c.AD+; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων Refs 7th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων Refs 6th c.BC+—Dat. ὑμῖν, Refs 8th c.BC+; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν Refs 2nd c.AD+ also Doric dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] Refs; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in Refs 5th c.BC+ should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by Refs 2nd c.AD+; ὕμινRefs 8th c.BC+—Acc. ὑμᾶς, Refs 5th c.BC+, etc. (-υ Refs 5th c.BC+; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in Refs 2nd c.AD+; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) Refs 8th c.BC+; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) Refs 3rd c.BC+; ὑμέας also Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμέ Refs 7th c.BC+—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as Refs 8th c.BC+ cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)

δέ, but: adversative and copulative Particle, __I answering to μέν (which see), τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην Refs 5th c.BC+ __II without preceding μέν, __II.1 adversative, expressing distinct opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα.. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπαςRefs 5th c.BC+; so in Prose, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 copulative, __II.2.a in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν.. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν (ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) Refs 8th c.BC+: when a substantive is followed by words in apposition, Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ Refs 5th c.BC+; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ. διπλᾶδ᾽ ὁρᾶν Refs __II.2.b in enumerations or transitions, Refs 8th c.BC+; with repetition of a word in different relations, ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν.., θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Refs 8th c.BC+; in rhetorical outbursts, οὐκ ἂν εὐθέως εἴποιεν· τὸν δὲ βάσκανον, τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον, τοῦτον δὲ ὑβρίζειν,—ἀναπνεῖν δέ. Refs 4th c.BC+; in a climax, πᾶν γύναιον καὶ παιδίον καὶ θηρίον δέ nay even beast, Refs 5th c.BC+; in the combination καὶ δέ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.2.c answering to τε (which see), ἃ τῶν τε ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκα ἄξια κεκτῆσθαι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὰ αὑτῶν Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 implying causal connexion, less direct than γάρ, Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.4 in questions, with implied opposition, ἑόρακας δ᾽, ἔφη, τὴν γυναῖκ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4.b τί δ; what then? to mark a transition in dialogue; see at {τίς}. __II in apodosi: __II.1 after hypothetical clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.1.b after temporal or relative clauses, with ἐπεί, ἕως, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; with demonstrative Pronouns or adverbs answering to a preceding relative, οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes after a participle, οἰόμενοι.. τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι.. ἐσόμεθα Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 to resume after an interruption or parenthesis, χρόνου δὲ ἐπιγινομένου καὶ κατεστραμμένων σχεδὸν πάντων..,—κατεστραμμένων δὲ τούτων.. Refs 5th c.BC+; with an anacoluthon, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα,—οἷ ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ.. τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον, αὕτη δὲ δή.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 to begin a story, ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος.. well, when the sun.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.4 to introduce a proof, τεκμήριον δέ, σημεῖον δέ, (see entry). __B POSITION of δέ. It usually stands second: hence frequently between Article and substantive or preposition and case; but also after substantive, or words forming a connected notion, hence it may stand third, γυναῖκα πιστὴν δ᾽ ἐν δόμοις εὕροι Refs 5th c.BC+; so in Prose after a negative, οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐραστοῦ δέ, to avoid confusion between οὐ δέ and οὐδέ, Refs 5th c.BC+

יִשְׂרָאֵל2507 n.pr.m. et gent. Israel (E†l persisteth, persevereth (or juss. Let E†l persist) [usually contendeth (NesEg 60 ff.) or Let E†l contend (GrayProp. N. 218), but v. DrHastDict. Bib. Jacob 530]; on vocalization v. LagBN 131 f. Kit 1 Ch 4:16 (Hpt); MI5, + 5 times ישראל; in Egyptian Y-si-r-ʾl SteindorffZAW xvi (1896), 331, cf. BreastedBib. World ix (1897), 62 ff. PatonSyriac and Pal. 134; Assyrian Sir-ʾ-lai (= יִשְׂרְאֵלִי) SchrKG 356 ff., 364; COT Gn 36:31, 1 K 16:29.—On a poss. relation of יִשׂ׳ to n.pr. שָׂרַי, שָׂרָה v. RSK 257, 2nd ed. 34;—cf. שְׂרָיָה(וּ));—Ισραηλ: 1. n.pr.m. second name of Jacob Gn 32:29 + 28 times Gn (JE), Ex 32:13 (JE), Ho 12:13; Ju 18:29; Ex 6:14; Nu 1:20; 26:5 (all P), 2 K 17:34 1 Ch 1:34 + 8 times Chr, ψ 105:23; בֵּית יִשׂ׳ Ru 4:11; בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ (lit.) Gn 42:5 + 3 times E, 2 times P + Ex 1:7 (P; transition to wider use), 1 K 18:31 1 Ch 2:1 +; = 12 tribes Ex 28:9 + 7 times P; אֱלֹהֵי אַבְרָהָם יִצְחָק וְיִשׂ׳ †1 K 18:36; 1 Ch 29:18; 2 Ch 30:6. 2. n.pr.gent. (usually m. Ju 11:17 f. but f. 1 S 17:21; 2 S 24:9 [not ‖ 1 Ch 21:5], cf. Drad loc. AlbrZAW xvi (1896), 57 f.): name of Hebrew nation; usually der. from 1, but יִשׂ׳ more common in early usage than בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ (v. בֵּן p. 120b): a. (1) undivided kingdom; יִשׂ׳ Gn 47:27 (J), 49:7 (poem in J) + 108 times JE, Dt 1:1; 18:6; 33:10 (poem) + 76 times D, Gn 34:7 Ex 12:15 + 42 times P; Ju 5:2, 7(×2) + 104 times Ju, often 1 and 2 S, 1 K 1–12; כָּל־יִשׂ׳ of whole people 2 S 8:15 +, of whole army 11:1 +, opp. Judah 2:9 + (so also later). (2) יִשׂ׳ = N. tribes, disting. from Judah, even before disruption, 2 S 2:9, cf. v 10 3:10; 4:1; 5:5; 12:7; 20:1 1 K 1:35; 4:20; 5:5 +; so at disruption 12:16(×3), 18, 19; then usually of N. kingdom, till its fall, v 28; 24:7, 10 + very often K, Am 1:1; 2:6; 3:14 +, Ho 1:5; 4:15(×2); 5:3(×2), 5 +, Mi 1:13, etc. (3) יִשׂ׳ of S. kingdom, Judah, rarely bef. fall of Samaria Is 1:3; 8:18 Mi 1:14, 15, so בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ 1 K 12:17; after fall of Sam., יִשׂ׳ (less often בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳) occurs of entire people, in reference to past or future 2 K 21:8; 23:22; Is 17:9 ψ 103:7; Je 2:3; 50:17, 19 +; יִשׂ׳ also = Judah Je 2:14, 31; 4:1 +, Ez 13:2, 4, 16; 14:1, 7, 9 +, Is 40:27; 41:8; 42:24 +, Ezr 2:59 = Ne 7:61, Ezr 2:70; 3:11 +, Ne 10:34; 10:3 +, ψ 14:7(×2) = 53:7(×2), 147:2; 149:2 +, etc. (4) usage in Chr: יִשׂ׳ of whole people 1 Ch 2:7 + 110 times, of N. kingdom 2 Ch 11:1 + 16 times, of Judah 12:6; 19:8 + 9 times (5) יִשׂ׳ personif. as עֶבֶד י׳, Is 44:1, 21; 49:3 b. בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳, (1) of undiv. people Ex 1:12 (J), 3:9 (E) + 72 times JE, Dt 3:18; 10:6 + 25 times D, Gn 32:33 + 327 times P; Ju 1:1 + 60 times Ju; seld. 1 and 2 Sm, 1 K 1–12; in 13–2 K 25 pass. in ref. to older hist. (rarely otherwise). (2) seldom of N. kingdom Am 2:11 + 9 times Am Ho, 2 Ch 13:12 + 7 times Chr. (3) of Judah (late) Ez 2:3; Ne 1:6(×2) Ezr 3:1; Jo 4:16 +, 2 Ch 31:5. c. בֵּית יִשׂ׳ Ex 16:31; 40:38 + 142 times (v. בַּיִת 5 d (δ); 81 times Ez, where = Judah; v. especially 37:16); שְׁנֵי בָֽתֵּי יִשׂ׳ Is 8:14. d. other phrases, v. sub אִישׁ" dir="rtl" >אִישׁ, אֶ֫רֶץ" dir="rtl" >אֶרֶץ, בַּת" dir="rtl" >בַּת, בְּתוּלָה" dir="rtl" >בְּתוּלָה, גְּבוּל" dir="rtl" >גְּבוּל, הַר" dir="rtl" >הַר, כִּסֵּא" dir="rtl" >כִּסֵּא, מֶ֫לֶךְ" dir="rtl" >מֶלֶךְ, מַטֶּה" dir="rtl" >נטה) מַטֶּה), עֵדָה⁵" dir="rtl" >יעד) עֵדָה), עַם²" dir="rtl" >עַם, שֵׁ֫בֶט" dir="rtl" >שֵׁבֶט; also (in epith. of י׳) sub אָבִיר, אוֹר, אֱלֹהִים, I. גָּאַל, מֶלֶךְ, מִקְוֶה (I. קוה), i. צוּר (V. צור), קָדוֹשׁ, I. רָעָה 1 d (3). †e. יִשׂ׳ =the laity, opp. priests, etc. (late): Ezr 10:25; Ne 11:3; 1 Ch 9:2 כָּל־יִשׂ׳ Ezr 2:70; 10:5; הָעָם יִשׂ׳ 9:1; בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ Ne 10:40, cf. שְׁאָר" dir="rtl" >שְׁאָר יִשׂ׳ 11:20.

הוּא m. הִיא f. (pl. m. הֵ֫מָּה, הֵם; fem. הֵ֫נָּה, הֵן [the latter only with prefixes]; see these words), pron. of the 3rd ps. sing., he, she, used also (in both genders) for the neuter, it, Lat. is, ea, id. (The א is not orthographic merely, but radical, being written on Moab. and Ph. inscriptions, though dropped in some of the later dialects. [In Heb. only Je 29:23 Kt, and in the prn. אֱלִיהוּ.] Moab. (MI 6.27) and Ph. (often) הא; Aramaic of Zinjirli הא, once הו (DHMInschr. von Sendschirli 55); 𝔗 הוּא, הִיא, Syriac ܗܽܘ, ܗܺܝ Arabic هُوَ, هِىَ (for hūʾa, hīʾa, WSG 104); Ethiopic ውእቱ, ይእቲ weʾĕtū, yeʾĕtī; perhaps also Assyrian šû, šî, himself, herself, suff. s̆u, ši, cf. demonstr. šuatu, šiati (v. KraetzschmarBAS i. 383 & reff., WSG 98, 105 Dl§ 55 b, 57). In the Pent., הוא is of common gender, the fem. form הִיא occurring only 11 times, viz. Gn 14:2; 20:5; 38:25 (v. Mass here), Lv 11:39; 13:10, 21; 16:31; 20:17; 21:9 Nu 5:13, 14. The punctuators, however, sought to assimilate the usage of the Pent. to that of the rest of the OT, and accordingly wherever הוא was construed as a fem. pointed it הִוא (as a Qrê perpetuum). Outside the Pent. the same Qrê occurs 1 K 17:15 Is 30:33 Jb 31:11a—prob. for the sake of removing gramm. anomalies: five instances of the converse change, viz. of היא to be read as הוּא, occur for a similar reason, 1 K 17:15 (וַתֹּאכַל הוּא־וָהִיא to be read as וַתֹּאכַל הִיא־וָהוּא, on account of the fem. verb) ψ 73:16 Jb 31:11b (כי הוא זמה והיא עָוֹן פלילים to be read as כי היא זמה והוא עון פלילים), Ec 5:8 1 Ch 29:16. The origin of the peculiarity in the Pent. is uncertain. It can hardly be a real archaism: for the fact that Arabic, Aramaic, & Ethiopic have distinct forms for masc. & fem. shews that both must have formed part of the original Semitic stock, and consequently of Hebrew as well, from its earliest existence as an independent language. Nor is the peculiarity confined to the Pent.: in the ms. of the Later Prophets, of a.d. 916, now at S. Petersburg, published in facsimile by Strack (1876), the fem. occurs written הוא (see the passages cited in the Adnotationes Criticae, p. 026). In Ph. both masc. and fem. ar alike written הא (CIS i. 1:9 מלך צדק הא, 1:13 מלאכת הא, 3:19 אדם הא, l:11 ממלכת הא, 93:2; 94:2), though naturally this would be read as hu’ or hi’ as occasion required. Hence, as 𝔊 shews that in the older Heb. MSS. the scriptio plena was not yet generally introduced, it is prob. that originally הא was written for both genders in Hebrew likewise, and that the epicene הוא in the Pent. originated at a comparatively late epoch in the transmission of the text—perhaps in connexion with the assumption, which is partly borne out by facts (cf. DeZKWL 1880, pp. 393–399), that in the older language fem. forms were more sparingly used than subsequently.) In usage הוּא (f. הִיא; pl. הֵ֫מָּה, הֵם, הֵ֫נָּה: v. הֵ֫מָּה" dir="rtl" >הֵ֫מָּה is 1. an emph. he (she, it, they), sometimes equivalent to himself (herself, itself, themselves), or (especially with the art.) that (those): a. Gn 3:15 הוא ישׁופך ראשׁ he (𝔊 αὐτὸς) shall bruise thee as to the head (opp. to the foll. אתה thou), v 20 for she (and no one else) was the mother of all living (so often in causal sentences, where some emph. on the subject is desirable, as Ju 14:3 ψ 24:2; 25:15; 33:9; 91:3; 103:14; 148:5 Jb 5:18; 11:11; 28:24 Je 5:5; 34:7b Ho 6:1; 11:10: Dr 1 S 14, 18), 4:20 Adah bare Jabal הוא היה אבי ישׁב אהלים he (ἐκεῖνος) was the father of tent-dwellers, v 21; 10:8 he began to be a mighty one in the earth, 20:5 (αὐτός), Ju 13:5 Is 32:7; 33:22 2 K 14:7, 22, 25; Ho 10:2 he—the unseen observer of their thoughts and deeds (Che), 13:15b (he, the foe figured by the E. wind). (For its use thus in circ. clauses v. Dr§ 157, 160, 168, 169.) And where the predic. is a subst. or ptcp., Gn 2:11 הוּא הַסֹּבֵב … that is the one which encompasseth etc., v 13, 14 10:12 that is the great city. So in the explanatory notices, Gn 14:3 הוּא יָם הַמֶּלַח that is the salt sea, v 8 הוּא־צֹעַר that is Zoar, 36:1 + often b. pointing back to the subj. and contrasting it with something else: Gn 4:4 הבל גם־הוא Abel, he also … v 26; 10:21; 20:5 וְהִיא־גַם־הִוא and she, herself also said, Ex 1:10 + often c. appended alone to a verb (more rarely, but always with intentional emphasis), Ex 4:14 I know כי דבר ידבר הוא that he can speak, v 16 1 S 22:18 ויפגע הוא בכהנים and he (though none else would do it) smote the priests, 23:22 for one hath told me, עָרֹם יַעְרִם הוּא He can deal subtilly, Ez 12:12 (peculiarly), cf. Dr§ 160 n.: very rarely indeed to a noun Nu 18:23 הַלֵּוִי הוּא, Is 7:14 י׳ הוא, Est 9:1 (הֵמָּה) being probably all the exx. in the OT d. Gn 13:1 and Abram came up out of Egypt, הוּא וְאִשְׁתּוֹ himself and his wife, and all that he had, 14:15 הוּא וַעֲבָדָיו he and his servants, 19:30; so very often e. prefixed to a noun (very rare, and mostly late), Ex 12:42b Ez 3:8 & 33:8 הוּא רָשָׁע: to pr. names Ex 6:27 הוא משׁה ואהרן, 1 Ch 26:26 that Shelomoth, 27:6 2 Ch 28:22; 32:12 (diff. from 2 K 18:22), v 30; 33:23 Ezr 7:6: cf. הֵם Ne 10:38 (comp. in Syriac ܗܽܘ, Nö§ 227): cf. ψ 87:5 1 S 20:29. 2. It resumes the subj. with emph.: a. when the predic. is a verb (especially if it be separated from its subject by an intervening clause), Gn 15:4 but one that shall come forth out of thine own bowels, הוּא יִירָשֶׁ֑ךָ he shall be thy heir, 3:12 the woman whom thou gavest to be with me, הוא נתנה לי she gave to me, 24:7; 44:17 etc. Ju 7:4 2 S 14:19 (throwing stress on יוֹאָב) 1 Ch 11:20 Is 33:15–16; 34:16; 38:19; 47:10; 59:16; 63:5 Ho 7:8; often in Pr, as 10:18, 22, 24; 11:28; 13:13; 19:21; 22:9; 24:12; 1 S 1:13 (v. Dr), ψ 68:36. b. when the predic. is a noun, Gn 2:14 and the fourth river, הוּא פְרָת it was the Euphrates, v 19 9:18; 15:2; 42:6 וְיוֹסֵף הוּא הַשַּׁלִּיט and Joseph, he was the ruler etc.: in sentences of the type י׳ הוּא הָאֱלֹהִים, י׳ הוּא הַנִּלְחָם לָכֶם, י׳ הוּא נַחֲלָתְֽךָ, Dt 3:22; 4:35; 7:9; 10:9 Jos 13:14, 33 Is 9:14; 33:6 Ho 11:5 (in these cases, to avoid stiffness, it is convenient often to drop the pron. in translating, as ‘And the fourth river was the Euphrates:’ the pronoun, however, though it then corresponds to the substantive verb in English, does not really express it, the copula, as the exx. shew, being in fact understood. Sts. in AV the pron. is retained for emphasis, as Dt. ll. cc.) So c. after אֲשֶׁר in an affirmative sentence, Gn 9:3 all creeping things אֲשֶׁר הוּא־חַי which are living, Lv 11:39 Nu 9:13; 14:8; 35:31 אֲשֶׁר הוּא רָשָׁע לָמוּת who is guilty of death, Dt 20:20 1 S 10:19 Hg 1:9 Ru 4:15 +. (On 2, cf. Dr§ 199, with Obs.) 3. Where, however, the pron. follows the pred., its position gives it the minimum of emphasis, and it expresses (or resumes) the subject as unobtrusively as possible: thus a. Gn 12:18 why didst thou not tell me כי אשׁתך הוא that she was thy wife? 20:13; 21:13 כי זרעך הוא for he is thy seed, 31:20 because he told him not כִּי בֹרֵחַ הוּא, 37:3 + often (the opp. order rare and emph.: Gn 24:65 Dt 4:6; 30:20 Jos 10:2 1 K 2:22; 3:4; 21:2 Ho 2:4 ψ 45:12). b resuming the subj., Gn 31:16 all the wealther which God hath taken etc., לנו הוא ולבנינו it is ours and our children’s, v 43 and all that thou seest, לי הוא it is mine (or, omitting the pronoun, as not required in our idiom, simply) is mine, 41:25 חלום פרעה אחד הוא the dream of Pharaoh is one, 48:5 (לי הם), Ex 3:5 for the place whereon thou standest, אַדְמַת קֹדֶשׁ הוּא it is holy ground, Nu 13:22; 21:26; Dt 1:17; Jos 5:15; 6:19; Jb 3:19 + often; Gn 23:15 ארץ … מַה־הִוא, so ψ 39:5 Is 41:22 (הֵנָּה); אַתֶּם … הֵמָּה (unusual) Zp 2:12. (In all such cases the predicate is not referred directly to the subject, but, the subject being made a casus pendens, it is resumed by the pron., and the pred. thus referred to it indirectly. By this means the sentence is lightened and relieved, especially if the subject consist of many words: in Gn 31:16 for instance, the direct form of predicate כִּי לָנוּ וּלְבָנֵינוּ כָּל־הָעֹשֶׁר אֲשֶׁר הִצִּיל אֱלֹהִים מֵאָבִינוּ would have been heavy and inelegant.) So c. after אֲשֶׁר in a negative sentence, Gn 7:2; 17:12 אֲשֶׁר לֹא מִוַּרְעֲךָ הוּא which is not of thy seed, Nu 17:5; Dt 17:15; 1 K 8:41 (cf. הֵמָּה 3 c). d. peculiarly, as the subject of לֹא, Je 5:12 לוֹא הוּא He is not; and as embracing its predicate in itself, Is 18:2, 7 a nation terrible מִן־הוּא (= מֵאֲשֶׁר הוּא) from (the time that) it was, Na 2:9 מִימֵי הִיא from the days that (st. c. Ges§ 130.4) it was, 2 K 7:7 they left the camp כַּאֲשֶׁר הִיא as it was (cf. כַּאֲשֶׁר הֵמָּה v 10). (On 3, cf. Dr§ 198, with Obs.) 4. It anticipates (as it seems) the subject viz. a. (rare) Ct 6:9 אַחַת הִיא יוֹנָתִי תַמָּתִי one is she, my dove my perfect one, Lv 25:11; Ez 11:15; 21:16, La 1:18 צַדִּיק הוּא י׳ (often so in NH); Ec 6:10 וְנוֹדָע אֲשֶׁר הוּא אָדָם and that which he, even man, is, is known (De Now); cf. 1 S 6:19 מִקְרֶה הוּא הָיָה לָנוּ an accident is it, (that) hath befallen us. (Cf. הֵמָּה 4 a.) b. after pronouns—(α) 2 S 7:28 אַתָּה הוּא הָאֱלֹהִים Thou art he—God, ψ 44:5 אתה הוא מלכי thou art he—my king, Is 37:16; 43:25 (אנכי), 51:9, 10, 12; 52:6; Je 14:22; 29:23 Kt +; cf. Je 49:12 וְאַתָּה הוּא נָקֹה תִנָּקֶה and art thou he (that) shall be unpunished? (with change of pers. κατὰ σύνεσιν, cf. Ju 13:11; 1 Ch 21:17; Ez 38:17.) So Ew§ 297 b Müll § 499. But others, as GesThes Roo § 563 De Is 37:16; ψ 44:5, treat הוא as emphasizing the pronoun, ‘Thou, he, art God’ i.e. Thou and none else art God; ‘Thou (emph.) art my king.’ (β) מִי הוּא, sq. a ptcp. or subst. Gn 27:33 ψ 24:10 מִי הוּא זֶה מֶלֶךְ הַכָּבוֹד who is he, then—the king of glory? (according to others, as before, ‘Who (emph.), then, is the king of glory?’); sq. a verb Is 50:9 מִי הוּא יַרְשִׁיעֵנִי who is he (that) will condemn me? (al. ‘Who (emph.) will condemn me?’) Jb 4:7; 13:19; 17:3; 41:2 Je 30:21 (so with הֵנָּה Gn 21:29, הֵמָּה Zc 1:9; 4:5). (γ) זֶה־הוּא †1 Ch 22:1; Ec 1:17 (freq. in NH, where the two words coalesce into one זֶהוּ). On the analogous אֵלֶּה הֵם …, v. הֵ֫מָּה" dir="rtl" >הֵמָּה 4 b (γ). (Cf. Dr§ 200, 201.) 5. As an emph. predicate, of God, ‘I am He,’ i.e. I am He Who is (opp. to unreal gods, named in context, or to transitory world), the Unseen, yet Omni-present, and Self-consistent, Ruler of the world, †Dt 32:39 אֲנִי אֲנִי הוּא I, I am he, and beside me there is no God, Is 41:4 (v. Che) 43:10, 13 even from to-day I am he, 46:4; 48:12 ψ 102:28 (v. Che) thou art he, and thy years have no end (𝔊 usually ἐγώ εἰμι: in ψ σὺ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ). So also, according to many, Jb 3:19, but is הוא a mere predicate of identity? v. rather 3 b. 6. In a neuter sense, that, it (of an action, occurrence, matter, etc.)— a. Jos 2:21 כְּדִבְרֵיכֶם כֶּן־הוּא according to your words, so be it; Gn 42:14 הוא אשׁר דברתי that is what I said, Ex 16:23; Lv 10:3; 2 K 9:36; Jb 8:19 הן הוא משׂושׂ דרכו lo that (what has just been described) is the joy of his way, 13:16; 15:9; 31:28; Pr 7:23; Ec 2:1; 3:22; 9:9; Est 9:1b; similarly the fem. הִיא, Ju 14:4 they knew not כי מי׳ היא that it was from י׳, Nu 14:41; Jos 10:13; Is 14:24; ψ 77:10 חַלּוֹתִי הִיא it (this perplexity) is my sickness, Jb 9:22; Pr 18:13; Je 22:16; 2 Ch 25:20 Ec 3:13; ref. to זאת Am 7:6; ψ 118:23 Jb 5:27, זֹה Ec 2:24. (Where there is a predicate, the gender of this usually regulates the choice of m. or f.: hence הִוא Gn 34:14; Ex 8:15; Nu 15:25 (Ec 5:5) Dt 4:6 +.) b. affirming the presence or existence of something (rare): 2 K 18:36 = Is 36:21 כִּי מִצְוַת הַמֶּלֶךְ הִיא for it was the king’s command, saying etc., 1 S 20:33 (text dub.), Je 50:15, 25; 51:6, 11; Mi 2:3, perhaps Jb 32:8. Cf. Dr§ § 198–201. 7. With the art. הַהוּא, הַהִיא, הָהֵ֫מָּה, הָהֵם, הָהֵ֫נָּה: so regularly when joined to a subst. defined itself by the art.: Gn 2:12 הָאָרֶץ הַהִוא that land, 19:35 ובלילה ההוא and in that night, 21:22 בָּעֵת הַהִוא at that time, Dt 1:19 המדבר הגדול והנורא ההוא. Only four times does there occur the anomalous construction בַּלַּיְלָה הוּא Gn 19:33; 30:16; 32:23; 1 S 19:10.

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc.; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται Refs 8th c.BC+; feminine ἕης Refs 8th c.BC+; elsewhere only ἧς Refs; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Refs 8th c.BC+ — _pronoun_ used, __A as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases. __B as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).) __A DEMONSTR. PRON., ={οὗτος},{ὅδε}, this, that; also, he, she, it: __A.I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nominative masculine and neuter ὅς, ὅ, and perhaps nominative feminine ἥ and nominative plural οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό (ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codices have ἥ in Refs 8th c.BC+ before it, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι Refs 8th c.BC+participle, εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms: __A.II.1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 ὃς καὶ ὅς such and such a person, Refs 5th c.BC+ —here also the _Article_ supplied the oblative cases. __A.II.3 ἦ δ᾽ ὅς, ἦ δ᾽ ἥ, said he, said she, see at {ἠμί}. __A.II.4 in oppositions, where it sometimes answers to the Article, Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ᾽ οὔ.. Refs 6th c.BC+; ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neuter) NT+4th c.BC+: so in Doric dialect dative feminine as adverb, ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Refs 4th c.BC+: very frequently in late Prose, Refs 2nd c.AD+: also answering to other Prons., ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Refs 4th c.BC+ __B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A0USAGE of the Relat. pronoun (the following remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relative): __A0.I in respect of CONCORRefs 4th c.BC+ —Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or _pronoun_ in the antecedent clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions: __A0.I.1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antecedent, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Refs 8th c.BC+: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is frequently put in plural in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν.., οὕς.. Refs 8th c.BC+; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; especially after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who.. ) Refs 8th c.BC+ adjective, Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ᾽ ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., Refs 5th c.BC+of me whom.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ᾽ ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ᾽ ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.I.2 when the antec. Noun in singular implies a class, the Relat. is sometimes in plural, ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ..) in some places, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ.. in some places.., in others.., Refs 4th c.BC+ in what part of the earth, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.I.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) NT+5th c.BC+: but in early writers this is falsa lectio, as in Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.II dative feminine ᾗ, Doric dialect ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, see at {ᾗ}. __A0.III old locative οἷ, as adverb, see at {οἷ}. __A0.III.2 old ablative (?) ὧ, in Doric dialect (compare ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ (whence) μ᾽ ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.IV accusative singular neuter ὅ, very frequently ={ὅτι}, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ Refs 8th c.BC+; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος Refs __A0.IV.2 in Attic dialect ὅ, for which reason, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.IV.3 whereas, NT+5th c.BC+ __A0.V ἀφ᾽ οὗπερ from the time that.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.VI ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, see at {ἐπί} Refs 5th c.BC+

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc.: the dual feminine never in Attic dialect, see ὁ, ἡ, τό, [near the start]:—demonstrative pronoun, this, common from Refs 8th c.BC+ __A ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο probably arose from a reduplication of the demonstrative ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of -υ- (= Sanskrit Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα from τα-υ-τα: Doric dialect genitive singular feminine τούτας Refs 5th c.BC+, etc., the latter is uncertain in Refs 5th c.BC+, as genitive singular neuter οὕτω Refs 3rd c.BC+; accusative singular feminine οὕταν Refs 6th c.BC+ —In _Attic dialect_ οὗτος was frequently strengthened by the _demonstrative_ -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, _genitive_ τουτουί, _dative_ τουτῳί, _accusative_ τουτονί; plural nominative οὑτοιί, neuter ταυτί, etc., this man here: sometimes a Particle is inserted between the pronoun and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, Refs 5th c.BC+; τουτογί for τουτί γε, Refs; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, Refs; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, Refs; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, Refs —In codices the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sometimes added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be Attic dialect by Refs 2nd c.AD+. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?~Xί, τουτω?~Xί, οὑτοῐί, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B USAGE in regard to CONCORRefs 4th c.BC+ is frequently used as a pronoun substantive: hence neuter is followed by genitive, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος Refs 5th c.BC+ adjective, in which case its substantive commonly takes the Article, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Article is absent, __B.1 always in Epic dialect Poets (except Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes also in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 sometimes when the Noun is so specified that the Article is not needed, ἐς γῆν ταύτην.., ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.3 when οὗτος is used in local sense, here, see below with Refs __B.4 when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις Refs 5th c.BC+; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] Refs 5th c.BC+ these were the grievances which already existed, Refs 5th c.BC+; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which.., Refs 5th c.BC+ this was notably the greatest movement which.., NT+5th c.BC+ __B.5 when 3rd pers. is used for 2nd pers. to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II though οὗτος usually agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neuter, μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστί Refs 5th c.BC+: and in plural, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή Refs 4th c.BC+: so with an explanatory clause added, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.II.2 so also with a Noun in apposition, τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II.3 the neuter also may refer to a masculine or feminine Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.4 the neuter is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: τοῦτο δ᾽ εἰς ἕν ἐστι συγκεκυφός Refs 5th c.BC+; or of an abstract fact, οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III with Prons., __B.III.1 personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, see below __B.III.2 interrogative, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; what is this that.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; ποίοισι τούτοι; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; Refs; Νέστορ᾽ ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.3 with οἷος, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.4 possessive, πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.5 demonstrative, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.5.b exceptionally, Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ τύπος Refs __B.III.6 ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.IV with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, Refs 5th c.BC+; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS: __C.I this, to designate the nearer, opposed to ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare ὅδε [near the start]: but οὗτος sometimes indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ.. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.2 when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε properly refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes, οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ᾽, ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστι Refs 5th c.BC+ refers to what follows, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὔκουν.. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι..; Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.3 οὗτος is used emphatic, generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ᾽ ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, Refs 5th c.BC+ of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.3.b of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.4 in Attic dialect law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in Refs 4th c.BC+ or defendant (as in Refs; so, in the political speeches of Refs 4th c.BC+ are the opposite party, Refs, etc.; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι frequently means the judges, the court, Refs __C.I.5 much like an adverb, in local sense (compare ὅδε [near the start]), τίς δ᾽ οὗτος κατὰ νῆας.. ἔρχεα; who art thou here that comest.. ? Refs 8th c.BC+; frequently in Attic dialect, τίς οὑτοσ; who's this here? Refs 5th c.BC+; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, Refs 5th c.BC+ ho you! you there! Refs 5th c.BC+: with a proper name, ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας Refs 5th c.BC+ —This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn. __C.II simply as antecedent to ὅς, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.III = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is frequently emphatic repeated by οὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης.., οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω.. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.V καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word, ξυνεστῶτες.. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους Refs 5th c.BC+; see infr. VIII.2. __C.VI repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it, τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν.. κελαδοῦντες Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII ταῦτα is used in some special phrases, __C.VII.1 ταῦτ᾽, ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), Refs 5th c.BC+; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.2 ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.3 καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, frequently in Attic dialect, as Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.4 ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc., probably short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς (= -εὶς) ἀθάνατος: ταῦτα Refs 2nd c.AD+ __C.VIII Adverbial usages: __C.VIII.1 ταῦταabsolutely, therefore, that is why.., Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα.. Refs 5th c.BC+ is rare in this sense, τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως.. εὖ πράξαιμί τι Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.1.b πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, properly used in indignant defiance, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.2 καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that, ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός Refs 4th c.BC+: but mostly with a participle, ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ.., καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον Refs 5th c.BC+; or with a participle omitted, ἥτις.. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (i.e. οὖσα) Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.2.b καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.VIII.3 τοῦτο μέν.., τοῦτο δέ.. on the one hand.., on the other.., partly.., partly.., very frequently in Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦτο μέν is sometimes answered by δέ only,Refs 5th c.BC+; by δὲ αὖ, Refs 5th c.BC+; by ἔπειτα δέ, Refs 5th c.BC+; by ἀλλά, Refs 4th c.BC+; by εἶτα, Refs 5th c.BC+; by τοῦτ᾽ αὖθις, Refs __C.VIII.4 dative feminine ταύτῃ, __C.VIII.4.a on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν.., τῇδε δ᾽ αὖ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.4.b in this point, herein, μηδὲν ταύτῃ γε κομήσῃς Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.4.c in this way, thus, Refs 5th c.BC+; to ὅπῃ, Refs 5th c.BC+; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc., like οὕτω κ., Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.5 ἐκ τούτου or τούτων thereupon, Refs 5th c.BC+; therefore, Refs __C.VIII.6 ἐν τούτῳ in that case, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.6.b in the meantime, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.7 πρὸς τούτοις (-οισι) besides, Refs 5th c.BC+

ὅτῐ, Epic dialect ὅττῐ (both in Refs 8th c.BC+: conjunction, to introduce an objective clause, that, after Verbs of seeing or knowing, thinking or saying; in Refs 8th c.BC+ —Usage: __I when ὅτι introduces a statement of fact: __I.a in Refs 8th c.BC+ always with indicative, the tense following the same rules as in English, ἤγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι μίμνε πυλάων Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.b in Attic dialect, ὅτι takes indicative after primary tenses, indicative or optative after secondary tenses, e.g. ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός Refs 5th c.BC+ news came that Megara had (literal has) revolted, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes optative and indicative are found in the same sentence, ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, Ἀριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς.. εἴη Refs 5th c.BC+.. and the accusative with infinitive are found together, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 when ὅτι introduces a conditional sentence, the Constr. after ὅτι is the same as in independent conditional sentences, εἴ τις ἔροιτο, καθ᾽ ὁποίους νόμους δεῖ πολιτεύεσθαι, δῆλον ὅτι ἀποκρίναισθ᾽ ἄν.. it is manifest that you would answer.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __II ὅτι is frequently inserted pleonastic in introducing a quotation (where we use no conjunction and put inverted commas), λόγον τόνδε ἐκφαίνει ὁ Πρωτεύς, λέγων ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰ μὴ περὶ πολλοῦ ἡγεύμην.. Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον, ὅ. ἡ αὐτή μοι ἀρχή ἐστι.. Refs 5th c.BC+; even where the quotation consists of one word,Refs __II.2 ὅ. is also used pleonastic with the infinitive and accusative Refs 5th c.BC+; but ὅτι has frequently been wrongly inserted by the copyists, as if εἶπεν or λέγουσιν must be followed by it, as in Refs 5th c.BC+ __III ὅτι in Attic dialect frequently represents a whole sentence, especially in affirmative answers, οὐκοῦν.. τὸ ἀδικεῖν κάκιον ἂν εἴη τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι. Answ. δῆλον δὴ ὅτι (i.e. ὅτι κάκιον ἂν εἴη, or ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει) Refs 5th c.BC+; compare οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι, οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι, Refs 5th c.BC+ adverb __III.2 what we make the subject of the Verb which follows ὅτι frequently stands in the preceding clause, Αυκάονας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι.. καρποῦνται (for εἴδομεν, ὅτι Λυκάονες καρποῦνται) Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV ὅτι sometimes = with regard to the fact that, ὅτι.. οὔ φησι.. ὄνομα εἶναι, ὑποπτεύω αὐτὸν σκώπτειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __V οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.., οὐχ ὅ. ὁ Κρίτων ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἦν, ἀλλὰ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ not only Refs 1st c.AD+.., but his friends, Refs 5th c.BC+ not only the powers in Europe, but.., Refs 5th c.BC+., not followed by a second clause, means although, οὐχ ὅ. παίζει καί φησι Refs 5th c.BC+ __V.2 for ὅτι μή, see at {ὅ τι} 11. __B as a causal Particle, for that, because, generally after Verbs of feeling, Refs 8th c.BC+: but without such a Verb, ὃν περὶ πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, ὅτι οἱ φρεσὶν ἄρτια ᾔδη Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.b followed by τί, ὅτι τ; why? (literal because why?) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὅτι τί δ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δὴ τί μάλιστ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δὴ τί γ; Refs; compare ὁτιή. __B.2 seeing that, in giving the reason for saying what is said, γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα.. ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής as is proved by the fact that.., Refs 8th c.BC+ (ὅ τ᾽) probably always represents ὅτε (ὅ τε): there are no examples of ὅττ᾽: hiatus after ὅτι is permitted in Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+

מִן־ and מִ·, before יְ (except Dn 12:2 2 Ch 20:11) contr. to מִי (as מִידֵי from מִיְּדֵי), before gutt. and ר, mostly מֵ, occasionally מִ (Ges§ 102, 1 R.; more fully Köii. 291 ff.), מִן before art. in all books much commoner than מֵ-; מִן before other words most freq. in Ch [51 times: elsewhere 47 times (Kö 292)]; poet. also מִנִּי, with the old י of the gen. (Ges§ 90. 3 a) †Ju 5:14(×2) Is 46:3(×2) ψ 44:11, 19; 68:32; 74:22; 78:2, 42; 88:10 + 19 times Jb, and in לְמִנִּי †Mi 7:12(×2), and מִנֵּי־ (on anal. of עֲדֵי, עֲלֵי) †Is 30:11(×2), prep. expressing the idea of separation, hence out of, from, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not (Ph. מ; Aramaic ܡܶܢ; Arabic مِنْ; Ethiopic እምነ; Sab. בן (DHMZMG xxix. 606 ff.; xxxvii. 375)); with suff. מִמֶּנִּי (the מִן reduplicated, Ol§ 223 c Köii. 289 f. Ges§ 103 m), poet. מִנִּי †Is 22:4; 30:1; 38:12 Jb 16:6, מֶ֑נִּי †ψ 18:23; 65:4; 139:19 Jb 21:16; 22:18; 30:10; מִמְּךָ, מִמֶּ֑ךָּ, מִמֵּךְ; מִמֶּ֫נּוּ (†Jb 4:12 מֶ֫נְהוּ), מִמֶּ֫נָּה; 1 pl. מִמֶּ֫נּוּ (according to Orientals מִמֵּ֫נֿוּ: v. Baer Job, p. 57 Kö 290); מִכֶּם; מֵהֶם (מִנְּהֶם †Jb 11:20), מֵהֵ֫מָּה †Je 10:2 Ec 12:12; מֵהֵ֫נָּה 7 times (v. הֵ֫מָּה 8 c), מֵהֶן (edd. מֵהֵן) †Ez 16:47, 52 (v. Zerweck Heb. Präp. Min, 1894):— 1. with verbs expressing (or implying) separation or removal, whether from a person or place, or in any direction, also from guilt, calamity, etc.:—thus a. to descend from a mountain Ex 19:14, to fall from a roof Dt 22:8, from heaven Is 14:12, to go up from a valley Jos 10:7, to raise up from the dunghill 1 S 2:8, or the ground 2 S 12:17. So constantly with vbs. of going, as בא, הלך, שׁב, ברח (sq. a person, usually מפני), of calling, as Is 24:14 צָֽהֲלוּ מִיָּם, 42:10, 11 ψ 148:1, of asking or exacting, as שׁאל, בקשׁ, דרשׁ, נָקַם, הִנָּקִם, of delivering, as הושׁיע, הציל, etc., of hiding, as נעלם, העלים, etc., of taking or withholding, as לקח, חשׂך, מנע, of keeping (from), as נצר, שׁמר, of being far, or desisting, as רחק Ex 23:7, חֲדַל מִמֶּנּוּ desist from us, 14:12, so הֶרֶף Dt 9:14, הֵנִיחַ 12:10, השׁקיט ψ 94:13, שׁבת Gn 2:2, cf. 5:29; note especially the pregn. constructions, שׁפט to judge (and save) from ψ 43:1, sq. מִיַּד 1 S 24:16 +, ענה to answer (and save) from ψ 22:22, חרשׁ and חשׁה to be silent (turning) from ψ 28:1(×2), החרישׁו ממני Jb 13:13 Je 38:27, ψ 18:22 ולא רשׁעתי מאלהי nor did wickedly (turning) from my God, 30:4 Kt., 73:27 כל־זוֹנֶה ממך, Je 3:20 בָּגַד מִן (𝔊 εἰς = ב), 31:13 c. שִׂמַּח (2 Ch 20:27), Ez 27:34 Pr 25:17 הֹקַר רַגְלְךָ מִבֵּית רֵעֶ֑ךָ, Is 29:4; 63:17 Jo 1:12; Je 51:5 אַלְמָן מֵאֱלֹהָיו widowed (and severed) from etc., Ez 44:22; also Ju 7:17 מִמֶּנִּי תִרְאוּ וְכֵן תַּעֲשׂוּ ye shall see from me, i. e. learn what to do by observing me. Some of the verbs mentioned above are construed more precisely with מֵאֵת, מֵעִם, מֵעַל, q.v.: and others, especially לקח, דרשׁ, הושׁיע, הצּיל, פּדה, פִּלֵּט, idiom. with מִיַּד. With inff., v. infr. 7 b. Often also with adverbs, as מִשָּׁם thence, מֵאַיִן whence? מִזֶּה, מִפֹּה hence. Cf. also מַנְגִּינָה" dir="rtl" >חָפְשִׁי מִן free (safe) from Jb 3:19, עֵזֶר מִצָּרָיו a help from his foes Dt 33:7, Na 3:11 מָעוֹז מֵאוֹיֵב, ψ 32:7 סֵתֶר מִצַּר, 60:13 עֶזְרָת מִצָּ֑ר, Is 4:6 צֵל מֵחֹרֶב a shadow from the heat, 25:4. Here also belong Is 40:15 מַר מִדְּלִי a drop from (hanging from) a bucket; Ct 4:1 goats שֶׁנָּֽלְשׁוּ מהר גלעד that sit up (seeming to hang) from the hills of Gilead (cf. Od. 21. 420 ἐκ δίφροιο καθήμενος: also the Arabic idiom قَرِبَ مِنْ, lit. to be near from a thing): prob. also the difficult passage Dn 8:9, and from one of them there came forth קֶרֶן אַחַת מִצְּעִירָה a horn from (being) a little one, i. e. gradually increasing from small beginnings (but? read אַחֶרֶת צְעִירָה Bev cf. 7:8). b. מן also, without a verb of similar significance, sometimes expresses the idea of separation, away from, far from (cf. Il. 2. 162 φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης): Pr 20:3 שֶׁבֶת מֵרִיב to sit away from strife (cf. قَعَدَ عَنْ ap. De), Nu 15:24 if the thing be done מֵעֵינֵי הָעֵדָה away from the eyes of etc., Ju 5:11 De RV (but Be RVm because of), Is 14:19 cast out מִקִּבְרְךָ away from thy sepulchre, Jb 28:4 דַּלּוּ מֵאֱנוֹשׁ, Gn 4:11 cursed art thou מן־האדמה, De Di away from the (tilled) soil, cf. v 14 (but Kn Ke from, cf. v 12a), 27:39 (prob.) מִשְׁמַנֵּי הָאָרֶץ away from the fatness of the earth shall be thy dwelling; almost = without, Jb 11:15 then shalt thou lift up thy face מִמּוּם away from, without spot, 19:26 (prob.) מִבְּשָׂרִי without my flesh shall I see God, 21:9 בָּֽתֵּיהֶם שָׁלוֹם מִפַּחַד are at peace without fear, Pr 1:33 Je 48:45 fleeing עָֽמְדוּ מִכֹּחַ they stand without strength, Is 22:3 מִקֶּשֶׁת אֻסָּ֑רוּ (Hi De Di Che) they were bound without the bow (being used) (but Ges as 2 e: by the bowmen), Zp 3:18. (On 2 S 13:16 v. We or Dr). See also 7 b. c. of position, off, on the side of, on, especially with ref. to quarters of the heavens (cf. πρὸς Νότου, ἐκ δεξιῶν, a fronte, a tergo, etc.): Gn 2:8 י׳ planted a garden in Eden מִקֶּדֶם off, on the east, 12:8 בֵּיתְאֵל מִיָּם וְהָעַי מִקֶּדֶם Bethel off (on) the West and ‘Ai off (on) the East; so מִמִּזְרָח, מִצָּפוֹן, מִנֶּגֶב Jos 11:3; 15:8; 18:5 1 S 14:5, etc.: similarly מִיָּמִין on the right, מִשְּׂמֹאול on the left, מִמּוּל and (more rarely) מִפָּנִים on the front, מֵאָחוֹר = behind (2 S 10:9), מִסָּבִיב Dt 12:10 + round about, מִמַּעַל, מִלְמַעְלָה, and מֵעָ֑ל (rare) = above, מִתַּחַת Ex 20:4 + beneath, מִבַּיִת on the inside, מִחוּץ on the outside Gn 6:14 +, מִנֶּגֶד in front, at a distance, Gn 21:16 +, מֵרָחוֹק Ex 2:4 + afar off, מִפְּנִ֫ימָה within, מִזֶּה … מִזֶּה and מִפֹּה … מִפֹּה on this side … on that side. And so even with verbs of motion, as Gn 11:2 ויהי בנסעם מִקֶּדֶם as they journeyed—not from, but—on the side of the east, virtually = eastwards, 13:11 and Lot journeyed מקדם east, Is 17:13; 22:3 מֵרָחוֹק ברחו they fled—not from afar but—afar, 23:7 whose feet used to carry her מֵרָחוֹק afar off to sojourn, 57:9 thou didst send thy messengers עד־מרחוק even to afar. With a foll. לְ (or sf.), most of these words are freq. in the sense of on the east (west, etc.) of …, as Jos 8:13 מִיָּם לָעִיר on the west of the city, מִקֶּדֶם לְ Gn 3:24, מִצְּפוֹן לְ (cstr. Ges§ 130 a, n.) Jos 8:11, 13; 24:30, מִימִינֶ֑ךָ ψ 91:7, מִתַּחַת לְ Gn 1:7, מִמַּעַל לְ 22:9, מִבֵּית לְ Lv 16:2: מֵאַחֲרֵי behind Ex 14:19, מִצַּד בֵּיתְאֵל beside Bethel Jos 12:9, מִצִּדּוֹ beside it 1 S 6:8, מֵעֵבֶר לַיַּרְדֵּן on the other side of Jordan Nu 21:1 +; מֵהָֽלְאָה לְ beyond Am 5:27; tablets written מִשְּׂנֵי עֶבְרֵיהֶם on both their sides, מִכָּל־עֲבָרָיו Je 49:32 + (v. further the words cited). So מֵהַבַּיִת on the side of the house Ez 40:7, 8, 9, מֵאֵצֶל beside Ez 40:7; 1 S 20:21 the arrows are מִמְּךָ וָהֵנָּה from thee and hither = on this side of thee, v 22 מִמְּךָ וָהָֽלְאָה, cf. Nu 32:19(×2). 2. Out of, Gk. ἐκ, Lat. ex: thus a. מִמִּצְרַיִם out of Egypt: so (a) with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling, etc., as הוֹצִיא, יָצָא (v. יָצָא), שִׁלַּח Gn 3:23, לָקַח 34:26, גָנַב 40:15, הִכְרִית Ex 8:5 ψ 101:8, גֵּרֵשׁ Ju 11:7, etc.; to draw out of water, a pit, etc. Ex 2:10 ψ 40:3; to cast out of the hand Ju 15:17; to rescue out of the mouth Am 3:12; to drink מִכּוֹס 2 S 12:3; Dt 30:3 וְקִבֶּצְךָ מִן־הָעַמִּים, Ez 11:17; 36:24 +: pregn. with חָרֵד Ho 10:10, 11, רגז Mi 7:17 to tremble (and come) out of, חרג ψ 18:46 (‖ 2 S 22:46 חגר), 74:11 Is 38:17 חָשַׁק (ni חָשַׂךְ leg.), Ez 28:16 חִלֵּל, Ezr 2:62; cf. נִשְׁכַּח מִפֶּה Dt 31:21, מִלֵּב ψ 31:13. In this applic., often made more definite by the use of מִתּוֹךְ …, מִקֶּרֶב … out of the midst of. (b) of the place out of which one looks, speaks, exerts power, etc., Gn 4:10 Nu 24:19 (ψ 110:1), Dt 4:36 מן־השׁמים השׁמיעך את־קלו, Am 1:2 י׳ מציון ישׁאג, ψ 14:2; 20:3 send thee help מִקֹּדֶשׁ, v 7 יַעֲנֵהוּ מִשְּׁמֵי קָדְשׁוֹ, 42:7; 68:36; 85:12; 109:10 ודרשׁו מחרבותיהם seek (their bread) out of their desolate homes (but Ew De as 1 b far from; 𝔊 Gr Che יְגֹֽרְשׁוּ let them be driven from), 128:5; 130:1 Jb 27:23 Is 29:18 to see out of darkness, Ct 2:9 to look out מִן־הַחַלֹּנוֹת from the windows (usually בעד), 5:4 he put forth his hand מִן־הַחוֹר from (i.e. in through) the hole (in the door or wall). (c) with בָּחַר to choose out of, Ex 18:25 + often, cf. with הִבְדִּיל Dt 29:20 1 K 8:53, with יָדַע Am 3:2, Ex 19:5 ye shall be to me סְגֻלָּה מכל־העמים a treasure (chosen) out of all peoples (cf. with בָּחַר Dt 7:6; 14:2). b. of the material out of which anything is formed, or from which it is derived: (a) Gn 2:19 to form מן־האדמה out of the soil, v 23 עֶצֶם מֵעֲצָמַי וּבָשָׂר מִבְּשָׂרִי, Ex 39:1 Nu 6:4 Ho 13:2 to make images מִכַּסְפָּם, ψ 16:1 נִסְכֵּיהֶם מִדָּם, 45:14 Ct 3:9; Is 40:17 מאפס ותהו נחשׁבו־לו as made of nought and unreality are they reckoned by him (‖ כְּאַיִן נֶגְדּוֹ), 41:24 הֵן אַתֶּם מֵאַיִן (‖ מֵאָ֑פַע, read מֵאָ֑פֶס), ψ 62:10 מֵהֶבֶל (al. 6 c), Pr 13:11; Ex 25:19, 31 its cups, its knops, etc., ממנה יהיו shall be from it (i.e. of one piece with it), so v 35, 36; 27:2; 30:2 al.; (b) with verbs of eating, filling, etc., as שׁתה Gn 9:21, Jb 21:20 מֵחֲמַת שַׁדַּי יִשְׁתֶּה, Ct 8:2 הִשְׁקָה, רָוָה ψ 36:9 +, רִוָה Is 34:7, שׂבע Pr 18:20 +, השׂביע ψ 81:17 +, מִלֵּא (rare) 127:5: cf. Dt 32:42 אַשְׁכִּיר חִצַּי מִדָּם, Is 51:21; ψ 28:7 (peculiar) וּמִשִּׁירִי אֲהוֹדֶנּוּ out of my song I will thank him (69:31 ב׳), also (unusual) Is 2:3 וְיוֹרֵנוּ מִדְּרָכָיו i.e. out of (the treasure of) his ways (al. part. = some of), ψ 94:12b מִתּוֹרָֽתְךָ תְלַמְּדֶנּוּ; Ec 7:10 to speak מֵחָכְמָה (cf. Rabb. מִתּוֹךְ). c. of the source or origin: viz. (a) of parents, Gn 16:2 אִבָּנֶה ממנה I shall be built up out of her (so 30:3), 17:16 מלכי עמים ממנה יהיו, 35:11a: often of coming forth מִבֶּטֶן Jb 1:21, מֵחֲלָצֶיךָ Gn 35:11b, ממעיך 15:4, 1 S 2:20 י׳ give thee seed from this woman; cf. Jb 16:4 מִי יִתֵּן טָהוֹר מִטָּמֵא. (b) of the tribe or people, from which a person comes (cf. 1 a), Nu 3:12 כל בכור … מבני ישׂר׳, Jos 12:4 2 S 4:2; 21:2 Je 1:1 +; and so of a person’s native place, as Ju 12:8 אבצן מבית לחם Ibzan from B., 13:2 אִישׁ מִצָּרְעָה, 17:1, 7 1 S 1:1; 9:1 2 S 23:20, 30 Am 1:1 +, cf. Je 46:25 אָמוֹן מִנֹּא; Is 48:1 וּמִמֵּי יְהוּדָה יָצָֽאוּ, v 2 מֵעִיר הַקֹּדֶשׁ נִקְרָֽאוּ, 58:12 וּבָנוּ מִמֵּךְ (those) from thee shall build, ψ 68:27 מִמְּקוֹר ישׂראל ye (sprung) from the fountain of Israel, Mi 5:1 Na 1:11 (v 14 fig. מִשִּׁמְךָ), Zp 3:18; Je 30:21 Zc 10:4. (c) of beasts and things, Gn 2:7 עָפָר מִן־הָאֲדָמָה, Je 5:6 אַרְיֵה מִיַּעַר a lion from the forest, ψ 80:14 חֲזִיר מִיַּעַר; cf. 10:18 אֶנוֹשׁ מִן־הָאָרֶץ man from the earth, 72:16 יָצִיצוּ מֵעִיר; Jb 28:12 וְהַחָכְמָה מֵאַיִן תִּמָּצֵא. (d) מִלֵּב Is 59:13 Jb 8:10, especially with reference to what is self-devised, Nu 16:28 כִּ׳ לֹא מִלִּבִּי, 24:13 1 K 12:33 Ne 6:8; נְבִיאֵי מִלִּבָּם Ez 13:2. d. of the source or author of an action, counsel, or event: 1 S 24:14 מֵרְשָׁעִים יֵצֵא רֶשַׁע, 2 S 3:37 לא היתה מהמלך it was not from the king to, etc.; spec. of י׳, Gn 24:50 כי מי׳ יצא הדבר, Ju 14:4 knew כי מי׳ הוא that it was from J., 1 K 2:15 כי מי׳ היתה לו, Pr 16:1; 20:24 מי׳ מִצְעֲדֵי גֶבֶר, ψ 37:39; 62:2 מִמֶּנּוּ יְשׁוּעָתִי, Ho 8:4 they have made kings, וְלֹא מִמֶּנִּי not from me, i.e. not at my prompting, Is 30:1; 50:11 (מִיָּדִי), Ez 3:17 end = 33:7 and warn them from me, 1 Ch 5:22; 13:2 2 Ch 22:7; 25:20 (syn. מֵאֵת, מֵעִם, which are more frequent in this sense); poet. Ho 7:5 חֲמַת מִיַּיִן heat from wine, ψ 9:14 עָנְיִי מִשּֽׂנְאַי at the hands of my haters, 74:22 Jb 4:13 שְׂעִפִּים מֵחֶזְיֹנוֹת לַיְלָה thoughts (arising) out of, etc., 6:25 הוֹכֵחַ מִכֶּם reproof proceeding from you, 20:29(×2), ψ 78:2 חִידוֹת מִקֶּדֶם indirect lessons (springing) out of antiquity; Dn 11:31 זְרֹעִים מִמֶּנּוּ (Köiii. 241). As marking the author of a judgment (rare), Nu 32:22 (cf. Ju 15:3) נְקִיִּם מי׳ וּמִיִּשְׂרָאֵל guiltless at the hands of (= in the judgment of) J. and Israel (cf. מֵעִם 2 S 3:28 Jb 34:33), Jb 4:17 shall man be just מֵאֱלֹהַּ at God’s hands? (‖ מֵעֹשֵׁהוּ), Je 51:5b (Ges Gf); so in חָלִילָה לִי מי׳. e. of the immediate, or efficient, cause (chiefly poet.), in consequence of, at, by (cf. Gk. ἀπό, as Hd. 2:54 ζήτησιν ἀπὸ σφέων γενέσθαι): (a) the cause, a person Gn 19:36 + הָֽרְתָה מן to be pregnant by, 49:25 1 S 31:3 וַיָּחֶל מֵהַמּוֹרִים was in anguish from the archers, Ho 7:4 בֹּעֵ֫רָה מֵאֹפֶה (ni בֹּעֵר הֵם leg.: v. We), ψ 18:9 Na 1:5 הרים רעשׁו ממנו, Dn 11:31 (accents); with pass. vb., Na 1:6 הצורים נִתְּצוּ ממנו, ψ 37:23 (cf. Pr 20:24 d), Jb 24:1 Ec 12:11 Dn 8:11. (b) the cause, a thing, Gn 49:24 his arms were agile מידי אביר יעקב from the hands, etc., Is 6:4 the thresholds shook מִקּוֹל הַקּוֹרֵא (so מקול elsewhere, as 30:31; 33:3 Je 8:16), 28:7 תָעוּ מִן־הַשֵּׁכָר (‖ ב), 31:4, 9 Je 10:10 Ez 19:10 became fruitful מִמַּיִם רַבִּים, 31:5 Jb 4:9 מִנִּשְׁמַת אֱלוֹהַּ יֹאבֵדוּ at the breath of God, 14:9 מֵרֵיחַ מַיִם יַפְרִחַ, 31:23; 39:26 הֲמִבִּינָֽתְךָ יַאֲבֶר־נֵץ ψ 39:11; 73:19 סָפוּ תַּמּוּ מִן־בַּלָּהוֹת, 78:65 מִתְרוֹנֵן מִיַּיִן, 104:15 להצהיל פנים משׁמן from oil, 107:39, cf. Jb 7:14 (‖ ב); so with מִגַּעֲרַת י׳ at J.’s rebuke, 18:16; 76:7 +; with a pass. vb., Gn 9:11 to be cut off מִמֵּי הַמַּבּוּל, 2 S 7:29 וּמִבִּרְכָֽתְךָ יְבֹרַךְ, Is 28:7 נבלעו מן־היין are undone through wine (22:3 is dub.: see 1 b), Ob 9 Jb 28:4 הַנִּשְׁכָּחִים מִנִּי רָ֑גֶל; cf. Is 34:3 Ho 6:8. (c) with verbs of fearing, to express the source of the emotion, as ירא ψ 3:7 + often (also c. מִפְּנֵי), פָּחַד 27:1, נִבְהַל Ez 26:18, גּוּר Dt 18:22 Jb 41:17, Est 5:9 ולא־קם ולא זָע ממנו; with בּוֹשׁ to be disconcerted or disappointed, to express the source of the disappointment, Is 1:29 + often; with שָׂמֵחַ †Pr 5:18 Ec 2:10. f. of the remoter cause, the ultimate ground on account of which something happens or is done. (N. B. The line between e and f is not always clearly defined): Ex 2:23 they sighed מן־העבדה on account of the bondage, 6:9; 15:23 Dt 7:7 not מֵרֻבְּכֶם through, by reason of, your numbers did J. set his love upon you, Jos 22:24 to do a thing מִדְּאָגָה out of carefulness, 2 S 23:4 מִנֹּגַהּ, 1 K 14:4 Is 53:5 wounded מִפְּשָׁעֵינוּ on account of our transgressions, bruised מֵעֲוֹנוֹתֵינוּ, v 8 Jb 4:9 Ob 10 Hb 2:17 ψ 6:8 עשׁשׁה עיני מִכַּעַם from vexation (cf. Jb 17:7: ψ 31:10 ב׳), 31:12; 38:19 I am concerned on account of my sin, Pr 20:4 מֵחֹרֶף עצל לא יחרשׁ by reason of the winter, Jb 22:4 הֲמִיִּרְאָֽתְךָ יֹכִיחֶ֑ךָ on account of thy fear of him? Ct 3:8 Ru 1:13 כִּי־מַר־לִי מְאֹד מִכֶּם because of you: see also Dt 28:34, 67; 32:19 Ju 2:18 Is 65:14 Je 12:4; 24:2 מֵרֹעַ, 50:13; 51:5b (Ew Ke), Ez 7:27 (but read prob. with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Co כְּדרכם), 16:61; 7:27; 35:11 (AV out of), 45:20 Mi 2:12; 7:13 ψ 5:11; 12:6; 107:17; 119:53; Gn 49:12 red of eyes מִיָּ֑יִן, and white of teeth מֵחָלָב. Often also in מֵרֹב from the abundance of, abs. for abundance, with many different verbs, as Gn 16:10 לֹא יִסָּפֵר מֵרֹב Jos 9:13 1 S 1:16, etc. Similarly in מֵאֵין, מִבְּלִי, מִבִּלְתִּי (pp. 35, 115, 117); and before an inf. (7 a), and in מֵאֲשֶׁר (p. 84). g. the cause being conceived as regulative, מן occasionally approaches in sense to according to (cf. Lat. ex more, ex lege), Jon 3:7 proclaimed in Nineveh מטעם המלך וגדליו at, by, in accordance with, the decree of the king (cf. Aramaic Ezr 6:14 Dn 2:8): so Jb 39:26 (2 e (b)) according to Ges Hi. 3. Partitively (a sense connecting with 2 a (c), above):— a. Gn 6:19 שְׁנַיִם מִכֹּל two out of, from, all, 7:8; 39:11 אישׁ מן … a man (or one) of … (so Nu 25:6 1 S 24:8 +, אנשׁים מן … Nu 16:2 Jos 2:2 +, 2 K 2:7, etc.); Gn 42:16 send מִכֶּם אֶחָד Lv 1:2a; 17:12 כל־נפשׁ מִכֶּם, 19:34; 26:8, Ju 8:14 נַעַר מֵאַנְשֵׁי סֻכּוֹת, 1 S 22:8, etc.; Ju 14:19 2 K 2:24 Is 66:19; אֶחָד מִן … 1 S 16:18 +, אַחַד מִן … (Ges§ 130, 1) Dt 25:5 +; אַחַת מֵהֵ֫נָּה ψ 34:21 Is 34:16; מִי מִן … Jb 5:1 Is 50:1, אֵין מִן … 1 S 14:39 Is 51:18; Is 21:11 מה־מלילה how much of the night? 2 Ch 31:3 וּמְנָת הַמֶּלֶךְ מִן־רְכוּשׁוֹ. b. the number being omitted, מִן is used indefinitely:—(a) = some of,—as subj. Ex 16:27 יצאו מן־העם there went out (some) of the people, Lv 25:49 2 S 11:17, 24, especially in late Hebrew Ezr 2:68, 70; 7:7 Ne 11:4, 25 1 Ch 4:42; 9:30, 32 2 Ch 17:11; 32:21 Dn 11:35; more freq. as obj., especially with לקח, Gn 4:3 וַיָּבֵא מִפְּרִי האדמה brought of the fruit of the ground, 30:14 give me מִדּוּדָאֵי בְנֵךְ (some) of thy son’s love-apples, 33:15 Ex 12:7; 17:5 Lv 18:30; 20:2 Nu 11:17; 13:23 1 K 12:4 Is 39:7; 47:13 Am 2:11 Dn 8:10 +, Ct 1:2 ישׁקני מִנְּשִׁיקוֹת פִּיו let him kiss me (with) some of the kisses etc., ψ 72:15; 137:3 מִשִּׁיר צִיּוֹן (some) of the songs of Zion, Jb 11:6 (Ges RVm) + often; in late Hebr. note also יֵשׁ מִן … there are some of … Ne 5:5; מֵהֶם … מֵהֶם … some … others … 1 Ch 9:28f. (as in Aramaic Dn 2:33, and PS 2155); מִקְצָת … some of … (as in NH) †Dn 1:2 Ne 7:69. (b) to designate an individual (rare), Gn 28:11 and he took מֵאַבְנֵי הַמָּקוֹם (one) of the stones of the place (see v 18), Ex 6:25 מבּנות פוטיאל (one) of the daughters of P., Ez 17:5, 13 Ne 13:28 ψ 132:11; as subj. Lv 25:33 Dn 11:5 the king of the south וּמִן־שָׂרָיו and (one) of his captains, v 7, cf. Je 41:1 Est 4:5 2 Ch 26:11; Ru 2:20 מִגֹּאֲלֵנוּ הוא he is (one) of our kinsmen, Ex 2:6. (c) in a neg. or hypoth. sentence (whether subject or object) = any, aught, Dt 16:4 ולא ילין מן־הבשׂר and there shall not remain any of the flesh, 1 K 18:5 ולא נכרית מן־הבהמה and we shall not destroy any of the beasts, 2 K 10:10 (cf. Jos 21:43; 23:14 1 S 3:19 1 K 8:56 Est 6:10), v 23 פֶּן־יֶשׁ־פֹּה מֵעַבְדֵי י׳, Jb 27:6 לֹא יֶחֱרַף לְבָבִי מִיָּמָ֑י my heart reproacheth not one of my days: with אִם, etc. Ex 29:34 Lv 4:2a (cf. v 22, 27), 11:32 (מהם), v 33, 35, 37–39; 18:29; 25:25 Nu 5:6; מִכֹּל anything whatever, Lv 5:24; 11:34; cf. 1 S 23:23 (?). (d) peculiarly, with a noun of unity, especially אֶחָד, to express forcibly the idea of a single one: Dt 15:7 if there be a poor man in thy midst, מֵאַחַד אַחֶיךָ any one of thy brethren, Lv 4:2b if he doeth מֵאַחַת מֵהֵ֫נָּה any one of these things, 5:13 Ez 18:10 וְעָשָׂה אָח מֵאַחַד מֵאֵלֶּה (where אח is a vox nihili) and doeth aught of these things; 1 S 14:45 if there shall fall מִשַּׂעֲרַת רֹאשׁוֹ אַרְצָה a single hair of his head to the ground! (for שְׂעָרָה as a nom. unit. v. Ges§ 122 t Dr), cf. 2 S 14:11 1 K 1:52. (Probably a rhetorical application of the partitive sense, though the explanation ‘starting from one’=‘even one’ would also be possible. مِنْ is used similarly after neg. and interrog. particles, not merely with collective nouns, as مَا لهُمْ مِنْ عِلْمٍ nought have they of knowledge (Qor 18:4), but also with nouns of unity, as Qor 3:55 Ye have not مِنْ إِلَهٍ aught of (=any) god, except Him; 19:19 dost thou perceive مِنْهُمْ مِنْ أَحَدٍ even one of them? 6:59 there falleth not مِنْ وَرَقَةٍ even a single leaf (nom. unit.) without His knowing it. See further Thes, and WAG. ii. § 48 f. b). (e) (rare) specifying the objects, or elements, of which a genus consists (the Arabic مِنْ لِلْبَيَانِ, min of explication, WAG. ii. § 49.7): Gn 6:2 אשׁר בחרו מכל consisting of all whom they chose, 7:22; 9:10 Lv 11:32 (מכל), 1 Ch 5:18 Je 40:7 (מאשׁר); 44:28 and they shall know דְּבַר־מִי יָקוּם מִמֶּנִּי וּמֵהֶם whose word shall stand, consisting of me and of them (defining the genus embraced by מי: cf. كُلٌّ مِنْ هَابِيلَ وَقَابِيلَ both (of them), Abel as well as Cain, and Qor 3:193: W l.c.).—On מֵאַיִן Je 10:6, 7, v. אַ֫יִן" dir="rtl" >אַיִן ad fin., p. 35. 4. Of time—viz. a. as marking the terminus a quo, the anterior limit of a continuous period, from, since Dt 9:24 מִיּוֹם דַּעְתִּי אֶתְכֶם from the day of my (first) knowing you (so 1 S 7:2; 8:8 +); 1 S 18:9 מהיום ההוא וָהָֽלְאָה from that day and onwards, simil. †Lv 22:27 Nu 15:23 Ez 39:22; Is 18:2, 7 (where מִן־הוּא=מֵאֲשֶׁר הוּא; cf. Na 2:9 מִימֵי הִיא=מִימֵי אֲשֶׁר הִיא); מהיום ההוא וָמָֽעְלָה †1 S 16:13; 30:25 (Hg 2:15, 18 appar. of time backwards); מֵאָז from the time of.… (v. p. 23); מִן־הַבֶּטֶן from the womb Ju 13:5, 7, מִבֶּטֶן אִמִּי 16:17 +; מִימֵי … Ho 10:9 Is 23:7 Je 36:2 +; מִיָּמֶיךָ idiom.=since thou wast born †1 S 25:28 1 K 1:6 (מִיָּמָיו), Jb 38:12; מִקֶּדֶם from antiquity Hb 1:12 ψ 74:12, Is 42:14 הֶחֱשֵׁיתִי מֵעוֹלָם I have been silent since old time; מֵעַתָּה from now, hence-forth Je 3:4 +, מִיּוֹם from to-day †Is 43:13 Ez 48:35, מן־היום הזה Hg 2:19. See also 5 c, 7 c. Cf. Ex 33:6 מֵהַר חוֹרֵב from Horeb, Ho 13:4 I am י׳ thy God מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם. b. as marking the period immediately succeeding the limit, after: Gn 38:24 כְּמִשְׁלֹשׁ חֳדָשִׁים after about three months it was told Judah, מִיָּמִים רַבִּים †Jos 23:1 Ez 38:8, מִיָּמִים after (some) days, †Ju 11:4; 14:8; 15:1, מִיֹּמַיִם after two days †Ho 6:2; מֵרֹב יָמִים Is 24:22: more freq. with קֵץ or קָצֶה, Gn 4:3 מִקֵּץ יָמִים, 8:3 Jos 3:2 + often; Dt 14:28 מִקְצֵה שָׁלֹשׁ שָׁנִים, 15:1 מִקְצֵה שֶׁבַע שָׁנִים (by which is meant not the actual end of the three or seven years, but the period when the third or seventh year has arrived); מִמָּחֳרָת after the morrow (had arrived)=on the morrow, Gn 19:34 + often; מֵהַבֹּקֶר 2 S 2:27.—2 S 23:4 מִמָּטָר; Is 53:11 מֵעֲמַל נַפְשׁוֹ; perhaps 29:18 (Kö 581). Cf. 2 S 20:5 and he delayed מן־המועד beyond the appointed time. c. in such phrases, however, מִן sometimes (cf. 1 c) loses its signif.: thus מֵאָז 2 S 15:34 Is 16:13 not from former time, but in former time, formerly, Gn 6:4 הַגִּבּוֹרִים אֲשֶׁר מֵעוֹלָם which were of old, Jos 24:2 dwelt of old, ψ 77:6 days מִקֶּדֶם aforetime, מֵאַחֲרֵי Dt 29:21 (p. 30).—†מִקָּרוֹב lit. from near, i. e. recently Dt 32:17, of short duration Jb 20:5, shortly Ez 7:8; at hand (in a local sense, 1 c) Je 23:23. 5. מִן … עַד (וְעַד) from … even to: very often:— a. in geogr. or local sense, Gn 10:19; 15:18 מנהר מצרים עד הנהר הגדול, 25:18 Ex 23:31 Dt 2:36 1 S 3:20 2 S 5:25 Je 31:38 ψ 72:8 + often; so with מִלְּבוֹא †1 K 8:65 (2 Ch 7:8), 2 K 14:25 Am 6:14; Dt 13:8 מִקְצֵה הָאָרֶץ וְעַד קְצֵה הָאָרֶץ, 28:64 Je 12:12; Gn 47:21 מִקְצֵה גְּבוּל־מִצְרַיִם וְעַד־קָצֵהוּ, 1 K 6:24; 7:23 מִשְּׂפָתוֹ וְעַד שְׂפָתוֹ; Lv 13:12 מראשׁו ועד רגליו, Dt 28:35 מכף רגלך ועד קדקדך (similarly 2 S 14:25 Jb 2:7 Is 1:6). Cf. 1 S 9:2 מִשִּׁכְמוֹ וָמַ֫עְלָה, 2 S 5:9 Jos 15:46. b. metaph. not of actual space, but of classes of objects, to express idiomatically the idea of comprehension, so that the two preps. may be often represented by both … and: Gn 19:4 מִנַּעַר וְעַד־זָקֵן from young to old (i. e. both included)=both young and old, v 11 1 S 5:9 + מִקָּטֹן וְעַד־גָּדוֹל=both great and small, Je 6:13 מִקְּטַנָּם וְעַד־גְּדוֹלָם from the least of them even to the greatest of them, ib. מִנָּבִיא וְעַד־כֹּהֵן from the proph. even to the priest every one dealeth falsely, Ex 9:25 + מאדם ועד בהמה both man and beast, 11:5 מבכור פרעה … עד בכור השׁפחה וגו׳, 13:15 Nu 6:4 Dt 29:10 מחֹטב עציך עד שֹׁאב מימיך, Jos 8:25 + מאישׁ ועד אשׁה, 1 S 15:3 (4 pairs), 22:19 1 K 5:13 2 K 17:9=18:8, Is 10:18 מנפשׁ ועד בשׂר=both soul and body, Je 9:9; after a word implying a negative=either … or Gn 14:23; 31:24, 29 מטוב עד רע either good or evil. The עַד may be repeated, if required: Gn 6:7 מאדם עד־בהמה עד רמשׂ ועד־עוף השׁמים (so 7:23), Ex 22:3 Jos 6:21 Ju 15:5 מִגָּדִישׁ וְעַד־קָמָה וְעַד־כֶּרֶם זָ֑יִת, 20:48 1 S 30:19: without מן, Lv 11:42 Nu 8:4. Similar is the use of מן in the idiom מִבֶּן … שָׁנָה וָמָֽעְלָה (וָמָֽטָּה) (also וְעַד־בֶּן … שָׁנָה): v. p. 122 a; and cf. 2 K 3:21. c. of time, Gn 46:34 מִנְּעֻרֵינוּ וְעַד עַתָּה from our youth even until now, 1 S 12:2 Je 3:25; Nu 14:19; Ex 10:6; 18:13 מן־הבֹקר עד־הערב, 1 S 30:17 1 K 18:26; Is 9:6 ψ 90:2; + often; with two inff. Hos 7:4: and implying intervals (not duration) Ez 4:10, 11 (cf. with לְ Est 3:7(×2)). d. there occur further (1) מִן … אֶל־, Jos 15:21, Ex 26:28=36:33 מִן־הַקָּצֶה אֶל־הַקָּצֶה from end to end, Ez 40:23, 27 Ezr 9:11 מִפֶּה־אֶל־פֶּה; ψ 144:13 מִזַּן אֶל זַן from kind to kind=kinds of every sort; with a verb of motion, Je 48:11 ψ 105:13 1 Ch 17:5, and expressing a climax, ψ 84:8 יֵֽלְכוּ מֵחַיִל אֶל־חַיִל, Je 9:2 (cf. Rom 1:17): of time, מיום־אל־יום †Nu 30:15, cf. 1 Ch 16:23 (‖ ψ 96:2 לְ); implying intervals, מֵעֵת אֶל־עֵת †1 Ch 9:25. (2) מִן … לְ Ex 32:27 Ez 40:13 Zc 14:10: of time ψ 96:2; Jb 4:20: with intervals, 2 S 14:26. (3) מִן … ָה Nu 34:10 Ez 6:14 מִמִּדְבָּר רִבְלָ֫תָה (so Ges Ew Hietc.) from the wilderness to Riblah, 21:3; 25:13 מִתֵּימָן וּדְדָ֫נֶה (Co Kö Berthol) Je 31:38; without—ָ, Gn 10:30 1 K 5:1. And of time (implying intervals) in מִיָּמִים יָמִ֫ימָה Ex 13:10 + 4 times. 6. In comparisons, beyond, above, hence in Engl. than: so constantly; viz. a. when an object is compared with another distinct from itself, Ju 14:18 מַה־מָּתוֹק מִדְּבַשׁ what is sweet away from, beyond, in excess of, honey? i.e. in our idiom, what is sweeter than honey? Lv 21:10 הַכֹּהֵן הַגָּדוֹל מֵאֶחָיו the priest that is great above his brethren, Nu 14:12 Ez 28:3 חָכָם מִדָּנִאֵל wiser than Daniel, ψ 119:72 + very often; Ho 2:9 כִּי טוֹב לִי אָז מֵעָ֑תָּה; with an inf. (sometimes c. לְ) as subj., Gn 29:19 טוֹב תִּתִּי אֹתָהּ לְךָ מִתִּתִּי אֹתָהּ וגו׳ better is my giving her to thee than my giving her to another, Ex 14:12 1 S 15:22 Pr 21:9, 19; 25:7 ψ 118:8, 9 +; with verbs, Gn 19:9 עתה נָרַע לְךָ מֵהֶם now we will harm thee beyond them, more than them, 25:23 לְאֹם מִלְאֹם יֶאֱמַץ, 26:16; 29:30 ויאהב גם־את־רחל מִלֵּאָה, 38:26 צָֽדְקָה מִמֶּנִּי, 48:19 יִגְדַּל מִמֶּנּוּ, Ju 2:19 השׁחיתו מאבותם they have done corruptly more than their fathers, 1 S 2:29 2 S 20:6 1 K 1:37; 14:9 Je 5:3 Ez 5:6 + often;=in preference to, above, ψ 45:8; 52:5(×2) Ho 6:6 Hb 2:16, after בחר Je 8:3 Jb 7:15; 36:21 ψ 84:11 (מִדּוּר) +: note also נֹפֵל מִן Jb 12:3; 13:2=inferior to (Ew Ges: al. Hi; al. De); שֹׁנֶה מִן different from Est 1:7; 3:8. b. when an obj. is compared with a group or multitude of which it forms one, especially with מִכֹּל, Gn 3:1 עָרוּם מִכֹּל חַיַּת הַשָּׂדֶה subtil out of all beasts of the field, or beyond, above all (other) beasts, v 14 cursed above all cattle (but without implying any judgment whether other cattle are cursed likewise), 37:3 Israel loved Joseph מִכָּל־בָּנָיו out of all his sons, or above all his (other) sons, Dt 7:7; 33:24 בָּרוּךְ מִבָּנִים אָשֵׁר blessed above sons be Asher, Ju 5:24 תְּבֹרַךְ מִנָּשִׁים blessed above women be Jael, 1 S 9:2b; 15:33 כֵּן תִּשְׁכַּל מִנָּשִׁים אִמֶּ֑ךָ, 18:30 Je 17:9 עָקֹב מִכֹּל deceitful above all things, ψ 45:3 Ct 5:10 דָּגוּל מֵרְבָבָה (cf. בָּחַר מִן supr. 2 a c: ex in eximius, egregius; Il. 18:431 ὅσσʼ, ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Κρονίδης Ζεὺς ἄλγεʼ ἔδωκεν, 3:227 ἔξοχος Ἀργείων … κεφαλήν). c. sometimes in poetry the idea on which מן is logically dependent, is unexpressed, and must be understood by the reader, Is 10:10 ופסיליהם מירושׁלם and their idols are (more) than (those of) Jerusalem, Mi 7:4 יָשָׁר מִמְּסוּכָה the uprightest is (sharper) than a thorn-hedge (but We from), Jb 11:7; 28:18; ψ 4:8 מֵעֵת beyond (that of) the time when etc. Ec 4:17; 9:17; cf. Ez 15:2. d. מן not unfrequently expresses the idea of a thing being too much for a person, or surpassing his powers: Gn 18:14 הֲיִפָּלֵא מי׳ דָּבָר can a thing be too hard for J.? (so Dt 17:8 +; cf. ψ 131:1; 139:6 +), 32:11 קָטֹנְתִּי מִן, Dt 14:24 כִּי יִרְבֶּה מִמְּךָ הַדֶּרֶךְ =is too great for thee (1 K 19:7), 32:47 רֵק מִכֶּם: so c. עָצַם Gn 26:16, כָּבֵד be too heavy for Ex 18:18 ψ 38:5, מָךְ Lv 27:8 (too poor to pay), קָשָׁה Dt 1:17, צַר be too narrow for, 2 K 6:1 Is 49:19, קצר Is 50:2, אָמַץ ψ 18:18, ירום ממני is too high for me 61:3, גָּבַר 65:4; הַֽמְעַט מִמְּךָ †Jb 15:11 too little for thee? הַֽמְעַט מִכֶּם †Nu 16:9 Is 7:13 Ez 34:18 (v. מְעַט; also on 16:20); often with an inf., as Gn 4:13 גָּדוֹל עֲוֹנִי מִנְּשׂוֹא is greater than I can bear, 36:7 their substance was רָב מִשֶּׁבֶת יַחְדָּו lit. great beyond dwelling together=too great for (their) dwelling together, Ju 7:2 מִתִּתִּי רַב=too great for me to give, 1 K 8:64 קָטֹן מֵהָכִיל, Ex 12:4 1 S 25:17 Is 28:20; 33:19; 59:1 Hb 1:13 ψ 40:6 Ru 1:12: note especially רַב טִן it is more than that … (=there is enough of), Ex 9:28 1 K 12:28, sq. subst. Ez 44:6 (v. רַב); and Is 49:6 נָקֵל מִהְיוֹתְךָ לִי עֶבֶד לְהָקִים וגו׳ too light for thy being my servant was it to raise up, etc., Ez 8:17 הֲנָקֵל לְבֵית יִשְׂר׳ מֵעֲשׂוֹת וגו׳ was it too trifling to the house of Isr. for the doing etc. (less than the doing etc. deserved)? (but? read עֲשׂוֹת on anal. of 1 K 16:31). 7. מן is prefixed to an infin.: a. with a causal force (rare), from, on account of, through (cf. 2 f): Dt 7:7, 8 מֵאַהֲבַת י׳ אֶתְכֶם through J.’s loving you=because J. loved you, 9:28 (cf. 1:27 בְּ) 2 S 3:11 מִיִּרְאָתוֹ אֹתוֹ=because he feared him, Is 48:4 מִדַּעְתִּי …=because I knew … So in מִבְּלִי …, מִבִּלְתִּי. b. after verbs implying restraint, prevention, cessation, etc., as עֲצָרַנִי מִלֶּדֶת Gn 16:2 hath restrained me from bearing, וַתַּעֲמֹד מִלֶּדֶת 29:35; 30:9: so with חשׂך 20:6 +, חדל Ex 23:5 +, כִּלָּה 34:33 +, נִכְלָא 36:6, מָנַע 1 S 25:26 +, שׁבת Je 31:36 +, יָרֵא מֵהַבִּיט Ex 3:6 +, שִׁמְרוּ מִן־הַחֵרֶם †Jos 6:18, 2 Ch 25:13 הֵשִׁיב מִלֶּכֶת. Especially (a) after similar verbs, expressing concisely a negative consequence, lit. away from …, i.e. so as not to, so that not: Gn 23:6b; 27:1 Jacob’s eyes were dim, מֵֽרְאֹת away from seeing=so that he could not see, 31:29 נִשְׁמַר מִן (‖ v 24 פֶּן), Ex 14:5 Lv 26:13 Nu 32:7 Dt 28:55 (his eye shall be envious etc.) מִתֵּת from giving=so that he will not give, Ju 6:27 1 S 2:31; 7:8 do not be silent from us מִזְּעֹק so as not to call (cf. 1 K 22:3), 8:7 me have they rejected מִמְּלֹךְ עליהם, 16:1 (Ho 4:6), 2 S 14:11 (read מֵהַרְבּוֹת), Is 5:6; 8:11; 21:3; 23:1 is destroyed מִבּוֹא so that none can enter in, 24:10; 33:15; 44:18; 49:15; 54:9; 56:6; 58:13 Je 10:14 נִבְעַר … מִדַּעַת is stupefied so that he has no knowledge, 13:14; 33:21, 24, 26 Ez 20:17 Mi 3:6 Zc 7:11, 12 ψ 30:4 Qr, 39:2; 69:24; 102:5 (after שָׁכַח, peculiarly), 106:23 La 3:44; 4:18 Jb 34:30a 2 Ch 36:13. So in חָלִילָה לִּי מֵעֲשׂוֹת that I should not do Gn 44:17 +. (b) still more concisely, especially in poetry, with a noun alone: 1 S 15:23 has rejected thee מִמֶּלֶךְ from (being) king (v 26 מִהְיוֹת מֶלֶךְ), Lv 26:43 מֵהֶם, Is 7:8 יֵחַת מֵעָם shall be shattered from (being) a people, that it be no more a people, 17:1 מוּסָר מֵעִיר, 25:2b; 52:14 כֵּן מִשְׁחַת מֵאִישׁ מַרְאֵהוּ marred away from (being) a man(’s), Je 2:25 מִיָּחֵף, 17:16 מֵרֹעֶה, 48:2 וְנַכְרִיתֶנָּה מִגּוֹי, v 42 מֵעָם, ψ 8:6 hast made him lack but little מאלהים ut non esset Deus, 83:5 מִגּוֹי, Pr 30:2 בַּעַר אָנֹכִי מֵאִישׁ too boorish to be a man; cf. Dn 4:13; 1 K 15:13 וַיְסִרֶהָ מִגְּבִירָה removed her from (being) queen-mother, Ez 16:41 וִהִשְׁבַּתִּיךְ מִזּוֹנָה; and even to express absol. the non-existence of a thing not named in the principal clause, as Is 23:1 כִּי שֻׁדַּד מִבַּיִת so that there is no house, Ez 12:19 (32:15), 25:9 מֵהֶעָרִים, Ho 9:11(×3), 12 Mi 3:6 Hg 1:10 מִטָּ֑ל, Zc 7:14; 9:8 ψ 39:3; 49:15 מִזְּבֻל־לוֹ so that it has no dwelling, 52:7 יִסָּֽחֲךָ מֵאֹהֶל pluck thee up tentless, 109:24 is lean מִשָּׁ֑מֶן so that there is no fatness, Jb 28:11; 33:21; 34:30b. Often strengthened by pleon. אֵין or בְּלִי, as מֵאֵין יוֹשֵׁב Is 5:9, מִבְּלִי יוֹשֵׁב v. pp. 35 a, 115 b. Cf. Köiii. 592 ff. c. with a temporal force, since, after (cf. 4), chiefly late: Nu 24:23 מִשֻּׂמוֹ אֵל after God’s establishing him, Is 44:7 מִשֻּׂמִי עַם־עוֹלָם since I appointed the ancient people, Ho 7:4 Hg 2:16(?) Ru 2:18 Ne 5:14 1 Ch 8:8 מִן־שִׁלְחוֹ אוֹתָם (cf. 6:16) 2 Ch 31:10 Dn 11:23; 12:1 (cf. 9:25), ψ 73:20 כַּחֲלוֹם מֵהָקִיץ after (one’s) awaking, Jb 20:4. 8. Once Dt 33:11 as a conj. before a finite verb. Smite … his haters מִן־יְקוּמוּן that they rise not again, poet. for מִקּוּם (7 b): cf. Dr§ 41.—On מֵאֲשֶׁר adv. and conj., v. p. 84. 9. In compounds:— a. מֵאַחֲרֵי, מֵאֵת, מִבֵּין, מִבַּלְעֲדֵי, מִבַּ֫עַד, מִלְּ (common in NH, especially before inf.; in O.T. only in מִלְּבַד, מִלִּבוֹא (supr. 5 a), for מִלְּ in Mish. see e.g. Bab. Mez 7:10, Kil 8:1 Ter 8:11 Pes 1:6 Taan 2:7 Yeb 8:2; Ec 4:17 מִלַּעֲשׂוֹת (have no knowledge so as not to do evil) is read by Siegfr Wild.מִלְמַ֫עְלָה, מִלְמַ֫טָּה, מִלְּעֻמַּת, מִלְּפָנִים, מִלִּפְנֵי, and, si vera l., מִלְמַעֲלֵה הֶחָ֑רֶס Jd 8:13, v. מַעֲלֶה), מִנֶּגֶד, מֵעַל, מֵעִם, מִתַּ֫חַת; see אַחֲרַי" dir="rtl" >אַחֲרֵי, אֵת²" dir="rtl" >אֵת, etc. b. לְמִן (לְמִנִּי †Mi 7:12(×2)), with לְ pleon., from=מִן, but used almost exclusively of the terminus a quo, whether of space or time (cf. מִן 5);—(1) of space, Dt 4:32 Ju 20:1 לְמִדַּן וְעַד־בְּאֵר שֶׁבַע, Mi 7:12(×2) (both לְמִנִּי), Zc 14:10 1 Ch 5:9; לְמֵרָחוֹק from afar Jb 36:3; 39:29 (on Ezr 3:13 2 Ch 26:15, v. sub עַד לְ); לְמִתַּחַת לְ=underneath 1 K 7:32. Idiom., especially sq. וְעַד, to denote comprehensively an entire class, לְמֵאִישׁ וְעַד בְּהֵמָה †Ex 11:7 Je 51:62 (לְמֵאָדָם), לְמֵאִישׁ וְעַד אִשָּׁה †2 S 6:19 2 Ch 15:13, לְמִקָּטֹן וְעַד גָּדוֹל †2 K 23:2 Je 42:8, simil. 2 Ch 15:13 Je 31:34 Est 1:5, 20, לְמֵרָע וְעַד־טוֹב †2 S 13:22, לְמִבֶּן עֶשְׂרִים שָׁנָה וּלְמָ֑טָּה †1 Ch 27:23, cf. 2 Ch 25:5.—On לְמִבֵּית Nu 18:7, see p. 110 b. (2) of time (often foll. by עַד), לְמִן הַיּוֹם אֲשֶׁר … from the day when …, †Dt 4:32; 9:7 2 S 7:11 (‖ 1 Ch 17:10 וּלְמִיָּמִים אֲשֶׁר) Je 7:25; 32:31 Hg 2:18; לְמִקְצָת הַיָּמִים אֲשֶׁר … †Dn 1:18; לְמִן הַיּוֹם sq. inf. (in appos.) †Ex 9:18 2 S 19:25; לְמִיּוֹם sq. inf. (genit.) †Ju 19:30 2 S 7:6 Is 7:17; לְמִימֵי … †2 K 19:25 (‖ Is 37:26 מימי) Mal 3:7; למן־עולם ועד עולם †Je 7:7; 25:5; לְמֵרָחוֹק from afar=long before, 2 S 7:19=1 Ch 17:17, 2 K 19:25=Is 37:26.

זֶה demonstr. pron. and adv. fem. זֹאת, once זֹאתה, Jer 26:6 Kt (also זֹה and זוֹ, q.v.); comm. זוּ (q.v.): this, here (the element ז = ذ = ܕ is widely diffused in the Semitic languages, as a demonstr. particle, often acquiring, like Engl. that, Germ. der, die, das, the force of a relative. Thus a. Ph. זֶ this (e.g. קבר ז this grave), also sometimes זן, f. זא, comm. אז (v. CIS I. i. 1:4, 5, 6, 12; 44:1; 88:2 etc.); Aramaic of Nineveh, Babylon, Têma, Egypt, זי as mark of the genit. [lit. that of] (CIS II. i. 1, 2, 3, 4, etc., 65, 67–71, 113, 114, 141, 142, etc.), זנה this (ib. 113:22; 145 C2), f. זא 113:15; 145 B5; Aramaic of Zinijirli ז, זן, זנה this, זי which (DHMSendsch. 56); Ethiopic ዝ ze, this, f. ዛ zā, ዘ za, who (masc.), also (like זִי, and דִּי, דְּ [v. infr.]) in common use as a mark of the genitive; b. Arabic ذَا this, fem. ذِى, ذُو (gen. ذِى, acc. ذَا, fem. ذَاتُ), possessor of (lit. that of …, i.e. one who owns), or in the Ṭayyite dialect, who, which: from ذَا, with هَا lo! prefixed, هَاذَا this, f. هَاذِهِ, with the pron. element -k affixed, ذَاكَ = this: with ’al (= the art.) + a demonstr. element la prefixed, أَلَّذِى who, which (in origin = Heb. הַלָּזֶה this, q.v.); Sab. דֿן this, f. דֿת, דֿ who, which, f. דֿת (PräZMG. 1872, 419, DHMZMG. 1883, 338 f., also Epigr. Denkm. 65); c. Biblical Aramaic דִּי which, דֵּךְ, דִּכֵּן, דְּנָה (q.v.) this, f. דָּא (= זֹאת), דָּךְ; Palm. and Nab. די which, דנה this; 𝔗 דְּ which, דֵּין, דֵּיכֵי this, f. דָּא; with הא lo! prefixed, הָדֵין, הָדָא (Syriac ܗܳܢ, ܗܳܢܳܐ, contr. from ܗܳܕܶܢ), ܗܳܕܶܐ; Syriac ܕ who, which; Sam. ד who, which, דנ this, f. דה; Mand. ד who, which, דהֿ this (rare), more commonly האדין, האזין (NöMand § 80, 81). Alike in Heb. and the other dialects, the corresp. plur. is derived from a different source: Heb. אֵלָּה, Ph. אל, Ethiopic ’ellū, ’ellā, these, ’ella, who, Arabic أُولَى, these, أُولُوا, أُولَى owners of, Sab. אלן these, אל, אלי who, which, Aramaic אִלֵּין, with הא lo! prefixed, ܗܳܠܶܝܢ, Sam. ࠀࠋࠉࠍ, Mand. עלין. Only the Arabic اَلَّذِى forms its own pl. اَلَّذِينَ V. further WSG 107 ff.)— 1. standing alone: a. this one, sometimes contemptuously (especially with אֵת), Gn 2:23 לָזֹאת יִקָּרֵא אִשָּׁה כִּי מֵאִישׁ לֻקֳּחָה־זֹּאת, 5:29 זֶה יְנַחֲמֵנוּ …, 12:12; 38:28 Ex 10:7 עַד מָתַי יִהְיֶה זֶה לָנוּ לְמוֹקֵשׁ, 1 S 10:27 מַה יּוֹשִׁיעֵנוּ זֶה how shall this man save us? 16:8, 9; 21:16 that ye have brought אֶת־זֶה this fellow to play the madman against me? 25:21 in vain have I kept אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר לָזֶה all that this fellow hath etc. 2 S 13:17 אֶת־זֹאת, 1 K 22:27 אֶת־זֶה, Mi 5:4 Is 66:2; as a genit., Gn 29:27, 28 1 K 21:2; with a collective force Lv 11:4, 9 (= Dt 14:7, 9), v 21, 29 Ju 20:16, 17 (כָּל־זֶה), Jb 19:19 (with a plural verb). In a purely neuter sense (of an act, event, announcement, etc.) זאת is most common, as with עשׂה to do this Gn 3:14; 20:5, 6; 45:19 and often, שׁמעו זאת Am 8:4 Is 47:8; 48:1, 16; 51:21 al.; Gn 41:39 Ex 17:14 Dt 32:6 Ju 7:14; 21:3 לָמָה … הָֽיְתָה זֹאת (cf. Jb 1:13 ψ 118:23) 1 K 11:39 2 S 7:19 2 K 3:18 +; אֵין זֹאת 1 Sa 20:2b cf. Am 2:11; rarely so with אֶת־ †Jos 22:24 Je 9:11 ψ 92:7; as an accus. of limit., as regards this, in this, Ez 20:27; 36:37 Jb 19:26 (si vera l.), 33:12 in this thou art not just; (late) אַחֲרֵי זֹאת †Jb 42:16 Ezr 9:10, א׳ כל־זאת †2 Ch 21:18; 35:20; pointing forward to a foll. a clause, Gn 42:18; 43:11 Nu 8:24; 14:35 Is 56:2 Jb 10:13 etc.; Ex 9:16 1 S 25:31 Is 1:12 מִי בִקֵּשׁ זאת מִיֶּדְכֶם רְמֹס חֲצֵרָֽי׃; to one introduced by כִּי 2 S 19:22 ψ 102:19; 119:50, 56 (see also בְּזֹאת 6 b β): but זֶה also sometimes occurs similarly Ex 13:8 Pr 24:12 Jb 15:17 Ne 2:2 Ec 1:17; 2:15 גם זה הבל (so v 19, 21, 23 +), 7:18(×2); of a concrete obj., Ex 30:31 2 K 4:43 מָה אֶתֵּן זֶה לִפְנֵי מֵאָה אִישׁ: in late Heb., Ne 13:6 בְּכָל־זֶה during all this, 2 Ch 32:9 אַחַר זֶה; pointing forwards La 5:17 f. to כִּי ψ 56:10 Je 22:21. (See also below, 6 g.) b. repeated זֶה … זֶה, this … that, the one … the other or (if indefinite) another, Gn 29:27 (זֹאת), Ex 14:20 וְלֹא קָרַב זֶה אֶל זֶה, 1 K 3:23; 22:20 Is 6:3; 44:5 (3 times), ψ 75:8 זֶה יַשְׁפִּיל וְזֶה יָרִים, Jb 1:16–18; 21:23, 25 +. 2. In appos. to a subst.: a. preceding it (rare) Ex 32:1, 23 זֶה מֹשֶׁה, Ju 5:5 (= ψ 68:9) זֶה סִינַי this Sinai, Jos 9:12 זֶה לַחְמֵנוּ this our bread, 1 K 14:14 2 K 6:33 Is 23:13 זֶה הָעָם, ψ 34:7; 49:14; 104:25 זה הים גדול וג׳ this sea there is great and broad, 118:20 Ct 7:8 Ezr 3:12. (Cf. זוּ Hb 1:11.) b. following it:—(α) when the subst. is determined by a pron. affix, Gn 24:8 שְׁבוּעָתִי זֹאת, this my oath, Dt 5:29(26) O that לְבָבָם זֶה this their heart (their present temper) might continue always! 21:20 Jos 2:14, 20 דְּבָרֵנוּ זֶה, Ju 6:14 go בְּכֹחֲךָ זֶה in this thy strength, Dn 10:17 2 Ch 24:18 (Cf. אֵלָּה, a.) Rarely when it is undetermined, 2 K 1:2 חֳלִי זֶה (so 8:8, 9), ψ 80:15. (β) with the art., הַזֶּה, הַזֹּאת, after a subst. determained also by the art., Gn 7:1 בַּדּוֹר הַזֶּה, v 13 הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה, 12:7 הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת, 15:7; 17:21, 23 Dt 4:6 הגוי הגדול הזה, and continually. Not however after a n.pr., except such as are construed with the art., as הַיַּרְדֵּן הַזֶּה Gn 32:11 Dt 3:27; 31:2 Jos 1:2, 11; 4:22, הַלְּבָנוֹן הַזֶּה Jos 1:4, cf. Nu 27:12 = Dt 32:49 (2 K 5:20 הַזֶּה belongs to הָאֲרַמִּי): and hardly ever (2 Ch 1:10) after a noun with a pron. affix (Jos 2:17 מִשְּׁבֻעָתֵךְ הַזֶּה the gender of הזה shews that the text is in error: v. Dr§ 209 Obs.). 3. More often as pred., as 1 S 24:17 הֲקוֹלְךָ זֶה, 2 K 3:23 דָּם זֶה this is blood, 9:37 זֹאת אִיזָֽבֶל׃, Ez 5:5 etc.; הֲזֶה Is 14:16, הֲזֹאת 23:7 La 2:15; often at the beginning or close of enumerations (especially P), descriptions, injunctions, etc., as Gn 5:1 זה ספר this is the book …, 9:12 זֹאת אוֹת הַבְּרִית, 17:10; 20:13 זֶה חַסְדֵּךְ אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשִׂי עִמָּדִי, Lv 6:2, 13, 18; 7:1, 11 Dt 6:1; 33:1 Jos 13:2 Jb 27:13 Is 58:6 etc.; זה הדבר אשׁר … Ex 16:16; 35:4 Jos 5:4 Ju 20:9; 21:11 Is 37:22 Je 38:21 +, cf. זה אשׁר … this is what (or how) … Gn 6:15 Ex 29:38 Je 33:16; זֶה לְךָ הָאוֹת Ex 3:12 1 S 2:34 +; at the end, Lv 7:37; 11:46; 13:50 Nu 5:21; 7:17, 23 etc., Jos 19:8, 16, 23 etc., Is 14:26; 16:13 (זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר …), 17:14; 54:17 Je 13:25 ψ 109:20 Ct 5:16(×2) Jb 5;27, in the latter case sometimes with the force of such (i.e. such as has been described), 18:21; 20:29 (cf. אֵלֶּה ψ 73:12), ψ 24:6; 48:15 such (= such a one) is God, our God, for ever (Hi De) Zp 2:15; cf. Jb 14:3 אַף־עַל־זֶה upon one such as this (v 1, 2) dost thou open thy eyes? 4. It is attached enclitically, almost as an adv., to certain words, especially interrog. pronouns, to impart, in a manner often not reproducible in Engl. idiom, directness and force, bringing the question or statement made into close relation with the speaker. (Contrast from this point of view מי זה and מי הוא: v. הוא 4 b.) Thus a. אֵי־זֶה15 where, then? Jb 28:12 אֵי־זֶה מְקוֹם בִּינָה, v 20 38:19 b (v. other exx. sub אַי 1 b, p. 32). b. מִי־זֶה, †1 S 17:55, 56 בֶּן־מִי־זֶה֖ הָעָֽלֶם׃ the son of whom, here, is the lad? Je 49:19 (= 50:44) וּמִי זֶה רֹעֶה אֲשֶׁר וג׳ and who (emph.) is the shepherd that etc., La 3:37 ψ 24:8 Who is the King of glory? (for which in v 10 the stronger מִי הוּא זֶה is said: so Je 30:21 Est 7:5), 25:12. Elsewhere, the rend. Who is this … is admissible: Is 63:1 Je 46:7 Jb 38:2; 42:3; cf. מִי־זֹאת Ct 3:6; 6:10; 8:5. c. מַה־זֶּה how, now? Gn 27:20 Ju 18:24 וּמַה־זֶּה תֹּאמְרוּ אֵלַי and how, now, do ye say to me …? 1 K 21:5 2 K 1:5; what, now? (τίποτε;) 1 S 10:11 מַה־זֶּה הָיָה לְבֶן־קִישׁ; עַל־מַה־זֶּה for what? Ne 2:4: contracted into מַזֶּה Ex 4:2. (Cf. Aramaic מָדֵין why? ܡܳܕܶܝܢ used as a conj. therefore, e.g. 2 S 18:22 𝔖, PS2013: both formed similarly.) d. מַה־זֹּאת in the phrase (עֲשִׂיתֶם, עָשִׂית) מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ Gn 3:13; 12:18; 26:10; 29:25; 42:28 Ex 14:11 Ju 2:2 15:11 +. Either What, now, hast thou (have ye) done? (Fl De) or What is this (that) thou hast (ye have) done? (The Arabic grammarians dispute on the precise construction of the corresp. phrase in Arabic مَا ذَا صَنَعْتَ; De Gen. 3:13 (ed. 4), and especially FlKl.Schr. i. 356 Lane p. 948.) e. לָֽמָּה־זֶּה wherefore, now? Gn 18:13; 25:22; 32:30 Ex 5:22 Nu 11:20 + often Cf. Arabic لِهَا ذَا f. הַאַתָּה זֶה †2 S 2:20 האתה זה עשׂהאל Art thou Asahel? 1 K 18:7, 17, without הֲ Gn 27:24; in an indirect question Gn 27:21. g. הִנֵּה זֶה behold, here … †1 K 19:5 (in narrative), Is 21:9 Ct 2:8, 9. Cf. Nu 13:17 (unusual) עֲלוּ זֶה בַּנֶּגֶב go up here in the South. h. עַתָּה זֶה, †1 K 17:24 עַתָּה זֶה יָדַעְתִּי now I know that …, 2 K 5:22 just now. Also i. prefixed to expressions denoting a period of time: Gn 27:36 he hath supplanted me זֶה פַעֲמַיִם now two times (so 43:10), 31:38 now, already twenty years, v 41 (זֶה־לִּי …), 45:6 Nu 14:22 now ten times, 22:28, 32 זֶה שָׁלשׁ רְגָלִים, Dt 8:2, 4 Jos 22:3 זֶה יָמִים רַבִּים, 2 S 14:2 +; Zc 7:3 זֶה כַּמָּה שָׁנִים already how many years! cf. Ru 2:7 Je 50:17. 5. In poetry, as a relative pron. (rare: but see also זוֹ, זוּ): ψ 74:2 athe hill of Zion זה שׁכנת בּוֹ wherein thou dwellest, 78:54; 104:8 אל־מְקום זה to the place (st. c. Ges§ 130. 3) which … v 26 Pr 23:22 Is 25:9; = that which Jb 15:17, those who 19:19 (so once, Ex 13:8, even in prose). In some of the passages cited the punctuators, by coupling זה with the preceding subst., and separating it from what follows by a disj. accent (as הַר־זֶ֝֗ה), appear not to have recognised its relative sense, but to have construed, ‘this mountain, (which) thy right hand,’ etc. 6. With prefixes (in special senses):— a. בָּזֶה15 in this (place), here, Gn 38:21, 22 Ex 24:14 Nu 23:1(×2) 1 S 1:26; 9:11 +; of time, then, †Est 2:13 Once בַּזֶּה 1 S 21:10. b. בְּזֹאת (α) with this = on these conditions, Gn 34:15, 22 1 S 11:2 Is 27:9; = herewith, thus provided Lv 16:3. (β) by or through this (especially with יָדַע), Gn 42:15, 33 Ex 7:17 Nu 16:28 Jos 3:10 ψ 41:12; so בָּזֹאת Mal 3:10. (γ) in spite of this, Lv 26:27 ψ 27:3, for which the fuller בְּכָל־זֹאת occurs, Is 5:25; 9:11, 16, 20; 10:4 ψ 78:32 Je 3:10 Ho 7:10. (δ) בָּזֹאת for this cause (late style) †1 Ch 27:24 2 Ch 19:2; in this matter 20:17. c. כָּזֶה (α) †Gn 41:38 הֲנִמְצָא כָזֶה אִישׁ אשׁר …, Is 56:12; 58:5 Je 5:9 גּוֹי אֲשֶׁר כָּזֶה (so v 29; 9:8). (β) כָּזֹה וְכָזֶה thus and thus, †Ju 18:4 2 S 11:25 1 K 14:5. d. כְּזֹאת the like of this = as follows, †Gn 45:23; כָּזֹאת the like of this = things such as these Ju 13:23 (c. השׁמיע), 15:7; 19:30 לא נראתה כָּזֹאת, 1 S 4:7 (cf. Je 2:10 2 Ch 30:26), 2 S 14:13 (c. חשׁב), Is 66:8 (c. שׁמע), Ezr 7:27; = accordingly, to that effect (c. דִּבֶּר) 2 Ch 34:22; = in like manner Ju 8:8; = thus (as has been described) 1 K 7:37 1 Ch 29:14 2 Ch 31:20; 32:15: כָּזֹאת וְכָזֹאת thus and thus †Jos 7:20 2 S 17:15(×2) 2 K 5:4; 9:12. e. מִזֶּה from here, hence Gn 37:17; 42:15; 50:25 Ex 11:1(×2) 13:3 Dt 9:12 + often: מִזֶּה … מִזֶּה on one side … on the other side Ex 17:12 מזה אחד ומזה אחד, 25:19; 26:13; 32:15 מזה ומזה הם כתובים, Nu 22:24 1 S 14:4 1 K 10:19, 20 Zc 5:3 +; מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה לְ on one side and on the other side of … Ex 38:15 Jos 8:33 Ez 45:7; 48:21. f. עַל זֶה on this account (rare), La 5:17 (pointing forwards), Est 6:3. So עַל זֹאת Am 8:8 Mi 1:8 Je 2:12 (Jb 17:8) 4:8, 28 ψ 32:6; in late prose Ezr 8:23; 9:15; 10:2 Ne 13:14 2 Ch 16:9, 10; 29:9; 32:20. g. עִם זֶה in spite of this †Ne 5:18.—On אֵי זֶה which? אֵי מִזֶּה whence? אֵי לָזֹאת how? v. sub אַי" dir="rtl" >אַי 2, p. 32; and on הַלָּז, הַלָּזֶה, הַלֵּזוּ, v. p. 229. Note. —זֶה in 1 S 17:34 (in many edd.) is a typographical error (not a Kt) of Jacob b. Chayim’s Rabbin. Bible of 1525 for שׂה sheep, which has been perpetuated hence in other subseq. edd. The reading of MSS. and of the best ancient edd. is שֶׂה (cf. de RossiVar. Lect. ii. 151).

דָּוִד, דָּוִיד n.pr.m. David, son of יִשַׂי, king of Israel, whose dynasty remained on the throne of Jerusalem till the Babylonian exile (cf. 2 S 7:11–15 etc.) (beloved one? cf. BaNB 189; according to Sayce Mod. Rev. 1884, 158 ff. Rel.Bab. 53, 56 f. orig. Dodo, title of sun-god worshipped in Isr. cf. דודה n. divin. among E. Jordan Israelites MI12)—דָּוִד always Ru Sa Ki (except 1 K 3:14; 11:4, 36) ψ Pr Ec Is Je; also 1 Ch 13:6 Ez 34:24; 37:24, 25 (c. 790 times); דָּוִיד always Zc Ch (except 1 Ch 13:6) Ezr Ne; also Am 6:5 (where gloss according to Peters Hbr Apr. 1886, p. 175) 9:11 Ho 3:5 Ez 34:23 1 K 3:14; 11:4, 36 Ct 4:4 (c. 276 times);—first named 1 S 16:13; cf. also Ru 4:17, 22 2 S 1:1 +, 1 K 1:1 +, 2:1 +, etc. (v. supra); in titles of ψ 3–9, 11–32, 34–41, 51–65, 68–70, 86, 101, 103, 108–110, 122, 124, 131, 133, 138–145 (73 in all); also in ψ 18:51 (= 2 S 22:51) 72:20; 89:36, 50; 122:5; 132:1, 11, 17; ד׳ עַבְדִּי (י׳ speaks) 2 S 3:18; 7:5, 8 = 1 Ch 17:4, 7 cf. v 26 = 1 Ch 17:24, also 1 K 8:24, 25, 26(×2) = 2 Ch 6:15, 16, 17, 42, 1 K 11:13, 32, 34, 36, 38; 14:8 2 K 8:19; 19:34 = Is 37:35, 2 K 20:6; cf. further ψ 18:1; 36:1 (both titles cf. supr.) 78:70; 89:4, 21; 132:10; 144:10 Je 33:21, 22, 26; so also as represented in coming (Messianic) ruler Ez 34:23, 24; 37:24, 25, cf. Ho 3:5 Je 30:9 (v. עֶבֶד). Phrases are: a. עִיר ד׳ (according to SayceMod. Rev. l.c. orig. city of god Dod[o]) = stronghold or citadel of Zion, 2 S 5:7, 9 = 1 Ch 11:5, 7, 2 S 6:10, 12, 16 = 1 Ch 13:13; 15:1, 29, cf. Is 22:9; especially of burial of kings 1 K 2:10; 3:1, 8:1 = 2 Ch 5:2, 1 K 9:24 = 2 Ch 8:11, 1 K 11:27 v 43 = 2 Ch 9:31, 1 K 14:31; 15:8 = 2 Ch 12:16; 13:23, 1 K 15:24 = 2 Ch 16:14, 1 K 22:50 = 2 Ch 21:1, 2 K 8:24 = 2 Ch 21:20, 2 K 9:28; 12:22 = 2 Ch 24:25, 2 K 14:20; 15:7, v 38 = 2 Ch 27:9, 2 K 16:20; burial of Jehoiada 2 Ch 24:16; further 2 Ch 32:5, 30; 33:14 Ne 12:37; cf. also קִרְיַת חָנָה ד׳ Is 29:1. b. בֵּית ד׳ 2 S 3:1, 6 + (cf. בַּיִת 5 c). c. אֹהֶל ד׳ Is 16:5 (cf. אֹהֶל 2). d. סֻכַּת ד׳ Am 9:11 (cf. סֻכָּה sub סכך). e. כִּסֵּא ד׳ 2 S 3:10 cf. 1 K 1:37; 2:12, 24, 45 Is 9:6 Je 17:25; 22:2, 30; 29:16; 36:30 cf. 13:13; 22:4, (cf. also כִּסֵּא). f. קִבְרֵי ד׳ Ne 3:16 cf. 2 Ch 32:33 קִבְרֵי בְנֵי־ד׳ (cf. קֶבֶר). g. מִגְדַּל ד׳ Ct 4:4. h. כְּלְי־שִׁיר ד׳ אישׁ האלהים Ne 12:36. i. אֱלֹהֵי ד׳ 2 K 20:5 + (cf. אֱלֹהִים 4 b). j. חַסְדֵי ד׳ 2 Ch 6:42 Is 55:3 (cf. 2 S 7:15 1 K 3:6 ψ 89:50 2 Ch 1:8 etc.).—(On text note the foll.:—דָּוִד 1 S 30:20a del. 𝔊 𝔙 We Dr; 2 S 3:5 read prob. name of a former husband of Eglah We Dr; 2 S 13:39 read רוּחַ Wep. 223 Dr; 2 S 19:44 read בְּכוֹר (for בדוד) 𝔊 The We Dr; insert דָּוִד 2 S 9:11; 15:32 & 24:15 𝔊 We Dr; in 1 Ch 18:12 ψ 60:1 אבשׁי & יואב are less orig. than דָּוִד 2 S 8:13 We Dr).

הִנֵּה Once הִנֶּה־ Gn 19:2, demonstr. part. lo! behold! (Arabic إِنَّ certainly, surely, lit. lo!), with sf. (the pron. being conceived as accus., Ew§ 262 c; cf. إِنَّ, which takes an accus., whether of a noun or pron. sf.) הִנְנִי Gn 6:13 + often (also הִנֶּ֣נִּי Gn 22:7), הִנֵּ֑נִי Gn 22:1, 11 +, (הִנֶּ֔נִּי Gn 27:18), †Is 65:1 הִנֵּ֣נִי הִנֵּ֔נִי (but הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי is also said Gn 24:13, 43; 25:32; 48:21 Ex 4:23; 7:17 +; and, more rarely, הִנֵּה אֲנִי Ez 37:5, 12, 19, 21 2 Ch 2:3, cf. 2 K 10:9 Je 32:27); הִנְּךָ Gn 20:3 + (†2 K 7:2 הִנְּכָה), הִנֶּ֑ךָּ †ψ139:8, fem. הִנָּךְ Gn 16:11 + 6 times; הִנּוֹ †Nu 23:17 Jb 2:6 1 Ch 11:25, הִנֵּ֫הוּ †Je 18:3 Kt (הִנֵּה הוּא is more usual, as Gn 20:16; 42:27; 1 S 10:22 Je 38:5 Ru 3:2): 1 pl. הִנְנוּ †Jos 9:25 2 S 5:1 Je 3:22 Ezr 9:15, הִנֶּ֫נּוּ †Gn 44:16; 50:18 Nu 14:40, הִנֵּ֑נוּ Jb 38:35; הִנְּכֶם †Dt 1:10 Je 16:12; הִנָּם Gn 40:6 + often (37 times)—lo! behold! a. pointing to persons or things, Gn 12:19 and now הִנֵּה אִשְׁתְּךָ behold thy wife! 18:9 הִנֵּה בָאֹהֶל behold (she is) in the tent (the suffix, when the noun to which הנה refers has immediately preceded, being not unfrequently omitted, 16:14: cf. Dr§ 135. 6, 2), 30:3; 31:51(×2) Ex 24:8 1 K 2:29. With sf. of 1 ps., especially in response to a call, indicating the readiness of the person addressed to listen or obey, Here I am! (lit. Behold me!) Gn 22:1, 7, 11; 27:1, 18; 31:11; 37:13; 46:2 Ex 3:4 1 S 3:4, 5, 6, 8, 16; 22:12 2 S 1:7 Is, 6:8, cf. 1 S 12:3 הִנְנִי עֲנוּ בִי here I am, answer against me, 14:43 (cf. Drp. 292), 2 S 15:26 (in resignation: cf. Gn 44:16; 50:18 Jos 9:25 Ezr 9:15): of God Is 52:6; 58:9; 65:1(×2) (repeated for emphasis). In the pl. הננו Nu 14:40 Je 3:22 Jb 38:35.—Emph. הִנְנִי אָ֕נִי Ez 34:11, 20, cf. 6:3. On הִנְנִי אֶל …, v. אֵל" dir="rtl" >אל 4, p. 40. b. introducing clauses involving predication: (a) with ref. to the past or present, it points generally to some truth either newly asserted, or newly recognised, Gn 1:29 behold! I have given to you all herbs etc. 17:20; 27:6 1 S 14:33 etc.; often one upon which some proposal or suggestion is to be founded, Ex 1:9 (cf. הן Gn 11:6) 1 S 20:2, 5; 2 K 5:20. When the proposal is to be of the nature of an entreaty or request, הִנֵּה־נָא is often used, instead of the simple הִנֵּה Gn 12:11; 16:2; 18:27 1 K 20:31; 22:13 al. (v. נָא). (b) with ref. to the future. Here it serves to introduce a solemn or important declaration Ex 32:34; 34:10 Is 7:14; and is used especially with the ptcp. (the fut. instans, Dr§ 135, 3) in predictions or threats, Gn 20:3 הִנְּךָ מֵת (lit.) behold thee (accus.) about to die, thou art about to die, Ex 4:23; 7:17; 9:3 Dt 31:16 1 S 3:11 1 K 20:35; 22:25 Is 3:1; 10:33; 17:1; 19:1; 22:17; 24:1 + often; in the phrase הנה ימים באים †1 S 2:31 2 K 20:17 = Is 39:6 Am 4:2; 8:11; 9:13 + Je 15 times; very often with the suffix of 1 ps. sg., as הִנְנִי מֵבִיא Behold, I bring (lit. behold me bringing, or about to bring) … Gn 6:17 Ex 10:4 & often, especially in Je; Gn 9:9 Ex 8:17; 9:18; 34:11 2 K 22:20 Is 13:17; 29:14; 43:19 Je 8:17; 11:22 (הִנְנִי פֹקֵד; so 23:2 +) 16:16; 20:4, etc.; anomalously, with change of person, Is 28:16 הִנְנִי יִסַּד (according to points) behold me, one who has founded, 29:14 הִנְנִי יוֹסִף behold me, one who will add (so 38:5); but it is dub. whether the ptcp. יֹסֵד, יוֹסֵף should not be read. c. וְהִנֵּה … very freq. in historical style, especially (but not exclusively) after verbs of seeing or discovering, making the narrative graphic and vivid, and enabling the reader to enter into the surprise or satisfaction of the speaker or actor concerned: Gn 1:31 and behold, it was very good, 6:12; 8:13; 15:12; 18:2; 37:29 Ex 2:6 Dt 9:13 etc.: in the description of a dream Gn 37:7, 9; 40:9, 16; 41:1, 2, 3 Is 29:8, or of a vision Am 7:1, 4; 8:1 etc. With a ptcp. (the context fixing the sense to the past), Gn 24:30; 37:15 (both without suffix); Ju 9:43; 11:34 1 K 19:5, 11 +. d. like II. הֵן (b), nearly = if (rare): Lv 13:5, 6, 8, 10 (& elsewhere in this and the next ch.) וְהִנֵּה and behold = and if, Dt 13:15 and 17:4 וְהִנֵּה אֱמֶת and behold it is true = and if it be true, 19:18 1 S 20:12; cf. 1 S 9:7 2 S 18:11 Ho 9:6; with ו׳ in apod. 2 K 10:9.

γάρ (γε, ἄρα), causal conjunction, used alone or with other Particles. __I introducing the reason or cause of what precedes, for, τῷ γὰρ ἐπὶ φρεσὶ θῆκε θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη· κήδετο γ. Δαναῶν Refs 8th c.BC+; but frequently in explanation of that which is implied in the preceding clause, πολλάων πολίων κατέλυσε κάρηνα.. τοῦ γὰρ κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Refs __I.b in simple explanations, especially after a Pronoun or demonstrative adjective, ἀλλὰ τόδ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἱκάνει· Ἕκτωρ γ. ποτε φήσει Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃ δὲ δεινότατον.. ὁ Ζεὺς γ... Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in introducing proofs or examples, μαρτύριον δέ· Δήλου γ. καθαιρομένης.. Refs 5th c.BC+; τεκμήριον δέ· οὔτε γ. Λακεδαιμόνιοι.. Refs 4th c.BC+; in full, τεκμήριον δὲ τούτου τόδε· αἱ μὲν γ... Refs 5th c.BC+; παράδειγμα τόδε τοῦ λόγου· ἐκ γ... Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.c to introduce a detailed description or narration already alluded to, ὅμως δὲ λεκτέα ἃ γιγνώσκω· ἔχει γ. [ἡ χώρα] πεδία κάλλιστα.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.d in answers to questions or statements challenging assent or denial, yes,.., no,.. , οὔκουν.. ἀνάγκη ἐστ;—ἀνάγκη γ. οὖν, ἔφη, ay doubtless it is necessary, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἱκανὸς γ., ἔφη, συμβαίνει γ., ἔφη, Refs; οὔκουν δὴ τό γ᾽ εἰκός.—οὐ γ.: Refs __I.2 by inversion, preceding the fact explained, since, as, Ἀτρεΐδη, πολλοὶ γ. τεθνᾶσιν Ἀχαιοί.. τῷ σε χρὴ πόλεμον παῦσαι Refs 8th c.BC+; χρόνου δὲ οὐ πολλοῦ διελθόντος (χρῆν γ. Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι κακῶς) ἔλεγε πρὸς τὸν Γύγην τοιάδε, Γύγη, οὐ γ. σε δοκέω πείθεσθαι.. (ὦτα γ. τυγχάνει κτλ.), ποίει ὅκως.. Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶεν, σὺ γ. τούτων ἐπιστήμων, τί χρὴ ποιεῖ; Refs 5th c.BC+; the principal proposition is sometimes __I.2.b blended with the causal one, τῇ δὲ κακῶς γ. ἔδεε γενέσθαι εἶπε, i.e. ἡ δέ (κακῶς γ. οἱ ἔδεε γενέσθαι) εἶπε Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2.c attached to the hypothet. Particle instead of being joined to the apodosis, οὐδ᾽ εἰ γ. ἦν τὸ πρᾶγμα μὴ θεήλατον, ἀκάθαρτον ὑμᾶς εἰκὸς ἦν οὕτως ἐᾶν, i.e. οὐδὲ γ. εἰ ἦν.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2.d repeated, οὐ γ. οὖν σιγήσομαι· ἔτικτε γ... Refs __I.3 in elliptical phrases, where that of which γάρ gives the reason is omitted, and must be supplied, __I.3.a frequently in Trag. dialogue and Refs 5th c.BC+, when yes or no may be supplied from the context, καὶ δῆτ᾽ ἐτόλμας τούσδ᾽ ὑπερβαίνειν νόμου;—οὐ γ. τί μοι Ζεὺς ἦν ὁ κηρύξας τάδε [yes], for it was not Zeus, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in phrase ἔστι γ. οὕτω [yes], for so it is, i. e. yes certainly: λέγεταί τι καινό; γένοιτο γ. ἄν τι καινότερον ἢ..; [why,] could there be.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+ [do so], yet shall ye never prevail by this means: for ἀλλὰ γ., see belowRefs __I.3.b to confirm or strengthen something said, οἵδ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ εἰσί· τοῦτο γάρ σε δήξεται [I say this], for it will sting thee, Refs 5th c.BC+: after an Exclamation, ὦ πόποι· ἀνάριθμα γ. φέρω πήματα Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.3.c in conditional propositions, where the condition is omitted, else, οὐ γ. ἄν με ἔπεμπον πάλιν (i.e. εἰ μὴ ἐπίστευον) Refs 5th c.BC+; γίνεται γ. ἡ κοινωνία συμμαχία for in that case, Refs 4th c.BC+ __I.4 in abrupt questions, why, what, τίς γ. σε θεῶν ἐμοὶ ἄγγελον ἧκε; why who hath sent thee? Refs 8th c.BC+; πατροκτονοῦσα γ. ξυνοικήσεις ἐμο; what, wilt thou.. ? Refs 4th c.BC+..; what, was it.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί γ.; quid enim? i. e. it must be so, Refs; τί γ. δή ποτ; Refs 4th c.BC+; also πῶς γ.; πῶς γ. ο;, see at {πῶς}. __I.5 to strengthen a wish, with optative, κακῶς γ. ἐξόλοιο O that you might perish ! Refs 5th c.BC+; compare αἴ, εἰ, εἴθε, πῶς. __II joined with other Particles: __II.1 ἀλλὰ γ. where γάρ gives the reason of a clause to be supplied between ἀλλά and itself, as ἀλλ᾽ ἐν γὰρ Τρώων πεδίῳ.. but [far otherwise], for.., Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἥκουσ᾽ αἵδ᾽ ἐπὶ πρᾶγος πικρόν but [hush], for.., Refs 4th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γ. σ᾽ ἐθέλω.. but [look out] for.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.2 γ. ἄρα for indeed, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 γ. δή for of course, for you know, Refs 8th c.BC+; φάμεν γ. δή yes certainly we say so, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 γ. νυ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.5 γ. οὖν for indeed, to confirm or explain, Refs 8th c.BC+; φησὶ γ. οὖν yes of course he says so, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare τοιγαροῦν. __II.6 γ. που for I suppose, especially with negatives, Refs __II.7 γ. ῥα, ={γὰρ ἄρα}, Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.8 γ. τε, Refs; also τε γ. Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.9 γ. τοι for surely.., Refs 8th c.BC+; compare τοιγάρτοι. __B POSITION: γάρ properly stands after the first word in a clause, but in Pocts it frequently stands third or fourth, when the preceding words are closely connected, as ὁ μὲν γὰρ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; χἠ ναῦς γὰρ.. Refs; τό τ᾽ εἰκαθεῖν γὰρ.. Refs; τὸ μὴ θέμις γὰρ.. Refs 4th c.BC+: sometimes for metrical reasons, where there is no such connexion, as third Refs 5th c.BC+; in later Comedy texts fifth Refs 4th c.BC+; once sixth in Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 inserted before the demonstrative -ί, as νυνγαρί for νυνὶ γά; compare νυνί. __C QUANTITY: γάρ is sometimes long in Refs 8th c.BC+.—In Attic dialect always short: Refs 5th c.BC+

Jesus, Greek form of Hebrew Joshua or Jehoshua, Saviour , Refs 1st c.AD (from Middle LSJ)

אִם conj. (= Aramaic ܐܶܢ if [and in ܐܶܠܴܐ, אֶלָּא = ܐܶܢ ܠܴܐ if not, except], Arabic إِنْ if [and in إِلَّا = إِنْ لَا if not, except], Ethiopic እመ if = מָה + אִם (إِنْ + مَا) [and in አላ if not, but], Assyrian šumma; SAr. hm; Arabic أَمْ (Lat. an?) = أَاِمْ, cf. הַאִם: v. NöM p. 208, ZMG 1886, p. 739; WAG i. § 367 e 𝔗Onk Jon. אִם, 𝔗Hag אין.) 1. hypoth. part. if. a. construction (v. more fully Dr§ 136–138, 143 Friedrich Die Hebr. Condit. sätze 1884): (1) with impf. (continued by pff. & waw consec.; apod. usually begins with pf. & waw consec. or bare impf.; or, if necess., with imper. or juss.) (a) of future time: Gn 18:26 אִם־אֶמְצָא if I shall find 50 righteous in Sodom, וְנָשָׂאתִי I will pardon, etc., 24:8; 32:9 Dt 19:8 f. 1 K 1:52 b; 6:12 ψ 89:31–33; Gn 42:37 Ju 13:16 1 K 1:52 a ψ 132:12. (b) of past time (rare, but classical): Gn 31:8 אִם יֹאמַר if ever he said … וְיָֽלְדוּ then they used to bear, etc., Ex 40:37; & in the protestations Jb 31:7, 13, 16, 25 etc. (alternating with pff., v. infr., & with jussives in apod.) (c) assuming a purely imaginary case (with impf. in both clauses, like the double opt. in Greek), if, though: Gn 13:16 so that אִם־יוּכַל if a man were able to number the stars, thy seed also יִמָּנֶה might be numbered, Nu 22:18 Is 1:18 אִם־יִהְיוּ ח׳ כַּשָּׁנִים יַלְבִּינוּ though your sins were as scarlet, they should become white as snow, Am 9:2–4 אִם־יַחְתְּרוּ though they were to dig into Sheôl, from thence תִּקָּחֵם would my hand fetch them, ψ 27:3; 139:8 +. (2) with pt. (expressing either a present process, or an approaching future: apod. as 1 a) Gn 24:42, 49 Ju 6:36 (+ ישׁ) 9:15; 11:9 אִם מְשִׁיבִים אַתֶּם if ye are going to bring me back וְנָתַן י׳ then י׳ will, etc.; similarly with יֵשׁ or אֵין Gn 44:26 Ex 22:2 1 S 20:8; 23:23; & with no explicit copula Dt 22:2; 25:2 Lv 1:3, 14, etc. (3) with perf. (a) of fut. or pres. time (continued by pff. & waw consec.: apod. as 1 a) Gn 43:9 אִם־לֹא הֲבִיאֹתִיו אֵלָיךָ וְהִצַּגְתִּיו לְפָנֶיךָ if I do not bring him back (si eum non reduxero) and set him before thee, I will be guilty for ever, 47:6 if thou knowest that there are men of worth among them וְשַׂמְתָּם then make them, etc., Ju 16:17 2 S 15:33 2 K 7:4 ψ 41:7; 94:18 Jb 7:4; 9:30 f. 10:14 אִם חָטָאתִי וּשְׁמַרְתָּ֑נִי if I sin, thou watchest me. On אִם־נָא Gn 18:3 al. v. נָא²" dir="rtl" >נָא. (b) of past time, whether (α) in actual fact, or (β) in an assumed case (the pf. is here continued by the impf. and waw consec.; apod. begins as before). (4) (a) Ju 9:16–19 אִם … עֲשִׂיתֶם if ye have done honestly וַתַּמְלִיכוּ and have made Abimelech king …, 1 S 26:19; especially in protestations, as ψ 7:4 אִם עָשִׂיתִי זאת if I have done this …, let the enemy pursue my soul, etc. Je 33:25 f. Jb 31:5 f. 9, etc. (b) Nu 5:27 if she have defiled herself וַתִּמְעֹל and been faithless, וּבָאוּ then shall they come, etc., 15:24; 35:22–24. (c) with bare pf. in apod., in sense of If … had …, only Dt 32:30 אִם־לֹא כִּי were it not that …, ψ 73:15. (לוּ is more usual in such cases.) (5) with inf. once (si vera l.) Jb 9:27 אִם אָמְרִי = if I say (lit. if (there is) my saying).—Note that the vb. following אִם is often strengthened by the inf. abs., as Ex 15:26; 19:5; 21:5; 22:3, 12, 16, 22 Ju 11:30; 14:12; 16:11 etc.; cf. DrSm 1:20, 6. b. Special uses: (1) repeated אִם … אִם whether … or (sive … sive) Ex 19:13 Dt 18:3 2 S 15:21; similarly אִם … וְאִם Gn 31:52 Je 42:6 Ez 2:5 Ec 11:3; 12:14 (cf. ܐܶܢ … ܐܶܢ, ܘܶܐܢ … ܐܢ PS250; وَإِنْ … إِنْ & وَإِمَّا … إِمَّا); cf. Pr 2:3. (2) After an oath (expressed, or merely implied) אִם (the formula of imprecation being omitted) becomes an emph. negative, and אִם־לֹא an emph. affirmative: 2 S 11:11 by thy life אִם־אֶעֱשֶׂה אֶת־הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה (may God bring all manner of evil upon me) if I do this thing! = surely I will not do this thing! (cf. the full phrases in 1 S 3:17 2 K 6:31) Gn 14:23; 42:15 Nu 14:23 1 S 3:14; 19:6 2 K 2:2; 3:14 & often; Is 22:14 ψ 89:36; 95:11 Jb 6:28; אִם־לֹא Nu 14:28 Jos 14:9 1 K 20:23 2 K 9:26 Is 5:9; 14:24 Je 15:11; 49:20 Jb 1:11 + especially Ez; after a neg. clause, emphasizing a contrasted idea, Gn 24:38 (where the expl. by Aramaic אֶלָּא is not supported by Heb. usage), cf. Je 22:6. Repeated, אִם … וְאִם 2 S 20:20 2 K 3:14 Is 62:8 Je 38:16; Ez 14:16. In adjurations (with 2nd or 3rd ps.) = that not Gn 21:23; 26:29; 31:50 1 S 24:22 1 K 1:51 Ct 2:7; 3:5 +. Of past or present time: 1 S 25:34 as י׳ liveth (I say) that, unless thou hadst hastened …, כִּי אִם נוֹתַר that surely there had not been left …! 17:55 as thy soul liveth אִם־יָדָֽעְתִּי if I know it! 1 K 17:12; 18:10—both אִם־יֵשׁ (כִּי in 1 K 17:12 introduces the fact sworn to, & need not be translated; so 2 S 3:35: v. כִּי); ψ 131:2 אִם־לֹא (after a neg. clause: cf. supr. Gn 24:38). Cf. Str§ 90. (3) Part. of wishing, if but …! oh that …! (rare) ψ 81:9 If thou wouldest hearken to me! 95:7; 139:19 Pr 24:11 1 Ch 4:10. Cf. Ex 32:32. With imv. (si vera l.) Jb 34:16 וְאִם־בִּֽינָה; and with an anacoluthon, Gu 23:13 (P) אִם־אַתָּה לוּ שְמָעֵנִי if thou!—oh that thou wouldst hear me! (4) Nearly = when—with the pf.: (a) of past, Gn 38:9 Nu 21:9 וְהָיָה אִם־נָשַׁךְ … וְהִבִּיט and it used to be, if or when a serpent had bitten a man, that he would look, etc., Ju 6:3 ψ 78:34 (v. Dr§ 136 δ Obs.); Am 7:2. (b) of pres. or fut., Is 4:4 אִם רָחַץ when the Lord shall have washed, 24:13; 28:25; cf. Nu 36:4 (with the impf.) c. Compounded with other particles:—(α) בִּלְתִּי אִם except if, except, †Gn 47:18 Ju 7:14 Am 3:3, 4. (β) הֲלוֹא אִם †2 K 20:19 (for which Is 39:8 has simply כִּי), perhaps Is it not (good), if …? (De Di). (γ) כִּי־אִם, q.v. (δ) עַד אִם †Gn 24:19, 33 Is 30:17 Ru 2:21, & עַד אֲשֶׁר אִם †Gn 28:15 Nu 32:17 Is 6:11, until, proposes until if or when. (ε) רַק אִם if only (v. sub רַק). אִם־לֹא in Ez 3:6b is very difficult. The Vrss render If I had sent, etc., implying לֻא for אִם־לֹא (for Ew’s אִם־לֻא = אִלּוּ, q.v., is precarious): Ges Hi Co ‘but (אִם־לֹא after a neg., cf. supr. Gn 24:38 ψ 131:2) unto them (Isr.) have I sent thee: they can understand thee’ (but understand is a dub. rendering of שָׁמַע אֶל). 2. Interrog.part. a. in direct qu.: (a) alone (not freq. and usually = Num? expecting the answer No, especially in a rhet. style): Gn 38:17 1 K 1:27; Ju 5:8 מָגֵן אִם־יֵרָאֶה וָרֹמַח was there a shield to be seen or a spear …? Is 29:16; and repeated Am 3:6 Je 48:27 Jb 6:12. (b) more freq. in disjunctive interrogation: (α) הֲ … אִם, expressing a real alternative Jos 5:13 הֲלָנוּ אַתָּה אִם־לְצָרֵינוּ art thou for us, or for our enemies? Ju 9:2 1 K 22:6, 15: more often expressing a merely formal alternative, especially in poetry (a rhetorical Num?) Gn 37:8 Nu 11:12, 22 Ju 11:25b 2 S 19:36 Is 10:15; 66:8 Je 3:5 Hb 3:8 ψ 77:10; 78:20 Jb 4:17; 6:5, 6; 10:4, 5; 11:7 etc. (β) הֲ … וְאִם (rarer than הֲ … אִם, but similar in use) 2 S 24:13 (a real alt.); Is 49:24; 50:2 Je 5:9 (v 29 אִם) 14:22 Jo 1:2; 4:4 Jb 8:3; 11:2; 21:4; 22:3; 34:17; 40:8f. (formal); Gn 17:17 P (with an anacol.) shall a child …? וְאִם־שָׂרָה הֲבַת־תִּשְׁעִים שָׁנָה תֵּלֵד or Sarah,—shall she that is 90 years old bear? Pr 27:24 (וְאִם after neg. clause). b. in oblique interrogation, if, whether: (a) alone, after verbs of seeing, inquiring, etc. 2 K 1:2 Je 5:1; 30:6 Mal 3:10 ψ 139:24 Ct 7:13 La 1:12 Ezr 2:59; once מִי יוֹדֵעַ אִם who knoweth if …? i. e. (like haud scio an) perhaps Est 4:14 (older syn. מִי יוֹדֵעַ alone: see 2 S 12:22 Jo 2:14 Jon 3:9). (b) disjunctively הֲ … אִם Gn 27:21 Nu 13:18–20; so אִם … וְאִם Jos 24:15. c. compounded with הֲ, הַאִם †Nu 17:28 הַאִם תַּמְנוּ לִגְוֹעַ prob. an emph. Num? Shall we ever have finished dying? Jb 6:13 difficult: perhaps Is it that my help is not in me? (a forcible means of expressing that that which might be thought impossible is nevertheless the case); Hi as an aposiop., If my help is not in me (am I still to wait)? (The view that הַאִם = הֲלֹא nonne? is inconsistent with the fact that אִם in a question has regularly the force of Num?)

II. אֵת prep. with—with makk. אֶת־, with suff. אִתִּי, אִתְּךָ, אִתְּכֶם etc., also, however, אֽוֹתְךָ, אוֹתוֹ, and similarly מֵאֽוֹתְךָ, מֵאוֹתוֹ etc., first in Jos 10:25; 14:12, next 2 S 24:24; then repeatedly (but not exclusively) 1 K 20–2 K 8, & in Je Ez, e.g. 1 K 20:25 (but v 23 אִתָּם) 22:7, 8, 24 (beside מֵאתִּי) 2 K 1:15; 3:11, 12, 26; 6:16 (beside אִתָּנוּ) 8:8; Je 2:35; 10:5; 16:8; 19:10; 20:11; Ez 2:6; 10:17; 23:23; 37:26 (v. infr. 1 d.; also Is 59:21, contr. Gn 17:4: on שָׁכַב אֹתָהּ, Gn 34:2 al., v. sub שָׁכֵב & cf. DrSm ii. 13, 14)—prep. denoting proximity (syn. עִם; Ph. את, e.g. CIS i. 3, 8 לא יכן לם משכב את רפאם let there not be for them a resting-place with the shades; Assyrian itti (perhaps akin to ittu ‘side,’ DlPr 115 Hpt KAT2. 498; but cf. NöZMG ’86, 738 f.). Not found as yet in the other cogn. languages: but cf. Ethiopic እንተ ʾenta, towards, which supports the view that אֵת is for ʾint [cf. תֵּת, תִּתִּי], perhaps from √ אנה to meet Olp. 431 PrätZMG ’73, 643, LagM i. 226). 1. Of companionship, together with: Gn 6:13 behold, I destroy them אֶת־הָאָרֶץ together with the earth, 11:31; 12:4 + often, especially with verbs of dwelling, abiding, going, etc., as Ju 1:3; 14:11; 19:4, & in the phrase הָעָם אֲשֶׁר אִתּוֹ Ju 4:13; 7:1; 9:33, 48; 1 S 14:20; 30:4 etc.; thou, and thy sons אִתָּֽךְ ׃ … with thee Gn 6:18; similarly (3rd pers.) 7:7, 13; 8:18; 9:8 al. (charact. of P: DrIntr. 124); הִתְהַלֵּךְ אֶת־הָאֱלֹהִים to walk with God, i.e. to have him as a companion (sc. by adopting a course of life pleasing to him) Gn 5:22, 24; 6:9 (cf. הִתְהַלֵּךְ אֵת lit. 1 S 25:15);—by the side of, like Is 45:9, equally with Lv 26:39, in common with Je 23:28b (cf. עִם 1 e, f). Hence, in partic.— a. with for the purpose of help: Nu 14:9 וי׳ אִתָּנוּ, Jos 14:12 (אוֹתִי, as Je 20:11) Ju 1:19; 2 K 6:16; 9:32 מִי אִתִּי מִי who is on my side, who? כִּי אִתְּךָ אֲנִי Is 43:5 Je 1:8, 19 +; Is 63:3 ψ 12:5 our lips are with us, on our side (s. 3 a); in the phrase יַד פּ׳ אֵת (הָֽיְתָה) 2 S 14:19 2 K 15:19 (ידיו) Je 26:24; נָשָׂא אֵת to bear together with, i.e. to assist Ex 18:22 Nu 11:17. Exceptionally, = with the help of: Gn 4:1 for I have gotten a man אֶת־י׳ with the help of י׳ (cf. עם 1 S 14:45) 49:25 (where, however, the parallelism, & 𝔊 𝔖 Sam. favour וְאֵל שַׁדַּי for וְאֵת שַׁדַּי) Mi 3:8; cf. Est 9:29. b. beside (Germ. neben): Gn 39:6 לֹא יָדַע אִתּוֹ מְאוּמָה he knew not with him, beside him, aught (i.e. Joseph managed everything), v 8 Ex 20:23 לֹא תַעֲשׂוּן אִתִּ֑י ye shall not make (aught) beside me. c. beside = in the presence of (rare): Gn 20:16b and before all thou shalt be righted, Is 30:8 Mi 6:1. In this sense אֶת־פְּנֵי פּ׳ is more freq., v. sub פָּנִים" dir="rtl" >פָּנִים. d. of intercourse of different kinds with another, e.g. after verbs of making a covenant or contract, or (less often) of speaking or dealing: (α) Gn 9:9; 15:18; 17:4 (Ez 16:60 Is 59:21 אוֹת-) Jos 10:4 1 K 3:1 etc.; cf. 1 S 2:13 (but here הַכֹּהֵן מֵאֶת־ is prob. to be read with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔗 Ke We etc., cf. Dt 18:3). (β) Gn 17:3; 42:30 דִּבֶּר אִתָּנוּ קָשׁוֹת, 1 K 8:15 ψ 109:2, & especially in Je and Ez (as Je 1:16; 4:12 [52:9 אִתּוֹ] 5:5; 12:1; Ez 2:1; 3:22, 24, 27; 14:4; 44:5—all אוֹת-); Gn 24:49 to perform kindness אֵת (עִם is here more genl.), 2 S 16:17 זֶה חַסְדְּךָ אֶת־רֵעֶ֑ךָ, Ru 2:20 Zc 7:9; Ju 11:27 וְאַתָּה עשֶֹׁה אִתִּי רָעָה, Dt 1:30; 10:21 1 S 12:7b, (אוֹת-) Je 21:2; 33:9 Ez 7:27; 16:59; 22:14; 23:25, 29; 39:24; abs. Ez 17:17; 20:44 ψ 109:21 Zp 3:19; (γ) in a pregn. sense, (in dealing) with, i.e. towards (rare): Is 66:14 ψ 67:2 יָאֵר פָּנָיו אִתָּנוּ make his face to shine with (= toward) us (varied from אֶל Nu 6:25) Dt 28:8; faithful with ψ 78:8 (cf. v 37 נָכוֹן עִם); Ez 2:6 (אוֹתָ֑ךְ); Ju 16:15 וְלִבְּךָ אֵין אִתִּי. (δ) often with verbs of fighting, striving, contending, as Gn 14:2, 8, 9 Nu 20:13 Is 45:9a; 50:8 ψ 35:1 Pr 23:11; with בָּא בְמִשְׁפָּט ψ 143:2 (Is 3:14 al. עִם). 2. Of localities, especially in the phrase אֲשֶׁר אֵת describing a site: Ju 3:19; 4:11 אֲשֶׁר אֶת־קֶדֶשׁ which is near Kedesh, 1 K 9:26 2 K 9:27 (cf. עם 2, which is commoner in this sense); Ez 43:8; Ex 33:21 הִנֵּה מָקוֹם אִתִּי. Perhaps, anomalously, 1 S 7:16 at or by all those places (but v. Dr); in 2 S 15:23 עַל־פְּנֵי דֶרֶךְ אֶת־הַמִּדְבָּר, אֵת = towards is against anal.: read with 𝔊L עַל־פָּנָיו דֶּרֶךְ הַזַּיִת אֲשֶׁר בַּמִּדְבָּר; 1 K 9:25 אִתּוֹ beside it (sc. the altar); but עָלָיו 13:1 etc. would be idiomatic, & for אִתּוֹ אֲשֶׁר Klo proposes plausibly אֶת־אִשּׁוֹ (v. Ex 30:20). 3. אֵת פּ׳ denotes specially, a. in one’s possession or keeping: Gn 27:15; 30:29 thou knowest אֵת אֲשֶׁר הָיָה מִקְנְךָ אִתִּי … how thy cattle fared with me, v 33; 42:16 Lv 5:23; 19:13 Dt 15:3 Ju 17:2 1 S 9:7 מָה אִתָּנוּ = what have we? 25:29 Is 49:4 my right is with Jehovah (contr. 40:27), Je 8:8 ψ 38:11 the light of mine eyes also אֵין אִתִּי i.e. is gone from me, Pr 3:28; 8:18; in his power, Je 10:5 הֵיטֵיב אֵין אוֹתָם is not in their power, perhaps ψ 12:5. A dream, or the word of י׳, is said to be אֵת with a prophet, 2 K 3:12 Je 23:28; 27:18. Metaph. of a mental quality, Pr 11:2; 13:10. b. in one’s knowledge or memory: Is 59:12 פְּשָׁעֵינוּ אִתָּנוּ our transgressions are with us, i.e. present to our minds (‖ וַעֲוֹנֹתֵינוּ יְדַעֲנוּם), Jb 12:3 אֶת־מִי־אֵין כְּמוֹ־אֵלֶּה with whom are not (i.e. who knoweth not? τίς οὐ σύνοιδε;) things like these? 14:5 אִתָּךְ i.e. known to thee, Pr 2:1 Gn 40:14 Je 12:3 (Ew Gf towards thee, as 1 d γ). So אִם־יֵשׁ אֶת־נַפְשְׁכֶם Gn 23:8 [2 K 9:15 נ׳ alone], אֶת־לְבָבְךָ 2 K 10:15. Comp. עם 4 b, which is more frequent in this sense. 4. מֵאֵת (מֵאִתִּי, etc.; also מֵאוֹת-, v. p. 85) from proximity with (like Gk. παρά with a genit., Fr de chez; in Syriac ܡܶܢ ܠܘܳܬ Arabic مِنْ عِنْدَ correspond. Synon. מֵעִם; see below): coupled almost always with persons (contrast מֵעִם, a). Thus a. with קָנָה to buy Gn 25:10 + often; (cf. 17:27); לָקַח Gn 42:24 Ex 25:2 Lv 25:36 Nu 17:17 + often; נָשָׂא ψ 24:5; שִׁלַּח, as Gn 8:8 וַיְשַׁלַּח אֶת־הַיּוֹנָה מֵאִתּוֹ and he sent forth the dove from with him 26:27; הָלַךְ Gn 26:31 1 K 18:12; 20:36 Je 9:1, of a wife deserting her husband Ju 19:2 וַתֵּלֶךְ מֵאִתּוֹ, Je 3:1 (cf. Is 57:8); with sim. words Gn 38:1 Dt 2:8 1 K 11:23 Je 2:37 (v. Ex 5:20); Is 54:10 ψ 66:20; with שָׁאַל Ju 1:14 1 K 2:16 ψ 27:4 +, דָּרַשׁ 1 K 22:7 al., שָׁמַע 1 S 2:23.—מֵאֵת פְּנֵי פּ׳ Gn 27:30; 43:34 Ex 10:11 Jb 2:7; Lv 10:4 (הַקֹּדֶשׁ), 2 K 16:14 (הַבַּיִת). Hence b. of rights or dues, handed over from, given on the part of, any one: Gn 47:22 חֹק מֵאֵת פַּרְעֹה; often in P, as Gn 23:20 Ex 27:21 a perpetual due מֵאֵת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל from, or on the part of, the children of Israel, Lv 7:34b; 24:8 Nu 3:9; 7:84 +; Dt 18:3 1 S 2:13 (𝔊, etc.; v. 1 d) 2 S 15:3 וְשֹׁמֵעַ אֵין־לְךָ מֵאֵת הַמֶּלֶךְ but there is none to hear thee deputed of the king, 1 K 5:14. c. expressing origination: 1 K 1:27 אִם מֵאֵת אֲדֹנִי הַמֶּלֶךְ נִהְיָה Especially מֵאֵת י׳—of a concrete object proceeding from him: Gn 19:24 (brimstone), Nu 11:31 (a wind), 16:35 (fire), 1 S 16:14 (evil spirit), Is 38:7 (a sign), Je 51:53 (wasters), Mi 5:6 (dew); of wrath Zc 7:12 (cf. Nu 17:11), teaching Is 51:4, the word of prophecy Je 7:1 (so 11:1; 18:1 + often in Je) 37:17 Ez 33:30; with ‘have I (we) heard’ Is 21:10; 28:22 Je 49:14 (= Ob 1); of an event, or phase of history Jos 11:20 מֵאֵת י׳ הָֽיְתָה it came of י׳ to …, 1 K 12:24 Hb 2:13 ψ 118:23 מֵאֵת י׳ הָֽיְתָה זֹאת (𝔊 παρὰ Κυρίου) Ezr 9:8 Ne 6:16; of trouble (רָעָה) 2 K 6:33 Mi 1:12 (יָרַד); of a good or evil lot, having its source in י׳ Je 13:25 Is 54:17 ψ 109:20, cf. Jb 2:10; ψ 22:26 מֵאִתְּךָ תְהִלָּתִי from thee cometh my praise (thou art the source of it); Is 44:24 Qr מֵאִתִּי of myself (cf. ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ John 5:30; Kt is מִי אִתִּי who was with me?), 54:15 אֶפֶס מֵאוֹתִי not at my instance (cf. לֹא מִנִּי 30:1, לֹא מִמֶּנִּי Ho 8:4). d. of a place †1 K 6:33 (corrupt: read with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 [partly] מְזוּזֹת רְבֻעוֹת, & cf. Ez 41:21). Note. אֵת expresses closer association than עִם: hence while מֵעִם sometimes denotes hardly more than from the surroundings or belongings of, מֵאֵת expresses from close proximity to. Thus Saul asks, מִי הָלַךְ מֵעִמָּנוּ who has gone from (those) about us? but Jacob, speaking of the loss of Joseph, says, Gn 44:28 וַיֵּצֵא הָאֶחָד מֵאִתִּי and the one is gone from with me. מֵאֵת is accordingly preferred to מֵעִם in the sense of origination or authorship; מאת is not usual in the sense of מֵעִם c, nor מֵעִם in the sense of מֵאֵת b.

† אֲנוּ pron. 1 pl. comm. we (common in postB. Heb.; cf. also Amh. እና ) pl. of אֲנִי (WSG 98), only Je 42:6 Kt. (אֲנַחְנוּ Qr).

הֵ֫מָּה and הֵם (without appreciable distinction in usage, except prob. in so far as the longer or shorter form was better adapted to the rhythm of particular sentences: on the whole הֵמָּה (alone) is somewhat more freq. than הֵם, הָהֵם on the contrary is said regularly, הָהֵמָּה occurring only 12 times, viz. Nu 9:7 (P), Je 14:15 Zc 14:15, and in the phr. בַּ(הַ)יָּמִים הָהֵמָּה 2 K 18:4 Je 3:16, 18; 5:18; 50:4; Jo 3:2; 4:1; Zc 8:23; Ne 13:15, though בַּיָּמִים הָהֵם is much more common) pron. 3 pl. masc. (הֵמָּה used incorrectly for the fem. Zc 5:10; Ru 1:22; Ct 6:8), fem. הֵ֫נָּה [NH also הֵן, which occurs however in Bibl. Heb. only after a prefix: v. infr. 8], pr. 3 pl. they (Biblical Aramaic הִמּוֹ, q.v.; هُنَّ, هُمْ; Ethiopic (one form) እሙንቱ: እማንቱ: ʾemūn-tū, ʾemān-tū; cf. also for the dissyl. form, the sf. –ōmū [fem. –ōn]; perhaps also Assyrian suff. šunu, šina[ni], cf. reff. sub הוּא). In usage not different in genl. from הוּא, הִיא (which see, under the corresponding headings, for fuller explanations), thus:— 1. a. Gn 6:4; Ex 5:7 הֵם יֵֽלְכוּ let them (emph.) go and gather straw, Nu 31:16; Is 24:14; Ho 4:14; 7:3 etc.; after כִּי Je 5:5; 34:7. (For the use in circumst. clauses v. Dr§ 160, 169.) b. Ju 1:22 ויעלו … גַם הֵם, Dt 2:11 (אַף הֵם), 3:20; Jos 9:4; Ez 30:17. c. Ex 18:22 every small matter יִשְׁפְּטוּ־הֵם let them judge themselves, v 26 Je 15:19; 17:18 ψ 109:28; Est 9:1. d. Gn 33:6; 44:3 Jud 6:5 etc. e. cf. Ne 10:38. 2. a. (Resuming the subj. with emph.) Gn 14:24 (note accents), Dt 1:39 ψ 23:4; 27:2 (accents), 37:9; 107:24; Ez 36:7; 44:15. b. Is 30:7; Ez 27:13, 17, 21; cf. Is 44:11. c. Nu 14:27a Je 27:9; Ez 43:19 אֲשֶׁר הֵם מִזֶּרַע צָדוֹק, Ec 4:2; Ne 2:13.—הֵמָּה כִּדְוֵי לַחֻמִי Jb 6:7 read perhaps וַהֲמָה וגו׳ (or זָֽהֲמָה) it is loathesome (√ זהם). 3. a. Gn 3:7; Ex 5:8 כִּי נִרְפִּים הֵם for they are idle, 14:3; 15:23; 29:33 etc. (the opp. order rare: Nu 11:16 Is 61:9, cf. De ψ 94:11). b. Gn 34:21, 23; 41:26; 48:5 שׁני בניך … לִי הֵם thy two sons …, they are mine, Ex 32:16 + often: Is. 41:22 הָרִאשֹׁנוֹת מָה הֵנָּה, 49:21 אֵלֶּה אֵיפֹה הֵם these—where were they? Zp 2:12 after אַתֶּם, peculiarly (cf. Dr§ 198 Obs. 2). c. Dt 20:15 אֲשֶׁר לֹא־מֵעָרֵי הַגּוֹיִם הָאֵלֶּה הֵנָּה, Ju 19:12 1 K 9:20. d. 2 K 7:10 כַּאֲשֶׁר הֵמָּה. (Pr 19:7 Kt לֹא־הֵמָּה is prob. corrupt: v. Comm.) 4. a. Pr 30:24 אַרְבָּעָה הֵם קְטַנֵּי־אָ֑רֶץ four things are they, the little ones of the earth, v 29 (cf. before a rel. clause v 15, 18; 6:16) Ct 6:8; Is 51:19 שְׁתַּיִם הֵנָּה קֹרְאֹתַיִךְ, 1 Ch 9:26 (v. הוא 4 a). b. (β) Gn 21:29 מָה הֵנָּה שֶׁבַע … lit. What are they—these seven sheep? Zc 1:9; 4:5. (γ) אֵלֶּה … הֵם †Gn 25:16 (= 1 Ch 1:36) Lv 23:2; Nu 3:20, 21, 27, 33 1 S 4:8 1 Ch 8:6; 12:15 (v. Dr§ 201, 3). 6. a. In a neuter sense (rare), Jb 6:7 הֵמָּה כִּדְוֵי לַחְמִי they (i.e. such sufferings as mine) are as loathsomeness in my meat, Je 7:4 הֵיכַל י׳ הֵמָּה they (i.e. these buildings) are the temple of י׳; and in the fem., Lv 5:22 of all that a man doeth to sin בָּהֵנָּה therein, 1 Ch 21:10 מֵהֵנָּה (‖ 2 S 24:12 מֵהֶם); 2 S 12:8 Jb 23:14 כָּהֵנָּה things such as these. 7. With art. הָהֵם, Gn 6:4; Ex 2:11; Nu 14:38 + often; הָהֵמָּה 12 times (v. supr.); הָהֵנָּה †1 S 17:28. N.B.—Ez 8:6 Kt מָהֵם stands for מָה הֵם (so Qr), cf. מָזֶה" dir="rtl" >מַזֶּה for מַה־זֶּה Ex 4:2; 2 K 9:18 עַד־הֵם is irreg. for עֲדֵיהֶם; 2 S 4:6 וְהֵנָּה וג׳ is textual error for וְהִנֵּה שֹׁעֶרֶת הַבַּיִת סֹקְלָה חִטִּים וג׳ v. We Dr (𝔊 & RVm). 8. With preps. (in lieu of the normal, and more usual, forms with suffixes בָּהֶם, לָהֶם, מֵהֶם etc. [כָּהֶם & כָּהֶן, however, each once only, כְּמוֹהֶם thrice: v. כְּ])— a. בָּהֵמָּה †Ex 30:4; 36:1 (both P), Hb 1:16; כָּהֵמָּה †Je 36:32; לָהֵמָּה †Je 14:16; מֵהֵמָּה †Je 10:2 Ec 12:12. b. כָּהֵם †2 S 24:3 Yahweh add to the people כָּהֵם וְכָהֵם מֵאָה פְעָמִים the like of themselves and the like of themselves 100 times, = 1 Ch 21:3 (but כָּהֵם here only once, cf. Dt 1:11 כָּכֶם), 2 Ch 9:11; Ec 9:12. c. בָּהֵנָּה †Lv 5:22 (P) Nu 13:19 (JE) Je 5:17: כָּהֵנָּה †Gn 41:19 2 S 12:8 וְאֹסִפָה לְךָ כָּהֵנָּה וְכָהֵנָּה, Jb 23:14: לָהֵנָּה †Ez 1:5, 23(×2); 42:9; Zc 5:9: מֵהֵנָּה †Lv 4:2 (P) Is 34:16; Je 5:6; Ez 16:51; 42:5 ψ 34:21 1 Ch 21:10 (‖ 2 S 24:12 מֵהֶם). d. בָּהֵן †Gn 19:29 (P) 30:26, 37 Ex 25:29; 37:16 (both P) Lv 10:1; 11:21; 14:40 Nu 10:3; 16:7 (all P) Dt 28:52; Jr 4:29; 48:9; 51:43(×2) (בָּהֶן thrice only, v. p. 88); כָּהֵן †Ez 18:14 (edd.; Baer כָּהֶן); לָהֵן (= therefore) †Ru 1:13(×2) (also Biblical Aramaic); מֵהֵן †Ez 16:47, 52 (edd.; Baer מֵהֶן). (With the exception of כָּהֵנָּה, these forms are found mostly in P and writers not earlier than Je.; b and d, however, depend solely on the punctuation.)

יְהוּדָה820 n.pr.m. et terr. Judah (treated Gn 29:35; 49:8 (q.v. infr.) as if der. from Hoph. of ידה = praised, object of praise (on ה cf. Hiph. אֲהוֹדֶ֑נּוּ ψ 28:7, יְהוֹדֶה Ne 11:17), but this dubious; relation to יְהֻד, ii. יְהוּדִית unexpl.; v. further JastrJBL xii, 1893, 61 ff.; Assyrian Ia-u-du, of land; Ia-u-da-ai, Judaean COTGloss)— I. n.pr.m. 1. son of Jacob and Leah, expl. by Leah’s words I will praise י׳ Gn 29:35 (J); cf. Jacob’s prediction, thy brethren shall praise thee Gn 49:8 (poem in JE), see also v 9, 10; elsewhere Gn 37:26; 38:1 + 14 times Gn 38, 43:3, 8; 44:14, 16, 18; 46:28 (all J), 35:23 (P), 1 Ch 2:1, 3 Ru 4:12; בְּנֵי יְהוּדָה sons of Judah Gn 46:12 Nu 26:19 (P), 1 Ch 2:3, 4; 4:1. 2. tribe descended from Judah Dt 33:7 (poem), Nu 1:7 (P), Dt 27:12 +; בְּנֵי יהודה Nu 1:26 (P), Jos 14:6 (D), Ju 1:8 +; שֵׁבֶט יהודה Jos 7:16 (J), 1 K 12:20 2 K 17:18 ψ 78:68; מַטֵּה בְנֵי יהודה Jos 15:1, 20, 21; 21:9 (all P), 1 Ch 6:50; elsewhere מַטֵּה יהודה Ex 31:2; 35:30; 38:22 Nu 1:27; 7:12; 13:6; 34:19 Jos 7:1, 18; 21:4 (all P); אישׁ יהודה Ju 15:10 +; אנשׁי יהודה 2 S 2:4 +, (cf. amelûti [ṣabê] Ia-u-du Tel el-AmarnaNo. 39 JastrJBL xii, 1893, 64). 3. nation, of southern kingdom under dynasty of David, as distinguished from northern kingdom of Ephraim or Israel: Ho 4:15 Je 2:28 2 Ch 12:12 +; of the returned exiles Ne 4:4; עַם יהודה 2 K 14:21 = 2 Ch 26:1, Je 25:1, 2 Ezr 4:4; בְּנֵי יהודה Ho 2:2 Je 7:30 2 Ch 13:18; 25:12; 28:10; בֵּית יהודה Ho 1:7 Je 3:18 Ez 4:6 +; מַלְכוּת יהודה 2 Ch 11:17; personified, בַּת י׳ La 1:15; 2:2, 5. 4. Levite, Ezra’s time, Ezr 10:23. 5. an overseer of Jerus. Ne 11:9. 6. Levite musician Ne 12:8. 7. priest Ne 12:36. II. n.pr.terr. land of Judah, f. Is 7:6 Je 23:6 = 33:16, Jo 4:30 ψ 114:2 +; ארץ יְהוּדֶה 1 S 22:5 2 K 23:24 +; אדמת יהודה Is 19:17; עָרֵי יהודה 2 S 2:1 1 K 12:17 2 K 18:13; 23:5, 8 Is 40:9; 44:26 Zc 1:12 ψ 69:36 La 5:11; also 15 times Chr., 23 times Jer.; בִּיהודה Jos 19:34 Ju 15:9 +; מיהודה 1 K 13:1 +; הר יהודה the hill-country of Judah Jos 11:21 (D), 20:7; 21:11 (P), 2 Ch 27:4; נֶגֶב יהודה the south (country) of Judah 1 S 27:10. 2 S 24:7; מדבר יהודה Ju 1:16 ψ 63:1 (title).

גַּם768 adv. denoting addition, also, moreover, yea (Moab. id.: also Zinj. (Lzb250 Cooke166) prob. akin to √ جَمَّ; cf. جَمًّا (accus.) in a mass, altogether)— 1. also, moreover, emphasizing sometimes the thought of an entire sentence, but more usually the word immediately following, as Gn 3:6 וַתִּתֵּן גַּם לְאִישָׁהּ and gave also to her husband, v 27 and take also of the tree of life, 7:3; 19:21; 24:19; 26:21; 29:27; 30:15; 32:21 (גַּם הִגֵּה …: so Est 7:9) 48:11 Ex 8:28; 12:32 b Dt 1:37 1 S 28:20 2 S 11:12 2 K 9:27 Is 7:13 +. Often before pronouns, Gn 4:4 וְהֶבֶל הֵבִיא גַם הוּא and Abel, he also brought, 20:5 וְהִיא־גַס־הִוא (so only here) and she herself also, v 6 27:31 וַיַּעַשׂ גַּם הוּא, 30:3 Dt 3:20 Ju 3:31; 6:35; 9:19 1 S 19:20–24 Je 12:6; 48:26 etc. (cf. MI 6 ויאמר גם הא): especially in genealogies of J (BuUrg. 220) Gn 4:22, 26; 10:21; 19:38; 22:20, 24 cf. Ju 8:31. גַּם sq. pron. also begins a sentence with emph. in an elevated style, thou (they) also, Is 14:10 Je 12:6(×2); 48:7 Ez 16:52 Na 3:11(×2). After a pron. in an oblique case (Ges§ 135, 2) Gn 27:34 1 S 19:23 2 S 17:5 Je 25:14; 27:7 +. וְגַם and also (more often than גַּם alone attaching a sentence) Gn 6:4; 14:16; 15:14; 17:16; 20:12; 24:14, 46; 30:6; 37:7; 38:24; 42:28 Ex 2:19; 3:9; 4:14 Jos 7:11 (5 times) 1 S 4:17 1 K 21:19 + often; with a negative = neither Ex 5:2; 34:3 al.—גַּם … גַּם (like et … et) both … and Gn 44:16; 47:3, 19 Nu 18:3 Je 51:12 ψ 49:3 +: גַּם … גַּם … גַּם Gn 24:25 Ju 8:22 Ec 9:6: with a negative neither … nor Nu 23:25 1 S 20:27 1 K 3:26, and (3 times) Gn 43:8 Ex 4:10 1 S 28:6. So (but seldom) גַּם … וְגַם Gn 24:44 Ex 10:25 f. 1 S 2:26; 12:14; 26:25: with neg. 1 S 21:9.—N.B. In poetry independence and emphasis is sometimes given by גַּם to a new idea, where in English we should be satisfied with and: ψ 107:5; 137:1 Jb 24:19 Ct 7:14 La 4:15. 2. with stress on a particular word, even, Ex 4:9 Nu 22:33 גַּם אוֹתְךָ even thee I had slain, and kept her alive, 2 S 17:10 Je 2:33 ψ 132:12 Pr 14:13 even in laughter the heart is sorrowful, v 20 17:28; 20:11 Ru 2:15 Ne 3:35; and so often after כִּי, Dt 12:31 for even their sons they burn in the fire to their gods, 1 S 22:17 Is 26:12 Je 6:11; 12:6; 14:5 Ho 9:12 כִּי־גַם־אוֹי לָהֶם for even woe is it to them when I depart from them; הֲגַם †Gn 16:13 1 S 10:11, 12 = 19:24 1 K 17:20 ψ 78:20 Jb 41:1 Est 7:8. Other cases:—1 S 24:12 רְאֵה גַּם רְאֵה see yea see! (but HupQu. Job vi. גַּם רָאֹה: cf. infr.) ψ 118:11; Jb 2:10 גַּם אֶת־הַטּוֹב נְקַבֵּל shall we receive good (emph.) from God and not evil? 21:7; interposed once between a subst. and adj. Gn 20:4 gentemne etiam justam interficies? emphasizing כֹּל, Dt 28:61 Ju 9:49 b 1 S 22:7 גַּם־לְכֻלְּכֶם to all (emph.) of you will he give …? 2 S 19:31 גַּם אֶת־הַכֹּל יִקָּ֑ח yea, the whole let him take! Is 26:12; אֶחָד 2 S 17:12 b and we will not leave … גַּם אֶחָד even one (similarly v 13 b), ψ 14:3 (= 53:4) אֵין גַּם אֶחָד; an inf. or cogn. accus. attached to a verb, †Gn 31:15; 46:4 Nu 11:15; 16:13 1 S 1:6. גַּם שְׁנֵיהֶם lit. even both i.e. the one as well as the other (Germ. alle beide) is said idiomatically, †Gn 27:45 (שְׁנֵיכֶם), Dt 22:22; 23:19 1 S 25:43 (שְׁתֵּיהֶן), Pr 17:15; 20:10, 12 Ru 1:5. 3. introducing a climax, yea, especially in a rhetorical style, Gn 27:33 Dt 23:3, 4 Ju 5:4(×2) Is 13:3; 14:8; 43:13 yea, from to-day I am the same, 44:12 גַּם רָעֵב yea, he is hungry, and has no strength, 47:3; 48:8(×3); 57:7 Je 46:16; 48:2; 51:44 Ho 7:9 ψ 41:10; 84:7; 139:12; Is 66:8 כִּי־חָ֫לָה גַּם־יָֽלְדָה, צִיּוֹן אֶת־בָּנֶיהָ, Je 5:28; 12:2 Ez 24:5 Jb 21:7 Ct 8:1: emphasizing an extreme, or aggravated, case, yea, even, Is 49:15 yea, these may forget, Je 8:17 yea, the stork knoweth, etc., Is 23:12 גַּם שָׁם even there no rest shall be for thee (so ψ 139:10), 49:25; 57:6 Je 23:11 b Mal 3:15 ψ 84:4. 4. expressing correspondence, especially in the matter of retribution (the גַּם correlativum), so frequently גַּם אֲנִי, גַּם אָנֹכִי I also (on my part):—Gn 20:6 I also [as well as thyself] know that thou hast done this innocently, Jos 24:18 Ju 2:21 1 S 1:28 (cf. Dr) 28:22 גַּם אַתָּה thou also (as I have done v 21), 2 S 12:13 י׳ also [responding to thy confession] hath removed thy sin, 2 K 2:3, 5 Is 31:2; 66:3–4 (גם … גם, emphasizing the action of both parties), Je 2:36; 4:12 now will I also [in correspondence with their deeds] speak judgments with them, 7:11; 51:49 (גם … גם), Ez 5:8, 11; 16:43 (וְגַם = therefore also), 23:35 Ho 4:6 because thou hast forgotten the direction of thy God, I also (on my part) will forget thy children, ψ 52:7 (thou lovest evil, etc.) גַּם אֵל יִתָּצְךָ God also (on his part) will pluck thee up, 71:22; 133:1 Pr 1:26 Jb 7:11; 12:3; 16:4; so וְגַם Ju 2:3 Am 4:6, 7 Mi 6:13 Mal 2:9. In the apodosis (uncommon): Gn 13:16 if a man could number the dust of the earth, גַּם זַרְעֲךָ יִמָּנֶה thy seed also should be numbered, Je 31:36, 37; 33:21, 26 Zc 8:6. The correspondence is sometimes of the nature of a climax: Gn 27:33; 30:8 I have wrestled, גַּם יָכֹלְתִּי (cf. 1 K 22:22 וְגַם תּוּכָ֔ל, Je 50:24), Is 66:8. 5. connecting two ideas which express (or imply) a contradiction, גַּם acquires sometimes an adversative force (cf. אַף 1 end), yet, but, though: ψ 95:9 they tried me, but also (Che) saw my work (viz. of judgment), 129:2 Je 6:15 = 8:12 Ez 20:23 Ec 4:8, 16; 5:18 Ne 6:1. So וְגַם Ez 16:28; 20:15 Ec 3:13; 6:7 Ne 5:8. 6. גַּם כִּי (with impf.) yea, when La 3:8, even when Pr 22:6; yea though (stating an imagined case) Is 1:15 Ho 8:10; 9:16 ψ 23:4 (so גַּם אִם Ec 8:17); also (is it) that Ru 2:21 (v כִּי 1 d). כִּי גַם = for even (v. supr. 2); = though even, although (conceding a fact) Ec 4:14 (v De) 8:12.

שְׁנַ֫יִם, שְׁתַּיִם (PhilipiZMG xlix (1895), 202 Ges§ 97b note)768 n.m. et f.du. two (NH id.; Ph. אשנם (and שני second), Pun. שנם Lzb380; Arabic اِثنَانِ; Sab. תֿני HomChr 47, Aramaic תְּרֵין, ܬܪܶܝܢ (תִּנְיָנָא, ܬܶܢܝܳܢܳܐ second); Nab. תרין, Palm. f. תרתן, תרתיא, Lzb388; Assyrian šinâ; on etym v. √, and especially PhilippiZMG xxxii (1878), 21–98);—m. (c. n.m.) שְׁנַיִם Am 3:3 +; cstr. שְׁנֵ�� Is 7:16 +, sf. שְׁנֵיהֶם Gn 2:25 +, etc.; f. (c. n.f.) שְׁתַּיִם Am 4:8 +; cstr. שְׁתֵּי Gn 4:19, וּשְׁתֵּי Is 7:21 +, etc., מִשְּׁתֵֿי Ju 16:28 (v. GFM); sfs. v. infr. (2 + 10 = 12, v. infr.); Hex chiefly P:—two: 1. no other num.: a. usually cstr. before n.pl. (צְמִידִים) שְׁנֵי Gn 24:22 + 194 times + 2 S 23:20 ‖ 1 Ch 11:22 (ins. בְּנֵי 𝔊 Th mod., otherwise RSSem. i. 469, 2nd ed., 488); (נָשִׁים) שְׁתֵּי Gn 4:19 + 132 times, 1 S 10:4 ins. כִּכְּרוֹת Klo HPS Bu Now; Lv 16:21 read du. יָדָיו Qr, + Ju 16:28 (v. supr.) + שְׁתֵּי־אֵלֶּה Is 47:9 both these thing; before n.sg., שְׁנֵי Ex 16:22 (Ges§ 134e); sf. שְׁנֵיהֶם the two of them Gn 2:25 + 62 times, + Pr 24:22 (> their years 𝔖 𝔗 De al.; prob. crpt., v. Toy), שְׁנֵינוּ Gn 31:37 + 2 times, שְׁנֵיכֶם †Gn 27:45; שְׁתֵּיהֶם (msf.! Ges§ 135 o) †Ru 1:19; 4:11, יהֶן—ֵ †1 S 25:43; Ez 23:13. b. abs. (1) שְׁנַ֫יִם (90 times), before n.pl. Ju 11:37 + 26 times; after n.pl. 2 S 1:1; Ex 29:1 + 21 times (usually P Chr), n.sg. (coll.) Gn 46:27 Nu 7:17 + 11 times Nu 17; n. om. Gn 7:2; 44:27 + 26 times; שׁ׳ שׁ׳ distrib. Gn 7:9 +; לִשׁ׳ cut in two †2 K 3:25; Je 34:18; = double amount †Ex 22:3, 6, 8 (E); פִּי שׁ׳ †Dt 21:17 two-thirds, + בְּרוּחֲךָ †2 K 2:9 in (of) thy spirit, + בָּהּ †Zc 13:8; (2) שְׁתַּ֫יִם (55 times), bef. n.pl.; 1 K 3:16 + 16 times; after n.pl. (usually P and late) 2 Ch 24:3 + 9 times; n. om., = two things †Is 51:19 Jb 13:20 Pr 30:7; שְׁתַּיִם = twice †2 K 6:10 Jb 40:5 ψ 62:12 (or as Pr 30:7), בִּשׁ׳ Jb 33:14 either so, or in two ways RVm (v. De); as ordin. בִּשְׁנַת שְׁתַּיִם לְ 1 K 15:25 + 9 times, etc.; (3) as round number, שְׁנַיִם עֵצִים 1 K 17:12 a few sticks (Germ. ‘ein paar’), cf. 2 K 9:32 Is 17:6; שְׁתַּיִם שָׁלשׁ Am 4:8, פַּעַם וּשְׁתָּ֑יִם Ne 13:20, cf. Je 3:14 אֶחָד מֵעִיר וּשְׁנַיִם מִמִּשְׁפָחָה = a small no.; Ezr 10:13 not for one or two days (but for many), 2 K 6:10. 2. twelve: c. n.m. שְׁנֵים עָשָׂר Gn 42:13 + 87 times, לִשְׁנֵי עָשָׂר Ex 28:21 + 4 times; c. n.f. שְׁתֵּים עֶשְׂרֵה Ex 24:4 + 34 times, שְׁתֵּי עֶשְׂרֵה †Ez 32:1, 17; 33:21; before n.pl. Gn 17:20; Ex 15:27 +; after n.pl. Nu 7:84(×2) +; before n.sg. Ex 28:21 +, Gn 14:4 (12 year) +, etc.; as ord., בְּיוֹם שְׁנֵים עָשָׂר יוֹם Nu 7:78, בִּשְׁתֵּי עֶשְׂרֵה שָׁנָה Ez 32:1 +, etc. 3. with large num.: 10 (etc.) + 2, 2 S 8:5; Ju 10:3 + 56 times; 2 + 10 (etc.) Nu 1:35 (P), 2 Ch 22:2 + 18 times (Köii. 1, 215 ff. Ges§ 97 f.); 200 + 2 + 30, 1 K 20:15; 50 + 2 as ord. 2 K 15:27 + 2 times; cf. 2 + 20, 1 Ch 24:17.

מֹשֶׁה767 n.pr.m. Moses, the great Hebrew leader, prophet and lawgiver (prob. = Egyptian mes, mesu, child, son, EbGS 539, cf. Di Ex 2:10, where see also older (abandoned) etymol.);—מ׳ Ex 2:10 + מֹשֶׁ֑ה v 15 +; name occurs 706 times in Hex (Ex. 290 times, Lv. 86 times, Nu. 233 times, Dt. 38 times, Jos. 59 times), Ju. 4 times + 18:30 where read מֹשֶׁה for מְנַשֶּׁה (cf. GFM); 1 S 12:6, 8,. Kings 10 times, Mi 6:4; Je 15:1; Is 63:11, 12; Mal 3:22 ψ 77:21 + 7 times; Chr. 3 times, Dn 9:11, 13;—Moses was son of Amram and Jochebed Ex 6:20 Nu 26:59 (both P), 1 Ch 5:29; 23:13; of tribe of Levi Ex 2:1 (E; cf. also foregoing); (younger) brother of Aaron 4:14 (J), 7:1, 2, 7 (P), etc., and brother of Miriam Nu 26:59 (P), 1 Ch 5:29 (cf. Ex 15:20 E); called prophet Dt 18:15, 18; 34:10; agent by whom י׳ gave law Ex 20:19, 20, 21, 22 (E) +; especially P (כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה י׳ אֶת־מ׳, etc.), Ex 39:1, 5, 7, 21, 26, 29, 31; 40:19, 21, 25, 27, 29, 32 Lv 7:38; 8:9, 13, 17, 27, 29 + often; lawgiver Dt 33:4; Jos 1:7, 13 (D) +; priest, מ׳ וְאַהֲרֹן בְּכֹהֲנָיו ψ 99:6. Phrases are—(עַבְדּוֹ, עַבְדִּי, etc.) מ׳ עֶבֶד י׳ Ex 14:31 (J), Nu 12:7 (E), Dt 34:5 (JE), Jos 1:1 (D) + 15 times Jos. (D); 1 K 8:53, 56; 2 K 18:12; 21:8; Mal 3:22; 2 Ch 1:3; 24:6; Ne 1:8; 9:14 ψ 105:26; מ׳ עֶבֶד אלהים 1 Ch 6:34; 24:9 Ne 10:30 Dn 9:11; מ׳ אִישׁ הָאֱלֹהִים Ezr 3:2 ψ 90:1; תּוֹרַת מ׳ Jos 8:32 (D), 1 K 2:3; 2 K 23:25; Mal 3:22; 2 Ch 23:18; 30:16; Ezr 3:2; 7:6; Dn 9:11, 13; סֵפֶר מ׳ 2 Ch 25:4; 35:12; Ne 13:1; סֵפֶר תּוֹרַת מ׳ Jos 8:31 (D), 23:6 (D), 2 K 14:6; Ne 8:1.

מָה rarely מָה־ (e.g. Gn 31:43; Jos 22:16; Ju 8:1), מַה־, מַה·, מֶה, מַ· (†Ex 4:2; Is 3:15; Mal 1:13; 1 Ch 15:13; 2 Ch 30:3), מָ (only in מָהֵם †Ez 8:6 Kt., Qr. מָה הֵם)—on the distinction in the use of these forms, see Ges§ 37—pron. interrog. and indef. what? how? aught; used of things, as מִי of persons (Aramaic ܡܳܐ, מָא, Arabic مَا; prob. apoc. from a longer form with n or nt, Assyrian minû (DlHWB 417 f.), Ethiopic ምንት: ment; cf. WCG 123 ff. Köii. 368):— 1. interrog. what? a. in a direct question, before either verbs or nouns Gn 4:10 מֶה עשׂית what hast thou done? 15:2 מה־תתן־לי what wilt thou give me? Ex 3:13 מַה־שְּׁמוֹ, 12:26; 13:14 and so very often: מַה־הִיא Zc 5:6; מה אלה Zc 1:9; מָה אַתָּה רֹאֶה Je 1:11; Am 7:8 +; Jl 4:14 מה אתם לי; Ju 18:8 מה אתם vid. Comm., v 24 מה לי עוד what have I still? Is 21:11 מה־מלילה what (= how much) of the night (is past)? = as what? (qualem?) Hg 2:3 (cf. מִי Am 7:2); to express surprise, Jb 9:12 who shall say to him, מה תעשׂה what doest thou? 22:13 Ec 8:4; Is 45:9, 10; sq. כִּי, Gn 20:10 מה ראית כי עשׂית what hadst thou in view, that thou hast done, etc.? 31:36 Ex 16:7 וְנַחְנוּ מָה כִּי and what are we, that …? 32:21 Nu 22:28; Hb 2:18, etc. Note in partic.—(a) מָה is followed sometimes by a subst. in appos. (against Arabic usage, which does not permit this: WAG. ii. § 170), so that it becomes virtually an adj.: מַה־בֶּצַע what profit …? Gn 37:26 ψ 30:10 Mal 3:14; Is 40:18 מַה־דְּמוּת, Mal 1:13 ψ 89:48 זְכָר־אֲנִי מֶה חָ֑לֶד (inverted for מַה חֶלֶד אָ֑נִי) remember (of) what (short) duration I am, Ec 1:3; 5:10, 15; 6:8, 11 (Da § 8, R. 2 Köiii. 23 f.); as exclam., ψ 89:48b (?) Jb 26:14. And with the subst. idiom. at the end (in Arabic preceded then by مِنْ: WAG. ii. § 49. 7), 1 S 26:18 ומַה־בידי רעה and what is there in my hand, evil? 20:10 (vid. 3), 2 S 19:29; 24:13; 1 K 12:16; Je 2:5 מה־מצאו אבותיכם בי עָוֶל, Ec 11:2 Est 6:3. (b) מַה־זֶּה what, now? 1 S 10:11, contr. מַזֶּה †Ex 4:2 (זֶה 4 c); Gn 3:13 מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ; 12:18; 29:25 מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָה לִּי; similarly 26:10; 42:28 +, either what, now, hast thou done? or what is this that thou hast done? (vid. זֶה 4 d). (c) מַה־לְּךָ what to thee? i.e. what aileth thee? or what dost thou want? Gn 21:17 מַה־לָּךְ הָגָר; Jos 15:18; 2 S 14:5; 1 K 1:16; 2 K 6:28; Ez 18:2 (accents); sq. כִּי, Ju 18:23 מה־לך כי נזעקת, Gn 20:9 (cf. 1 S 11:5 מה לעם כי יבכו), Is 22:1 מַה־לָּךְ כִּי עָלִית (cf. τί παθὼν τοῦτο ποιεῖς;), ψ 114:5; without כִּי Is 3:15 (cf. Qor 57:8, 10); with a ptcp., Jon 1:6 what is it to thee as a sleeper? (accus.: Da § 70a cites Qor 74:50), Ez 18:2 (if אתם be treated as strengthening לכם). (d) מַה־לְּךָ (לִי) פֹה = what hast thou (have I) here? Ju 18:3; 1 K 19:9; Is 22:16; 52:5. (e) in the genit., Jer 8:9 וְחָכְמַת־מֶה לָהֶם, and wisdom of what (= what kind of wisdom) is theirs? Nu 23:3 (v. infr. 3). b. often in an indirect question, as after ראה, Gn 2:19 to see מה־יקרא־לו what he would call it, 37:20 וְנִרְאֶה מה־יהיו חלֹמֹתיו to what his dreams will come, Nu 13:19f.; Hb 2:1; הִכִּיר Gn 31:32; ידע 39:8; Ex 2:4 לדעת מה־יֵּעָשֶׂה לו, 16:15; 32:1; Jb 34:4; שׁמע Nu 9:8 וְאשׁמעה מה־יצוה י׳ (cf. ψ 85:9), 2 S 17:5; פֹּרַשׁ Nu 15:34; שׁאל 1 K 3:5; 2 K 2:9; הֵבִין Jb 6:24; 23:5: Nu 13:18 וראיתם את הארץ מה היא, ψ 39:5 Is 41:22 הראשׁנות מָה הֵנָּה הַגִּידוּ.—In some such cases it approximates in meaning to the simple rel., as Jer 7:17; 33:24; Mi 6:5, 8; Jb 34:33. c. = of what kind? (Germ. was für ein …?), with an insinuation of blame, or reproach, or contempt: Gn 37:10 מה החלום הזה what is this dream which thou hast dreamt? 44:15 Jos 22:16 Ju 8:1; 15:11; 20:12 1 S 29:3 מָה הָעִבְרִים האלה, 1 K 9:13 מה הערים האלה אשׁר נתתה לי, 2 K 9:22; 18:19. d. מה is often used in questions to which the answer little, or nothing, is expected, and it thus becomes equivalent to a rhetorical negative (cf. הֲ b, מִי f c): (a) Gn 23:15 land worth 400 shekels ��, מה היא what is it? (i.e. it is something quite insignificant), 27:37 Ju 8:3 ומה־יכלתי עשׂות ככם, 14:18 Ho 9:5; 10:3 ψ 30:10; 56:5; Jb 15:9; 16:6; 21:21; 22:13, 17; La 2:13; Ct 5:9 מַה־דּוֹדֵךְ מִדּוֹד what is thy beloved (more) than a(nother) beloved? ‖ לא, 1 K 12:16 מַה־לָּנוּ חֵלֶק בְּדָוִד וְלֹא־נַחֲלָה בְּבֶן יִשַׁי (2 S 20:1 אֵין־לָנוּ חֵלֶק וג׳), Jb 16:6. (b) sq. כִּי (כִּי 1 f), Gn 20:9; 37:26 מַה־בֶּצַע כִּי נַהֲרֹג what profit (is it) that we should slay him? Ex 16:7 Nu 16:11 Hb 2:18 2 K 8:13 what is thy servant, the dog, that he should do, etc.? and often in poetry, as ψ 8:5 מָה אנושׁ כי תזכרנו what is man that thou rememberest him? Jb 6:11 מַה־כֹּחִי כִּי אֲיַחֵל, v 11b; 7:17; 15:12f, 14; 16:3; 21:15 + (cf. מִי f b). Hence, (c) in the formula of repudiation, or emphatic denial, (וְלָכֶם) מַה־לִּי וָלָךְ what is there (common) to me and to thee? i.e. what have I to do with thee? †Ju 11:12; 2 S 16:10 מה לי ולכם, 19:23; 1 K 17:18; 2 K 3:13; 2 Ch 35:21; cf. Jos 22:24; 2 K 9:18, 19; rather differently, without וְ, †Je 2:18 מה לך לדרך מ׳ what is there to thee with reference to the way to Egypt? Ho 14:9 מַה־לּוֹ לַעֲצַבִּים, cf. ψ 50:16 (לְסַפֵּר); with את, †Je 23:28 מַה־לַתֶּבֶן אֶת־הַבָּר beside (or in comparison with) the wheat? cf. τί ἐμοὶ (ἡμῖν) καὶ σοί; Mt 8:29 Mk 5:7 Jn 2:4; and Arabic مَا لِى وَلَهُ e. = whatsoever (cf. מִי g): (a) Ju 9:48 מה אתם ראיתם עשׂיתי מהרו עשׂו כמוני, lit. what do you see (that) I have done? hasten, and do like me (= whatever ye see, etc.), 2 S 21:4 מה אתם אמרים אעשׂה לכם, Jb 6:24; with the apod. introd. by וְ, 1 S 20:4 מה תאמר נפשׁך ואעשׂה לך; Est 5:3 מַה־ בַּקָּשָׁתֵךְ … וְיִנָּתֵן לָךְ, v 6; 7:2; 9:12; hence in the late and strange idiom of Ch., it sinks twice almost to the rel. what, 1 Ch 15:13 כי לְמַבָּרִאשׁוֹנָה לא אתם because ye were not (employed) for what was at first (on the former occasion), J etc., 2 Ch 30:3 לְמַדַּי according to what was sufficient (= in sufficient numbers), cf. Est 9:26. (b) מַה־שֶּׁ- (late: frequently in Mishn., etc.), whatever, what (cf. מִי אֲשֶׁר, מִי g end): †Ec 1:9 מַה־שֶּׁהָיָה הוּא שֶׁיִּהְיֶה, lit. what is that which hath been? it is that which shall be (= whatever hath been, it is that which shall be), v 9 3:15, 22; 6:10; 7:24; 8:7; 10:14. 2. Used adverbially: a. as an interrogative: (a) how? especially in expressing what is regarded as an impossibility, Gn 44:16 מַה־נִּצְטַדָּ֑ק how shall we justify ourselves? Nu 23:8(×2) 1 S 10:27 מַה־יּשִׁעֵנוּ זֶה, 2 K 4:43; Jb 9:2; 25:4(×2) 31:1 I made a covenant with my eyes, וּמָה אֶתְבּוֹנֵן עַל ב׳ and how should I look upon a maid? (𝔊 οὐ, 𝔙 non), Pr 20:24 וְאָדָם מַה־יָּבִין דַּרְכּוֹ; in an indirect question, Ex 10:26; ψ 39:5 אֵֽדְעָה מֶה־חָדֵל אָ֑נִי; מַה־זֶּה how, now? (in surprise), Gn 27:20 מַה־זֶּה מִהַרְתָּ לִמְצֹא בְּנִי, Ju 18:24; 1 K 21:5; 2 K 1:5. (b) why? Ex 14:15 מַה תִּצְעַק אֵלַי, 17:2(×2) 2 K 6:33; 7:3 ψ 42:6 מַה־תִּשְׁתּוֹחֲחִי עלי, Jb 15:12 +; Ct 8:4 I adjure you מַה־תָּעִירוּ וּמַה־תְּעוֹרֲרוּ, why will ye stir up, etc.? (i.e. do not: ‖ אִם 2:7; 3:5).—The transition from the interrog. to the neg., to which in Heb. there is an approx. (especially 1 K 12:16 [cf. 2 S 20:1] Jb 6:5; 31:1; Ct 5:8; 8:4), is in Arabic complete, مَا being there used constantly in the sense of not (cf. WalkerHbr. xii. 244 ff.; Köiii. 478). b. as an exclam., how …! with adjectives and verbs, Gn 28:17 מַה־נּוֹרָא הַמָּקוֹם הַזֶּה how dreadful is this place! 38:29 Nu 24:5 מַה־טֹּבוּ אֹהָלֶיךָ, Is 52:7 ψ 3:2 מה רבו, 8:2 מה אדיר, 21:2; 36:8, etc., Ct 4:10(×2); 7:2; ironically, 2 S 6:20; Je 2:33, 36; Jb 26:2, 3. 3. Indef. pron. anything, aught, Nu 23:3 וּדְבַר־מַה־יַּרְאֵנִי וְהִגַּדְתִּי ל��֑ךְ and he will shew me the matter of aught, and I will tell thee (= if he shew me … I will, etc., Dr§ 149), 1 S 19:3 וְרָאִיתִי מָה וִהִגַּדְתִּי לָ֑ךְ = and if I see aught, I will, etc., 20:10 אוֹ מַה־יַּעַנְךָ אָבִיךָ קָשָׁה if perchance thy father shall answer thee aught that is harsh (order, 1 a a), 2 S 18:22 וִיהִי־מָה אָרוּצָה־נָּא but let there happen what may (lit. aught), I will run, v 23 (cf. Jb 13:13 וְיַעֲבֹר עָלַי מָה), v 29 וְלֹא יָדַעְתִּי מָה (cf. Pr 9:13), Pr 25:8. Cf. Köiii. § 65. 4. With preps.: a. בַּמָּה9, בַּמֶּה19 wherein? Ex 22:26; Ju 16:5; 1 S 14:38 (indirect question; We בְּמִי); and so according to the various senses of בְּ: whereby? Gn 15:8; Ex 33:16; Mal 1:2, 6, 7; 2:17; 3:7–8; wherewith? 1 S 6:2 2 S 21:3 Mi 6:6; by what means? Ju 16:5 וּבַמֶּה נוּכַל לוֹ; at what (worth)? Is 2:22; for what? 2 Ch 7:21 (‖ 1 K 9:8 על־מה). b. יַעַן מֶה †Hg 1:9 because of what? †c. כַּמָּה, כַּמֶּה, proposes the like of what? (Arabic كَمْ, Syriac ܟܡܳܐ ); hence (a) how much? how many? כַּמָּה יְמֵי וגו׳ Gn 47:8; 2 S 19:35; ψ 119:84 Jb 13:23; עַד כַּמֶּה פְעָמִים 1 K 22:16 (= 2 Ch 18:15); כַּמָּה how often? Jb 21:17 (i.e. how seldom!); in an indirect question, how much? Zc 2:6(×2). As an exclamation, Zc 7:3 as I have done זֶה כַמֶּה שָׁנִים now (זֶה 4 i), how many years! ψ 78:40 כַּמָּה how often! (b) for how long? ψ 35:17 כמה תראה, Jb 7:19. d. לָ֫מָּה, לָמָ֫ה (לָמָ֫ה mostly before the gutturals א, ה, ע, and י׳ [i.e. אֲדֹנָי], but twice besides, ψ 42:10; 43:2; לָ֫מָּה also occurs before gutt., in five places noted by Mas. on ψ 43:2, viz. 1 S 28:15; 2 S 2:22; 14:31; ψ 49:6 Je 15:18, and before ח †Gn 4:6; 2 S 14:13; 24:3; Ec 2:15), לָ֫מָה †Jb 7:20, לָ֫מֶה †1 S 1:8(×3), for what reason? why? Gn 4:6 למה חרה לך why art thou angry? 24:31, etc.; often strengthened by זֶה (זֶה 4 e), Gn 18:13; 32:30 (= Ju 13:18) למה זה תשׁאל לשׁמי, 33:15; Ex 2:20; 5:22; 17:3, etc., Je 6:20; 20:18 +; Gn 25:22 אם כן למה־זה אנכי if so, why, then, am I? (why do I continue to live?); = to what purpose (sq. לִ pers.), Gn 27:46 למה לי חיים, Is 1:11; Je 6:20 Am 5:18 למה זה לכם יום י׳, Jb 30:2; in an indirect question, 1 S 6:3 Dn 10:20. Note especially (a) in expostulations, Gn 12:18 למה לא הגדת לי why didst thou not tell me, etc.? v 19; 29:25; 31:27; 42:1; 43:6; 1 S 21:15; 22:13; 24:10; ψ 22:2; 44:24, 25; 74:1, 11 + often; (b) with an impf., often deprecating, or introducing rhetorically, the reason why something should, or should not, be done, why should …? 1 S 19:5, 17; 20:8 but to thy father (emph.) למה זה תביאני, why shouldst thou bring me? 20:32 למה יומת מה עשׂה why should he be put to death? 2 S 13:26; 16:9; 20:19; 2 K 14:10, etc.: in such cases, it approximates in meaning to lest (cf. Ph. CIS i. 2, 21 לָםָ יסגרינם אלנם ne tradant eos dii), and is in 𝔊 often rendered by μήποτε, as Gn 27:45 למה אשׁכל why should I be bereaved, etc.? Ex 32:12 למה יאמרו מצרים Ne 6:3 ψ 79:10; 115:2; Ec 7:16, μή, Jer 40:15, ἵνα μή, Gn 47:19; 2 S 2:22; 2 Ch 25:16; Ec 5:5; 7:17, or ὅπως μή, Jo 2:17 (in 1 S 19:17; 2 S 13:26, paraph. by εἰ μή); and, connected with the foreg. sentence by אשׁר, or שֶׁ, in late, or dial., Heb. it actually has that meaning, Dn 1:10 אֲשֶׁר לָמָּה יִרְאֶה lest he see, Ct 1:7 שַׁלָּמָ֫ה אֶהְיֶה lest I become (so in Aramaic דִּי לְמָה Ezr 7:23, דִּילְמָא 𝔗, Syriac ܕܰܠܡܳܐ, both regularly = lest). e. עַד־מָה (ψ 4:3 עַד־מֶה) until when? how long? †Nu 24:22 (aposiop.), ψ 4:3; 79:5; 89:47; in indirect qu., ψ 74:9 (cf. עד אנה, עד מתי). f. עַל־מָה, and עַל־מֶה, upon what? Jb 38:6; 2 Ch 32:10; upon what ground? wherefore? Nu 22:32 עַל־מָה הִכִּיתָ אֶת־אֲתֹנְךָ, Dt 29:23 (cf. 1 K 9:8; Je 22:8), Is 1:5; Je 8:14; 9:11; 16:10; Ez 21:12; ψ 10:13 Jb 13:14 (probably dittogr. from v 13); על־מה־זה Ne 2:4. In an indirect question, Jb 10:2 הוֹדִיעֻנִי עַל מַה־תְּרִיבֻנִי, Est 4:5 לָדַעַת מַה־זֶּה וְעַל־מַה־זֶּה.

אֵ֫לֶּה (أُولَى, እሉ: እላ: Rabb. אֵלּוּ, Aramaic אִלֵּין, & compd. with ܗܳܐ and ܐܰܝ in ܗܳܠܶܝܢ, ܐܰܝܠܶܝܢ ) pr.pl.m. & f. these, in usage the pl. of זֶה. a. Gn 2:4 & often: in appos. to a subst. with a pron. suff. (always without the art.) Ex 9:14 (read with Hi. אֵלֶּה בְּךָ for אֶל־לִבֵּךָ) 10:1 אֹתֹתַי אֵלֶּה these my signs, 11:8 Dt 11:18 1 K 8:59; 10:8; 22:23 2 K 1:13 Je 31:21 Ezr 2:65 Ne 6:14; in the genit. 2 K 6:20 Is 47:9 Dt 18:12 ψ 15:5; and after כל Gn 14:3 + often Standing alone in a neuter sense, these things (rare in best prose, & not very common in poetry), with עָשָׂה Dt 18:12; 22:5; 25:16 2 S 23:17, 22 ψ 15:5 +; with other vbs. Ezr 9:1 Is 44:21; 47:7 Je 13:22 Ho 14:10 ψ 42:5; 50:21; 107:43 Jb 8:2; with אֶת־ Nu 15:13 Is 48:14; with כָּל־ Ju 13:23 Is 66:2 +; v. also some of the cases with preps. sub d. אלה may point indifferently to what follows, Gn 6:9; 10:1; 25:7, 12, 13 ψ 42:5; or to what has preceded, Gn 9:19; 10:20, 31, 32; 25:4 Lv 21:14; 22:22 ψ 15:5; = such as these (τοιαῦτα), ψ 73:12 Jb 18:21. b. repeated, אלה … ואלה, these … those Dt 27:12, 13 Jos 8:22 Is 49:12 (3 times) ψ 20:8 +. c. with art. (only after a subst. determined by art. (except Gn 21:29 Jos 17:9 עָרִים הָאֵלֶּה read הֶעָרִים, cf. 17:12; 19:8, 16, 31, 48, etc. Ez 42:9)) הָאֵלֶּה Gn 15:1 +. d. with preps.: בְּאֵלָּה Lv 25:54; 26:23 1 K 22:11 (7 times), בָּאֵלֶּה †1 S 16:10; 17:39; לְאֵלֶּה Lv 11:24 (4 times), לָאֵלֶּה 1 K 22:17 (5 times); מֵאֵלֶּה Gn 9:19 (16 times); עַד אֵלֶּה Lv 26:18; עַל־אֵלָּה on account of these things Is 57:6; 64:11 Je 5:9 al.; כְּאֵלֶּה †Jb 16:2 Je 10:16 = 51:19, כָּאֵלֶּה †Gn 27:46 Lv 10:19 (things like these, so Is 66:8 Je 18:13) Nu 28:24 P (cf. Ez 45:25) 2 K 25:17 = Je 52:22, כְּמוֹ־אֵלֶּה †Jb 12:3.

I. כֵּן adv. so, thus (Ph. NH 𝔗 id.; Syriac ܟܶܢ is then, Arabic لٰكِنْ, لٰكِنَّ, but: prob. from the demonstr. √ ka, found in כִּי etc., Köii 1, 254); (הִיא) כֶּן־הוּא Gn 44:10 + 4 times: so thus (i.e. usually, as has been described or commanded, with ref. to what has preceded), mostly of manner, but sometimes also of quantity, quality, or degree: 1. a. Ju 5:31 כן יאבדו so perish thy enemies, Jb 5:27 כֶּן־הִיא, 8:13 כן ארחות כל שׁכחי אל, Pr 6:29; 8:13; 2 S 16:23 Is 36:6; 47:15 כן היו לך, Nu 13:33 וכן היינו בעיניהם; Nu 9:16 כן יהיה תמיד; Ex 10:14, 14 לא היה כן ארבה כמהו וג׳ (i.e. in such numbers), 1 K 10:12 לא בא כן עצי אלמגים, v 20 2 Ch 1:12, 12, Ju 21:14 ולא מצאו להם כן and they did not suffice for them so (viz. in such numbers of them as there were); 1 K 6:26 וכן הכרוב השׁני, Ez 41:7 (?); וכן ל׳ Ex 27:11 1 K 10:29 Ez 40:16 2 Ch 35:12, cf. 1 Ch 23:30; כן ל׳ Ex 25:33 (cf. 26:24), Jos 21:40. b. the force of כֵּן has sometimes to be elicited from the context: 1 K 2:7 כי כן קרבו אלי (sc. with kindness such as that enjoined in v a), 20:40 כן משׁפטך, Je 14:10 כן אהבו לנוע (i.e. not less than י׳ has withdrawn from them v 9, Gf Ke; Gie proposes אָכֵן), ψ 61:9 כֵּן אֲוַמְּרָה שִׁמְךָ (Hi כְּצִדְקְךָ, implied in v 6–8), 63:3 כֵּן בַּקֹּדֶשׁ חֲזִיתִךָ (sc. with the longings of v 2), v 5 כֵּן אֲבָרֶכְךָ בְחַיָּי (sc. כִּי־טוֹב חַסְדְּךָ v 4), 65:10 כִּי כֵן תְּכִינֶהָ (i.e. so generously, v 10), 90:12 לִמְנוֹת יָמֵינוּ כֵּן הוֹדַע (Hi כְּיִרְאַת י׳ v 11), 127:2 כֵּן יִּתֵּן לִידִידוֹ שֵׁנָא (sc. as abundantly; but Che אָכֵן), Pr 24:14 (see v 13), Is 52:14 כֵּן מִשְׁחַת מֵאִישׁ מַרְאֵהוּ (sufficiently to justify שׁממו עליך רבים). c. כן occurs freq. in partic. phrases, as (a) with הָיָה, especially ויהי כן and it was so Gn 1:7, 9, 11 +, 2 K 2:10 if thou seest me taken from thee יהי־לך כן let it be to thee so (sc. as thou desirest), 7:20, with עשׂה (especially וַיַּעַשׂ, וַיַּעֲשׂוּ) Gn 29:28; 42:20; 45:21 + often, Ju 7:16 מִמֶּנִּי תִרְאוּ וְכֵן תַּעֲשׂוּ, + ל׳ Gn 42:25 ויעשׂ להם כן, Ex 22:29; 23:11 כן תעשׂה ל׳, Dt 22:3 2 S 12:31 1 K 11:8 (cf. 6:33; 7:18); Gn 29:26 לא יֵעָשֶׂה כן במקומנו, 34:7 2 S 13:12; rarer usages, דִּבֶּר כֵּן Ex 6:9, אמר כן 1 K 22:8 כֵּן אמרתם Ez 11:5; 33:10, אָמֵן כֵּן יֹאמַר י׳ 1 K 1:36 (cf. Je 28:6), וגם שׁאול אבי יֹדֵעַ כֵּן 1 S 23:17; אָהֵב כֵּן (idiom.) to love (it) so, †Je 5:31 Am 4:5; (b) Gn 50:3 כי כן ימלאו ימי החנֻטים (cf. Ju 14:10 2 S 13:18 Est 2:12); (c) alone, אִם כֵּן if it be so †Gn 25:22; 43:11; †וַיִּרְאוּ כִּי־כֵן 1 S 5:7, יָדַעְתִּי כִּי־כֵן Jb 9:2; (d) לא כן not so (viz. as has been described or implied), with a subst. Nu 12:7 לא כן עבדי משׁה, 2 S 20:21; 23:5 ψ 1:4 Jb 9:35 b כי־לא־כן אנכי עמדי not so am I with myself (i. e. I am not conscious of being one who would fear him, v a), with a vb. Dt 18:14 ואתה לא כן נתן לך י׳ (not so,—viz. as implied in v a), 2 S 18:14 Is 10:7 לא כן יְדַמֶּה, לא כן יחשׁב, absol. Gn 48:18 לא כן אבי, Ex 10:11. 2. Often, to emphasize the agreement, in answer to כְּ, and כַּאֲשֶׁר: viz. a. כְּ … כֵּן, (a) Gn 44:10 = Jos 2:21 כדבריכם כֶּן־הוּא, according to your words, so be it, 1 S 25:25 כי כשׁמו כֶּן־הוּא, ψ 48:11 Pr 23:7 כֶּן־הוּא (after conj. כְּמוֹ), Ez 42:11 כְּאָרְכָּן כֵּן רָחְבָּן; (b) Lv 27:12 כְּעֶרְכְּךָ כֵּן יִהְיֶה, 2 S 13:35 Nu 8:4; 9:14; 15:20 Dt 8:20 Ju 11:10, so after כְּפִי Nu 6:21; (c) כְּכֹל … כֵּן … 1 S 8:8 2 S 7:17 Je 42:5; (d) in similes, (α) 2 S 14:17 כמלאך הא׳ כן אדני המלך, Je 18:6 ψ 123:2; 127:4 Pr 10:26; 26:8, 19; 27:8, 19 Ct 2:2, 3; (β) Jo 2:4 כְּפָרָשִׁים כֵּן יְרוּצוּן, Is 31:5 38:14 ψ 103:15 Pr 26:1, 2; (γ) ψ 42:2 כאיל תערג … כן נפשׁי וג׳ like the hind which etc., 83:16 Is 61:11; 63:14 Jb 7:3, so after כמו Is 26:17; (δ) Je 2:26 כְּבשֶׁת גַּנָּב … כֵּן הוֹבִישׁוּ 6:7; 34:5 (read כְּמשׂרפות), Ez 22:22 (cf. v 20), 23:44; 34:12; cf. (of degree) 35:15 (om. 𝔊 Co), Ho 4:7 כְּרֻכָּם כֵּן חָֽטְאוּ לִי. Of time (rare) Ho 6:3 (?), 1 S 9:13 כְּבֹאֲכֶם הָעִיר כֵּן תִּמְצְאוּן אֹתוֹ. b. †Ezr 10:12 כן כדבריך עלינו לעשׂות. c. כַּאֲשֶׁר … כֵּן …, (a) Ex 7:6 כאשׁר צוה י׳ כן עשׂו, 12:28, 50; 39:43 (cf. 27:8), Nu 8:22 (cf. 5:4), 17:26; 36:10 Jos 14:5 (all P); Gn 41:13 כאשׁר פתר כן היה, Jos 10:1, 39; 11:15 Ju 1:7; 15:11 b ψ 48:9; (b) (freq.) Nu 2:17 כאשׁר יַחֲנוּ כֵּן יִסָּ֑עוּ, Ex 1:12 (of degree = the more … the more) כַּאֲשֶׁר יְעַנּוּ אֹתוֹ כֵּן יִרְבֶּה וְכֵן יִפְרֹץ; (c) Gn 6:22 ככל אשׁר צוה אתו אלהים כן עשׂה, Ex 39:32, 42; 40:16 Nu 1:54; 2:34; 8:20; 9:5 (all P), cf. Ex 25:9 (וְכֵן), simil. 2 S 9:11 2 K 16:11, cf. Jos 1:17 Je 42:20; (d) Ex 27:8 כאשׁר הֶרְאָה אתך כן יעשׂו, 2 S 16:19 1 K 2:38 Is 20:4; 52:14f.; with the same vb. repeated Lv 24:19, 20 Dt 28:63 כאשׁר שׂשׂ … כן ישׂישׂ, Jos 23:15; 1 S 15:33; 26:24 1 K 1:37 Is 10:11 Je 5:19; 31:28; 32:42; 42:18 Ez 12:11; 20:36 Zc 7:13 Pr 24:29; Nu 14:28 אם לא כאשׁר דברתם כן אעשׂה, Is 14:24, so after הלא 10:11, after asseverative כי 2 S 3:9 1 K 1:30; so כָּל־עֻמַּת שֶׁ׳ … כֵּן † Ec 5:15; (e) Ju 7:17 b כאשׁר אעשׂה כן תעשׂון, Lv 27:14 Nu 15:14, cf. Je 39:12; (f) in similes, Dt 12:22; 22:26 Am 3:12 Is 65:8 Je 13:11. †d. כן כאשׁר …, (a) Ex 7:10 ויעשׂו כן כאשׁר צוה י׳, v 20 Jos 4:8 2 S 5:25 Ez 12:7, cf. Gn 50:12 Nu 8:3; iron. Am 5:14 יהי כן י׳ אתּכם כאשׁר אמרתם, Ex 10:10; (b) Gn 18:5 כן תעשׂה כאשׁר דברת, Ne 5;12.—Occasionally in poetry כאשׁר is not expressed: Is 54:9 (De), 55:9 Je 3;20 Jb 7:9 Ho 11:2 קראו להם כן הלכו מפניהם (of degree: so = in the same proportion), ψ 48:6 המה ראו כן תמהו (i.e. in the same measure that they saw); Je 33:22 (according to many, but dub.; read prob. כאשׁר Gie) it is represented by אשׁר (so Is 54:9 Hi Ew Di): Ju 5:15 Ez 22:20 כ is not expressed. Na 1:12 is prob. corrupt; Zc 11:11 for כן עניי read כְּנַעֲנֵי.—כֹּה, כָּכָה, כָּזֹאת are syn., but differ considerably in usage. 3. With prepositions:— a. אַחַר־כֵּן, אַחֲרֵי־כֵן, מֵאַחֲרֵי־כֵן, lit. after so, i. e. afterwards: v. אַחַר" dir="rtl" >אַחַר. b. †בְּכֵן (late), lit. in such circumstances, i.e. thereupon, then, Ec 8;10 Est 4:16 (𝔗 בְּכֵין often for אָז; e.g. Ex 15:1; SyriacJerus. ܒܟܢ = τότε). c. †כְּמוֹ־כֵן Is 51:6, according to some, like so, i.e. (Vrss Rabb) in like manner, or (De) like this (accompanied by a contemptuous gesture) = like a mere nothing: but v. iv. כֵּן⁷" dir="rtl" >כֵּן. d. לָכֵן200 according to such conditions, that being so, therefore Nu 16:11 1 S 27:6 ψ 16:9; 73:6, 10; especially in proph., where it often introduces, after statement of the grounds, a divine declaration or command: Ju 10:13 2 K 1:6 Am 4:12 Is 5:13, 14, 24; 7:14; 10:16; 16:7; 27:9 Je 6:15; 8:10 etc.; לכן כה אמר י׳ 2 K 21:12 Is 10:24; 28:16; 29:22; 30:12; 37:33 Je 5:14; 6:21 + often; sq. נאם האדון Is 1:24; נאם י׳ 1 S 2:30 Je 2:9; לכן הנה ימים באים נאם י׳ Je 7:32; 16:14; 19:6 +; לכן חי אני נאם י׳ Ez 5:11; 35:6, 11 Zp 2:9; לכן הנני … 1 K 14:10 Ho 2:8, 16 Is 29:14 Je 16:21 Ez 16:37; 22:19 b; 25:4, 7, 9 +; לכן אֱמֹר †Ex 6:6 Nu 25:12 (both P), Ez 11:16, 17; 14:6; 20:30; 33:25; 36:22; לָכֵן דַּבֵּר † Ez 14:4; 20:27; לָכֵן הִנָּבֵא †Ez 11:4; 36:3, 6; 37:12; 38:14; לָכֵן שִׁמְעוּ … Is 28:14; 51:21 Je 6:18; 44:26 +. In answer to יען, Nu 20:12 (P), 1 K 14:10 2 K 1:16; 21:12; 22:20 Is 29:14; 30:13 Je 19:6 +, Ez 5:8 13:23 +; so, once, וְלָכֵן Is 8:7; to כי Is 28:16 Je 35:17; על Je 9:14; אם 23:38; 42:15. Special usages:—(a) idiom., in conversation, in reply to an objection, to state the ground upon which the answer is made; Gn 4:15 therefore—this being so—whoso killeth Cain, etc., 30:15 Ju 8:7; 11:8 1 S 28:2 1 K 22:19 Jb 20:2 (𝔊 in Gn K Jb, not perceiving the idiom, renders οὐχ οὕτως (as though לא־כן): so also strangely, elsewhere, as 1 S 3:14 2 K 1:4, 6; 21:12). (b) inferring the cause from the effect, or developing what is logically involved in a statement, Is 26:14 b (cf. De) therefore thou hast visited and destroyed them (not a consequence of v a ‘the dead rise not,’ but the development of what is implicit in it), 61:7 Je 2:33; 5:2 (because viz. אין אמונה v 1), Jb 34:25; 42:3.—Zc 11:7 read לִכְנַעֲנֵי הַצֹּאן. e. †עַד־כֵּן hitherto (of time), as yet Ne 2:16. f. עַל־כֵּן145 upon ground of such conditions, therefore (introducing, more generally than לָכֵן, the statement of a fact, rather than a declaration: never used in the phrases noted under לָכֵן), Gn 20:6; 42:21 Ex 5:8, 17; 16:29; 20:11 1 S 20:29; 28:18 2 S 7:22, 27 1 K 20:23 Is 5:25; 9:16; 13:7, 13; 15:4, 7; 16:9, 11; 17:10; 21:3 Je 5:6, 27; 10:21; 12:8; 20:11; 31:3, 20 Ez 7:20; 22:4; 31:5 etc., ψ 1:5; 42:7; 45:3 c (the poet’s inference from v a. b), v 8 110:7 Jb 6:3; 9:22; 17:4; 20:21 etc., Ct 1:3; and regularly where the origin of a name, or custom, or proverb is assigned, Gn 2:24 על־כן יעזב אישׁ וג׳, 10:9 על־כן יֵאָמַ֔ר, 11:9 על־כן קרא שׁמה בבל, 16:14; 19:22; 21:31; 25:30; 26:33; 29:34, 35; 30:6; 32:33; 47:22 Ex 13:15; 15:23 Nu 18:24; 21:14, 27 Dt 10:9 (cf. 15:11, 15; 19:7; 24:18, 22), Jos 7:26; 14:14 Ju 15:19; 18:12 1 S 5:5; 10:12; 23:28 (? read so 27:6) 2 S 5:8, 20 etc.; הַעַל־כֵּן †Hb 1:17.—Est 9:26 the 2nd על כן (unless dittogr.) points unusually onwards to על כל דברי האגרת on this account, on account, viz., etc.

ἵνα, adverb, __I of Place, __I.1 in that place, there, once in Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.2 elsewhere relative, in which place, where,Refs 8th c.BC+: rarely in Attic dialect Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵ. ἡ Νίκη (i.e. ἐστίν) Refs 8th c.BC+ [same place]; ἵν᾽ ἄν with subjunctive, wherever, Refs 5th c.BC+; as indirect interrogative, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2.b after Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔμαθε ἵ. ἦν κακοῦ in what a calamity, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵν᾽ ἕσταμεν χρείαςRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.2.c with Verbs of motion, whither, Refs 8th c.BC+ __II of circumstance, γάμος.., ἵ. χρή at which, when, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἵ. μὲν ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς.., ἐνταῦθα.. when it was in their power, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ={ἐάν}, uncertain in Refs 8th c.BC+ __B Final conjunction, that, in order that, from Refs 8th c.BC+ downwards, mostly first word in the clause, but sometimes preceded by an emphatic word, Refs 8th c.BC+ or κε (if found, these particles belong to the Verb, as in Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I general usage: __B.I.1 with subjunctive, __B.I.1.a after primary tenses of indicative, also subjunctive and imperative: present indicative, Refs 8th c.BC+: perfect indicative, Refs 8th c.BC+: future, Refs 8th c.BC+; subjunctive, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.1.b after historical tenses, in similes, where the aorist is gnomic, Refs 8th c.BC+; where aorist is treated as equivalent to perfect, Refs 8th c.BC+: when the purpose is regarded from the point of view of the speaker's present, σὲ παῖδα ποιεύμην ἵ. μοι.. λοιγὸν ἀμύνῃς Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.1.c after optative and ἄν, when optative with οὐκ ἄν is used with sense of imperative, Refs 8th c.BC+; after βουλοίμην ἄν.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.1.d after imperfect with ἄν, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.2 with optative, __B.I.2.a after historical tenses, Refs 8th c.BC+: after the historical present, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes both moods, subjunctive and optative, follow in consecutive clauses, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2.b after optative, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2.c rarely after primary tenses, by a shifting of the point of view, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.3 with past tenses of indicative, __B.I.3.a after unfulfilled wishes, Refs __B.I.3.b after indicative with ἄν, to express a consequence which has not followed or cannot follow, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3.c after such Verbs as ἐχρῆν, ἔδει, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀντὶ τοῦ κοσμεῖν (={δέον κοσμεῖν}).. ἵ... Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.3.d after present indicative in general statements (including the past), οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ εἶναι ἔχει ἡ ὕλη, ἱ. ἀγαθοῦ ταύτῃ μετεῖχεν Refs 3rd c.AD+ __B.I.4 ἵ. μή as the negative of ἵνα, that not, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II special usages: __B.II.1 like{ὅπως}, after Verbs of command and entreaty, is common only in later Gr. (butNT+8th c.BC+; also for ὥστε, LXX+1st c.AD+ __B.II.2 because, ἵ. ἀναγνῶ ἐτιμήθην I was honoured because I read, Refs 2nd c.AD+; not found in literature. __B.II.3 elliptical usages, __B.II.3.a where the purpose of the utterance is stated, Ζεὺς ἔσθ᾽, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς 'tis Zeus,— [I tell thee this] that thou may'st know it, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵ. δῶμεν.. granted that.. , Refs 2nd c.AD+ __B.II.3.b in commands, introducing a principal sentence, ἵ. συντάξῃς order him.., Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἵ. λαλήσῃς Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἵ. ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ LXX+NT+5th c.BC+ __B.II.3.c ἵ. τί (i.e. γένηται); to what end? either absolutely or as a question, Refs 5th c.BC+; or with a Verb following, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵ. δὴ τ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.3.d in indignant exclamations, to think that.. ! Σωκράτης ἵ. πάθῃ ταῦτα Refs 2nd c.AD+ __B.III in later Gr. with indicative, LXX+NT

ἀλλά, conjunction, originally neuter plural of ἄλλος, otheruise: used adversatively to limit or oppose words, sentences, or clauses, stronger than δέ: __I in simple oppositions, but, __I.1 after negative clauses, οὐ κακός, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθόςRefs 8th c.BC+ __I.1.b after a simple negative, ἦ παραφρονεῖ; οὔκ, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπνος μ᾽ ἔχειRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.1.c frequently after οὐ μόνον, μὴ μόνον, with or without καί, οὐ μόνον ἅπαξ, ἀ. πολλάκιςRefs 5th c.BC+, either, not only.. but.., μὴ ὅτι ἰδιώτην τινά, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέαRefs 5th c.BC+; or, not only not.. but.., οὐχ ὅπως κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. περιόψεσθεRefs 5th c.BC+; the negative form is ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, μὴ ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἄλλου, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ δίκην εἴρηκαRefs 4th c.BC+ __I.2 in the apodosis of hypothetical sentences, still, at least, εἴπερ γάρ τε.. ἀλλά τεRefs 8th c.BC+; εἰ μή (i.e. ὁρῶ), ἀλλ᾽ ἀκούω γε, Refs 5th c.BC+ may be in juxtaposition, εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμίNT+8th c.BC+; εἰ καὶ μετέχουσι.. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.2.b after Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐὰν οὖν ἀ. νῦν γ᾽ ἔτι, i.e.ἐὰν οὖν [μὴἄλλοτε], ἀ. νῦν γε.. if then now at least ye still.., Refs 5th c.BC+:—without an adverb of Time, at least, ἡ δ᾽ ἀ. πρός σε μικρὸν εἰπάτω μόνονRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.3 sometimes = ἀλλ᾽ ἤ (which see), except, but, οὔτι μοι αἴτιος ἄλλος, ἀ... τοκῆε no one else, but.., Refs 8th c.BC+: compare reverse process in our word but=be out, except:—sometimes with force of ἤ after comparatives, τάφον, οὐκ ἐν ᾧ κεῖνται μᾶλλον, ἀ.ἐν ᾧ ἡ δόξα κτλ. not that in which they are lying, but far more.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4 with negative after an affirmative word or clause, to be rendered simply by not, ἀγαθῶν, ἀ. οὐχὶ κακῶν αἴτιονRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.4.b without negative, μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας, ἀ. μαχητήςRefs 8th c.BC+ __II to oppose whole sentences,but, yet: __II.1 frequently in transitions, as Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀ. οὐδ᾽ ὥς.. Refs 8th c.BC+ in answers and objections, nay but.., well but.., frequently with negatives, especially in making and answering objections, Refs 5th c.BC+; also in affirmative answers, Refs 5th c.BC+:—repeated in a succession of questions or objections, πότερον ᾔτουν σέ τι..; ἀ. ἀπῄτου; ἀ. περὶ παιδικῶν μαχόμενο; ἀ. μεθύων ἐπαρῴνησ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. μήν.., answered by ἀ.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.2 with imperative or subjunctive, to remonstrate, encourage, persuade, etc., frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+; answered by a second ἀ., ἀ. περιμένετε. ἀ. περιμενοῦμενRefs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 to break off a subject abruptly, ἀ. τά γε Ζεὺς οἶδενRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀ. ταῦτα μὲν τί δεῖλέγει; Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 in resuming an address after parenthesis, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.5 in elliptical phrases, οὐ μὴν ἀ., οὐ μέντοι ἀ... it is not [so], but.., ὁ ἵππος πίπτει καὶ μικροῦ αὐτὸν ἐξετραχήλισεν· οὐ μὴν [ἐξετραχήλισεν] ἀ. ἐπέμεινεν ὁ Κῦρος it did not however [throw him], but.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __III when joined with other Particles, each retains proper force, as, __III.1 ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα, used by Refs 8th c.BC+; later, to introduce an objection, Refs 5th c.BC+; in questions,ἀλλ᾽ ἆρα..; Refs __III.2 ἀλλ᾽ οὖν, concessive, at all events, Refs 5th c.BC+; well then, Refs 5th c.BC+; but then, however, with γε following, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.3 ἀλλὰ γάρ, frequently with words between, but really, certainly, as ἀλλὰ γὰρ Κρέοντα λεύσσω.., παύσω γόους, but this is irregular for ἀλλά, Κρέοντα γὰρ λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, Refs 5th c.BC+; for the regular orderRefs 8th c.BC+ only with negatives, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γάρRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀ. γὰρ δή, ἀ. γάρ τοι, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.4 ἀ. εἰ.. quid si.. ? Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.5 ἀ. ἦ in questions, chiefly of surprise or remonstrance, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ ἦ, τὸ λεγόμενον, κατόπιν ἑορτῆς ἥκομε; Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.6 ἀ. followed by strengthening Particle, ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖταιRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλά τοιRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀ. μέντοι, with or without γε, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. μήν, see at {μή; ἀ. δή}, mostly with words between, Refs 5th c.BC+; without intervening words, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV = et quidem, Refs 6th c.AD+

יְרוּשָׁלַ֫םִ, יְרוּשָׁלַ֫יִם, n.pr.loc. Jerusalem (in Assyrian Urusalim, Tel Amarna, ZimZA, 1891, 252, 254; Ursalimmu, COTGloss.; 𝔊 Ιερουσαλημ; √ and meaning dub.; Rel Ew al. der. from יְרוּשׁ שׁלם possession of peace (or Salem’s possession); Thes al. from יָרָה, i.e. יְרוּ + שָׁלֵם a foundation of peace; GrillZAW, 1884, 134 ff. foundation of Shalem (Sh. = God of peace, = י׳); but name not certainly Hebr.; according to SayceAcad. Feb. 7, 1891, 138; Higher Crit. 176 (opposed by ZimZA, 1891, 263), JastrJBL xi, 1892, 105 = Uru (city) + Salim, n.pr.div.);—usually יְרוּשָׁלַ֫םִ (Qr perpetuum), Jos 10:1 +; יְרוּשָׁלָ֑םִ 1 S 17:54 +; -לַ֫יִם 5 times according to Mas. (vid. FrensdorffMass Magna, 293), viz. Je 26:18 1 Ch 3:5 2 Ch 25:1; 32:9 (c. ה loc.), Est 2:6, (but -לָ֑֫םִ 1 Ch 3:5 van d. H Baer), so Maccab. coins, LevyGesch. d. jüd. Münz. 42f.; c. ה loc. יְרוּשָׁלַ֫מֳה 1 K 10:2 Is 36:2 Ez 8:3; (-לַ֫יְמָה 2 Ch 32:9 supr.); -לָ֑מֳה 2 K 9:28; with prefixes: בִּירו׳ 2 S 9:13 +; לִירו׳ 2 K 18:22 +; מִירו׳ 2 S 15:11 +; וִירו׳ 1 K 23:1 +; —Jerusalem, renowned as capital of all Israel, afterwards of southern kingdom, seat of central worship in temple, first named as city of Canaanite Adoni-Ṣedeḳ †Jos 10:1, 3, 5, 23 (all JE), cf. 12:10 (D); inhabited by Jebusites Jos 15:63(×2) (P), Ju 1:21(×2), cf. v 7 (Adoni-Bezek); identif. with יְבוּס Ju 19:10, and הַיְבוּסִי (q.v.) Jos 15:8; 8:28 (both P); captured by Judah Ju 1:8; first named in connexion with David 1 S 17:54†; taken possession of by David as king 2 S 5:6; David’s royal seat v 5, 13, 14; 8:7; 11:1 +; it remained the capital until taken by Nebuchadrezzar, b.c. 588, 2 K 25:1 +; it became the chief home of the returned exiles Ezr 1:11; 2:11 Ne 2:11, 17 +; mentioned S 31 times, K 92 times, Ch 151 times, Ezr 25 times, Ne 38 times, Is1 27 times, Is2, 3 22 times, Je 107 times, Ez 26 times, Zc 41 times, etc.—Vid. also n.pr.loc. יְבוּס, שָׁלֵם.

מִצְרַ֫יִם681 n.pr.terr. et gent.f. Ex 10:7, m. Ex 12:33, mpl. Gn 41:55 etc. (v. infr. 2), Egypt, Egyptians (Ph. מצרם; Assyrian Mŭṣŭr, Muṣru, Miṣir, DlPar 308 SchrCOT Gloss. KGF 246 ff., TelAm. Miṣrî, Wkl TA 39 BezBM 152, and Mas̆rî Wkl l.c.; Arabic مَصْر Cairo, Egypt (Spiro); Min. Miṣru HomA. and A. (1892), 125; v. also EbÄgM 71 ff.; 𝔊 Αἴγυπτος;—deriv. and form dub.; יִם—ַusually regarded as dual term. (Upper and Lower Egypt? cf. Di Gn 10:6), but as loc. ending EMey Gesch. i. § 42 BaNB p. 319 R. 5; JenZA iv (1889), 268 ff. thinks מִצְרַיִם abs. formed by anal. of מַיִם, שָׁמַיִם from Miṣrî (cf. TelAm.); v. further Wkl infra, ad fin.);—מ׳ Gn 13:1 +; מִצְרָ֑יִם 37:36 +; מִצְרַ֫יְמָה 12:10 + 12 times, מִצְרָ֑יְמָה 12:11 + 4 times;— 1. a. of land, Egypt, Gn 13:1 + 500 times, +, in all periods, incl. אֶרֶץ מ׳ 13:10 + c. 220 times (of course f., 47:6, 13); אַדְמַת מ׳ the soil of Egypt †47:20, 26; מֵימֵי מ׳ †Ex 7:19; 8:2; נְהַר מ׳ †Gn 15:18; יְאֹר מ׳ †Am 8:8; 9:5; יְאֹרֵי מ׳ †Is 7:18 (cf. מָצוֹר); שִׁיחוֹר מ׳ †1 Ch 13:5; לְשׁוֹן יָם־מ׳ †Is 11:15; נַחַל מ׳ Jos 15:4 + 6 times (v. these various wds.); land as productive Gn 45:20; 49:23, cf. שֵׁשׁ בְּרִקְמָה מִמּ׳ Ez 27:7, אֵטוּן מ׳ Pr 7:16; often ‖ כּוּשׁ, especially in proph. and poet. Is 20:3, 4, 5; 45:14 Ez 30:4, 9 +; ‖ אַשּׁוּר Ho 11:11; 12:1 Is 7:18 Je 2:18 +; incl. Upper Egypt (פַּתְרוֹס), as well as Lower, Je 44:1, cf. Ez 29:10; 30:6 appar. disting. from Upper Egypt Is 11:11, and poss. also Je 44:15 (cf. Gf Gie Buhl SS CheHpt. Isaiah); but פתרוס etc. in these vv somewhat dub. (cf. Du Gie). b. combinations are: (1) מ׳ as limit of motion: יָרַד מצרים(ה) Gn 43:15 Jos 24:4 + c. 12 times; בּוֹא מ׳ 1 S 12:8 + c. 26 times, בוא בְמ׳ †Is 19:23, בוא לְמ׳ †Je 44:28; שׁוּב מ׳ Ho 8:3 + 9 times, שׁוּב אֶל־מ׳ †Ho 11:5, שׁוּב לְאַרְצוֹ מ׳ †Je 37:7; בָּרַח מ׳ †1 K 11:40; שָׁלַח מ׳ †Je 26:22, so (+ אֶל־) v 22. In Je 42:16 b read בְּמ׳ with Gie. (2) מ׳ as point of departure (הֶעֱלָה) עָלָה מִן־(ארץ) מ׳ Gn 13:1 + c. 43 times; יָצָא (הוֹצִיא) מִן־(ארץ) מ׳ Ex 12:39 + c. 96 times; פָּדָה מִמּ׳ †2 S 7:23 (but del. GeiUrschr. 288 We Dr Kit Bu)=1 Ch 17:21; בּוֹא מִמּ׳ †2 Ch 12:3; 20:10; שׁוּב מִמּ׳ †Je 44:28 2 Ch 10:2; אָתָה מִמּ׳ †ψ 68:32; קָרָא מִמּ׳ †Ho 11:1. 2. of people: a. in table of nations, personif. as second son of Ham †Gn 10:6=1 Ch 1:8, cf. Gn 10:13=1 Ch 1:11. b. =Egypt (as a people), Egyptians Gn 41:56 + c. 134 times, incl. use=Egyptian kingdom, empire, i. e. land and people as political power; so c. vb. fs. אָֽבְדָה מ׳ Ex 10:7, cf. Ho 9:6 Jo 4:19 and (pron. fs.) Ez 30:18; c. vb. ms. Ex 12:33; 14:25 Is 19:16, 23, 25 Je 46:8; often c. vb. mpl. Gn 41:55 Is 19:21, 23 + 22 times; בְּנֵי מ׳ Ez 16:26; בְּתוּלַת בַּת מ׳ †Je 46:11, cf. v 19, 24.—In 1 K 10:28=2 Ch 1:16, 17, 2 K 7:6 WklAlttest. Unters. 171 f. thinks of Assyrian Muṣri in N. Syria. (On מִצְרַיִם as often=Muṣri in N. Arabia v. Wkl Altor. Unters. i. 24 ff., ii. 195, iii. 289, iv. 337 f.; MVG 1898, 1. 4).

זֶה demonstr. pron. and adv. fem. זֹאת, once זֹאתה, Jer 26:6 Kt (also זֹה and זוֹ, q.v.); comm. זוּ (q.v.): this, here (the element ז = ذ = ܕ is widely diffused in the Semitic languages, as a demonstr. particle, often acquiring, like Engl. that, Germ. der, die, das, the force of a relative. Thus a. Ph. זֶ this (e.g. קבר ז this grave), also sometimes זן, f. זא, comm. אז (v. CIS I. i. 1:4, 5, 6, 12; 44:1; 88:2 etc.); Aramaic of Nineveh, Babylon, Têma, Egypt, זי as mark of the genit. [lit. that of] (CIS II. i. 1, 2, 3, 4, etc., 65, 67–71, 113, 114, 141, 142, etc.), זנה this (ib. 113:22; 145 C2), f. זא 113:15; 145 B5; Aramaic of Zinijirli ז, זן, זנה this, זי which (DHMSendsch. 56); Ethiopic ዝ ze, this, f. ዛ zā, ዘ za, who (masc.), also (like זִי, and דִּי, דְּ [v. infr.]) in common use as a mark of the genitive; b. Arabic ذَا this, fem. ذِى, ذُو (gen. ذِى, acc. ذَا, fem. ذَاتُ), possessor of (lit. that of …, i.e. one who owns), or in the Ṭayyite dialect, who, which: from ذَا, with هَا lo! prefixed, هَاذَا this, f. هَاذِهِ, with the pron. element -k affixed, ذَاكَ = this: with ’al (= the art.) + a demonstr. element la prefixed, أَلَّذِى who, which (in origin = Heb. הַלָּזֶה this, q.v.); Sab. דֿן this, f. דֿת, דֿ who, which, f. דֿת (PräZMG. 1872, 419, DHMZMG. 1883, 338 f., also Epigr. Denkm. 65); c. Biblical Aramaic דִּי which, דֵּךְ, דִּכֵּן, דְּנָה (q.v.) this, f. דָּא (= זֹאת), דָּךְ; Palm. and Nab. די which, דנה this; 𝔗 דְּ which, דֵּין, דֵּיכֵי this, f. דָּא; with הא lo! prefixed, הָדֵין, הָדָא (Syriac ܗܳܢ, ܗܳܢܳܐ, contr. from ܗܳܕܶܢ), ܗܳܕܶܐ; Syriac ܕ who, which; Sam. ד who, which, דנ this, f. דה; Mand. ד who, which, דהֿ this (rare), more commonly האדין, האזין (NöMand § 80, 81). Alike in Heb. and the other dialects, the corresp. plur. is derived from a different source: Heb. אֵלָּה, Ph. אל, Ethiopic ’ellū, ’ellā, these, ’ella, who, Arabic أُولَى, these, أُولُوا, أُولَى owners of, Sab. אלן these, אל, אלי who, which, Aramaic אִלֵּין, with הא lo! prefixed, ܗܳܠܶܝܢ, Sam. ࠀࠋࠉࠍ, Mand. עלין. Only the Arabic اَلَّذِى forms its own pl. اَلَّذِينَ V. further WSG 107 ff.)— 1. standing alone: a. this one, sometimes contemptuously (especially with אֵת), Gn 2:23 לָזֹאת יִקָּרֵא אִשָּׁה כִּי מֵאִישׁ לֻקֳּחָה־זֹּאת, 5:29 זֶה יְנַחֲמֵנוּ …, 12:12; 38:28 Ex 10:7 עַד מָתַי יִהְיֶה זֶה לָנוּ לְמוֹקֵשׁ, 1 S 10:27 מַה יּוֹשִׁיעֵנוּ זֶה how shall this man save us? 16:8, 9; 21:16 that ye have brought אֶת־זֶה this fellow to play the madman against me? 25:21 in vain have I kept אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר לָזֶה all that this fellow hath etc. 2 S 13:17 אֶת־זֹאת, 1 K 22:27 אֶת־זֶה, Mi 5:4 Is 66:2; as a genit., Gn 29:27, 28 1 K 21:2; with a collective force Lv 11:4, 9 (= Dt 14:7, 9), v 21, 29 Ju 20:16, 17 (כָּל־זֶה), Jb 19:19 (with a plural verb). In a purely neuter sense (of an act, event, announcement, etc.) זאת is most common, as with עשׂה to do this Gn 3:14; 20:5, 6; 45:19 and often, שׁמעו זאת Am 8:4 Is 47:8; 48:1, 16; 51:21 al.; Gn 41:39 Ex 17:14 Dt 32:6 Ju 7:14; 21:3 לָמָה … הָֽיְתָה זֹאת (cf. Jb 1:13 ψ 118:23) 1 K 11:39 2 S 7:19 2 K 3:18 +; אֵין זֹאת 1 Sa 20:2b cf. Am 2:11; rarely so with אֶת־ †Jos 22:24 Je 9:11 ψ 92:7; as an accus. of limit., as regards this, in this, Ez 20:27; 36:37 Jb 19:26 (si vera l.), 33:12 in this thou art not just; (late) אַחֲרֵי זֹאת †Jb 42:16 Ezr 9:10, א׳ כל־זאת †2 Ch 21:18; 35:20; pointing forward to a foll. a clause, Gn 42:18; 43:11 Nu 8:24; 14:35 Is 56:2 Jb 10:13 etc.; Ex 9:16 1 S 25:31 Is 1:12 מִי בִקֵּשׁ זאת מִיֶּדְכֶם רְמֹס חֲצֵרָֽי׃; to one introduced by כִּי 2 S 19:22 ψ 102:19; 119:50, 56 (see also בְּזֹאת 6 b β): but זֶה also sometimes occurs similarly Ex 13:8 Pr 24:12 Jb 15:17 Ne 2:2 Ec 1:17; 2:15 גם זה הבל (so v 19, 21, 23 +), 7:18(×2); of a concrete obj., Ex 30:31 2 K 4:43 מָה אֶתֵּן זֶה לִפְנֵי מֵאָה אִישׁ: in late Heb., Ne 13:6 בְּכָל־זֶה during all this, 2 Ch 32:9 אַחַר זֶה; pointing forwards La 5:17 f. to כִּי ψ 56:10 Je 22:21. (See also below, 6 g.) b. repeated זֶה … זֶה, this … that, the one … the other or (if indefinite) another, Gn 29:27 (זֹאת), Ex 14:20 וְלֹא קָרַב זֶה אֶל זֶה, 1 K 3:23; 22:20 Is 6:3; 44:5 (3 times), ψ 75:8 זֶה יַשְׁפִּיל וְזֶה יָרִים, Jb 1:16–18; 21:23, 25 +. 2. In appos. to a subst.: a. preceding it (rare) Ex 32:1, 23 זֶה מֹשֶׁה, Ju 5:5 (= ψ 68:9) זֶה סִינַי this Sinai, Jos 9:12 זֶה לַחְמֵנוּ this our bread, 1 K 14:14 2 K 6:33 Is 23:13 זֶה הָעָם, ψ 34:7; 49:14; 104:25 זה הים גדול וג׳ this sea there is great and broad, 118:20 Ct 7:8 Ezr 3:12. (Cf. זוּ Hb 1:11.) b. following it:—(α) when the subst. is determined by a pron. affix, Gn 24:8 שְׁבוּעָתִי זֹאת, this my oath, Dt 5:29(26) O that לְבָבָם זֶה this their heart (their present temper) might continue always! 21:20 Jos 2:14, 20 דְּבָרֵנוּ זֶה, Ju 6:14 go בְּכֹחֲךָ זֶה in this thy strength, Dn 10:17 2 Ch 24:18 (Cf. אֵלָּה, a.) Rarely when it is undetermined, 2 K 1:2 חֳלִי זֶה (so 8:8, 9), ψ 80:15. (β) with the art., הַזֶּה, הַזֹּאת, after a subst. determained also by the art., Gn 7:1 בַּדּוֹר הַזֶּה, v 13 הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה, 12:7 הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת, 15:7; 17:21, 23 Dt 4:6 הגוי הגדול הזה, and continually. Not however after a n.pr., except such as are construed with the art., as הַיַּרְדֵּן הַזֶּה Gn 32:11 Dt 3:27; 31:2 Jos 1:2, 11; 4:22, הַלְּבָנוֹן הַזֶּה Jos 1:4, cf. Nu 27:12 = Dt 32:49 (2 K 5:20 הַזֶּה belongs to הָאֲרַמִּי): and hardly ever (2 Ch 1:10) after a noun with a pron. affix (Jos 2:17 מִשְּׁבֻעָתֵךְ הַזֶּה the gender of הזה shews that the text is in error: v. Dr§ 209 Obs.). 3. More often as pred., as 1 S 24:17 הֲקוֹלְךָ זֶה, 2 K 3:23 דָּם זֶה this is blood, 9:37 זֹאת אִיזָֽבֶל׃, Ez 5:5 etc.; הֲזֶה Is 14:16, הֲזֹאת 23:7 La 2:15; often at the beginning or close of enumerations (especially P), descriptions, injunctions, etc., as Gn 5:1 זה ספר this is the book …, 9:12 זֹאת אוֹת הַבְּרִית, 17:10; 20:13 זֶה חַסְדֵּךְ אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשִׂי עִמָּדִי, Lv 6:2, 13, 18; 7:1, 11 Dt 6:1; 33:1 Jos 13:2 Jb 27:13 Is 58:6 etc.; זה הדבר אשׁר … Ex 16:16; 35:4 Jos 5:4 Ju 20:9; 21:11 Is 37:22 Je 38:21 +, cf. זה אשׁר … this is what (or how) … Gn 6:15 Ex 29:38 Je 33:16; זֶה לְךָ הָאוֹת Ex 3:12 1 S 2:34 +; at the end, Lv 7:37; 11:46; 13:50 Nu 5:21; 7:17, 23 etc., Jos 19:8, 16, 23 etc., Is 14:26; 16:13 (זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר …), 17:14; 54:17 Je 13:25 ψ 109:20 Ct 5:16(×2) Jb 5;27, in the latter case sometimes with the force of such (i.e. such as has been described), 18:21; 20:29 (cf. אֵלֶּה ψ 73:12), ψ 24:6; 48:15 such (= such a one) is God, our God, for ever (Hi De) Zp 2:15; cf. Jb 14:3 אַף־עַל־זֶה upon one such as this (v 1, 2) dost thou open thy eyes? 4. It is attached enclitically, almost as an adv., to certain words, especially interrog. pronouns, to impart, in a manner often not reproducible in Engl. idiom, directness and force, bringing the question or statement made into close relation with the speaker. (Contrast from this point of view מי זה and מי הוא: v. הוא 4 b.) Thus a. אֵי־זֶה15 where, then? Jb 28:12 אֵי־זֶה מְקוֹם בִּינָה, v 20 38:19 b (v. other exx. sub אַי 1 b, p. 32). b. מִי־זֶה, †1 S 17:55, 56 בֶּן־מִי־זֶה֖ הָעָֽלֶם׃ the son of whom, here, is the lad? Je 49:19 (= 50:44) וּמִי זֶה רֹעֶה אֲשֶׁר וג׳ and who (emph.) is the shepherd that etc., La 3:37 ψ 24:8 Who is the King of glory? (for which in v 10 the stronger מִי הוּא זֶה is said: so Je 30:21 Est 7:5), 25:12. Elsewhere, the rend. Who is this … is admissible: Is 63:1 Je 46:7 Jb 38:2; 42:3; cf. מִי־זֹאת Ct 3:6; 6:10; 8:5. c. מַה־זֶּה how, now? Gn 27:20 Ju 18:24 וּמַה־זֶּה תֹּאמְרוּ אֵלַי and how, now, do ye say to me …? 1 K 21:5 2 K 1:5; what, now? (τίποτε;) 1 S 10:11 מַה־זֶּה הָיָה לְבֶן־קִישׁ; עַל־מַה־זֶּה for what? Ne 2:4: contracted into מַזֶּה Ex 4:2. (Cf. Aramaic מָדֵין why? ܡܳܕܶܝܢ used as a conj. therefore, e.g. 2 S 18:22 𝔖, PS2013: both formed similarly.) d. מַה־זֹּאת in the phrase (עֲשִׂיתֶם, עָשִׂית) מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ Gn 3:13; 12:18; 26:10; 29:25; 42:28 Ex 14:11 Ju 2:2 15:11 +. Either What, now, hast thou (have ye) done? (Fl De) or What is this (that) thou hast (ye have) done? (The Arabic grammarians dispute on the precise construction of the corresp. phrase in Arabic مَا ذَا صَنَعْتَ; De Gen. 3:13 (ed. 4), and especially FlKl.Schr. i. 356 Lane p. 948.) e. לָֽמָּה־זֶּה wherefore, now? Gn 18:13; 25:22; 32:30 Ex 5:22 Nu 11:20 + often Cf. Arabic لِهَا ذَا f. הַאַתָּה זֶה †2 S 2:20 האתה זה עשׂהאל Art thou Asahel? 1 K 18:7, 17, without הֲ Gn 27:24; in an indirect question Gn 27:21. g. הִנֵּה זֶה behold, here … †1 K 19:5 (in narrative), Is 21:9 Ct 2:8, 9. Cf. Nu 13:17 (unusual) עֲלוּ זֶה בַּנֶּגֶב go up here in the South. h. עַתָּה זֶה, †1 K 17:24 עַתָּה זֶה יָדַעְתִּי now I know that …, 2 K 5:22 just now. Also i. prefixed to expressions denoting a period of time: Gn 27:36 he hath supplanted me זֶה פַעֲמַיִם now two times (so 43:10), 31:38 now, already twenty years, v 41 (זֶה־לִּי …), 45:6 Nu 14:22 now ten times, 22:28, 32 זֶה שָׁלשׁ רְגָלִים, Dt 8:2, 4 Jos 22:3 זֶה יָמִים רַבִּים, 2 S 14:2 +; Zc 7:3 זֶה כַּמָּה שָׁנִים already how many years! cf. Ru 2:7 Je 50:17. 5. In poetry, as a relative pron. (rare: but see also זוֹ, זוּ): ψ 74:2 athe hill of Zion זה שׁכנת בּוֹ wherein thou dwellest, 78:54; 104:8 אל־מְקום זה to the place (st. c. Ges§ 130. 3) which … v 26 Pr 23:22 Is 25:9; = that which Jb 15:17, those who 19:19 (so once, Ex 13:8, even in prose). In some of the passages cited the punctuators, by coupling זה with the preceding subst., and separating it from what follows by a disj. accent (as הַר־זֶ֝֗ה), appear not to have recognised its relative sense, but to have construed, ‘this mountain, (which) thy right hand,’ etc. 6. With prefixes (in special senses):— a. בָּזֶה15 in this (place), here, Gn 38:21, 22 Ex 24:14 Nu 23:1(×2) 1 S 1:26; 9:11 +; of time, then, †Est 2:13 Once בַּזֶּה 1 S 21:10. b. בְּזֹאת (α) with this = on these conditions, Gn 34:15, 22 1 S 11:2 Is 27:9; = herewith, thus provided Lv 16:3. (β) by or through this (especially with יָדַע), Gn 42:15, 33 Ex 7:17 Nu 16:28 Jos 3:10 ψ 41:12; so בָּזֹאת Mal 3:10. (γ) in spite of this, Lv 26:27 ψ 27:3, for which the fuller בְּכָל־זֹאת occurs, Is 5:25; 9:11, 16, 20; 10:4 ψ 78:32 Je 3:10 Ho 7:10. (δ) בָּזֹאת for this cause (late style) †1 Ch 27:24 2 Ch 19:2; in this matter 20:17. c. כָּזֶה (α) †Gn 41:38 הֲנִמְצָא כָזֶה אִישׁ אשׁר …, Is 56:12; 58:5 Je 5:9 גּוֹי אֲשֶׁר כָּזֶה (so v 29; 9:8). (β) כָּזֹה וְכָזֶה thus and thus, †Ju 18:4 2 S 11:25 1 K 14:5. d. כְּזֹאת the like of this = as follows, †Gn 45:23; כָּזֹאת the like of this = things such as these Ju 13:23 (c. השׁמיע), 15:7; 19:30 לא נראתה כָּזֹאת, 1 S 4:7 (cf. Je 2:10 2 Ch 30:26), 2 S 14:13 (c. חשׁב), Is 66:8 (c. שׁמע), Ezr 7:27; = accordingly, to that effect (c. דִּבֶּר) 2 Ch 34:22; = in like manner Ju 8:8; = thus (as has been described) 1 K 7:37 1 Ch 29:14 2 Ch 31:20; 32:15: כָּזֹאת וְכָזֹאת thus and thus †Jos 7:20 2 S 17:15(×2) 2 K 5:4; 9:12. e. מִזֶּה from here, hence Gn 37:17; 42:15; 50:25 Ex 11:1(×2) 13:3 Dt 9:12 + often: מִזֶּה … מִזֶּה on one side … on the other side Ex 17:12 מזה אחד ומזה אחד, 25:19; 26:13; 32:15 מזה ומזה הם כתובים, Nu 22:24 1 S 14:4 1 K 10:19, 20 Zc 5:3 +; מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה לְ on one side and on the other side of … Ex 38:15 Jos 8:33 Ez 45:7; 48:21. f. עַל זֶה on this account (rare), La 5:17 (pointing forwards), Est 6:3. So עַל זֹאת Am 8:8 Mi 1:8 Je 2:12 (Jb 17:8) 4:8, 28 ψ 32:6; in late prose Ezr 8:23; 9:15; 10:2 Ne 13:14 2 Ch 16:9, 10; 29:9; 32:20. g. עִם זֶה in spite of this †Ne 5:18.—On אֵי זֶה which? אֵי מִזֶּה whence? אֵי לָזֹאת how? v. sub אַי" dir="rtl" >אַי 2, p. 32; and on הַלָּז, הַלָּזֶה, הַלֵּזוּ, v. p. 229. Note. —זֶה in 1 S 17:34 (in many edd.) is a typographical error (not a Kt) of Jacob b. Chayim’s Rabbin. Bible of 1525 for שׂה sheep, which has been perpetuated hence in other subseq. edd. The reading of MSS. and of the best ancient edd. is שֶׂה (cf. de RossiVar. Lect. ii. 151).

I. שׂוּם, שִׂים, vb. put, place, set (cf. NöZMG xxxvii (1883), 532; NH סוּם Pi. designate, fix, שׂום Ecclus 45:5c; 49:6; Ph. שם, Assyrian šâmu, fix, determine; Sab. שׂים set, set up, SabDenkmNo. 7, 1. 6 CISiv. 1; Arabic شَامَ (ى) is insert, sheathe, also compute; Ethiopic ሤመ: put, place; 𝔗 שׂוּם, Syriac ܣܳܡ, Old Aramaic שים);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. שָׂם Gn 21:14 + (2 Ch 1:5 read שָׂם 𝔊 𝔙 Gi Be Kau Benz), sf. שָׂמוֹ Ez 17:4 +, שָׂמָ֫הוּ 7:20; 3 fs. שָׂ֫מָה 1 S 19:13, sf. שָׂמָ֫תְהוּ Ez 19:5; 24:7; 2 ms. שַׂמְתָּ Je 32:20 +; 3 pl. שָׂמוּ Gn 40:15 +; 1 pl. שַׂמְנוּ Is 28:15, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יָשׂוּם Ex 4:11, יָשִׂים Gn 30:42 +, יָשִׂם Jb 23:6; juss. יָשֵׂם 1 S 22:15 +; וַיָּ֫שֶׂם Gn 2:8 +; sf. יְשִׂמֵנִי 2 S 15:4, וַיְשִׂימְךָ 1 K 10:9; 2 fs. וַתָּשִׂימִי Is 51:23; וָאָשִׂים 1 S 28:21 +, וָאָשִׂ֫ימָה Ezr 8:17; Ju 12:3 Qr (Kt ואישׂמה); 2 mpl. תָּשִׂימוּ Gn 32:17 +, תְּשִׂימ֫וּן Ex 22:24 +, etc.; Imv. ms. שִׂים Gn 24:2 +, etc.; Inf. abs. שׂוֹם Dt 17:15 +, cstr. שׂוּם 44:7 +, שִׂים Jb 20:4 + 2 S 14:7 Qr (Kt שׂום), שׂימו Is 10:6 Kt (Qr שׂוּמוֹ), etc.; Pt. שָׂם Am 7:8 +, fs. הַשָּׂמָ֫ה Is 51:10 (so read for MT הַשָּׂ֫מָה); pl. שָׂמִים Mal 2:2 +; pass. שִׂים Nu 24:21 (cf. Di), Ob 4; f. according to most שׂוּמָה 2 S 13:32 (van d. H. שׂימה Kt), but v. infr.; שִׂימָ֫ה ψ 56:9 Bae Buhl, but most Imv. ms.;—put, set (often ‖ נָתָן 2, q.v.), c. acc. pers. vel rei (expr. or impl.): 1. a. put, set, in a place, + שָׁם Gn 2:8 (J), + acc. loc. 28:11 (E) + 5 times +, c. 2 acc. + loc., 2 K 10:8 heads (in) heaps at (acc. loc.), cf. Lv 24:6 (עַל); + ב 40:15 (E), fig. of י׳, put his name, בִּירוּשׁ׳ 2 K 21:7 = 2 Ch 33:7, cf. c. שָׁם 1 K 9:3; Dt 12:5 + 6 times; especially ב of receptacle Gn 31:34 (E), Ex 2:3 (E), Ju 6:19 + often; sackcloth on (ב) loins Gn 37:34 (J), 1 K 20:31, crown on head Zc 6:11; Est 1:17, shoes on feet Ez 24:17; hook, etc., in nose 2 K 19:28 = Is 37:29; Jb 40:26, incense בְּאַפֶּ֑ךָ Dt 33:10, i.e. cause thee (י׳) to smell it; feet in stocks (fig.) Jb 13:27; 33:11; knife into throat Pr 23:2 (fig. of self-restraint, Fl in De); words into mouth Ex 4:15 (J), Nu 22:38 (E) + 8 times, + Dt 31:19 teach to say or sing; into heart Jb 22:22, ins. also 1 S 29:10 𝔊 Th We Dr Kit Bu HPS; trust in God ψ 78:7; (guilt of) blood into house Dt 22:8, cf. Ju 9:24 (עַל pers.; so, c. נָתַן Dt 21:8; Je 26:15; Jon 1:14); something into hand Ex 4:21 (E), of wonders, i.e. enable hand to do them; elsewhere = take, of hammer Ju 4:21, booty 1 K 20:6, so (fig.) take one’s life (נֶפֶשׁ) into one’s palm (i.e. risk it) Ju 12:3; 1 S 19:5; 28:21; Jb 13:14; put eyes בַּפּוּךְ 2 K 9:30 (v. פּוּךְ, cf. Is 54:11); נֶפֶשׁ (= person), בַּחַיִּים ψ 66:9 (subj. י׳); set men at (the use of) implements 2 S 12:31 (prob., cf. Dr HPS; > וַיָּשַׂר(ם) sawed them with, as ‖ 1 Ch 20:3, Th We); 1 K 2:5 (‖ נתן) is dub.; 𝔊L Klo Kit read וַיִּקֹּם; charge something against (ב pers.; properly put in, i.e. attribute, impute, to) 1 S 22:15; Jb 4:18; so, c. ל pers. Dt 22:14, cf. (ל om.) v 17; put בְּקֶרֶב Am 7:8; Is 63:11, בְּתוֹךְ Ez 26:12. b. put something upon (עַל) Nu 21:8, 9 (E) + often; jewels, clothes, on person Gn 24:17 (J), 41:42 (E), Lv 8:8 (P), Ru 3:3, turban Zc 3:5(×2); Ex 29:5 (P), Lv 8:9 (P) cf. (prep. om.) Jb 24:15; 36:13 (fig.), girdle Je 13:1, 2, sackcloth 1 K 21:27; שׂ׳ אָדָם עַל־הָאָרֶץ Jb 20:4 (of man’s creation); of siege and siege engines, עַל = against, Mi 4:14; Ez 4:2; 23:24; put, lay, upon (עַל), 2 K 4:29 +; hand Gn 48:18 (J) + 3 times, + upon mouth, in silence Ju 18:19; Jb 21:5, and awe Mi 7:16, so c. ל Jb 29:9, לְמוֹ 40:4, 40, upon (עַל) head 2 S 13:19 (in despair, cf. Je 2:37); acc. of disease Ex 15:26 (J), so (ב pers.) v 26 Dt 7:16; fig., spirit (עַל) Nu 11:17 (JE), name 6:27 (P), duty Jb 37:15 (?), reproach 1 S 11:2, רָעָה תַּחַת טוֹבָה ψ 109:5 (𝔖 Bae וַיָשִׁיבוּ, so, or וַיְשַׁלְּמוּ, Hup Che); שׂ׳ עַל לֵב Ct 8:6 (sim.), so, fig., = remember, treasure up, Is 42:25; 47:7 (‖ זָכַר), + 6 times, c. אֶל 2 S 13:33; 19:20 (‖ id.); c. ב 1 S 21:13; cf. שׂ׳ בְּאָזְנֵי Ex 17:14 (E), impress upon. c. put, lay, set, c. ל, 2 K 11:16 lay (violent) hands on = 2 Ch 23:15; put end to Jb 18:2; 28:3; set לְמָרוֹם 5:11; render glory to Jos 7:19 (JE; ‖ נָתַן), Is 42:12; make covenant with 2 S 23:5; set food for Gn 43:32 (J), 2 S 12:20, prep. om. Gn 43:31 (J), so c. לִפְנֵי 1 S 9:24; 28:22; 2 K 6:22; שׂ׳ לִפְנֵי elsewhere Ju 18:21, of precedence Gn 48:20b (E); set laws (as authoritative) לִפְנֵי Ex 19:7; 21:1 (both E), Dt 4:44; God (as moral ruler) לְנֶגְדָּם ψ 54:5; 86:14; שׂ׳ נֶגֶד also Gn 31:37 (E), נֹכַח Ez 14:4, 7; לְעֵינֵי Gn 30:41 (J). d. put, c. בֵּין Jos 24:7 (E) + 5 times (Ex 8:19 v. פְּדוּת p. 804), + Gn 30:36 (J), 32:17 (E), put space between; c. תַּחַת Ex 17:12 (E), + 3 times (Ob 7 del. לַחְמְךָ We GASm Now al.) + שׂ׳ יָד תַּחַת יָרֵךְ in oath Gn 24:2, 9; 47:29 (all J); put, c. אֶל loc. 1 S 6:11, 15; 19:13a Hb 2:15, אֶל pers. Jb 5:8 commit unto; c. אֵצֶל rei Lv 6:3 (P), מִצַּד rei Dt 31:26 (P); שׂ׳ עִמְּךָ 1 S 9:23 lay up something with thee, reserve it; put, c. יַחַד Mi 2:12 put together = collect (‖ אָסַף, קִבֵּץ); without modifier 1 K 18:23, 25; Jb 14:15; Ez 30:21 apply bandage (‖ נָתַן). 2. set, direct: a. sword against (ב) Ju 7:22; fig. extend compassion, ל pers. Is 47:6 b. direct לֵב, לֵבָב (mind) toward, pay attention to, c. ל, Dt 32:46; 1 S 9:20; Ez 40:4; 44:5b; c. אֶל Ex 9:21 (J), 1 S 25:25; 2 S 18:3(×2); Jb 2:3; 34:14 (Bu Du del. לֵב and read יָשִׁיב רוּחוֹ); c. עַל Hg 1:5, 7; Jb 1:8; compl. om. Ez 44:5 a Hg 2:15, 18(×2); Is 41:22; Ju 19:30 read perhaps לְבַבְכֶם for לָכֶם (or עֵצָה for עֻצוּ); לֵב om. Jb 4:20, Is 41:20 (+ רָאָה, יָדַע, הִשְׂכִּיל), c. ב pers. Jb 23:6 (so Bu, who cps. 4:20; 24:12; 34:23, but all cases dub.); שִׂים לֵב, c. עַל = intend Dn 1:8 (obj. cl.). c. set face (פָּנִים) toward (acc. loc.) Gn 31:21 (E), + לָבוֹא Je 42:15(×2), 17; 44:12, cf. 2 K 12:18; Dn 11:17; c. אֶל, toward or against (implying opposition) Ez 6:2 + 5 times Ez, c. עַל Ez 29:2; 35:2, c. דֶּרֶךְ of direction 21:2; c. ב (fig. of oppos., subj. י׳): הִנְנִי שָׂם פָּנַי בָּכֶם לְרָעָה Je 44:11, cf. 21:10 Ez 15:7 (‖ נתן), Lv 20:5 (P); c. ל rei (human subj.) Dn 11:18 Qr (ישׁב); c. עַל pers. + לִמְלֹךְ of purpose 1 K 2:15; set eyes (עֵינַים) upon, c. עַל pers. = behold Gn 44:21 (J), = look after, take care of, Je 39:12; 40:4, לְטוֹבָה 24:6, but לְרָעָה Am 9:4. 3. a. set, ordain, c. acc. rei Nu 24:23 (> acc. pers. Di). b. set, establish a law, statute, + ל pers. Ex 15:25; Jos 24:25 (both E), cf. Pr 8:29; + ב loc. Is 42:4 ψ 78:5 (‖ הֵקִים), also 81:6; Je 33:25 + 2 S 20:19 (שָׂמוּ for שְׁלֻמֵי 𝔊 Ew We Kit Bu HPS, cf. Dr); establish something as (ל) law Gn 47:26 (J), 1 S 30:25 (+ ל pers.); establish bazaars (as a right), ב loc., 1 K 20:34; appoint a set time Ex 9:5 (J), Jb 34:23 (reading מוֹעֵד for עוֹד GHBWr Bu), ins. (perhaps) 1 S 13:8 so Dr Klo HPS (> ins. אמר Th We Bu Kit, after 𝔊 𝔗); a place, + ל pers. Ex 21:13; 2 S 7:10 = 1 Ch 17:9, ל rei 1 K 8:21 (+ שָׁם). c. set, found a nation, Is 44:7 (si vera l.), establish it ψ 89:30 (לָעַד). d. set, appoint (as ruler, official) + עַל pers. vel gent., Ex 1:11; 18:21 (all E), Dt 17:14, 15(×3); Ju 11:11 (+ ל of office), 2 S 17:25 (+ תַּחַת instead of) + 6 times + Gn 47:6 (J; second acc. = ruler, expressed), 2 S 23:23 (אֶל), עַל in ‖ 1 Ch 11:25; also 2 acc. + ל and ב loc. ψ 105:21, ב loc. 2 S 15:4; 2 Ch 33:14, בְּרֹאשׁ at the head of, Dt 1:13, 2 acc. alone Ct 1:6; c.acc. pers. + ל pers. Gn 27:37 (E), Ho 2:2; 1 S 8:5 (+ inf.); + ל of title Gn 45:8, 9 Ex 2:14 (+ עַל; all E) + 4 times + Ju 8:33 (+ ל pers.), + Ez 44:8 (perhaps read וַתְּשִׂימוּם Hi Sm Co and most); + ל of purpose Hb 1:12; + ב of position, ל pers. 1 S 8:11; c. acc. of office alone 1 S 8:12 (+ ל pers.), so Co Ez 21:27a (שָׂרִים for כָּרִים, v. כַּר sub כרר), 1 K 20:24 (+ תחת), cf. 2 Ch 23:18, + עַל, אֶל, of task Nu 4:19 (P); Jb 7:20 set me as (ל) mark for (ל) him. e. set, constitute, make, c. כ pers. vel rei, Gn 13:16 (J) I will make thy seed as the dust, 32:13 (J) 48:20 (E), Dt 10:22; Ho 11:8 + 16 times + (bad sense) Ho 2:5; Na 3:6; 1 K 19:2. f. set, determine, fix, bounds Je 5:22 (2 acc.) Jb 38:5, 33 ψ 104:9; pass. determined, settled, + עַל־פֶּה 2 S 13:32 (but v. II. שׂום); appoint, send, frogs לְפַרְעֹה Ex 8:8 (J), c. acc. pers. + עַל against 2 K 18:14. 4. a. set, station, at a post, etc., acc. pers. Jos 8:13 (JE), + ב loc. 2 K 10:24; Je 9:7 + 5 times, + adv. acc. Gn 33:2 (J), + בֵּין loc. Jos 8:12, + ל (against) and אַחֲרֵי loc. v 2 (both JE), + ל against Ju 9:25 (+ עַל loc.), + אֶל against 20:29, 36; doubtful are 1 S 15:2 (c.ל pers.), 1 K 20:12(×2) (עַל־הָעִיר), where no obj. expr. (in MT); either an obj. has fallen out, or vb. (in techn. military sense), here intrans. or inwardly trans. (Dl ZK ii. 397 forward! take direction toward; cf.also [on Sm] We Dr Löhr), or else שׂ׳ is corrupt (cf.HPSSm). b. put in position, sacred bread, sword, staves, bars, c.acc. 1 S 21:7; Ez 21:27; Nu 4:6, 8, 11, 14 + 4 times P, Jb 38:10; + עַל Ex 32:27 (E), 40:20 (P), מִמַּעַל ל Je 43:10, מֵעַל Est 3:1; + (various modifiers) 8 times; set in place, תֵּבֵל Jb 34:13 (De al.), but context favours שָׁמַר Bu; Du שׂ׳ לִבּוֹ בְּתֵבֵל. c. set up throne 1 K 2:19, altars Je 11:13, memorial stone Gn 18:18 (J), 28:22 (E), 1 S 7:12 (cf.הֵקִים Gn 31:45 +), image, etc. Ju 18:31 (‖ הֵקִים), Dt 27:15; 1 K 12:29 (ב loc., ‖ נָתַן), 2 K 21:7 (ב loc.) = 2 Ch 33:7, cf. ψ 74:4; Is 57:8 and, + ב loc., Je 7:30; 32:34; rods before (לְעֵינֵי) cattle Gn 30:41 (‖ וַיַּצֵּג v 38), cf. v 42, guide-posts Je 31:21, bed 2 K 4:10 (+ ל pers.). d. = plant, wheat Is 28:25, tree 41:19 (ב loc.; ‖ נָתַן), slip Ez 17:5 (עַל by). e. set, fix (countenance) 2 K 8:11, so usually, but acc. om., and sense dub.; read perhaps וַיִּשֹּׁם (√ שׁמם, cf. e.g. 1 K 9:8), so Klo Kmp Kit Benz. 5. a. make a thing, or pers. (acc.), for transform into (ל), Jos 6:18 (J) make camp לְחֵרֶם, Mi 1:6 make Samaria לְעִי, Gn 21:13, 18 (E), Ex 14:21 (JE), Mi 4:7 (both good sense), Is 28:17; 42:15, 16 + 12 times Is. (25:2 read עִיר for מֵעִיר Vrss Comm.), Je 2:7 + 8 times Je, + 14 times + Ju 1:28 they made the Can. into the corvée; וְיָשֵׂם לְדֶרֶךְ פְּעָמָיו ψ 85:14 maketh his steps into a way (so RV Hup Che Dr, but meaning obscure; De Bae attend to the way of (לֵב om.); Schr Hup-Now read וְיִשְׁמֹר ד׳); c. 2 acc. Jos 8:28 (J), ψ 39:9; 66:2 Mi 1:7; 4:13 1 K 5:23 (prægn. c. עַד loc.), + 29 times b. make, constitute, 2 acc., 1 S 8:1; 18:13 (+ ל pers.) 22:7 (לְכֻלְּכֶם, ל of acc.; or וְכֻלְּכֶם), Is 3:7; 60:17 + 6 times, + 1 S 11:11 form people in bands, cf. Jb 1:17 (one acc., form bands), + (acc. pers. om.) Ex 4:11b (J), cf. (beast, in fig.) Ez 19:5; 2 acc. and acc. + ל in same ver., Is 54:12 I will make rubies thy pinnacles, and (transform) thy gates into carbuncles; in phr. of naming, שָׂם שְׁמוֹ יִשְׂרָאֵל 2 K 17:34, cf. Ju 8:31; Ne 9:7; c. ל, וַיָּשֶׂם לָהֶם שֵׁמוֹת Dn 1:7, וַיּ׳ לְדָנִיֵּאל בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר v 7; make, fashion, c. acc. rei + ל pers. Ex 4:11a (J; י׳ subj.); grave Na 1:14 (but on text and meaning v. Now Bi SB Wiener Akkadian 1894, Abh. v); c. acc. דֶּרֶךְ Is 43:19 (ב loc.), cf. Ez 21:24, 25 (+ ל inf.); ψ 50:23 is dub., usually order (one’s) way, De Dr prepare way (which), etc., Gr Che תֹּם for שָׂם; make name + ל pers. 2 S 7:23 = 1 Ch 17:21, 2 S 14:7; make for, ל pers. (or give to), c.acc. of posterity Gn 45:7 (E); 1 S 2:20 read prob. יְשַׁלֵּם 𝔊 We Kit Bu HPS, cf. Dr; Ezr 10:44 b is obscure, Gu-Batten del. וַיָּשִׂימוּ and read וַיְשַׁלְּחוּ bef. נָשִׁים, cf. 3 Esdr 9:36 Be Ry Ryle. c. work, bring to pass, c. acc. rei, of י׳’s signs, etc., + ב loc. Ex 10:2 (J), Je 32:20; Is 66:19 ψ 46:9; 78:43; 105:27. d. appoint, give, acc. rei Nu 6:26 (P), Is 61:3 (‖ נָתַן; both c. ל pers.); a pledge Jb 17:3 (‖ עָרְבֵנִי go surety for me, but read perhaps עֶרְבֹנִי as obj., v. p. 786 b); וְשׂוֹם שֵׂכֶל Ne 8:3 giving understanding (making sense clear). †Hiph. Pf. 1 s. consec. וַהֲשִׂמֹתִיהוּ Ez 14:8, acc. pers. + ל, I will make him for a sign (שׁ for שׂ van d. H., √ שׁמם; Co Berthol Toy וְשַׂמְתִּיהוּ (Qal), Krae וְהִשְׁמַדְתִּיהוּ); Imv. fs. הָשִׂימִי 21:21, prob. del as dittogr. Co Krae after 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 𝔗 Nö ZMG xxxvii (1883), 530 (> Bö Toy al. הִקְדִּימוּ); Pt. מֵשִׂים Jb 4:20 = Qal (לֵב) שׂום (v 2 b), but phr. dub., and text perhaps crpt., v. Me Nöl.c.. †Hoph. Impf. 3 ms. וַיּוּשַׂם Gn 24:33 Qr (Kt ויישׂם Ges§ 73 f) there was set before him (לְפָנָיו) to eat, cf. Ol MB Ak. 1870, 389 Kö i. 435, who read also וַיּוּשַׂם 50:26 he was laid in (ב) a mummycase (for MT וַיִּישֶׂם Di (ed. 4.5.6) allows this.

τίς __B Interrog. pronoun τίς, Elean and Laconian dialect τίρ (which see), τί:—genitive Epic dialect and Ionic dialect τέο Refs 8th c.BC+; Trag. and Attic dialect τοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+; Ionic dialect, Trag., and Attic dialect τίνος Refs 5th c.BC+; dative Ionic dialect τέῳ Refs 5th c.BC+; no dative in Refs 8th c.BC+; Trag. and Attic dialect τῷ Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect τίῳ Refs 7th c.BC+; τίνι first in NT+8th c.BC+; genitive Epic dialect τέων Refs 8th c.BC+, and as monosyllable Refs; Trag. and Attic dialect τίνων Refs 5th c.BC+; dative τίσι first in Refs 8th c.BC+; Ionic dialect τέοισι Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect τίοισι Refs 7th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τά Refs 5th c.BC+; Megarian dialect σά Refs 5th c.BC+: of the plural Refs 8th c.BC+ with genitive τέω; ποῖος (what? which?) is sometimes preferred (especially in neuter plural) to the adjective τίς, e.g. τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα χρήματ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I in direct questions, who? which? neuter what? which? ὦ ξεῖνοι, τίνες ἐστ; Refs 8th c.BC+; τίς ἀχώ, τίς ὀδμὰ προσέπτα μ᾽ ἀφεγγή; Refs 4th c.BC+; properly at the beginning of the sentence; but this position may be varied, __B.I.a for grammatical reasons, as between the Article and participle or noun, τοὺς τί ποιοῦντας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ἀποκαλοῦσι; Refs 5th c.BC+; τῆς περὶ τί πειθοῦς ἡ ῥητορική ἐστιν τέχν; Refs; ὁ σοφιστὴς τῶν τί σοφῶν ἐστι; Refs __B.I.b for emphasis, ἃ δ᾽ ἐννέπεις, κλύουσα τοῦ λέγει; Refs 5th c.BC+; πόλις τε ἀφισταμένη τίς πω.. τούτῳ ἐπεχείρησ; Refs 5th c.BC+; especially when the Verb begins the sentence, δράσεις δὲ δὴ τ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ἦλθες δὲ κατὰ τ; Refs 5th c.BC+; διαφέρει δὲ τ; Refs 8th c.BC+; and of things or conditions, τί is frequently with the genitive singular, of all genders, πρὸς τί χρεία; Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐλπίδων ἐς τ; Refs __B.I.2 sometimes as the predicate, τίς ὀνομάζετα; what is he named? Refs 5th c.BC+; so also may be explained the union of τίς with a demonstrative or possessive pronoun, or with a Noun preceded by the Article, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί ἐστι τουτ; τίς ὁ τρόπος τοῦ τάγματο; Refs; also with pronoun in plural, τί ταῦτ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί γὰρ τάδ᾽ ἐστί; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί ποτ᾽ ἐστίν, ἂ διανοούμεθ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί ποτ᾽ ἐστὶ ταῦταRefs; so τί is used as predicate of a masculine or feminine subject, τί νιν προσείπ; Refs 4th c.BC+; τί σοι φαίνεται ὁ νεανίσκο; Refs 5th c.BC+ —also τίς δ᾽ ὅδε Ναυσικάᾳ ἕπεται; who is this that follows N.? Refs 8th c.BC+; τίς δ᾽ οὗτος ἔρχεα; Refs 8th c.BC+; and in the reverse order, τήνδε τίνα λεύσσω..; who is this I see? Refs 5th c.BC+; τίνι οὖν τοιούτῳ φίλους ἂν θηρῴη; with what means of such kind.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί τοσοῦτον νομίζοντες ἠδικῆσθα; Refs; τί με τὸ δεινὸν ἐργάσ; what is the dreadful thing which.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; τίν᾽ ὄψιν σὴν προσδέρκομα; what face is this I see of thine? Refs 5th c.BC+; παρὰ τίνας τοὺς ὑμᾶ; who are 'you' to whom [I am to come]? Refs 5th c.BC+ —the _Article_ is exceptionally added to τίς, when it leads up to a word which requires the Article, ληφθήσει.. Πανήμου εἰκάδι· καὶ Λῴου τῇ--τίν; τῇ δεκάτῃ on the twentieth of the month Panemus and of Loüs on the --what day? the tenth, Refs 3rd c.BC+ —in Comedy texts also τὸ τί; what is that? Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦ τίνος χάρι; Refs 2nd c.BC+; and with plural Article, τὰ τ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 with properly names treated as appellatives (see. τις indefinite Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς σε Θηρικλῆς ποτε ἔτευξ; Refs 4th c.BC+; τίς.. Χίμαιρα πύρπνοο; Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.4 τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοί; like{πῶς ἄν}, would that some one.. , Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.5 a question with τίς often amounts to a strong negation, τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων τίς κεν οὐνόματ᾽ εἴπο; Refs 8th c.BC+; τίς ἂν ἐξεύροι ποτ᾽ ἄμεινο; Refs 5th c.BC+; τίνες ἂν δικαιότερον.. μισοῖντ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.6 sometimes two questions are asked in one clause by different cases of τί; ἡ τίσιν τί ἀποδιδοῦσα τέχνη δικαιοσύνη ἂν καλοῖτ; Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.7 τίς with Particles:—τίς γά; why who? who possibly? τίς γάρ σε θεῶν.. ἧκε; Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.7.b τίς δ; ὦ κοῦραι, τίς δ᾽ ὔμμιν.. πωλεῖτα; Refs __B.I.7.c τίς δ; who then? τίς δή κεν βροτὸς.. ἅζοιτ᾽ ἀθανάτους Refs 6th c.BC+; τίς δῆτ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.7.d τίς ποτ; who in the world? who ever? τίς ποτ᾽ ὢν γενεὰν καὶ ποίαν τινὰ φύσιν ἔχω; Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς δήποτ; Refs __B.I.8 the usages of the neuter τ; are very various: __B.I.8.a τ; alone, as a simple question, what? τί γά; Refs 4th c.BC+:—on ὅτι τ; ὅτι τί δ; ὅτι δὴ τ; see at {ὅτι} Refs 5th c.BC+; on ὡς τ; see {ὡς} F.1. __B.I.8.b τί τοῦτ; τί ταῦτ; see above 2. __B.I.8.c τί μο; τί σο; what is it to me? to thee? Refs 5th c.BC+; with genitive, τί μοι ἔριδος καὶ ἀρωγῆ; what have I to do with.. ? Refs 8th c.BC+; τί δέ σοι ταῦτ; Refs 5th c.BC+ (where the answerer repeats the question in indirect form, ὅ τί μοι τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι;); ἀλλὰ δὴ τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; Refs 4th c.BC+; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; what have I to do with thee? LXX+2nd c.AD+; τί σοὶ καὶ εἰρήν; LXX; τί πρὸσσ; NT+2nd c.AD+; σοὶ δὲ καὶ τούτοισι τοῖσι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; what have you to do with these matters? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; Refs 4th c.BC+; or with infinitive, τί γάρ μοι τοὺς ἔξω κρίνει; NT __B.I.8.d τίμαθώ; τί παθώ; see at {μανθάνω} see, πάσχω Refs __B.I.8.e τ; also often stands absolutely as adverb how? why? wherefore? Refs 8th c.BC+; so too in Attic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; δόμων γὰρ ζῶσι τῶνδε δεσπόται. Answ. τί ζῶσι; how do you mean ζῶσι ζῶσι forsooth! Refs 5th c.BC+; Κιθαιρὼν--Answ. τί Κιθαιρώ; what aboutK.? Refs; compare τίη. __B.I.8.f τί with Particles: -τί γά; why not? how else? and so it came to mean of course, no doubt, Refs 4th c.BC+; used in affirmative answers, Refs 5th c.BC+; to introduce an argument, Refs 4th c.BC+ —τί δαί; see at {δαί}:—τί δ; serving to pass on quickly to a fresh point, Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δέ, εἰ..; but what, if.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἄν, εἰ..; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἢν..; Refs; τί δέ, εἰ μὴ..; what else but.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; so τί δὲ δ; τί δ; τί δή ποτ; why ever? why in the world? what do you mean? Refs 5th c.BC+ —so also τί δῆτα; how, pray? τί δῆτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ..; Refs 5th c.BC+ — (τί μή; falsa lectio in Refs 5th c.BC+ —τί μήν; i.e. yes certainly, much like{τί γάρ}; Refs 5th c.BC+ —τί μὴν οὔ; in reply to a question, Refs —τί νυ; why now? Refs 8th c.BC+ —τί δ᾽ οὔ; parenthetic, why not? as an affirmative answer, Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὐ καλοῦμε; i.e. let us call, Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὐ βαδίζομε; etc., Refs 5th c.BC+ —τί οὖν; how so? making an objection, Refs 4th c.BC+; τί οὖν οὐκ ἐρωτᾷ; Refs 5th c.BC+ —τί ποτε; see at {τίπτε}; __B.I.8.g with Conjunctions following:—τί ὅτι..; why is it that.. ? NT+5th c.BC+; see at {ἵνα} Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.8.h with Preps.:—διὰ τ; wherefore? Refs 5th c.BC+ —ἐκ τίνος; from what cause? Refs 5th c.BC+ —ἐς τί; to what point? how long? Refs 8th c.BC+; but also, to what end? Refs 5th c.BC+ —κατὰ τί; for what purpose? Refs 5th c.BC+ —πρὸς τί; wherefore? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II τίς is sometimes used for ὅστις in indirect questions, εἰρώτα δὴ ἔπειτα τίς εἴη καὶ πόθεν ἔλθοι Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in later Gr., where ὅστις is very rare, εἰς τὸ λογιστήριον γράφων.. τί ὀφείλεται Refs 3rd c.BC+; οὐθεὶς ἐσήμηνεν παρὰ τί ἂν τοῖς προστεταγμένοις.. οὐ κατηκολούθησαν nobody indicated why they should not have obeyed orders, Refs 2nd c.BC+; ὅστις and τίς are sometimes combined, ὡς πύθοιθ᾽ ὅ τι δρῶν ἢ τί φωνῶν ῥυσαίμην Refs 5th c.BC+ —later with infinitive, τί πράττειν οὐκ ἔχω I do not know what to do, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.b sometimes not in indirect questions, whoever, whatever, αἰτοῦ τί χρῄζεις ἕν Refs 5th c.BC+; ταῦτα οὐκ ἀπέστελλον πάντα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκλεγόμενοι τίνων αἱ τιμαὶ ἐπετέταντο whatever things had risen in price, Refs 4th c.BC+; τίνα δ᾽ ἁ Κύπρις οὐκ ἐφίλησεν whomsoever K. has not loved, Refs 3rd c.BC+; τίνι ἡ τύχη δίδωσι, λαβέτω Antiochusap.Refs 3rd c.BC+, see aboveRefs 4th c.BC+; τίς σοφός, αὐτῷ προσκολλήθητι LXX+NT; τίς σοφίῃ πάντων πρῶτος, τούτου τρίποδ᾽ αὐδῶ Oracle texts cited in Refs 1st c.BC+ Cobet from Refs 5th c.BC+; in other places, as Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.c τίς ={ὅστις} after a negative, μή τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ.., τίνος ἡ διάνοια ἐξέκλινεν κτλ.; LXX __B.II.d = {ὅς} or ὅσπερ, τέων.. Ζεὺς ἐπὶ σαλπίγγων ἱρὰ βοῇ δέχεται Κᾶρες ὁμοῦ Λελέγεσσι Refs 3rd c.BC+, compare 5.2,8; τίνας ἱερεωσύνας εἶχον ἐπενεγύων Refs 2nd c.BC+; τίνα με ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ NT; τίς ἔζησεν ἔτη β who lived.., Refs; εὗρον γεωργόν, τίς αὐτὰ ἑλκύσῃ Refs 2nd c.AD+ __B.II.2 τί; τ; in direct or indirect questions may be construed with a participle, σὺ δὲ τίς ὢν ταῦτα λέγει; being who, i.e. who are you that.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; καταμεμάθηκας.. τοὺς τί ποιοῦντας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ἀποκαλοῦσ; Refs 5th c.BC+; νῦν δ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τίνος τέχνης ἐπιστήμων ἐστί, τίνα ἂν καλοῦντες αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς καλοῖμε; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III = {πότερος}; NT+5th c.BC+ __B.IV τί as exclamatory adverb, how.. ! τί ὡραιώθησαν σιαγόνες σου ὡς τρυγόνες LXX; τί θέλω how I wish! NT; τί στενή variant in NT __C Prosody: τις and τίς keep ῐ in all cases (digamma operates in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.II τί was never elided; but hiatus is allowed after τί in Epic dialect τί ἢ (see. τίη), also in Comedy texts, as τί ο; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὖ; Refs; τί ἔστ; Refs; τί, ὦ πάτε; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὖ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί εἶπα; Refs

τις, τι, Indef. pronoun any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions see below):—but τί; τί; Interrog. pronoun who? what?, oxytone in the monosyllable cases, paroxytone in the others:—Dialectal forms: Refs 5th c.AD+ σις (si se) Refs 4th c.AD+ σις (with ?? for σ) Refs 5th c.BC+; Thess. κις Refs, neuter κι in διεκί, ποκκί (which see); neuter plural Doric dialect σά, Boeotian dialect τά, Aeolic dialect dative τίω, τίοισι (see. infr. B). (I.-Refs 5th c.BC+ q[uglide]i-, cf. Latin quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, see at {ἄσσα}, σά μά; with τέο (see. infr. B) cf. OSlav. genitive česo) __A Indef. pronoun τις, τι, genitive Ionic dialect τεο Refs 8th c.BC+; more frequently τευ Refs 8th c.BC+; Trag. and Attic dialect του Refs 5th c.BC+; του is rare after NT+4th c.BC+, but found in Refs 3rd c.BC+, revived by the Atticists, Refs 1st c.BC+; τινος Refs 5th c.BC+; dative Ionic dialect τεῳ Refs 8th c.BC+; Trag. and Attic dialect τῳ (also in Refs 8th c.BC+; τινι Refs 8th c.BC+ in the form οὔ τινι Refs 8th c.BC+; accusative τινα Refs 8th c.BC+, neuter τι Refs 8th c.BC+: plural τινες Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect τινεν Refs 3rd c.BC+; nominative and accusative neuter τινα (ὅτινα Refs 8th c.BC+, never in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἄσσα (which see) Refs 8th c.BC+, never in Trag. or Refs 5th c.BC+; Attic dialect ἄττα first in LXX+5th c.BC+, revived by the Atticists, Refs 1st c.BC+; genitive Ionic dialect τεων Refs 5th c.BC+; τινων not in Refs 5th c.BC+; dative τισι, τισιν, first in Refs 5th c.BC+; N.-W. Doric dialect τινοις Refs 3rd c.BC+; Ionic dialect τεοισι Refs 5th c.BC+ (for τεοις and τεον see at {τεός}); accusative τινας Refs 8th c.BC+; neuter τινα (see. above):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as adjective any, some, and serving as the Indef. Article a, an; θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II special usages: __A.II.1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one, ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes with meiosis, implying all or men,Refs 8th c.BC+; so in Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 any one concerned, every one, εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself,Refs; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, even with the imperative, τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, Refs 4th c.BC+:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words, τις ἕκαστος Refs 8th c.BC+. In these senses, τις is frequently combined with plural words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially after εἴ or ἤν τις, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Refs 5th c.BC+; so also euphemistic for something bad, ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Refs 5th c.BC+: hence for the 1st pers. or 2nd pers. pronoun, ἅ τιν᾽ οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Refs 8th c.BC+; ποῖ τις τρέψετα; for ποῖ τρέψομα; Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sometimes with an ironical force, φοβεῖταί τις Refs 4th c.BC+; as vocative, τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, Refs 5th c.BC+; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, NT+3rd c.BC+; also in neuter, οἴονταί τι εἶναι ὄντες οὐδενὸς ἄξιοι Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.5.b τις is sometimes opposed to to another word, ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν᾽ εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. LXX+5th c.BC+; ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codices BT) αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ᾽ ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Refs; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισί; Refs __A.II.6 with (Proper name)s τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so, ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Refs 8th c.BC+; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.6.b one of the same sort, converting the (Proper name) into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, Refs 4th c.BC+; [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyric poetry in Refs 5th c.BC+; ἰσθμόν τιν᾽ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.7 with adjectives τις combines to express the idea of a substantive used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dullard, Refs 5th c.BC+; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a coward, Refs 4th c.BC+; ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion (={ταχέως πως}), Refs 5th c.BC+; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Refs __A.II.8 with numerals and adjectives expressing number, size, or the like, εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, NT+8th c.BC+; sometimes the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Refs 5th c.BC+; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Refs; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Refs; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Refs; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὀλίγοι τινές or τινὲς ὀλίγοι Refs; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Refs 5th c.BC+; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Refs 8th c.BC+; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.10 with the Article, __A.II.10.a when a noun with the Article is in apposition with τις, as ὅταν δ᾽ ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (variant τινα) Refs __A.II.10.b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Article to show that the Article is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opposed to ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Refs 4th c.BC+; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opposed to ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Refs 5th c.BC+, the Article is used as in Refs 8th c.BC+ cc. (which see) ὁ, ἡ, τό Refs 5th c.BC+, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, Refs __A.II.10.c frequently in opposed clauses, ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.: also combined with other alternative words, ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Refs; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.., etc., Refs 5th c.BC+: also in neuter, τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Refs 5th c.BC+; in adverbial sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.. , Refs 2nd c.BC+; and τι remains unaltered even when the Article is plural, τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι Refs 5th c.BC+; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.10.d later τις is used as in b above but without the Article, γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, Refs 2nd c.AD+; τίς τινι χαίρειν Refs 2nd c.AD+ __A.II the neuter τι is used, __A.II.a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.. , Refs 5th c.BC+; so perhaps τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ᾽ Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ᾽ ἀνθρώπων no class, Refs (but masculine τις in Refs __A.II.b euphemistic for something bad, see above Refs __A.II.c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all, ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, see at {πάνυ} Refs; also in conjunction with οὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, Refs 5th c.BC+ —also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.12 τίς τε frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.14 τις is pleonastic in such phrases as οὐδέν τι or μηδέν τι, see above Refs __A.II.14.b repeated in successive clauses, ὅσα λέγει τις ἢ πράσσειτις ἢψέγειν ἔχει Refs 5th c.BC+ (whereas τις is sometimes omitted in the first clause, οὔτε φωνὴν οὔτε του μορφὴν βροτῶν Refs 5th c.BC+, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.II.15 τις is sometimes omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (i.e. τις) Refs 8th c.BC+; ὡς δ᾽ ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (i.e. τις) φεύγοντα διώκειν Refs 5th c.BC+: τις must often be supplied from what goes before,Refs __A.II.15.b sometimes also τις is omitted before a genitive case which must depend upon it, as ἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς Refs 5th c.BC+; ἢν γαμῇ ποτ᾽ αὐτὸς ἢ [τις] τῶν ξυγγενῶν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III Accentuation and position of τις: __A.III.1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc.,Refs 4th c.AD+ or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Refs __A.III.1.a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον..; is any one within? Refs 4th c.BC+; τί φημ; ={λέγω τι}; am I saying anything? Refs 5th c.BC+; <τίς ἦλθ;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Refs 2nd c.BC+; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), Refs 2nd c.AD+; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Refs 5th c.BC+; τι οὖν (τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγει; Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.III.1.b when τις is opposed to to another τις or to some other word, τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ᾽ οὐ συμφέρει Refs 5th c.BC+ for a certain person, Refs 5th c.BC+. Codices are not consistent; in significationRefs they make it enclitic; in signification Refs; sometimes enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence, πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2 position: __A.III.2.a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (see. above Refs; it may stand second word, ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Refs 8th c.BC+; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δή τινα μάντιν ἐρείομεν Refs __A.III.2.b in Ionic dialect Prose it sometimes stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive, τῶν τις Περσέων Refs 5th c.BC+; so also in late Prose, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __A.III.2.c it stands between the Article and substantive in significationRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2.d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, “IG” 12.110.46, 5th c.BC: Thucydides Historicus 7.10, 5th-6th c.BC: Xenophon Historicus “Anabasis” 4.1.14 (codices dett.), 4th c.BC: Demosthenes Orator 22.22, etc. __A.III.2.e whereas in _Attic dialect_ the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in _Doric dialect_ the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Refs 5th c.BC+: later Doric dialect εἴ τί κα Refs; καἴ τι ἂν (={καὶ εἴ τι ἂν}) Refs 1st c.BC+, see below Refs 5th c.BC+:—this Doric dialect order influenced the Koine, as in the rare εἴ τις ἂν Refs 1st c.AD+

† כַּאֲשֶׁר conj. according as, as, when (cf. for the combin. Aramaic כְּדִי, כַּר)— 1. according to that which, according as, as: a. Gn 34:12 I will give כאשׁר תאמרו אלי according as ye shall (or may) say unto me, 44:1 Ex 8:23 Nu 22:8 1 S 2:16; Gn 34:22 if we are circumcised כאשׁר הם נמולים; 41:21 כאשׁר בתחלה as at the beginning, so כ׳ בראשׁונה Jos 8:5, 6 2 S 7:10; Ex 5:13 כאשׁר בהיות התבן: Gn 7:9 they came in two by two כאשׁר צוה אלהים, as God commanded Noah; so, or similarly, very often, especially in P, v 16 8:21; 12:4; 17:23; 21:1(×2) Ex 16:24; 39:1, 5, 7 Nu 3:16, 42 etc.; כאשׁר דבר י׳ Dt 1:21; 2:1; 6:3, 19 + often Dt. b. answered, for increased emph., by כֵּן (cf. כְּ 2 d), Gn 50:12 ויעשׂו כן כאשׁר צִוָּם, Ex 7:10, 20; Gn 18:5 (J) כן תעשׂה כאשׁר דברת, Ex 10:10 (iron.), Am 5:14 (do.); in opp. order, Ju 1:7 כאשׁר עשׂיתי כן שׁלם לי, Ex 7:6 כאשׁר צוה י׳ כן עשׂו, cf. 12:28, 50; 39:43 Nu 5:4; 17:26; 36:10 (all P); with impf. (freq.) Nu 2:17 (P) כאשׁר יחנו כן יסעו; of degree = the more … the more, Ex 1:12 וכאשׁר יענּו אתו כן ירבה וכן יפרץ, cf. 17:11 (JE) והיה כאשׁר ירים … וגבר ישׁר׳ according as he held up, etc., Israel prevailed; in an oath or solemn promise, Nu 14:28 אם לא כאשׁר דברתם כן אעשׂה, Dt 28:63 (Je 31:28), 1 K 1:30 Is 10:11; 14:24; 52:14 f. + (v. כֵּן 2 b). c. answered by וַ· (Dr§ 127 γ) †Ex 16:34 Nu 1:19. d. often in similes (sq. impf. of habit) Ex 33:11 כאשׁר ידבר אישׁ אל רעהו, Nu 11:12 Dt 1:44 Is 9:2; 66:20 +, answered by כֵּן Is 31:4; 55:10; 66:22 Am 3:12 +; a second verb is, in such cases, in the pf. with וְ consec. (Dr§115) Dt 22:26 Is 29:8 כאשׁר יחלם … והקיץ, 65:8 Am 5:19. e. הָיָה כַּאֲשֶׁר (cf. כְּ הָיָה) to be as if, Jb 10:19 כאשׁר לא הייתי אהיה, Zc 10:6 והיו כאשׁר לא זנחתים. 2. with a causal force, in so far as, since (Germ. demgemäss dass), Gn 26:29 if thou doest us no harm כאשׁר לא נגענוך according as, in so far as, we have not touched thee; Nu 27:14 כאשׁר מריתם פ׳ inasmuch as ye have defied my mouth, Ju 6:27 1 S 28:18 (answered by על כן), 2 K 17:26 Mi 3:4. 3. with a temporal force, when, Gn 18:33 and Y. went away כאשׁר כלה when he had finished, etc., 32:3, 32 1 S 8:6 2 S 12:21 +; answered by וַ· (Dr§ 127 β), 1 S 6:6; 12:8; ויהי כאשׁר … and it came to pass, when … Gn 12:11; 20:13; 24:22, 52; 27:30 Ex 32:19 + often; Gn 43:14 כאשׁר שׁכלתי שׁכלתי when I am bereaved, I am bereaved! an expression of resignation, so Est 4:16 כאשׁר אבדתי אבדתי. Jos 2:7 אחרי כאשׁר is a ‘conflate’ reading, omit either אחרי or כ. Of future time, Gn 27:40; 40:14 כאשׁר ייטב לך, Ho 7:12 Ec 4:17; 5:3, and without a verb Is 23:5 כאשׁר שׁמע למצרים.—Mi 3:3 כאשׁר is simply as that which, Jb 29:25 as one who.

תַּ֫חַת n.[m.] the under part (Arabic تَحْتٌ id.), hence as adv. accus. and prep. underneath, below, instead of (so Arabic تَحْتَ, Sab. תחת, Ethiopic ታሕት: Ph. תחת (Lzb385); Biblical Aramaic 𝔗 תְּחוֹת, Palm. in מן לתחת Tariff 1:4 (Cooke 320), Syriac ܬܚܽܘܬ );— I. as adv. accus. †Gn 49:25 (= Dt 33:13) the deep רֹבֶצֶת תָּ֑חַת that coucheth beneath; more usually with מִן, מִתָּחַת lit. off (מִן 1 c) the under part = beneath, †Ex 20:4 (= Dt 5:8) בָּאָרֶץ מִתָּ֑חַת (so Dt 4:39; Jos 2:11; 1 K 8:23 [both D2], Is 51:6), Dt 33:27; Ju 7:8; Am 2:9; Is 14:9; Jb 18:16;Ez 47:1b. II. as prep.; so cstr., and with sf. (usually in the pl., and so lit. in the parts underneath) תַּחְתַּי Hb 3:16 +, תַּחְתֵּנִי (cf. בַּעֲדֵנִי, עוֹדֶנִּי: Ges§ 103 d) †2 S 22:37, 40, 48 (ψ 18:37, 40, 48 תַּחְתָּ֑י); תַּחְתֶּיךָ; תַּחְתָּיו (Kt תַּחְתּוֹ †2 S 2:23; 3:12; 16:8 Jb 9:13), תַּחְתֶּיהָ Lv 13:23 + 16 times, תַּחְתֶּ֫נָּה (cf. אֵינֶנַּה, עוֹדֶנָּה) †Gn 2:21; תַּחְתֵּינוּ †1 S 14:9 ψ 47:4; תַּחְתֵּיכֶם †Jos 2:14; Am 2:13; תַּחְתֵּיהֶם †Nu 16:31; 1 K 20:24; 1 Ch 4:41; 5:22; 2 Ch 12:10 (for תַּחְתָּם 1 K 14:27), תַּחְתָּם Dt 2:12 + 10 times, תַּחְתֵּיהֶן †Je 28:13;— 1. under, beneath, Gn 7:19 תַּחַת כָּל־ הַשָּׁמַיִם under the whole heaven (so †Dt 2:25; 4:19; Jb 28:24; 37:3; 41:3; Dn 9:12), 18:4 ת׳ הָעֵץ, 21:15; 24:2 + often; Jb 30:14 תּ׳ שׁוֹאָה under the crash they roll themselves against me; ת׳ הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ Ec 1:3, 9, 13 + often Ec. (so in Ph., Cooke 4. 7; 5. 12). With לְ, †2 Ch 4:3 תַּחַת לוֹ, Ct 2:6 = 8:3 ת׳ לְרֹאשִׁי. Idiom. a. תַּחַת הָהָר at the foot of the mt., Ex 24:4; Dt 4:11, so 3:17 ת׳ אַשְׁדֹּת הַפִּסְגָּה, Jos 11:3, 17 +; fig. ψ 18:37 תַּרְחִיב צְעָדַי תַּחְתָּ֑י thou broadenest my steps under me, Jb 36:16 רַחַב לֹא מוּצָק תַּחְתֶּיךָ (so read for תחתיה, Di Bu) breadth unstraitened is beneath thee. b. ת׳ הַלָּשׁוֹן, of something held there as a dainty morsel, and ready, when needed, to be brought out, fig. of sweetness Ct 4:11, of evil ψ 10:7 ת׳ לְשֹׁנוֹ עָמָל וָאָוֶן, Jb 20:12 (so ת׳ שְׂפָתֵימוֹ ψ 140:4), of praise ψ 66:17 וְרוֹמַם ת׳ לְשׁוֹנִי (syn. בִּגְרוֹנָם 149:6). c. תַּחַת פ׳: (a) of subjection, ψ 18:40 תַּכְרִיעַ קָמַי תַּחְתָּ֑י, v 48 (cf. 47:4; 144:2), 45:6; Jb 9:13. (b) of a woman, ת׳ אִישָׁהּ, i.e. under his authority, Nu 5:19, 20, 29, so Ez 23:5 תַּחְתַּי being under me = being mine (fig. of Israel as י׳’s spouse), cf. ὕπανδρος Rom 7:2, and تَحْت Ḳor 66:10. (c) of being burdened or oppressed under, Is 24:5 the earth הָֽנְפָה ת׳ יֽשְׁבֶיהָ, Pr 30:12 ת׳ שָׁלוֹשׁ רָֽגְזָה אֶרֶץ, v 22, 23; Hb 3:7 ת׳ אָוֶן i.e. (si vera l.) suffering under calamity. d. ת׳ יַד פ׳, of authority or control, Gn 41:35 וְיִצְבְּרוּ בָר ת׳ יַד פַּרְעֹה; Ju 3:30 (cf. ψ 106:42), 1 S 21:4, 5 (del. אֶל; dittogr. חֹל), v 9 Is 3:6. e. ת׳ רַגְלֵי פ׳, of subjection or conquest, ψ 8:7 כֹּל שַׁתָּה ת׳ רַגְלָיו, 18:39; 47:4; La 3:34, cf. Mal 3:21. 2. what is under one, the place in which one stands: hence as accus., a. with reflex. pron., idiom., in one’s place, where one stands, Ex 16:29 שְׁבוּ אִישׁ תַּחְתָּיו abide every one in his place, Lv 13:23, 28; Jos 5:8; 6:5, 20; Ju 7:21; 1 S 14:9 וְעָמַדְנוּ תַחְתֵּינוּ we will remain where we are, 2 S 2:23 וַיָּמָת תַּחְתָּו he died where he was (cf. Je 38:9 [read וּמֵת]), 7:10; Is 25:10; 46:7; Am 2:13; Hb 3:16 וְתַחְתַּי אֶרְגָּ֑ז I tremble where I stand, Zc 12:6; 14:10; Jb 36:20; 40:12 וַהֲדֹךְ רְשָׁעִים תַּחְתָּם b. in transferred sense, in place of, instead of: (a) Gn 2:21; 4:25 ת׳ הֶבֶל instead of Abel, 22:13 ת׳ בְּנוֹ, 30:2 הֲת׳ אלהים אנכי (cf. 50:19), 44:33; 2 S 19:1 + often; Nu 32:14; Jb 16:4; Is 3:24; 55:13; 61:3, 7; of one succeeding to the place of another, וַיִּמְלֹךְ תַּחְתָּיו Gn 36:33–39; 1 K 8:20; 11:43; 14:20 + often, Dt 2:12, 21 וַיֵּֽשְׁבוּ תַחְתָּם, Lv 16:32; 1 K 2:35 +; ψ 45:17 in place of thy fathers (whom thou mayest therefore forget) will be thy children. cf. in Ph. CIS i. 3, 9 (Cooke30). Sq. inf. Is 60:15 ת׳ הֱיוֹתֵךְ instead of thy being … Peculiarly Jb 34:26 (si vera l.) = as if they were, like; but text very dubious; Bi Bu תָּחֵת חֲמָתוֹ רְשָׁעִ֑ים his wrath breaketh in pieces the wicked. (b) in partic., of things mutually interchanged, in place of, in exchange or return for: Gn 30:15 ת׳ דּוּדָאֵי בְנֵךְ in return for thy son’s love-apples, Ex 21:23 נֶפֶשׁ ת׳ גֶפְשׁ life for life, v 24, 25, 26, 27, 36, 37, Jos 2:14 נַפְשֵׁנוּ תַחְתֵּיכֶם לָמוּת, 1 S 2:20; 1 K 20:39 נפשׁך ת׳ נפשׁו, v 42 (cf. 2 K 10:24), 21:2; Is 43:3, 4; often with vbs. of requiting, Gn 44:4 לָ֫מָּה שִׁלַּמְתֶּם רָעָה ת׳ טוֹבָם why have ye rewarded evil in exchange for good? 1 S 25:21; 2 S 16:12; 19:22 ψ 35:12 יְשַׁלְּמוּנִי רָעָה ת׳ טוֹבָה, 38:21 a 109:4, 5; Pr 17:13 +; Je 5:19 תַּחַת מֶה in return for what? (cf. עַל־מֶה 22:8; Dt 29:23; 1 K 9:8). So sq. inf. ψ 38:21 b. †3. as conj.: a. תַּחַת אֲשֶׁר: (a) instead of that (Germ. anstatt dass), Dt 28:62 ת׳ א׳ הֱיִיתֶם instead of that ye were …, instead of your being …, Ez 36:34. (b) in return for (the fact) that, because that 𝔊 ἀνθʼ ὧν often), Nu 25:13 ת׳ אֲשֶׁר קִנָּא לא׳, Dt 21:14; 22:29; 28:47; 1 S 26:21; 2 K 22:17 = 2 Ch 34:25; Is 53:12; Je 29:19; 50:7; 2 Ch 21:12. b. תַּחַת כִּי Dt 4:37 (but? read וַתֶּֽחִי׃ as end of v 36), Pr 1:29. cf. (כִּי) אֲשֶׁר" dir="rtl" >עֵקֶב אֲשֶׁר. III. compounds:— †1. אֶל־תַּחַת, after a vb. of motion: a. (in) under, Ju 6:19 וַיּוֹצֵא אֶל־ת׳ הָאֵלָה, 1 K 8:6 (‖ 2 Ch 5:7), Je 3:6; 38:11 (on 1 S 21:5 v. II. 1 d); after קָרָא Zc 3:10: so אֶל־ת׳ לְ׳ Ez 10:2. b. into the place of, Lv 14:42. 2. מִתַּחַת (= ὑπʼ ἐκ): a. alone, from under, from beneath, as מִתַּחַת הַשָּׁמַיִם †Gn 1:7, and especially after such vbs. as שִׁחֵת 6:17, מָחָה Ex 17:14; Dt 9:14; 25:19; 29:19; 2 K 14:27, הֶאֱבִיד Dt 7:24, cf. La 3:66; Ez 47:1a מִתּ׳ מִפְתַּן הַבַּיִת, Pr 22:27 לָ֫מָּה יִקַּח מִשְׁכָּֽבְךָ מִתַּחְתֶּיךָ; Ex 6:6, 7 מִתּ׳ סִבְלוֹת מִצְרַיִם, Ho 4:12 וַיִּזְנוּ מִתּ׳ אֱלֹהֵיהֶם (cf. II. 1 c a, b); מִתּ׳ יַד פ׳ (cf. II. 1 d) from under the hand (power) of … Ex 18:10; 2 K 8:20, 22; 13:5; 17:7 +; מִתַּחְתָּיו (cf. II. 2 a) from his place Ex 10:23; Zc 6:12. Rarely = תַּחַת or מִתַּחַת לְ׳, Gn 1:7 (P) Ez 1:8; 42:9; 46:23; Jb 26:5. b. מִתַּחַת לְ׳ (opp. מִמַּעַל לְ׳) under, beneath: Gn 1:17 הַמַּיִם אֲשֶׁר מִתּ׳ לָרָקִיעַ, Ex 20:4 הַמַּיִם מִתַּחַת לָאָרֶץ (so Dt 4:18; 5:8), Ju 3:16 מִתּ׳ לְמַדָּיו, Je 38:12 +; of locality, †Gn 35:8 מִתּ׳ לְבֵיתְאֵל, 1 S 7:11; 1 K 4:12. c. †לְמִתַּחַת לְ׳ (cf. מִן 9 b), i.q. מִתַּחַת לְ׳ 1 K 7:32.

εἰ, Attic dialect-Ionic dialect and Refs 4th c.AD+ ἤ Refs in Epic dialect:— Particle used interjectionally with imperative and to express a wish, but usually either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μ; in the latter, οὐ. __A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Refs 8th c.BC+, come now! with imperative, εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.2 in wishes, with optative, ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν Refs; so later, εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα Refs 8th c.BC+; of unattained wishes, in Refs 8th c.BC+; later with past tenses of indicative, εἰ γάρ μ᾽ ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν Refs 4th c.BC+; εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε.. Refs 8th c.BC+infinitive (compare the use of infinitive in commands), αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι Refs __A.2.b εἴθε, Epic dialect αἴθε, is frequently used in wishes in the above constructions, εἴθε οἱ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἀγαθὸν τελέσειεν Refs 8th c.BC+: later with infinitive, γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι Refs 1st c.BC+ __A.2.c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον (Epic dialect ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes, αἴθ᾽ ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.2.d followed by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης.. Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use), εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Refs 8th c.BC+ __B IN CONDITIONS, if: __B.I with INDIC., __B.I.1 with all tenses (for future, see below Refsif this is so, it will be.., Refs 8th c.BC+: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi, εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.1.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sometimes with present, εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν Refs 5th c.BC+: with imperfect, εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Refs 5th c.BC+: rarely with aorist, Refs 1st c.BC+ __B.I.2 with future (much less frequently than ἐάν with subjunctive), either to express a future supposition emphatically, εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται Refs 5th c.BC+ in threats or warnings, εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν ἔσται σοι κακά Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.2.b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled. __B.I.3.a with imperfect, referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Refs 8th c.BC+, if they did not live an abstemious life, Refs 5th c.BC+ would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Refs 7th c.BC+; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.3.b with aorist referring to past time, εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Refs 6th c.BC+; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., Refs 8th c.BC+: with pluperfect in apodosi, εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3.c rarely with pluperfect referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ᾽ ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II with SUBRefs 1st c.AD+ (Epic dialect κε, κεν), compare ἐάν: Refs 4th c.BC+; but ἄν (κε, κεν) are frequently absent in Refs 8th c.BC+, cf. Foed.Doric dialect cited in Refs 5th c.BC+; occasionally in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+; very rarely in Attic dialect Prose, εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Refs 5th c.BC+: in later Prose, εἴ τις θελήσῃ NT+3rd c.AD+ __B.II.1 when the apodosis is future, to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ with optative, but less so than εἰ with future indicative (above Refs; εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ᾽.. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ᾽ ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (i.e. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, Refs 5th c.BC+; with ἄν omitted, εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II.2.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν with optative, Refs 5th c.AD+ __B.III.1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν with subjunctive, usually with optative with ἄν in apodosis, ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Refs 8th c.BC+: future optative is falsa lectio in Refs 5th c.BC+: with present indicative in apodosis, Refs 6th c.BC+: with future indicative, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.1.b in Hom.sometimes with present optative, to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subjunctive in present time, above Refs; once in Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see (whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Refs 5th c.BC+: indicative and optative are found in same sentence, ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν with subjunctive or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the indicative in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι)Refs; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίῳ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Refs; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.4 with optative with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis,Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.IV with infinitive, in oratio obliqua, only in Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ with indicative is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ᾽ ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ᾽ ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν.. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., Refs 4th c.BC+: after past tenses, ἐθαύμασε δ᾽ εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐθαύμαζε δ᾽ εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Refs; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Refs 5th c.BC+ —in this use the _negative_ οὐ is also found, ἀγανακτῶ εἰ ὁ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ᾽ ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Refs 8th c.BC+; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS: __B.VII.1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ᾽ ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Refs 5th c.BC+; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, Refs __B.VII.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή.. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VII.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions: __B.VII.3.a εἰ μή except, οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Refs 5th c.BC+; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ᾽ [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only, ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VII.3.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise, προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Refs 5th c.BC+; after μάλιστα μέν, Refs 5th c.BC+ —after a preceding _negative_, μὴ τύπτ᾽· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ᾽ αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VII.3.c εἰ δέ sometimes stands for εἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ᾽, ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Refs 1st c.BC+ __B.VII.3.d εἰ γάρ for if so, Refs __B.VII.3.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any, τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, Refs 5th c.BC+; also κατ᾽ εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, Refs __B.VII.3.f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever, ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Refs 7th c.BC+; but in prayers, εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.VII.3.g εἴ ποθεν (i.e. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, Refs 5th c.BC+; so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.VII.3.h εἴ πωςRefs 5th c.BC+: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VIII with other PARTICLES: __B.VIII.1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί) even though, see at {καί}:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ᾽ εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even. __B.VIII.2 for ὡς εἰ, ὡς εἴ τε, ὥσπερ εἰ, etc., see at {ὡς} and ὥσπερ. __B.VIII.3 for εἰ ἄρα, see at {ἄρα}; for εἰ δή, εἴπερ, see at {εἰ δή, εἴπερ}; for εἴ γε, see at {γέ}. __B.IX in negative oaths, = Hebrew im, LXX+NT __C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, followed by the indicative, subjunctive, or optative, according to the principles of oratio obliqua: __C.1 with INRefs 4th c.BC+ whether he is a god, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.2 with SUBRefs 1st c.AD+subjunctive in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ᾽ εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερο;), Refs 5th c.BC+aorist optative for the aorist indicative, ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσα;), Refs 4th c.BC+aorist optative usually represents aorist subjunctive, τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ᾽ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Refs 5th c.BC+ —in both constructions the _indicative_ or subjunctive may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖνRefs; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Refs; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄ;), Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Refs 5th c.BC+; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλετα; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Refs 5th c.BC+:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε..; εἰ.. εἴτε..; εἴτε.. ἢ.., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ὅπως ἴδῃς εἴτ᾽ ἔνδον εἴτ᾽ οὐκ ἔνδον Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖνRefs 4th c.BC+; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Refs 5th c.BC+

οὖν, Ionic dialect and Doric dialect ὦν (the latter in Refs 8th c.BC+, adverb certainly, in fact, confirming something, frequently in contrast with something which is not confirmed, in Refs 8th c.BC+ only in combination with γε (see. γοῦν), γάρ, οὔτε or μήτε, ὡς, ἐπεί, μέν, etc.: __1 really, φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι.. Κρονίωνα for I declare that Zeus did really promise.., Refs 8th c.BC+; τόφρα γὰρ οὖν ἑπόμεσθα.., ὄφρ᾽ for we followed them up to the very point, where.., Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ᾽ ὦν but they really were spoken, Refs 5th c.BC+; Θηβαῖοι μὲν ταῦτα λέγουσι.., Πλαταιῆς δ᾽ οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι.., ἐκ δ᾽ οὖν τῆς γῆς ἀνεχώρησαν at all events they did return, Refs 5th c.BC+; so δ᾽ οὖν after a parenthesis; εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν οὕτως ἔχει,—οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε,—εἰ δ᾽ οὖν but if he is so, Refs 5th c.BC+; so ἀλλ᾽ οὖν.. γε but at all events, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔμπης οὖν ἐπιμεῖναι ἐς αὔριον to stay nevertheless at least till to-morrow, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὖν concessive, I grant you, τάχ᾽ οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε Refs 8th c.BC+; Τληπόλεμος δ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ εὐπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα.. κατέκτα when once, i.e. as soon as, he had grown up, Refs; νεβροί, αἵ τ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον.. ἑστᾶσ᾽ which, as soon as they are tired, stand still, Refs; to indicate that something foreshadowed has actually occurred, ἀγορήνδε καλέσσατο λαὸν Ἀχιλλεύς.., οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε Refs 8th c.BC+; οὔτ᾽ οὖν.., οὔτε.. or οὔτε.., οὔτ᾽ οὖν.. both = neither.. nor, but preferred according as the first or second clause is to be marked by emphasis,Refs 8th c.BC+; so εἰ.., εἴτ᾽ οὖν.. if.., or if.., Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴτ᾽ οὖν, εἴτε μὴ γενήσεται whether it shall be so, or no, Refs 5th c.BC+; ξεῖνος αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀστός, i.e. αἴτε ξ. αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀ., Refs 5th c.BC+ even as, just as, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ δ᾽ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεός if he is, as he in fact is, a god, Refs 5th c.BC+; for μὲν οὖν, see at {μέν} Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 added to indefinite Prons. and adverbs, like Latin cunque, ὅστις whoever, ὁστισοῦν whosoever; ὅπως how, ὁπωσοῦν howsoever; ἄλλος ὁστισοῦν another, be he who he may; so ὁποιοσοῦν, ὁποιοστισοῦν, ὁποσοσοῦν, ὁπωσδηποτοῦν, ὁπητιοῦν, ὁποθενοῦν, etc., (see entry). __II to continue a narrative, so, then, καὶ τὰ μὲν οὖν.. θῆκαν Refs 8th c.BC+; ὅτ᾽ οὖν since, then,.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ζεῖ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ is very common in this sense; so δ᾽ οὖν Refs 5th c.BC+; οὖν is also used alone merely to resume after a parenthesis or long protasis, well, as I was saying, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, χρήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ.., ὑμεας γὰρ πυνθάνομαι προεστάναι..,—ὑμέας ὦν.. προσκαλέομαι.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ὦν is frequently inserted by Refs 5th c.BC+participle, οἱ δὲ φέροντες ἐς τὴν ἀγορήν, ἀπ᾽ ὦν ἔδοντοRefs; so in Refs 5th c.BC+: this tmesis is rare in Attic dialect, ὥστε γε καὐτόν σε κατ᾽ οὖν ἔβαλεν Refs 5th c.BC+; but occurs in later writers, Dorieus cited in Refs 3rd c.BC+ __III in inferences, then, therefore, not in Refs 8th c.BC+; in a statement, Refs; very common from Refs 5th c.BC+ downwards; so καὶ σὺ οὖν you too therefore, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare οὐ γὰρ οὖν, τοιγαροῦν: strengthened, δὴ οὖν Refs 5th c.BC+: in questions, τίς οὖν ὁ λύσων σ᾽ ἐστίν ; Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; ἆρ᾽ οὖν δή ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὖν δή ; Refs 5th c.BC+

[נָכָה501] vb. smite (not in Qal) (NH Hiph. id.; Pf. 3 pl. הכו SI 4, Inf. להך[ת] ib. 2; Syriac ܢܟܳܐ, laesit, nocuit, repugnavit; Aph. laesit, vulneravit; Ethiopic ነከየ laesit, nocuit; cf. Arabic نَكَى be defeated, نِكَايَةٌ the inflicting of injury on an enemy Lane3038);— †Niph. Pf. וְנִכָּה וָמֵת consec. 2 S 11:15 and he shall be smitten [struck by weapon in battle] and die. †Pu. Pf. 3 fs. נֻכָּ֑תָה Ex 9:31; 3 pl. נֻכּוּ v 32 (J), both be smitten down by the hail. Hiph.482 Pf. 3 ms. הִכָּה Ex 9:25 +; sf. וְהִכַּ֫נִי consec. Gn 32:12, הִכָּם Je 5:6; 2 ms. הִכִּ֫יתָ Ex 17:5 +; 1 s. הִכֵּיתִי Ju 15:16 +, וְהִכֵּיתִ֫י Ex 3:20 +; 3 pl. הִכּוּ Gn 19:11 +; 2 mpl. הִכִּיתֶם Je 37:10 + 3 times consec.; etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יַכֶּה Ex 21:20 +, יַךְ Ho 6:1 (but read וַיַּךְ We Now GASm); וְיַךְ Ho 14:6 (v. infr.); וַיַּכֶּה Jos 10:40 +, usually וַיַּךְ Ex 2:12 +; sf. 2 ms. יַכֶּ֫כָּה Je 40:15 + 2 times, 3 ms. וַיַּכּוֹ 2 S 14:6 (but read וַיַּךְ 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Th We Dr Klo Kit Bu HPS), יַכֶּ֫נּוּ 1 S 17:25 + 2 times; usually וַיַּכֵּ֫הוּ Nu 21:24 +; 3 fs. וַתַּךְ Jon 4:7.8; 2 ms. תַּכֶּה Ex 2:13 +; sf. 3 ms. תַּכֶּ֫נּוּ Pr 23:13, 14; 1 s. אַכֶּה 1 S 18:11 +; וָאַכֶּה Ne 13:25, וָאַךְ Ex 9:15; 3 mpl. יַכּוּ Mi 4:14; usually וַיַּכּוּ Gn 14:5 + (1 S 4:2 read prob. Hoph. q.v.); 1 pl. נַכֶּה־ Nu 22:6; וַנַּךְ Dt 2:33, etc.; Imv. הַכֵּה Ez 6:11; הַךְ Am 9:1 +; mpl. הַכּוּ 2 S 13:28, etc.; Inf. abs. הַכֵּה Dt 3:16 +; הַכּוֹת 2 K 3:24 (Ges§ 75 ff); cstr. הַכּוֹת Gn 4:15 +, etc.; Pt. מַכֶּה Ex 2:11 +; cstr. מַכֵּת Ex 21:12 +; pl. מַכִּים 1 S 4:8 +, etc.;— 1. a. lit., smite (with a single, non-fatal, blow), strike, sq. acc., ass Nu 22:23, 25, 27 (בְּמַקֵּל), v 28, 32 (all J); man Ex 21:15, 19 (E); cheeks Jb 16:10; man (on) cheek (2 acc.) La 3:30 ψ 3:8; man עַל־לְחִי Mi 4:14 (ב instr.), 1 K 22:24 = 2 Ch 18:23; eye Ex 21:26 (E); שֵׁבֶט מַכֵּךְ Is 14:26; with ב obj. Ex 17:6; with (ב) stone or fist Ex 21:18 (E), cf. (fig.) Is 58:4 (abs.); smite lion or bear 1 S 17:35; strike river (with rod מַטֶּה) 7:17 (c. עַל obj., + ב instr.), v 20 Ex 17:5 (E; ב instr.), also (with mantle) 2 K 2:8, 14(×2), cf. יָם" dir="rtl" >י׳ smiting Euphrates into (ל) seven streams Is 11:15; dust Ex 8:12, 13 (P); rock 17:6 (E), Nu 20:11 (P; ב instr.), ψ 78:20; fig. smite earth בְּשֵׁבֶט פִּיו Is 11:4 (of future Davidic kg.); strike on ground (אַ֫רְצָה; with arrows) 2 K 13:18, also (abs.) v 18, 19; strike weapons out of (מִן) hands, Ez 39:3 (י׳; fig. of making powerless); lintel of door Am 9:1; barley-loaf strikes tent Ju 7:13 (in dream); in fig. of regret, remorse וַיַּךְ לֵב דָּוִד אֹתוֹ 2 S 24:10 and David’s heart smote him, so 1 S 24:6 (+ עַל־אֲשֶׁר because); of goat smiting (butting with horn) the ram, so as to break its horns Dn 8:7 (in vision); smite = hit with missile, sling-stone 1 S 17:49 (c. acc. pers. + אֶל־מִצְחוֹ), cf. 2 K 3:25 (but text perhaps corrupt, v. Benz); arrow, 1 K 22:34 = 2 Ch 18:33 (c. acc. pers. + בֵּין), 2 K 9:24 (c. id.); of piercing, הַכּוֹת בַּחֲנִית בְּדָוִד וּבַקִּיר 1 S 19:10 smite with the dart into D. and into the wall, pin D. to the wall, וַיַּךְ אֶת־הַח׳ בַּקִּיר v 10, cf. 18:11, אַכ��ּנּוּ בַחֲנִית וּבָאָרֶץ 26:8. b. smite repeatedly, beat, a man Ex 2:11, 13 (E), 5:16 (J), Ne 13:25 (מִן partit.), cf. Dt 25:11; here prob. also 1 K 20:35(×2), 37(×2) (הַכֵּה וּפָצֹעַ beating and bruising him); of Assyrian under fig. of task-master Is 10:24; beat a woman so as to bruise her (פָּצַע) Ct 5:7; beat by authority, scourge Je 20:2; 37:15 Dt 25:2, 3 (c. acc. pers. + acc. cogn. מַכָּה רַבָּה), v 3 cf. בִּן הַכּוֹת v 2 i.e. worthy of scourging, bastinado, (cf. Dr); 2 Ch 25:16; Pr 17:10; 19:25; 23:13, 14 (ב instr.); cf. גֵּוִי נָתַתִּי לְמַכִּים Is 50:6; of hail, beat down herbage etc. Ex 9:25(×2) (cf. Pu.). c. וַיַּכּוּ כַף 2 K 11:12 and they clapped hands (in applause); elsewhere only Ezek., in mockery; כַּף אֶל־כַּף Ez 21:19, 22; בְּכַפְּךָ 6:11 (‖ רְקַע בְּרַגְלְךָ); acc. כַּפִּי 22:13. d. give a thrust (with fork) into (ב) pot 1 S 2:14; strike roots Ho 14:6 (in fig., but וַיֵּלְכוּ We Now). e. rarely smite (in battle) so as (merely) to wound 2 K 8:28, so (+ acc. cogn. מַכָּה) v 29; 9:15 = 2 Ch 22:6; fig. of י׳’s wounding Isr. Ho 6:1 (opp. חָבַשׁ, bind up), Je 30:14 (c. acc. cogn.). Cf. smite with (ב) the tongue Je 18:18. f. smite, of sun, etc., c. acc. pers. Is 49:10 ψ 121:6; c. עַל Jon 4:8. 2. Smite fatally: a. (subj. man) smite, c. acc., + word of killing (dying):—obj. lion and bear 1 S 17:35; man Ex 21:12, 20 (E), Jos 10:26 (JE), 11:17 (D), 1 S 17:50; 2 S 1:15; 2:31 (מִן partit. + ב among), 4:7; 14:6; 18:15; 21:17; 1 K 16:10; 2 K 12:22; 15:30; 25:21 = Je 52:27, 2 K 25:25 Je 41:2; Nu 35:16, 17, 18, 21 (P; all c. ב instr.); c. acc. + אֶל־חֹמֶשׁ + ב instr. 2 S 2:23 smote him (fatally) in the belly with (v. HPS), 20:10, cf. 3:27 (+ 2 acc.) 4:6 (but del. 𝔊 Ew Th We Dr Bu HPS); וְהִכָּהוּ נֶפֶשׁ Dt 19:11 and he smite him in his life (mortally), and he die, cf. (without word of dying) v 6 Gn 37:21 (J), Je 40:14, 15 [otherwise Lv 24:17.18 Nu 35:11, 15, 30; Dt 27:25; Jos 20:3, 9]; with prolepsis לְהַכּוֹת חֲלָלִים smite the slain Ju 20:31, 39; + אַ֫רְצָה smite to the ground i.e. kill 2 S 2:22; 18:11. b. smite, of worm gnawing or boring so as to kill plant Jon 4:7. c. very often = kill, slay, man or beast (c. 150 times): Gn 4:15; 8:21 (exterminate; both J), Ex 2:12; Nu 21:35 (E), Jos 7:5 (מִן partit.), v 5 (JE), Dt 19:6; 21:1; 27:24, 25; Jos 11:10 (ב instr.; all D), Lv 24:17, 18, 21(×2) (H), Nu 35:11, 15, 21, 24, 30; Jos 9:18; 20:3, 9 (all P), Ju 15:16; 1 S 17:9(×2), 36; 2 S 12:9 (ב instr.), 2 K 9:7 (exterminate), etc.; c. ב among 1 S 6:19; 23:5, מִן partit. Ju 14:19; 20:45; c. ב partit. slay at, work slaughter among 2 S 23:10 (ins. also in ‖ 1 Ch 11:13 v Bead loc. Dr 2 S 23:10), but also ב of dir. obj. 1 S 18:7; 21:12 = 29:5; subj. lion 1 K 20:36(×2) cf. Je 5:6 (fig. of judgment); י׳ subj. 1 S 6:19b (ב among, + acc. cogn.; 1 S 6:19a וַיַּךְ crpt. v. 𝔊 Th We Dr Kl Kit Bu HPS); slay firstborn Ex 12:12 (J), v 29 Nu 3:13; 8:17; 33:4 (all P), ψ 78:51; 105:36; 135:8; God slays for (עַל) sin 2 S 6:7 = 1 Ch 13:10 (עַל־אֲשֶׁר); slay לְפִי־חֶרֶב Dt 13:16; 20:13 Jos 11:11, 12, 14 (all D), Ju 18:27; 21:10; 1 S 22:9; 2 K 10:25 Je 21:7 Jb 1:15, 17; kill, slay, c. acc. cogn. (מַכָּה) 1 S 14:14; 1 K 20:21 (ב among), 2 Ch 13:17 (בָּחֶם), 25:13 (מֵהֶם); c. acc. pers. + acc. cogn. Jos 10:20 (JE), Est 9:5, etc.; kill unwittingly, unintentionally הִכָּה בִבְלִי דַ֫עַת Dt 19:4; Jos 20:5 (both D). 3. Smite = attack, attack and destroy a company Gn 32:9, 12; 34:30; Jos 8:21 Ju 8:11; 9:43; 2 K 8:21; 2 Ch 21:9; attack and capture a city Ju 1:8 v 12 = Jos 15:16 (JE), Jos 7:3; 10:4 (JE), 1 S 30:1; 1 K 15:20 = 2 Ch 16:4, 2 K 15:16(×2) 1 Ch 20:1; 2 Ch 14:13; Je 47:1; tents 1 Ch 4:41; 2 Ch 14:14; = sack a city לְפִי־חֶרֶב (slaying inhab.), Jos 8:24; 19:47 (both JE), 10:28, 30, 32, 35, 37 cf. v 39 (all D), Ju 1:25; 20:37; 2 S 15:14; especially defeat kg. or army (involving often overthrow, pursuit and slaughter),—c. 95 times,—Gn 14:5, 15, 17; Nu 14:45; 21:24 (JE), Jos 8:12; 10:10 (+ acc. cogn.), v 10 (עַד loc.), 11:8(×2) (all JE), Dt 1:4; 2:33; 3:3; 4:46; 7:2; 29:6; Jos 10:33, 40 (ועד—מִן loc.), 12:1, 6, 12; 13:12 (all D); Ju 1:5, 17; 1 S 11:11 (עד temp.), 2 K 13:17 (עַד־כְּלֵּה), 2 K 3:24a + v 24b (where read וַיָּבֹאוּ בוֹא וְהַכּוֹת and they went on defeating), Is 10:20; Je 37:10, etc.; ins. וַיַּךְ or הִכָּה in 2 S 8:13 Th Ke Kit Bu cf. Dr, after 𝔊; c. ב obj. 1 S 14:31; 23:2(×2) (ה loc.—מִן); + לְפִי חֶרֶב Ju 20:48, etc.; of gods causing defeat 2 Ch 28:23; smite land = conquer, subjugate, sometimes ravage, Gn 14:7; Jos 10:40 (D), 1 S 27:9; Je 43:11; 46:13, cf. Is 14:6 (acc. cogn.); subj. י׳ Nu 32:4 (P); of י׳ smiting sea וְהִכָּה בַיָּם גַּלִּים Zc 10:11 (BevJPh. xviii. 35 (1889), 88 proposes גבלים). 4. Of God, a. smite with (ב) a plague, disease, etc.:—blindness Gn 19:11 (J), 2 K 6:18(×2) cf. Zc 12:4(×2) (symbol.); of Egyptian plagues Ex 3:20; 9:15 (both J), 1 S 4:8, without ב Ex 7:25 (J), 12:13 (P), ψ 136:10 (acc. + בִּבְכוֹרֵיהֶם); other plagues Nu 14:12 (JE), Dt 28:22, 27, 28, 35; 1 S 5:6; 2 S 24:17; Jb 2:7; Am 4:9; Hg 2:17; Mal 3:24; 1 S 5:6, 9; 2 K 19:35 = Is 37:36 (+ ב in); Nu 11:33 (JE; בָּעָם + acc. cogn.); smite vines with (ב) blight ψ 105:33. b. smite = chastise, or send judgment upon, usually c. acc., 1 K 14:15; 1 Ch 21:7; Is 5:25; 9:12; 27:7 (הַכְּמַכַּת מַכֵּהוּ הִכָּהוּ), 30:31 (ב instr.) 57:17; 60:10 (opp. רִחַם) Je 2:30; 5:3; 14:9; Ez 32:15 (𝔊 Co זֵרָה scatter); c. עַל punish for, (sin) Lv 26:24 (H). c. of God’s destroying palaces Am 3:15; 6:11 (2 acc.), cf. Zc 9:4. †Hoph. Pf. הֻכָּה Ho 9:16; Nu 25:14. הוּכָּה ψ 102:5; וְהֻכָּת consec. Ex 22:1; 3 fs. הֻכְּתָה Ez 33:21; 40:1; 1 s. הֻכֵּ֫יתִי Zc 13:6; 3 pl. הֻכּוּ 1 S 5:12; Impf. 3 mpl. וַיּכֻּוּ Ex 5:14; 2 mpl. תֻּכּוּ Is 1:5; Pt. מֻכֶּה Nu 25:14, cstr. מֻכֵּה Is 53:4; f. מֻכָּה Nu 25:15, 18; pl. מֻפִּים Ex 5:16, cstr. מֻכֵּי־ Je 18:21;—be smitten: 1. = receive a blow Is 1:5 (Judah under fig. of man). 2. be wounded Zc 13:6. 3. be beaten Ex 5:14, 16 (J). 4. be (fatally) smitten + vb. of dying Ex 22:1 (E); be killed, slain Nu 25:14(×2), 15, 18 (c. עַל, for), מֻכֵּי־חֶרֶב Je 18:21 (‖ הֲרֻגֵי מָ֑וֶת); so also (abs.) prob. 1 S 4:2 (read וַיֻּכּוּ 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Th Dr Klo Kit, for MT וַיַּכּוּ). 5. be attacked and captured, of city Ez 33:21; 40:1. 6. be smitten with disease (by God) 1 S 5:12; abs., of י׳’s servant Is 53:4. 7. be blighted, of plant (in fig.) Ho 9:16 (Ephr.), ψ 102:5 (heart, כָּעֵשֶׂב; both + יָבַשׁ).

מִי423 pron. interrog. who? of persons, as מָה (q.v.) of things (Ethiopic ሚ but only = What? and How? Assyrian mî, me (rare) JägerBAS. ii. 277, the usually Sem. form for Who? has n, viz. Assyrian mannu, manu (DlHWB 419), Ethiopic መኑ man(n)ū, Aramaic ܡܰܢ, Arabic مَنْ, vulg.-Arabic min, mīn, from a form resembling which, by rejection of n, prob. Heb. מִי: WSG 123 f.):—who? (τίς; quis?) Gn 3:11 מִי הִגִּיד לְךָ who told thee? 24:65 מִי הָאִישׁ הַלָּזֶה who is this man? 27:18 מי אתה בני who art thou, my son? Nu 22:9 Ju 1:1; 6:29; 15:6; 18:3; 20:18; 2 S 1:8 + often; Ru 3:9 מִי אָ֑תְּ who art thou (fem.)? Is 51:12; of more than one, מִי אֵלֶּה who are these? Gn 33:5; 48:8 Is 60:8; מי אתם 2 K 10:13; once, more explicitly, מִי וָמִי הַהֹלְכִים Ex 10:8; = as who? (i.e. in what condition, or capacity), Am 7:2 מי יקום יעקב, v 5 Is 51:19 מִי אֲנַחֲמֵךְ (but Vrss Che Lag Brd Du מִי יְ׳, as ‖ מִי יָנוּד), Ru 3:16 (Be Ke Köiii. 388). Note in partic.: a. מִי is rarely used of things, and usually where persons are understood or implied: Gn 33:8 מי לך כל־המחנה הזה who (or what) to thee is all this camp? Dt 4:7 Ju 9:28 מִי שְׁכֶם who is Shechem (i.e. the Shechemites)? Mi 1:5 מִי־פֶשַׁע יַעֲקֹב הֲלֹא שֹׁמְרוֹן, v b Ct 3:6 Ju 13:17 מִי שְׁמֶ֑ךָ (but מה Gn 32:28 Ex 3:13: with מי cf. מַן in Aramaic Ezr 5:4 Gn Ex. ll. cc. 𝔗; and see NöM. p. 341). On 1 S 18:18, v. חַי³" dir="rtl" >II. חַי. b. in the gen., בַּת־מִי אַתְּ whose daughter art thou? Gn 24:23, 47 1 S 12:3(×3); 17:55 Je 44:28 Jb 26:4; 33:28; after various preps., as אַחֲרֵי מִי 1 S 24:15(×2); אֶל־מִי 1 S 6:20 2 K 9:5 +; בְּמִי by whom? †1 K 20:14, לְמִי20 to whom? whose? Gn 32:18 לְמִי אַתָּה, 38:25 Pr 20:29 (6 times) +; מִמִּי †Ez 32:19 ψ 27:1(×2); עַל־מִי 2 K 18:20; 19:22 Is 57:4 +; אֶת־מִי (so always in acc.), 1 S 12:3(×2); 28:11 Is 6:8; = with whom? Jb 12:3. c. in an indirect qu., as Gn 21:26; 43:22 לא ידענו מי שׂם we do not know who put, etc., Dt 21:1 ψ 39:7 Jos 24:15 בַּחֲרוּ … אֶת־מִי תַעֲבֹד֑וּן choose whom ye will serve, after ראה 1 S 14:17, שׁאל 17:56, הגיד 1 K 1:20, הודיע v 27. d. מי ב׳ who among …? 1 S 22:14 Is 36:20; 43:9; 48:14 (בהם); 42:23; 50:10 Hg 2:3 (all בכם); מי מן who of …? Ju 21:8 2 K 6:11 Is 50:1. e. strengthened and emph. forms of interrog.: (a) מי זה (v. זה 4 b), מי הוא (v. הוא 4 b β), מי הוא זה †ψ 24:10 Je 30:21 Est 7:5 (v. ibid.); (b) מִי אֶ��ָד what single one …? Ju 21:8, cf. 2 S 7:23 (= 1 Ch 17:21). f. various rhetorical uses (often repeated in ‖ cl., as ψ 15:1; 18:32 Is 28:9; 29:15):—(a) sq. impf. it expresses a wish (the question implying a desire that the person asked for were present), 2 S 15:4 מִי יְשִׂמֵנִי שֹׁפֵט who will set me judge? i.e. would that some one would make me judge! 23:15 מִי יַשְׁקֵנִי מַיִם = O that one would give me to drink, etc.! cf. Nu 11:4, 18 Mal 1:10 ψ 4:7; 60:11; 94:16 Is 42:23, and very often in the phr. מִי יִתֵּן who will give? i.e. would that there were …! as Nu 11:29 ומי יתן כל עם י׳ נביאים = and would that all י׳’s people were prophets! Dt 28:67 מי יתן ערב = would it were even! Ju 9:29 + (v. נָתַן). (b) it expresses contempt (who? implying the answer no one at all), Ex 5:2 מי י׳ אשׁר אשׁמע בקולו who is י׳ that I should listen to his voice? Ju 9:28 מִי אֲבִימֶלֶךְ וּמִי שְׁכֶם כִּי נַעַבְדֶנּוּ, v 38 1 S 17:26 who is this Phil. that he should have reproached, etc.? 25:10 מי דוד ומי בן ישׁי, Is 28:9 Jb 26:4 Pr 30:9 מי י׳; or modesty (real or assumed), Ex 3:11 מִי אָנֹכִי כִּי אֵלֵךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹה, 1 S 18:18 מי אנכי ומי חיי who am I, and who is my clan (חַיִּי), that I should be the king’s son-in-law? 2 S 7:18 1 Ch 29:14 2 Ch 2:5; or surprise, Is 44:10; 49:21. (c) in impassioned prose, and especially in poetry, implying the answer few or none, it is equiv. to a rhetorical negative, Dt 9:2 מִי יִתְיַצֵּב לִפְנֵי בְנֵי עֲנָק who can stand, etc.? 30:12 מִי יַעֲלֶה־לָּנוּ הַשָּׁמַיְמָה, v 13 1 S 4:8 מִי יַצִּילֵנוּ וגי, 6:20; 22:14; 26:9, 15 2 S 16:10; מי יאמר who shall (or can) say? Jb 9:12 Pr 20:9 Ec 8:4; with the perfect (of experience), who has ever …? Nu 23:10 Dt 5:23 Is 36:20; 66:8(×2) Je 18:13 מִי שָׁמַע כָּאֵלֶּה, 23:18 (MT), 30:21 Jb 4:7; 9:4 מִי הִקְשָׁה אֵלָיו וַיִּשְׁלָ֑ם, 41:3 Pr 30:4 La 3:37; poet., very often, as Gn 49:9 וּכְלָבִיא מִי יְקִימֶנּוּ who can rouse him up? (i.e. no one), Ex 15:11(×2) מִי כָמוֹךָ (so ψ 35:10 al.), Nu 24:9, 23 1 S 2:25 מי יתפלל לו who shall intercede for him? (i.e. no one), Is 1:12; 10:3; 40:13, 14, 18; 41:26; 42:19; 43:9; 48:14; 50:1; 53:1 מִי הֶאֱמִין לִשְׁמֻעָתֵנוּ (i.e. few or none), etc.; ψ 18:32 מִי אֱלוֹהַּ מִבַּלְעֲדֵי י׳, 76:8; 89:7; 130:3 Jb 21:31; 34:29 Je 17:9 Jo 2:11 Mal 3:2; מִי לֹא … Am 3:8 Je 10:7 Jb 12:9 (cf. 25:3 Na 3:19); (יְשִׁיבֶנָּה) מִי יְשִׁיבֶנּוּ who shall (can) turn it back? †Jb 9:12; 11:10; 23:13 Is 14:27; 43:13 Je 2:24; implying the answer, no one but God, Is 40:12; 41:2 Jb 38:5, 6, 25, etc.; defiantly, Is 50:9 מִי הוּא יַרְשִׁיעֵנִי, Je 21:13; 49:4 מִי יָבוֹא אֵלַי, v 19 Ob 3 ψ 12:5 מִי אָדוֹן לָנוּ, 59:8; 64:6 Jb 9:19 וְאִם לְמִשְׁפָּט מִי יוֹעִידֵנִי, 13:19 מִי הוּא יָרִיב עִמָּדִי who is he that will contend with me? 17:3; 41:2. Notice in examples of this kind the freq. order of words: Pr 20:6 ואישׁ אמוּנים מי ימצא, 24:22 ופיד שׁניהם מי יודע, 31:10 Na 1:6 לפני זעמו מי יעמד, ψ 147:17 לפני קֹרָתוֹ מי יעמד, Jb 4:2 וַעְצֹר בְּמִלִּין מִי יוּכ֑ל, Jb 26:14; 38:37; 39:5; 41:5, 6 ψ 6:6 בִּשְׁאוֹל מִי יוֹדֶה־לָּ֑ךְ, 19:13; and with the nom. pendens, Je 24 תַּאֲנָתָהּ מִי יְשִׁיבֶנָּה, Pr 18:14 Jb 17:15 וְתִקְוָתִי מִי יְשׁוּרֶנָּה, 38:29 וּכְפֹר שָׁמַיִם מִי יְלָדוֹ, (d) מִי יוֹדֵעַ who knoweth? (ψ 90:11 Pr 24:22), sq. a verbal clause, becomes (cf. nescio an) = it may be, perchance, †2 S 12:22 מִי יוֹדֵעַ יְחָנֵּנִי י׳ (Qr וְחַנַּנִי), Jo 2:14 (= Jon 3:9) מי יודע ישׁוב ונחם, Est 4:14 מי יודע אם. (e) especially in poetry, a question with מי, to which the answer follows, in an effective mode of affirming a fact, or introducing a description: ψ 15:1, 1 (see v 2–5), 24:3, 8, 10 Is 23:8 מי יעץ זאת וג׳ (v 9 the answ., י׳ צ׳ יְעָצָהּ), 33:14 (see v 15f.), 37:23; 41:2, 4; 60:8; 63:1 Je 46:7 Ct 3:6, cf. 6:10; 8:3; answered by הֲלֹא Ex 4:11 Is 42:24; 45:21 Mi 1:5(×2). g. מִי may sometimes be rendered whosoever, though, as the examples will shew, it does not really mean it: Ex 24:14 מי בעל דברים יִגַּשׁ אליהם, lit. Who hath a cause? let him draw nigh unto them, i.e. whoso hath a cause, let him, etc., Is 50:8b מִי בַעַל מִשְׁפָּטִי יִגַּשׁ אֵלַי, 54:15 Ju 7:3 מִי יָרֵא וְחָרֵד יָשֹׁב וג׳ who is fearful and trembling? let him return, Pr 9:4, 16 מִי־פֶ֖תִי יָסֻר הֵנָּה, Ezr 1:3 (cf. with וְ in apod. Je 9:11 Ho 14:10 ψ 107:43; Zc 4:10 is dubious, on account of anom. tense and construct.); so with מי האישׁ אשׁר … Dt 20:5, 6, 7 Ju 10:18, cf. ψ 25:12. With 1 ps. in apod., Ex 32:33 מִי אֲשֶׁר חָטָא לִי אֶמְחֶנּוּ מִסִּפְרִי, Je 49:19 (= 50:44) וּמִי בָחוּר אֵלֶיהָ אֶפְקֹד and who is chosen? I will appoint him over her! Is 50:8a; with an imv. in the apod. Ex 32:24 (against accents; v. Ra) למי זהב התפרקו who hath gold? break it off you! Gn 19:12 1 S 11:12, cf. ψ 34:13f.; without a verb, Ex 32:26 מי לי׳ אלי who is on J.’s side? (let him come) to me! so 2 S 20:11 (מי אשׁר); Ec 5:9; 9:4 (מי אשׁר). h. once, following a verb (cf. מָה 3), any one, 2 S 18:12 שִׁמְרוּ־מִי בַּנַּעַר באבשׁלום Have a care, whosoever ye be, of, etc. (𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Bu לִי; cf. v 5).

† שָׁאוּל n.pr.m. (= asked (of י׳), cf. שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל infr.; Palm. n.pr. שאילא Lzb371 Cooke283);—Σαουλ: 1. 397 1st king of Isr., 1 S 9:2, 3(×2), 5 (son of Kish, a Benjamite) + 359 times Sm, 28 times 1 Chr, ψ 18:1; 52:2; 54:2; 57:1; 59:1 (all in titles); גִּבְעַת שׁ׳ Is 10:29 (and 1 S 11:4; 15:34; 2 S 21:6 v. II. גִּבְעָה). †2. a king of Edom Gn 36:37, 38 (P) = 1 Ch 1:48, 49. †3. a son of Simeon Gn 46:10; Ex 6:15; Nu 26:13 (all P) = 1 Ch 4:24. †4. a Levite 1 Ch 6:9.

I. נָא part. of entreaty or exhortation, I (we) pray, now (enclitic) (Syriac ܢܺܐ, ܢܺܝ; cf. Ethiopic ነዒ: veni, age! Di§ 160. 1 Lex675 Köii. 244);—attached: 1. to the imv., especially in colloquial style, when it expresses an entreaty or admonition, as Gn 12:13 אִמְרִי־נָא say, I pray, 13:9 הִפָּרֶד־נָא מֵעָלַי, v 14 שָׂא־נָא עֵינֶיךָ, 15:5 הַבֶּט־נָא השׁמימה, 24:2 + often, Nu 20:10 שׁמעו־נא המוֹרים, Ju 13:4; 16:6, 10, 28; 18:5, etc., Is 1:18; 5:3 Am 7:2, 5; rarely in a command, Gn 22:2 Is 7:3. Ironically, in a challenge, Is 47:12 Jb 40:10. Once anomalously attached to a subst., or (accents) prefixed to a verb, Nu 12:13 אֵ֕ל נָא֛ רְפָ֥א נָא֖ (Ew§ 246 a Di אַל־נָא; v. 3 b). 2. to the pf. with waw consec., in a precative sense (Dr§ 119 δ) Gn 40:14. 3. to the impf., when leave is asked, or a prayer or desire expressed; a. in 1 pers., especially with ה cohort., Gn 19:8 אוציאה־נא let me, I pray, bring out, v 20 אִמָּֽלְטָה־נָּא שָׁ֑מָּה, Ex 3:18 נלכה־נא let us go, I pray, אֵלְכָה נָּא 4:18 אִיעָצֵּךְ נָא עֵצָה let me give thee counsel, I pray, 1 Ki 1:12 Nu 20:17 Is 5:5; and in self-deliberation, Gn 18:21 ארדה־נּא I will go down, now! Ex 3:3 אסורה־נּא ואראה I will turn aside, now, and see, 2 S 14:15 Ct 3:2 Is 5:1; with אַל Jb 32:21. b. in 2 pers., with אַל, in deprecation, Gn 18:3 אל־נא תעבר מעל עבדך, 19:7; 47:29 Nu 10:31, etc.; hence ellipt. אל־נא do not, I pray, (do this,) Gn 19:18; 33:10 Nu 12:13 Ew Di c. in 3 pers., Gn 18:4 יֻקַּח־נָא let there be brought, I pray, 26:28; 33:14; 44:18, 33, etc., 2 S 14:11, 12, 17 1 K 17:21 2 K 2:9 ψ 7:10; 118:2, 3; ironically Is 19:12; 47:13, or defiantly Jer 17:15 where is the word of J.? יָבוֹא נָא; with אַל, Gn 13:8 אַל־נָא תְהִי מְרִיבָה, 18:30 אַל־נָא יִחַר לַאדֹנָי, 37:27 Nu 12:12. 4. joined to conjunctions and interjections: a. [אָהּ־נָא, contr.] אָ֫נָּא; v. p. 58. b. אַל־נָא, see above 3 b, c. c. אִם־נָא, especially in the phrase אם נא מצאתי חן בעיניך, used by one craving a favourable hearing †Gn 30:27; 33:10 Ju 6:17; 1 S 27:5, and with נא repeated in the request itself †Gn 18:3; 47:29; 50:4 Ex 33:13; 34:9; otherwise Gn 24:42. d. הִנֵּה־נָא behold, I pray, craving a favourable consideration of the fact pointed to by הִנֵּה, and of the request founded upon it (with which נא is often repeated), Gn 12:11; 16:2; 18:27, 31; 19:2, 8, 19, 20; 27:2 Ju 13:3; 19:9 1 S 9:6; 16:15 2 S 13:24 2 K 2:16, 19; 4:9 +, Jb 13:18; 33:2; 40:15, 16. e. (לנו) אוֹי־נָא לי Woe, now, to me (us)! †Je 4:31; 45:7 La 5:16. f. אַיֵּה־נָא where, pray? †ψ 115:2. g. נֶגְדָּה־נָּא, peculiarly, †ψ 116:14, 18 my vows to J. I will perform, נגדה־נא לכל־עמו O that (it may be) before all his people!

אָֽנֹכִ֫י, אָנֹ֑כִי (once Jb 33:9 אָֽנֹכִ֑י) pron. 1 s. comm. I; Gn 3:10; 7:4; 15:1, 2; 16:5 + often With הֲ, הֶאָנֹכִי †Nu 11:12 Jb 21:4. (Assyrian anâku, Ph. & Moab. אנך: not in Arabic Aramaic Ethiopic; but ku appears as the affix of the 1 s. in the Ethiopic verb (e.g. waladkū = Heb. יָלַדְתִּי). אָנֹכִי and אֲנִי appear to be two parallel formations (both containing the element ani [cf. the sf. -نِيَ, -נִי] or ana, & one strengthened by the addition of the demonst. basis ku [prob. akin to ܟܳܐ כָּא, כֹּה here]: cf. Sta§ 179 WSG 95 f. 98–101), of which, in most of the Sem. languages, one prevailed to the exclusion of the other, but which in Heb. maintained their place side by side.) In some cases אני and אנכי appear capable of being used indifferently; in others the choice seems to have been determined, partly by rhythmical considerations, partly by a growing preference for אֲנִי among later writers. Thus when appended to the verb for emph. (whether with or without גַּם) the lighter form אֲנִי is nearly always used (Lv 20:5; 26:24, 32; Dt 12:30; Ju 1:3; 8:23; 2 S 12:28; 17:15; 18:2, 22; Je 17:18; 21:5; Ez 17:22; Jb 13:2 +; cf. the cases Gn 27:34 1 S 25:24 2 S 19:1 1 K 1:26 Pr 23:15); on the contrary, in the emph. rhetorical style of Dt, אָנֹכִי is preferred (in the discourses, uniformly, except 12:30, in acc. with usage just noted, & 29:5 in a standing expression; on 32:49, 52 (P) cf. infr.) In partic. phrases, also, usage prefers sometimes. אני, sometimes אנכי; thus there occurs חַי־אָנִי Nu 14:21 & always, except Dt 32:40; (אָ֑נִי) אִתְּךָ אֲנִי Je 1:8, 19; 30:11; 46:18; Is 43:2, 5); אֲנִי יהוה Ex 6:2, 6–8 & elsewhere in P, & especially freq. in H (Lv 18:2, 4, 6 etc.) & Ez, also Gn 15:7; 28:13; Dt 29:5 Ju 6:10 +; (אנכי יהוה much less freq.; only JE & proph. writers, †Ex 20:2 = Dt 5:6, Ho 12:10; 13:4 ψ 81:11, Ex 20:5 = Dt 5:9, Is 43:11; 44:24; 51:15 (Ex 4:11 is diff.) cf. DrJPh. xi. 224 f.); אני אמרתי Is 38:10; (Hez.) 49:4; Je 5:4; 10:19 (3:19 אנכי) Ru 4:4 ψ 30:7; 31:23; 41:5; 82:6 +; ויאמר אָ֑נִי (in reponse to a qu.) Gn 27:24 Ju 13:11 2 S 20:17 1 K 13:14; 18:8 (וי׳ אנכי only 2 S 2:20; on the contrary, with a predicate, אָנֹכִי is regularly employed, Gn 24:34 1 S 30:13 2 S 1:8 עֲמָלֵקִי אָנֹ֑כִי 11:5; 20:17; Is 6:5; Je 1:6; Jon 1:9); (הִנְנִי) וַאֲנִי הִנֵּה Gn 6:17; 9:9; Ex 31:6; Nu 3:12 + (but הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי Gn 24:13, 43; 25:32; Ex 3:13; 19:9 +; הִנֵּה אֲנִי is very uncommon; v. ib. 226). So far as the usage of partic. books is concerned, in the Pent. (except Dt) אֲנִי is used in P (incl. H) always (about 130 times) except Gn 23:4 (cf. Ez below); in JE אנכי is preferred, though not exclusively (81: 48). In S there are 50 instances of each form. Je has some 54 instances of אני, 37 of אנכי. In later books the preponderance of אֲנִי is evident. Thus in Ez אני occurs 138 times, אנכי once 36:28 (perhaps a reminiscense of Je 11:4b; 24:7; 30:22); in La Hg Ezr Est Ec אני 45 times, אנכי never; in Ch אני 30 times, אנכי once 1 Ch 17:1 (from 2 S 7:2); in Dn אני 23 times, אנכי once 10:11. Vid. more fully GiesebrechtZAW 1881, 251–8 Drl.c. 222–7.

ἤ, Epic dialect also ἠέ (in signification Refs 4th c.BC+, conjunction with two chief senses, Disj. (or) and comparative (than). __A DISJUNCTIVE, or, ἐγὼ.. ἢ ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν Refs 8th c.BC+; θεόσυτος ἢ βρότειος ἢ κεκραμένη Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.2 ἢ.. ἤ either.. or, ἢ νῦν δηθύνοντ᾽ ἢ ὕστερον αὖτις ἰόντα Refs 8th c.BC+, etc.; so ἢ.. ἤτοι.. Refs 5th c.BC+ is emphasized, later no distinction is implied, NT+2nd c.BC+; ἤ repeated any number of times, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι ἢ τεὸν ἢ Αἴαντος ἰὼν γέρας ἢ Ὀδυσῆος Refs 8th c.BC+; ἤ is probably wrongly accented in codices of Refs 8th c.BC+ adverb Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.3 or else, otherwise, εἰδέναι δεῖ περὶ οὗ ἂν ᾖ ἡ βουλή, ἢ παντὸς ἁμαρτάνειν ἀνάγκη Refs 5th c.BC+; ζῶντα κακῶς λέγειν ἐκώλυσε.., ἢ τρεῖς δραχμὰς ἀποτίνειν ἔταξε Legal Refs 6th c.BC+ __A.II in Questions or Deliberations in Disj. form(the accentuation is ἢ (ἠέ) followed by ἦ (ἦε), Refs 2nd c.AD+ __A.II.1 Direct questions, __A.II.1.a introduced by ἢ (ἠέ), ἢ δολιχὴ νοῦσος ἦ Ἄρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα.. κατέπεφνε; Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.1.b without an introductory Particle, θεός νύ τις ἦ βροτός ἐσσ; art thou a goddess or a mortal? Refs 8th c.BC+ frequently in codices of Refs 8th c.BC+; ἄρτι δὲ ἥκεις ἢ πάλα; Refs 5th c.BC+; preceded by πότερον, πότερον δοκεῖ σοι κάκιον εἶναι, τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἢ τὸ ἀδικεῖσθα; Refs __A.II.2 Indirect questions, frequently epexegetic of a preceding question and identical in form with direct questions. __A.II.2.a εἴπ᾽ ἄγε,.. ἤ ῥ᾽ ἐθέλει.., ἦ ἀπέειπε.. Refs 8th c.BC+; πότερον or πότερα.. ἤ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2.b without introductory Particle, οὐδέ τι οἶδα ζώει ὅ γ᾽ ἦ τέθνηκε Refs 8th c.BC+ __B COMPARATIVE, than, as, after a comparative, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐδ᾽ ὅσον ἤ.. not so much as.. , not more than.. , Refs 3rd c.BC+ to wish rather than.. , see at {βούλομαι} IV, αἱρέω Refs 5th c.BC+; so φθάνειν ἤ.. to come sooner than.. , NT+8th c.BC+ __B.2 joining two Comparatives which refer to the same subject, πάντες κ᾽ ἀρησαίατ᾽ ἐλαφρότεροι πόδας εἶναι ἢ ἀφνειότεροι Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3 rarely after a superlative, πλεῖστα θωμάσια ἔχει Αἴγυπτος ἢ ἄλλη πᾶσα χώρη Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4 ἢ οὐ is used when a negative precedes, οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ᾽ ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ᾽ ὑμέας Refs 5th c.BC+: after an implied negative, ὠμὸν.. πόλιν ὅλην διαφθεῖραι μᾶλλον ἢ οὐ τοὺς αἰτίους Refs __B.5 frequently omitted with numerals after πλείων, ἐλάττων, μείων, ἔτη.. πλείω ἑβδομήκοντα variant in Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes with an infinitive or conditional clause, τί γὰρ ἀνδρὶ κακὸν μεῖζον ἁμαρτεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς εὐπραξία σπανιωτέρα.., εἰ [δύναμις] πάρεστιν (for ἢ δύναμιν παρεῖναι); Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.6 pleonastic with a genitive, τίς ἂν αἰσχίων εἴη ταύτης δόξα, ἢ δοκεῖν.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.7 the Disj. and comparative uses are found together in Refs 8th c.BC+ better, either to die once for all or win life, than long to toil in battle. [ἢ οὐ, ἢ οὐκ combine by Synizesis into one syllable in Trag. and Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+; so usually in Epic dialect, Refs 8th c.BC+

יַעֲקֹב344, יַעֲקוֹב n.pr.m. et gent. Jacob, Ιακωβ, son of Isaac and Rebekah, father of tribes of Isr. (expl. from עָקֵב heel Gn 25:26; Ho 12:4, i.e. supplanter; cp. with עָקַב overreach Gn 27:36; one closely following according to LagBN 127; connexion with Pal. city (?) called in Egyptian Yʿkb’ara (i.e. יַעֲקֹב־אֵל) is obscure; cf. MeyZAW vi. 1 ff. WMMAs. u. Eur. 162 ff. JenZA x (1895–6), 347 ff.; v. also Bab. n.pr.m. Yaʿḳubilu, Pinches in HomAHT 61, 96, 112; hence OT יַעֲקֹב perhaps orig. יעקבאל or the like, cf. Palm. n.pr. בלעקב, עתעקב);—יַעֲקוֹב Je 30:18 + 3 times Je, Lv 26:42; יַעֲקֹב 215 times Hex. (chiefly JE; 180 times Gn, once Lv, etc.), 34 times ψ, 42 times Is (27 times 40–66), etc.;— 1. as n.pr.m. Gn 25:26 + 205 times (+ אַבְרָהָם, יִצְחָק 19 times); also בֵּית יַע׳ of people (v. בַּיִת 5 d (γ)), בְּנֵי יַע׳ (v. בֵּן 1 j (β)), זֶרַע יַע׳ (v. זֶרַע 4 f), עֵין יַע׳ (v. עַיִן), etc. 2. as n.pr.gent. (c. 100 times; poet. and proph.) Nu 24:5, 19; Dt 32:9 ψ 44:5; Is 10:21; 17:4; Je 10:25; 30:7 +; ‖ יִשְׂרָאֵל Nu 23:7; Dt 33:10; Is 14:1 ψ 14:7 + c. 35 times; specif. of N. Isr. Am 7:2, 5; Ho 12:13 (+ 10:11; 12:13 prob., v. Now), Mi 1:5(×2) Is 9:7; of Judah Mi 3:1, 8; Ob 10; Is 65:9; Mal 2:12 + al. postexilic; גְּאוֹן יַע׳ v. גָּאוֹן" dir="rtl" >גָּאוֹן; †אֵל יַע׳ ψ 146:5, אֱלוֹהַּ יַע׳ ψ 114:7 †; אֱלֹהֵי יַע׳ 2 S 23:1; Is 2:3 = Mi 4:2 + 9 times ψψ, + ψ 24:6 (א׳ יַע׳ for MT יַע׳ alone), so 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Ew Ol Hup Bae We Che al.; read א׳ יַע׳ also prob. 2 S 23:2 (for א׳ יִשׂ׳, ‖ צוּר יִשׁ׳) 𝔙 HPS; קְדוֹשׁ יַע׳ Is 29:23 (‖ א׳ יִשׂ׳); מֶלֶךְ יַע׳ 41:21 (‖ יהוה).—On יַעֲקֹב v. especially Dr‘Jacob’ in HastingsDict. Bib. ii. 526 ff..

אַהֲרֹן346 n.pr.m. Aaron, elder brother of Moses Ex 7:7; the priest Ex 31:10 +; mentioned Ex 4:14; 15:20; 17:10; 24:1; 28:29 + (115 times Ex); Lv 8:12, 23 + (80 times Lv); Nu 20:24f; 33:39 + (101 times Nu); 1 Ch 5:29 +; Mi 6:4 (only here in proph.) ψ 77:21; 105:26; called הַכֹּהֵן Ex 31:10; 35:19; 39:41 Lv 7:34 +, v. ψ 99:6 משֶׁה וא׳ בְּכֹהֲנָיו; also בּן־א׳ הַכֹּהֵן Ex 38:21 Nu 3:32 + (all P) called קְדוֹשׁ יהוה ψ 106:16; often named with his sons Lv 2:3, 10; 6:2 +; בְּנֵי א׳ in strict sense Ex 28:1, 4, 40 + often; בְּנֵי א׳ הַכֹּהֲנִים Lv 1:5 + Nu 3:3; 10:8 Jos 21:19 1 Ch 6:42; of temple-priests in gen’l, as descendants of A., 2 Ch 26:18; 29:21; 31:19; 35:14(×2), v. also 13:9, 10 & cf. הַכֹּהֵן בֶּן־א׳ Ne 10:39; so בֵּית א׳ ψ 115:10, 12; 118:3; 135:19; אַהֲרֹן alone (= בֵּית א׳) 1 Ch 12:27(28) cf. 27:17.

דִּי part. of relation who, which, that, used also as mark of gen. and conj. that, because (Aramaic of Nineveh, Bab. Zinj. Nerab, Cilicia, Têma, Egypt, זִי (Lzb 267, 446 RÉS 361 S-CPap. A 2 +); Nab. Palm. די; 𝔗 דְּ (except in cpds., as דִּילִי mine, דִּילֵיהּ his); Sam. ࠃ; Syriac ܕ; Ethiopic ዘ za: of same origin as Arabic ذُو possessor of [cf.sub BH זֶה]. Properly a demonstr. that [cf.זֶה; in Ethiopic ze is ‘this’, za ‘which’]; but this being referred by usage to something preceding becomes equiv. to the relative who, which, used, however, more widely than Heb. אֲשֶׁר);— 1. as rel. who, which (construed like אֲשֶׁר): a. Je 10:11; Dn 2:11 דִּי מְדָֽרְהוֹן whose dwelling, v 24 דִּי מַנִּי מַלְכָּא whom the king had appointed, v 26 דִּי שְׁמֵהּ בּ׳ whose name was B., 4:5; 5:12, 23, etc.; = that which 2:23; = him that Ezr 7:25; 6:15; Dn 7:17 דִּי אִנּוּן אַרְבַּע which are four (v. אִנּוּן). Sq. pron. of 2 ps. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 3), Dn 2:37 thou, O king …, דִּי … יְהַב לָךְ to whom … hath given, 4:19; 4:6 as to whom I know, etc. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 4 d end). Sq. תַּמָּה = where Ezr 6:1, so דִּי alone 6:3 Dn 2:38; of time, בְּעִדָּנָא דִּי at the time when, etc., 3:5, 15. With the pred. an inf. c. לְ, Dn 6:9 כְּתָבָא דִּי לָא לְהַשְׁנָיָה which is not to be changed, Ezr 6:8; a place- or other determination, Dn 3:20 valiant men דִּי בְחֵילֵהּ that were in his army, 5:2 הֵיכְלָא דִּי בִירוּשְׁלֵם, 7:20 Ezr 4:24; 5:6; 6:2, 6; cf.Dn 2:25; 5:13; 7:7; Ezr 7:23. דִּי לָא = without, Ezr 6:9; 7:22 (so דְּלָא 𝔗 Gn 15:2; Ex 21:11); cf.Dn 2:34, 45. b. מַן דִּי, מָה דִּי (cf.in late Heb. מַה־שֶּׁ׳, מַה 1 e b) whoever, whatever, so †Dn 3:6, 11 מַן־דִּי־לָא יִפֵּל whoever does not fall down, 4:14 לְמַן דִּי יִצְבֵּא to whomsoever he willeth, v 22, 29; 5:21; מָה דִי whatever (or simply what), †Dn 2:28 מָה דִּי לֶהֱוֵא what will be, v 29(×2), 45 Ezr 6:8, 7:18.—cf.K§ 103. 2. as mark of the gen., Dn 2:15 שׁליטא די מלכא proposes the captain, that of the king = the king’s captain (a genuine Aramaic idiom: so 𝔗 דְּ, Syriac ܕ constantly), v 19, 25, 49 + often: the subst. in such cases may be either in the emph. state (determined), as ll. cc. Ezr 4:15; 5:2, etc., or in the abs. state (undetermined), Dn 5:5; 7:4, 9, 10 נְהַר דִּי נוּר; or it may have a pleon. sf., 2:20 שְׁמֵהּ דִּי אֱלָהָא lit. his name, that of God = God’s name, v 44; 3:8, 25, 26; 4:23, etc. (so also 𝔗 Syriac). To circumscribe an adj., especially in specif. of the material: Dn 2:38 thou art רֵאשָׁה דִּי דַהֲבָא the head of gold, v 39 3:1; 5:7, 16 Ezr 5:14; 6:4 +; as predic. Dn 2:32 רֵאשֵׁהּ דִּי־דְהַב טָב his head (was) of fine gold, v 33 7:19; with a pron. Dn 2:20 wisdom and might דִּי־לֵהּ הִיא are his; cf.6:27 וּמַלְכוּתֵהּ דִּי־לָא תִתְחַבַּל his kingdom (is one) which shall not be destroyed, 7:14.—Vid. further K§ 81. 3. as conj. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 8): a. that (quod), after vbs. of knowing, Dn 2:8, 9, seeing 2:45; 3:27, hearing 5:14, etc.; introducing the subject of a sentence, יְדִיעַ … דִּי … 3:18 Ezr 4:13; Dn 2:47 מִן־קְשֹׁט דִּי … True is it that … (cf.אָמְנָם כִּי Jb 12:2). b. = in that, inasmuch as, whereas: Dn 2:41 and whereas (דִּי) thou sawest, etc.… it shall be a divided kingdom, v 43 4:20, 23; as a connecting link = seeing that, because, for (cf.אֲשֶׁר 8 c) 2:9, 20b, 23b, 47b; 4:15; 6:24b. c. that (ut), after vbs. of asking Dn 2:16, commanding 3:10, 29, expressing a purpose 4:3; 5:15; Ezr 4:15; 6:10 +; דִּי לָא that not (ne) Dn 2:18; 3:28; 6:18 (on דִּי לְמָה lest Ezr 7:23, see מה). d. prefixed to direct narr. (like כִּי 1 b, and sometimes אֲשֶׁר 8 a γ, and ὅτι recitativum), Dn 2:25 and said thus unto him דִּי־הַשְׁכַּחַת (that) I have found, etc., 5:7; 6:6, 14. 4. with preps. and other prefixes: a. כְּדִי (like Heb. כַּאֲשֶׁר; so Egyptian Aramaic כזי, Palm. Nab. כדי, Lzb 293 SAC Gl 62, 63 Cooke 369 b RÉS 361; 𝔗 כַּד, Syriac ܟܕ); a. according as, Dn 2:43, b. so soon as, when, 3:7; 5:20; 6:11, 15. b. מִן־דִּי: a. because that, Dn 3:22; Ezr 5:12 (cf.מֵאֲשֶׁר Is 43:4); b. from (the time) that, after (ex quo), Dn 4:23; Ezr 4:23. c. ��ַד דִּי until, Dn 2:9, 34; 4:30; 7:22; = ere that 6:25. d. עַל דִּי Dn 3:19 is not a conj., but means above that which … e. for עַל דִּבְרַת דִּי and כָּל־קֳבֵל דִּי see [דִּבְרָה" dir="rtl" >דִּבְרָה] and קֳבֵל" dir="rtl" >קֳבֵל.

ἐάν (so early Attic Inscrr., as Refs 4th c.BC+, also contraction ἤν and ἄν, see at {ἤν},{ἄν} (B) [ᾱ], which by crasis with καί become κἄν:—if haply, if, regularly followed by subjunctive: for its use and for examples, see at {εἰ} Refs 5th c.BC+ __II in Hellenistic and late Greek, ={ἄν} after relative Pronouns and Conjunctions, as ὃς ἐάν whosoever, LXX+5th c.BC+

ἑαυτοῦ, ῆς, οῦ, ἑαυτῷ, ῇ, ῷ, ἑαυτόν, ήν, ό, plural ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, ἑαυτούς άς, ά: Ionic dialect ἑωυτοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+; also ωὑτῆς Refs 3rd c.BC+ in Papyrus and Inscrr., as Refs 1st c.BC+: Attic dialect contraction αὑτοῦ, etc., which is the usual form in Trag., though ἑαυτοῦ, etc., are used (though rarely) when the metre requires, Refs 4th c.BC+; Cretan dialect ϝιαυτοῦ Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn Refs; Doric dialect αὐταυτοῦ, αὐσαυτοῦ (which see); Thess. εὑτοῦ (dative), Refs: genitive plural ηὑτῶν Refs:—reflexive pronoun of 3rd pers., of himself, herself, itself, etc.; first in Refs 7th c.BC+, and Attic dialect Refs 8th c.BC+ itself by itself, absolutely, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ ἐφ᾽ αὑτοῦRefs 5th c.BC+; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῦ, of themselves, himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, see at {ἐπ; ἐν ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι}, ἐντὸς ἑαυτοῦ γ., see at {ἐν}, ἐντό; παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ at his own house, Refsthemselves, Refs 5th c.BC+; πλουσιώτεροι ἑαυτῶν continually richer, Refs 5th c.BC+, compare d; τῇ αὐτὸ ἑωυτοῦ ἐστι μακρότατον at its very greatest length, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II in Attic dialect, Trag., and later, αὑτοῦ, etc., is used for the 1st pers. or 2nd pers., as for ἐμαυτοῦ, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ τἄρα μηχανορραφῶ Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς by ourselves, LXX+2nd c.BC+; ἑαυτῶν, ={ὑμῶν αὐτῶν}, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __III plural, ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, etc., is sometimes used for ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, one another, διάφοροι ἑωυτοῖσι Refs 5th c.BC+; καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν one against the other, Refs 5th c.BC+

אוֹ320 (أَوْ, ܐܰܘ, አው ), conj. or (whether aut or vel). 1. Gn 24:49; 31:43 Ex 4:11 Ct 2:9 Lv 13:24 Nu 5:30 + often (especially in laws); sometimes implying a preference, nearly = or rather Gn 24:55 יָמִים אוֹ עָשׂוֹר a few days or ten Ju 18:19 1 S 29:3. Prefixed to the first as well as to the second alternative (rare) either (whether) … or Lv 5:1; 13:48, 51; = or, if not Ez 21:15 (si vera l.) Ke Mal 2:17 Jb 16:3; 22:11. 2. introducing a sentence, especially a particular case under a general principle, or = or if Ex 21:31 אוֹ־בֵן יִגַּח וג׳ or if he gore a son, etc. v 36 Lv 4:23, 28 (v. Di) 5:21, 22; 25:49b; Nu 5:14 2 S 18:13 or if I had dealt falsely against his life, then, etc., Ez 14:17, 19 or if I send, etc. 3. if perchance, 1 S 20:10 if perchance thy father answer thee with something hard, Lv 26:41. 4. once, with the juss. (as in Arabic with the subjunct. v. Dr§ 175 = except: Is 27:5 I would burn them together, אוֹ יַחֲזֵק בְּמָעֻזִּי or else let him take hold (= except he take hold) of my strong-hold, etc.—אַו Pr 31:4 v. sub [אָוָה" dir="rtl" >אָוָה] on p. 16.

יהוהc. 6823 i.e. יַהְוֶה n.pr.dei Yahweh, the proper name of the God of Israel—(1. MT יְהוָֹה6518 (Qr אֲדֹנָי), or יֱהוִֹה305 (Qr אֱלֹהִים), in the combinations אדני יהוה & יהוה אדני (vid. אֲדֹנָי), and with prep. בַּיהוָֹה, לַיהוָֹה, מֵיהוָֹה (Qr בַּאדֹנָי, לַאדֹנָי, מֵאדֹנָי), do not give the original form. 𝔊 and other Vrss follow the Qr. On the basis of Ex 20:7; Lv 24:11 יהוה was regarded as a nomen ineffabile (vid. Philo de Vita Mosis iii, 519, 529), called by the Jews הַשֵּׁם and by the Samaritans שׁימא. The pronunciation Jehovah was unknown until 1520, when it was introduced by Galatinus; but it was contested by Le Mercier, J. Drusius, and L. Capellus, as against grammatical and historical propriety (cf. Bö§ 88). The traditional Ἰαβέ of Theodoret and Epiphanius, the ־יָהוּ, יְהוֹ־ of compound n.pr. and the contracted form יָהּ, all favour יַהְוֶה (cf. יַהֲלֹמ֑וּן ψ 74:6; תַּהֲרוּ Is 33:11), v. LagSym. i. 14 BaudissinStudien i. 179 ff.; DrStud. Bib. i. 1 ff. For Jeve v. StaZAW 1881, 346 De ib. 1882, 173 f. & Gn. Excurs. ii. 2. on liter. of interpret. v. NesEg 67 Drl.c..—Many recent scholars explain יַהְוֶה as Hiph. of הוה (= היה) the one bringing into being, life-giver (cf. הַוָּה Gn 3:20) Schr HSch; giver of existence, creator, Kue Tiele; he who brings to pass (so already Le Clerc), performer of his promises, Lag, Nes.Eg 88 (but NesEg. 91 inclines to Qal as RSBrit. & For. Ev. Rev. v. infr.); or from הוה he who causes to fall, rain or lightning RSOTJC ed. 1, 423; om. ed. 2, 245, cf. WeSkizzen iii. 175; ‘Fäller,’ destroying foes, StaG. i. 429 (dubiously). But most take it as Qal of היה (= היה); the one who is: i.e. the absolute and unchangeable one, Ri; the existing, ever-living, as self-consistent and unchangeable, Di; or the one ever coming into manifestation as the God of redemption, De Oehl; cf. also RSBrit. & For. Ev. Rev. 1876, he will be it, i.e. all that his servants look for (cf. Ewinfr.), he will approve himself (give evidence of being, assert his being Drl. c. 17)). theories of non-Heb. or non-Sem. origin. opposed (in their older forms) by BauRel i. 181 ff. (v. especially 230); DlPa 162 ff. claimed Bab. origin for יהו, against this KueNational religions, etc., Note iv (Eng. Trans. 329 ff.) JastrJBL xiii (1894), 103 f. cf. HptBAS i. 170 N; Dl Babel u. Bibel, 46 f., 73 f. makes same claim for יהוה, agst. this v. especially HirschZAW xxiii (1903), 355 ff. ZimKAT 3, 465 ff.; SpiegelbergZMG liii (1899), 633 ff. proposes (improb.) Egyptian etymol. for יהוה; further discussions see in KöEB Names, § 112 and n. 3. ‘Jehovah’ found in Jacob (? Johann.) Wessel († 1480), according to SchwallyThLZ, 1905, col. 612. I. יהוה is not used by E in Gn, but is given Ex 3:12–15 as the name of the God who revealed Himself to Moses at Horeb, and is explained thus: אֶהְיֶה עִמָּ֑ךְ I shall be with thee (v 12), which is then implied in אֶהְיֶה אֲשֶׁר אֶהְיֶה I shall be the one who will be it v 14a (i.e. with thee v 12) and then compressed into אֶהְיֶה v 14b (i.e. with thee v 12), which then is given in the nominal form יהוה He who will be it v 15 (i.e. with thee v 12). Cf. EwBTh ii. 337, 338 RSl. c., Proph. 385 ff. Other interpretations are: I am he who I am, i.e. it is no concern of yours (Le Clerc LagPsalt. Hieron. 156); I am, (this is my name), inasmuch as I am (אֲשֶׁר = כִּי; AE JDMich WeJD Th xxi, 540 = Comp. Hex. 72); Di al. I am who I am, he who is essentially unnameable, inexplicable.—E uses יהוה sparingly by the side of אלהים and האלהים in his subsequent narrative. The Ephraimitic writers in Ju S K use it in similar proportions. P abstains from the use of יהוה until he gives an account of its revelation to Moses Ex 6:3; but subsequently uses it freely. He gives no explanation of its meaning. He represents that אֵל שַׁדַּי was the God of the patriarchs. J uses יהוה from the beginning of his narrative, possibly explaining it, Gn 21:33 by אל עולם, the evergreen tamarisk being a symbol of the ever-living God; cf. De Gn 21:33. Elsewhere יהוה is the common divine name in pre-exilic writers, but in post-exilic writers gradually falls into disuse, and is supplanted by אלהים and אדני. In Job it is used 31 times in prose parts, and 12:9 (a proverb); not elsewhere in the poem. Chr apart from his sources prefers אלהים and האלהים. Dn uses יהוה only in chap. 9 (7 times); Ec not at all. In the Elohistic group of ψ 42–83 it is used 39 times (see אלהים). It occurs as the name of Israel’s God MI 18. It is doubtful whether it was used by other branches of the Shemitic family, cf. COT Gn 2:4b DlPa 158 ff. DrStud. Bib. i. 7 ff. II. 1. יהוה is used with אלהים with or without suffs., especially in D; a. with אֱלֹהֶיךָ in the Ten Words Ex 20:2–12 (5 times) = Dt 5:6–16; in the law of worship of JE, Ex 23:19; 34:24, 26; in D 234 times; Jos 1:9, 17; 9:9, 24 (D2); elsewhere Gn 27:20 Ex 15:26 (JE), Ju 6:26; S & K 20 times 1 Ch 11:2; 22:11, 12 2 Ch 9:8(×2); 16:7; Is 7:11; 37:4(×2); 41:13; 43:3; 51:15; 55:5; Je 40:2 + (3 times) Ho 12:10; 13:4; 14:2; Am 9:15; ψ 81:11. b. with אֱלֹהֵיכ��ם in D 46 times; D2 28 times; H 15 times; P 15 times; elsewhere Ex 23:25 (E); 8:24; 10:8, 16, 17 (JE); Ju 6:10; 1 S 12:12, 14; 2 K 17:39; 23:21; 1 Ch 22:18 + (10 times Chr) ψ 76:12; Je 13:16; + (5 times) Ez 20:5, 7, 19, 20; Jo 2:13 + (6 times) Zc 6:15. c. with אֱלֹהֵינוּ in D 23 times; in D2 5 times; Ex 8:6 (JE) Ex 3:18; 5:3; 8:22, 23; 10:25, 26 (E) Ju 11:24; 1 S 7:8; 1 K 8:57, 59, 61, 65 2 K 18:22; 19:19 = Is 36:7; 37:20, 1 Ch 13:2 + (15 times Chr) Mi 4:5; 7:17; Is 26:13; Je 3:22 + (17 times) ψ 20:8; 90:17 (?; Baer אֲדֹנָי) 94:23; 99:5, 8, 9(×2); 105:7; 106:47; 113:5; 122:9; 123:2 Dn 9:10, 13, 14. d. c. אֱלֹהֵיהֶם Ex 10:7 (J) Ex 29:46(×2) Lv 26:44 (P) Ju 3:7; 8:34; 1 S 12:9; 1 K 9:9; 2 K 17:7, 9, 14, 16, 19; 18:12 2 Ch 31:6; 33:17; 34:33; Ne 9:3(×2), 4; Je 3:21; 22:9; 30:9; 43:1(×2) 50:4; Ez 28:26; 34:30; 39:22, 28 Ho 1:7; 3:5; 7:10; Zp 2:7; Hag 1:12(×2) Zc 9:16; 10:6. e. with אֱלֹהָיו Nu 23:21 (E) Ex 32:11 (J) Lv 4:22 (P) Dt 17:19; 18:7; 1 S 30:6; 1 K 5:17; 11:4; 15:3, 4; 2 K 5:11; 16:2; 2 Ch 1:1; + 13 times Chr; Mi 5:3; Je 7:28; ψ 33:12; 144:15; 146:5; Jon 2:2. f. with אֱלֹהַי Nu 22:18 (JE) Dt 4:5; 18:16; 26:14; Jos 14:8, 9; 2 S 24:24; 1 K 3:7; 5:18, 19; 8:28; 17:20, 21; 1 Ch 21:17; 22:7; 2 Ch 2:3; 6:19; Ezr 7:28; 9:5; ψ 7:2, 4; 13:4; 18:29; 30:3, 13; 35:24; 40:6; 104:1; 109:26; Is 25:1; Je 31:18; Dn 9:4, 20; Jon 2:7; Hab 1:12; Zc 11:4; 13:9; 14:5. g. with אֱלֹהַיִךְ Is 60:9 Je 2:17, 19; 3:13; Mi 7:10; Zp 3:17. h. with אלהים, probably always due to later editors, or to a Qr which has crept into the text Gn 2:4b—3:23 (J, 20 times either אלהים inserted by RP as Di De; or יהוה inserted by J in an older source); Ex 9:30 (J, but not in 𝔊 Sam.; Sam. אדני יהוה; possibly MT from earlier Qr, & Sam. from later Qr); 2 S 7:22, 25 (𝔊 אדני יהוה and 1 Ch 17:20–23 only יהוה); 1 Ch 17:16, 17 (but 2 S 7:18, 19 אדני יהוה) 1 Ch 28:20; 29:1; 2 Ch 1:9; 6:41(×2), 42; 26:18 (but in the original ψ 132:8 stood יהוה (so ℌ), or else no divine name); ψ 72:18 (the late doxology) 84:12 (but it makes the line too long); Jon 4:6. For the combinations with other divine names see those names. 2. the phrase †אֲנִי יהוה is noteworthy:— a. after אמר either alone Ex 6:2, 29 (P) or before relative and other clauses: Gn 28:13 (J) 15:7 (R) Ex 6:6 (P) with אלהיכם Ju 6:10; Ez 20:5. b. after ידע כי (α) Ex 7:17; 8:18; 10:2 (J); Ex 7:5; 14:4, 18 (P); 1 K 20:13, 28; Je 24:7 Ez 6:7 + 4:8 times Ez; (β) with אלהיכם Ex 6:7; 16:12; Dt 29:5 (P) Ez 20:20; Jo 4:17; (γ) with אלהיהם Ex 29:46 (P) Ez 28:26; 34:30; 39:22, 28; (δ) before relative and other clauses Is 45:3; 49:23, 26; 60:16 Ez 7:9; 17:24; 21:10; 22:22; 35:12; 36:36; (ε) with various forms of קדשׁ Ex 31:13 (P) Ez 20:12; 37:28; 39:7; (ζ) with דברתי Ez 5:13; 17:21, cf. יֵדְעוּ אשׁר אני י׳ Ez 20:26. c. after כִּי in various combinations Lv 11:44, 45; Nu 35:34 (P), Lv 20:7, 26; 21:8, 15, 23; 22:16; 24:22; 25:17; 26:1, 44 (all H); Ex 15:26 (R) Is 41:13; 43:3; 61:8; Je 9:23; Ez 12:25; 21:4 Zc 10:6; Mal 3:6. d. emphatic Ex 6:8; 12:12 Lv 26:2, 45; Nu 3:13, 41, 45 (all P); Lv 18:5, 6, 21; 19:12, 14, 16, 18, 28, 30, 32, 37; 21:12; 22:2, 3, 8, 30, 31, 33 (all H) Is 43:15; with אלהיהם Ex 29:46; with אלהיךָ Is 48:17; with אלהיכם Lv 23:43; 25:38, 55; Nu 10:10; 15:41(×2) (P) Lv 18:2, 4, 30; 19:2, 3, 4, 10, 25, 31, 34, 36; 20:24; 23:22; 26:13 (all H) Ez 20:7, 19 Jo 2:27; with מְקַדֵּשׁ Lv 20:8; 22:9, 32 (H), with דברתי Nu 14:35 (P) Ez 5:15 + (11 times Ez); with clauses Is 27:3; 41:4, 17; 42:6, 8; 45:5, 6, 7, 8, 18, 19, 21; 60:22 Je 17:10; 32:27; Ez 14:4, 7, 9; 34:24; †אָנֹכִי יהוה is used in the Ten Words Ex 20:2, 5 = Dt 5:6, 9 cited ψ 81:11 Ho 12:10; 13:4; elsewhere only Ex 4:11 (J) Is 43:11; 44:24; 51:15. 3. יהוה is also used with several predicates, to form sacred names of holy places of Yahweh יהוה יראה Gn 22:14 (J); יהוה נסי Ex 17:15 (E) יהוה שׁלום Ju 6:24 יהוה צדקנו Je 33:16 (cf. 23:6 where it is applied to the Messiah); יהוה שָׁ֑מָּה Ez 48:35.—On combinations such as הַר י׳, י׳ צְבָאוֹת etc., v. הַר²" dir="rtl" >הַר, צָבָא²" dir="rtl" >צָבָא, etc. Note. —BonkZAW 1891, 126 ff. seems to shew that as prefix, in comp. n.pr., יְהוֹ is the oldest and the latest form and that יוֹ is intermediate, belonging to the earlier post-exilic period until the time of Chr; occasional copyists’ mistakes being taken into the account.

שְׁלֹמֹה293 n.pr.m. Solomon (Σαλωμων, rarely Σαλομων, 𝔊L mostly Σολομων; cf. LagBN 53, 96);—king of Israel, son of David and Bathsheba 2 S 12:24; 1 K 1:11 + [name 2 times S; 162 times K; 109 times Ch; 7 times Ezr Ne]; born in Jerus. 2 S 5:14; 1 Ch 3:5; 14:4; designated by D. as successor, anointed and proclaimed before D.’s death 1 K 1:30, 33, 34, 39 +; king after D.’s death 1 K 2:12, 17; 1 Ch 29:28; 2 Ch 1:1 + [phr. הַמֶּלֶךְ שׁ׳ 1 K 1:34 + 36 times K, 11 times Ch, Je 52:20; Ct 3:9, 11; שׁ׳ הַמּ׳ 1 K 2:17; 12:2; 1 Ch 29:24; 2 Ch 10:2; שׁ׳ מֶלֶךְ יְהוּדָה 1 K 12:23; 2 Ch 11:3, מ׳ יִשׂ׳ 2 K 23:13; 24:13; 2 Ch 30:26; 35:3; Ne 13:26]; builder of temple 1 K 5:22; 6:1, 2; 1 Ch 5:26 + often; wise 1 K 3:10; 5:9, 10, 14; 10:1, 2, 3, 4; 2 Ch 1:7, 11 +; author of proverbs (and songs) according to Proverbs מִשְׁלֵי שׁ׳ 1:1; 10:1; 25:1 (cf. 1 K 5:12, 13), v. also לִשׁ׳ ψ 72:1; 127:1 (titles), Ct 1:1 (title); of written provision for priests, etc. 2 Ch 35:4, cf. 8:14 Ne 12:45; elsewhere (outside of K Ch) name occurs †Je 52:20; Ct 1:5 (Wkl Altor. Forsch. ii. 196 proposes Šalmaites, Nab. שלמו Lzb 376, cf. Levy TW ii.489 Jastr 1587), 3:7, 9, 11; 8:11, 12, and in phr. בְּנֵי עַדֵי שׁ׳ Ezr 2:55, 58 = Ne 7:57, 60; Ne 11:3.

פְּלִשְׁתִּי288 adj.gent. Philistine, (οἱ) Φυλιστιειμ, and (not in Hex) (ὁ) ἀλλόφυλος, (οἱ) ἀλλόφυλοι;—only as subst.: הַפּ׳ the Philistine (Goliath) slain by David 1 S 17:8 + 27 times 17, 18:6; 19:5; 21:10; 22:10; one slain by Abishai 2 S 21:17; elsewhere pl. the Philistines255, usually פְּלִשְׁתִּים without art., rarely הַפּ׳ 1 S 4:7; 7:13 + (especially c. prep. בַּפּ׳ v 13 +, and then perhaps due to punctuators), Gn 10:14 = 1 Ch 1:12; Gn 26:14, 15, 18; Ju 3:31 + 33 times Ju, 1 S 4:1(×2) + 118 times 1 S, 2 S 1:20 + 28 times 2 S, +; אֶרֶץ פ׳ Gn 21:32, 34 + 12 times; שְׂדֵה פ׳ 1 S 6:1; 27:7, 11; מֶלֶךְ פ׳ Gn 26:1, 8; שָׂרֵי פ׳ 1 S 18:30 + 5 times; סַרְנֵי פ׳ Jos 13:3; Ju 3:3 + 13 times; יָם פ׳ Ex 23:31; אֱלֹהֵי פ׳ Ju 10:6.—Cf. כְּרֵתִי, II. כַּפְתּוֹר. On Philistines v. also WMMAs. u. Eur. 387 f. Evans Cretan Pictographs, 100 ff. Schwally ZWT xxxiv. 103 f., 255.

II. לֵוִי291 adj.gent. Levite;—לֵוִי, 40 times; pl. לְוִיִּם 250 times; sf. 1 pl. לְוִיֵּנוּ Ne 10:1;— †1. sg. of individual, אִישׁ ל׳ Ju 19:1 a certain Levite; pred. וְהוּא ל׳ Ju 17:1 and he was a Levite, so v 9; c. art. הַלּ׳ as subst. the Levite Ex 4:14 (J), Ju 17:10, 11, 12, 13 (as priest), Dt 18:6; 2 Ch 20:14; 31:12, 14, Ezr 10:15; הַנַּעַר הַלּ׳ Ju 18:3, 15; הָאִישׁ הַלּ׳ 20:4. Sg. usually †2. c. art. הַלֵּוִי as subst. coll. the Levites: Ex 6:19; Nu 3:20, 32; 26:57 (all P); 18:23 (P; charged with service of tabern.); especially D, Dt 12:12, 18, 19; 14:27, 29; 16:1, 14; 26:10, 12, 13; also 1 Ch 24:6; Mal 2:8 (as priestly tribe), שֵׁבֶט הַלּ׳ Dt 10:8 tribe of the Levites (set apart for service), cf. Jos 13:14, 33; 1 Ch 23:14; בְּנֵי־הַלֵּוִי 1 Ch 12:27 (van d. H. v 26) sons of the Levites (i.e. of the tribe); so Ne 10:40 (as tithe-collectors); בֵּית הַלֵּוִי ψ 135:20 house (family, tribe) of the Levites 3. pl. לְוִיִּם chiefly Chr and P;—always c. art. הַֽלְוִיִּם except sf. לְוִיֵּנוּ Ne 10:1; the art. is om. by 𝔊𝔙 and most in Is 66:21; always = subst. Levites;— A. †a. earlier usage:—as bearing the ark 1 S 6:15; 2 S 15:24; Dt 31:25, so (with priests) 1 K 8:4 = 2 Ch 5:5 (ℌ הכהנים הַל׳; read prob. וְהַל׳ as in K, 𝔊𝔖𝔙 cf. Öt VB); also 1 Ch 15:2, 26, 27; 23:26; 2 Ch 5:4 (for הכהנים ‖ 1 K 8:3). †b. not disting. from priests by D: הַכֹּהֲנִים הַל׳ Dt 17:9, 18; 18:1; 24:8; 27:9, Jos 3:3; 8:33 (both D; as bearing ark), also Je 33:18, 21 (הַל׳ הַכּ׳), Ez 43:19; 44:15; cf. Dt 18:7; 27:14 Je 33:22; הַכּ׳ הַל׳ likewise 2 Ch 23:18; 30:27 (but read prob. וְהַל׳ after 𝔊𝔖𝔙, cf. Öt and infr.) †c. as tribal designation, Ex 6:25; Nu 3:39; 4:18, 46; Jos 21:1 (all P), 1 Ch 9:33, 34; 15:12; 2 Ch 35:5; Ne 11:15, 16; 12:24; with ref. to share in land Lv 25:32(×2), 33(×2) (H), Nu 1:47; 2:33; Jos 14:3, 4; 21:3, 4, 8, 20, 27, 34, 38, 39 (all P), 18:7 (D), 1 Ch 6:49; cf. also 2 Ch 11:14†. d. set apart for service in tabern., Ex 38:21; Nu 1:50, 51(×2), 53(×2); 2:17; 7:5, 6; 8:6 + 18 times Nu 8 (all P), cf. 1 Ch 6:33; 16:4; ministers to Aaron and his sons Nu 3:9; 8:19; 18:6 (P); set apart for י׳ (as redemption for first-born) Nu 3:12(×2) + 7 times Nu 3 (P); with certain perquisites Nu 18:24, 26, 30 + 9 times Nu (P). B. in Chr. the tribal idea is in the background, and thought of Levites as official class is prominent: a. disting. from priests הַכּ׳ וְהַל׳ 1 Ch 9:14 (cf. v 10), 13:2; 15:4, 11, 14; 23:2; 24:6, 31 + 67 times Chr.; also Is 66:21 (according to Vrss., but dub.), Ez 44:10; 45:5 (cf. v 4), 48:11, 12, 13, 22. b. as porters, 1 Ch 9:26; 26:17, cf. 34:9; as in charge of music, 1 Ch 15:16, 17, 22 2 Ch 5:12; 29:25, 30; 34:12 Ne 12:27; yet disting. from porters and singers, Ne 7:1; 13:5, 10; disting. also from נְתִינִים 1 Ch 9:2; Ezr 8:20; Ne 10:29; further (with various official functions) 1 Ch 9:31 + 29 times Chr.; of groups of individuals, 2 Ch 17:8(×2); 29:12; 34:12 Ezr 2:40 = Ne 7:43, Ezr 8:33; Ne 3:17; 9:5; 10:10; 12:8, also 8:7 (om. וְ; 𝔙 BeRy Ryle). c. בְּנֵי־הַלְוִיִּם 1 Ch 15:15 (bearing ark), 24:30 (tribal designation).—See, on Levites, especially GfGesch. d. Stammes Levi in MeArchiv i. 68 ff. 208 ff. WeProl. Cap. iv RSOTJC. 435 f., 2nd ed., 360 f. BauPriesterthum 50 f., 68 f., and often

אַתֶּם pron. 2 m.pl. you (masc.) (for antem, v. supr.) Gn 9:7; 26:27; 29:4 + often. With הֲ, הָאַתֶּם †Ju 6:31; following the vb. for emph. Ju 15:12; Je 34:15; construed inaccurately with a fem. Ez 13:20.

פַּרְעֹה275 n.m. Pharaoh, Φαραω, title of Egyptian kings (Egyptian pr-ʿo, great house, of royal court, and (in new kingdom) of king GriffithHastings DB MeyGesch. Alt. i. 59 SteindBAS i. 343; in Assyrian priʾu according to most, cf. COTGloss. Steindl.c., but v. WklMVAG, 1898, 3 f.);—פ׳ Gn 12:15(×3), 17 + 212 times Hex (mostly JE, rarely DP), 1 S 2:27; 6:6; 1 K 3:1(×2) + 19 times K, Is 19:11(×2) + 3 times, Je 25:19 + 10 times, Ez 17:17 + 12 times, Ne 9:10; 1 Ch 4:18; 2 Ch 8:11 ψ 135:9; 136:15; Ct 1:9; + מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם (not early) Je 25:19; 46:17; Dt 7:8; 11:3; Ez 29:2, 3; 30:21, 22; 31:2; 1 K 3:1; 9:16; 11:18; 2 K 17:7; 18:21 = Is 36:6; Gn 41:46 (E), Ex 6:11, 13, 27, 29; 14:8 (all P); c. n.pr. פ׳ חָפְרַע Je 44:30, פ׳ נְכֹה 46:2; 2 K 23:29, 33, 34, 35.

חָיָה283 vb. live (NH Ph. id.; Arabic حَىَّ, حَيِىَ; Sab. חיו MordtZMG 1876, 28; Ethiopic ሐይወ Aramaic ܚܝܳܐ, חֲיָא; Palm. חיי life, life-time, Vog 32, 74)— Qal203 Pf. חָיָה Ec 6:6 + 4 times; יְ֯חָיָה Je 21:9; 38:2; חַי Gn 5:5 + 23 times (this and the following form are treated as ע״ע, the original weakness of the stem final י admitting of either ל״ה or ע״ע, Ges§ 761); וְחֵי Lv 25:36 (Bö§ 1181); 3 fs. חָֽיְתָה Gn 12:13 Je 38:17; וָחָ֑יָה Ex 1:16 (for חַיָּה Bö§ 1123 (3), Sam. חיתה); 2 ms. חָיִיתָ Dt 30:16, חָיִתָה Je 38:17; 3 m. pl. תָיוּ Nu 14:38, וְחָיוּ consec. Nu 4:19 + Zc 10:9 (where read Pi. וְתִיּוּ StaZAW i, 1881, 22 so 𝔊), וִחְיִיתֶם Ez 37:5 + 2 times; Impf. יִחְיֶה Gn 17:18 + 27 times; יְחִי Dt 33:6 + 10 times; וִיתִי ψ 49:10 + 2 times; וְיֶ֑חִי Is 38:21, וַיְחִי Gn 5:3 + 37 times; וַיֶּ֑חִי Dt 4:33 + 4 times; 3 fs. תִּחְיַה Jos 6:17, תְּחִי Gn 19:20 + 5 times; 2 ms. תִּחְיֶה Gn 27:40 + 7 times; 2 fs. תִּחְיִי 2 K 4:7; 1 s. אֶחְיֶה 2 K 1:2 + 8 times; 3 mpl. יִחְיוּ Jos 9:21 + 8 times; 3 fpl. תִּחְיֶינָה Ez 13:19; 37:3; 2 mpl. תִּחְיוּ Dt 4:1 + 2 times; תִּחְיוּן Dt 5:30; 8:1; 1 pl. נִחְיֶה 2 K 7:4 + 7 times; Imv. וֶחְיֵה Gn 20:7 Pr 4:4, וֶחְיֶ֯ה Pr 7:2; fs. חֲיִי Ez 16:6(×2); mpl. וִחְיוּ Gn 42:18 + 7 times; Inf. abs. חָיֹה 2 K 8:10 + 6 times; חָיוֹ Ez 3:21 + 3 times; cstr. לִחְיוֹת Ez 33:12, sf. חֲיוֹתָם Jos 5:8;— 1. live: a. have life, Gn 31:32(E), Ex 33:20(J), Nu 4:19 (P), Dt 30:16 +; also in phrase וַיְחִי and he lived (so many years) with acc. of time, Gn 5:3–30 (16 times) 9:28; 11:11–26 (14 times) 47:28 (all P), 50:22 (E), 2 K 14:17 = 2 Ch 25:25 Jb 42:16. b. continue in life, remain alive Gn 20:7 (E), Lv 25:36 2 S 12:22 +; also †ח׳ נפשׁ live, of the soul or the self Gn 12:13; 19:20 (J), 1 K 20:32 ψ 119:175 Je 38:2, 17, 20 Is 55:3; וְחַי הַיָּ֑לֶד and the boy may live 2 S 12:22; †ח׳ לִפְנֵי live in the presence of Gn 17:18 (P) Ho 6:2; †ח׳ ב׳ live among La 4:20. †c. sustain life, live on or upon (על), of the animal life, by the sword Gn 27:40 (J), by bread Dt 8:3; elsewhere in pregnant sense of fulness of life in divine favour, sustained by (על) everything that issueth out of the mouth of י׳ Dt 8:3; his promises (?) Is 38:16; of wicked man, by repentance Ez 33:19; c. בְּ by the statutes and judgments of י׳ if a man do them, Lv 18:5 (H) Ez 20:11, 13, 21, 25 Ne 9:29; צַדִּיק בֶּאֱמוּנָתוֹ יִחְיֶה a righteous man by his faithfulness shall live Hb 2:4. †d. live(prosperously) יְחִי הַמֶּלֶך may the king live 1 S 10:24 2 S 16:16(×2) 1 K 1:25, 31, 34, 39 2 K 11:12 2 Ch 23:11; יְחִי לְבַבְכֶם ψ 22:27; 69:33; המלך לעולם יחיה Ne 2:3. †2. be quickened, revive: a. from sickness Nu 21:8, 9 Jos 5:8 (E) 2 K 1:2; 8:8, 9, 10, 14; 2 K 20:1, 7 = Is 38:1, 9, 21. b. from discouragement of the spirit Gn 45:27 (E). c. from faintness Ju 15:19. d. from death 2 K 13:21 Jb 14:14 Is 26:14, 19; by return of נפשׁ 1 K 17:22, of רוּחַ Ez 37:3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 14 (and so Ju 15:19 c). †Pi. Pf. 3 ms. חִיָּה ψ 22:30; 3 fs. sf. חִיָּ֑תְנִי ψ 119:50; 2 ms. sf. חִיִּיתַנִי ψ 30:4; חִיִּיתָ֑נִי ψ 119:93; 3 pl. חִיּוּ Ju 21:14, הַחִיִּיתֶם Nu 31:15; Impf. יְחַיֶּה 1 S 27:9 +, etc.; Imv. sf. חַיֵּנִי ψ 119:25 + 8 times, חַיֵּיהוּ Hb 3:2; Inf. cstr. חַיּוֹת Gn 7:3 Ez 13:19; sf. חַיֹּתֵנוּ Dt 6:24 +, etc.; Pt. מְחַיֶּה Ne 9:6 1 S 2:6;— 1. preserve alive, let live Ex 1:17, 18, 22; 22:17 Jos 9:15 (JE), Gn 12:12 (J), Nu 31:15 (P), Dt 6:24; 20:16 Ju 21:14 1 S 27:9, 11 1 K 18:5 2 K 7:4 Je 49:11 Ez 3:18 Hb 3:2 Jb 36:6 ψ 30:4; 33:19; 41:3; 138:7; ח׳ נפשׁ preserve oneself alive ψ 22:30 Ez 18:27, or preserve persons alive Ex 13:18, 19, or preserve life 1 K 20:31; ח׳ זרע preserve seed alive Gn 7:3; 19:32, 34 (J); keep in existence heaven and earth Ne 9:6; nourish, young cow Is 7:21, lamb 2 S 12:3. 2. give life, to man when created Jb 33:4. 3. quicken, revive, refresh: a. restore to life, the dead 1 S 2:6 Dt 32:39 Ho 6:2; the dying ψ 71:20. b. cause to grow, grain Ho 14:8. c. restore, a ruined city 1 Ch 11:8, stones destroyed by fire Ne 3:34. d. revive, the people of י׳ by י׳ himself with fulness of life in his favour ψ 80:19; 85:7; 119:25, 37, 40, 50, 88, 93, 107, 149, 154, 156, 159; 143:11 Ec 7:12. †Hiph. Pf. הֶחֱיָה Jos 6:25 + 5 times; 2 ms. sf. הֶחֱיִתָנוּ Gn 47:25; 1 s. הֶחֱיֵיתִי Nu 22:33, הַחֲיִתֶם Jos 2:13 Ju 8:19; Imv. sf. הַחֲיֵינִי Is 38:16; הַחֲיוּ Nu 31:18; Inf. abs. הַחֲיֵה Jos 9:20; cstr. הַחֲיוֹת Gn 6:20 + 6 times; הַחֲיֹת Gn 6:19; 50:20; sf. הַחֲיֹתוֹ Ez 13:22;— 1. preserve alive, let live Gn 45:7; 50:20 (E) 47:25 Nu 22:33 Jos 2:13; 6:25 (all J), 14:10 (D); Gn 6:19, 20 Nu 31:18 Jos 9:20 (P), Ju 8:19 2 S 8:2 Ez 13:22; with נפשׁ Gn 19:19 (J). 2. quicken, revive: a. restore to health, a leper 2 K 5:7, Hezekiah Is 38:16. b. revive the לֵב and רוּחַ Is 57:15(×2). c. restore to life, the dead 2 K 8:1, 5(×3).

בָּבֶ֫ל262 n.pr.loc. Babel, Babylon (in Assyrian written Bâb-ili, gate of god DlPa 212, cf. on other hand JenKosmol. 498)—c. ָהloc. בָּבֶ֫לָה Ez 12:13 +, בָּבֶ֑לָה 2 K 20:17 + once מִכָּבֶ֫לָה Je 27:16;—the ancient capital of Babylonia, mod. Hillah, situated on Euphrates, in long. c. 44° 30’ E., and lat. c. 32° 50’ N.; Gn 10:10; 11:9 (where name connected with בלל confuse, confound), both J, not elsewhere in Hex; 2 K 17:24 + 31 times 2 K; 18 times Chr; Est 2:6; late ψ 87:4; 137:1, 8; Is 2, 3, viz. 13:1, 9; 14:4, 22; 21:9; 39:1, 3, 6, 7; 43:14; 47:1; 48:14, 20; Mi 4:10 (but here prob. not orig., cf. RSProph. vii. n. 5 & reff.) Zc 2:11; 6:10 Dn 1:1 Ez 12:13 + 19 times Ez; Je 20:4(×2) 5, 6 + 165 times Je;—note especially אֶרֶץ בּ׳ Je 50:28; also of land & people = realm, partic. in מֶלֶךְ בּ׳ 2 K 20:12 of Merodach Baladan; v 18; 24:1, 7, 11, 12(×2) + often of Nebuchadrezzar; 2 K 25:27 = Je 52:31 cf. v 34 of Evil-Merodach; Ne 13:6 of Artaxerxes; the city personif. as בַּת בָּבֶל Is 47:1 Je 50:42. (See DlPa 212 COT Gn 11:9; KG 95.)

ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο, also κεῖνος (regular in Epic dialect, Ionic dialect (as Refs 5th c.BC+ only where the metre requires,Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; but not in Attic dialect Prose, and in Comedy texts only in mock Trag. passages): Aeolic dialect κῆνος Refs 7th c.BC+: Doric dialect τῆνος Refs 3rd c.BC+: in Comedy texts, strengthened ἐκεινοσί Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐκεινοσίν Refs 2nd c.AD+: (ἐκεῖ):—demonstrative pronoun the person there, that person or thing, Refs 8th c.BC+: generally with reference to what has gone immediately before, Refs 5th c.BC+; but when οὗτος and ἐκεῖνος refer to two things before mentioned, ἐκεῖνος, properly belongs to the more remote, in time, place, or thought, οὗτος to the nearer, Refs 5th c.BC+ sometimes = the latter, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἆρ᾽ οὗτός ἐστ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ὅν..; Refs 5th c.BC+: also joined as if one pronoun, τοῦτ᾽ ἐκεῖνο..δέρκομαι Refs 5th c.BC+; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ at that point of time, Refs 1st c.AD+; ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο, à propos, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 to denote wellknown persons, etc., κεῖνος μέγας θεός Refs 8th c.BC+ __2.b ἐκεῖνα the ideal world, Refs __3 for things, of which one cannot remember or must not mention the name, ={ὁ δεῖνα}, so-and-so, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3.b in formulae, τεθνάτω καὶ οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἐξ ἐκείνου Refs __4 with simple demonstrative force, Ἶρος ἐκεῖνος ἧσται Irus sits there, Refs 8th c.BC+; νῆες ἐκεῖναι ἐπιπλέουσιν there are ships sailing up, Refs 5th c.BC+ __5 in indirect speech where properly the reflexive pronoun αὑτοῦ would stand, Refs 5th c.BC+ __6 after a Relat. in apodosi almost pleonastic, Refs 5th c.BC+ __7 in Aeolic dialect and Attic dialect the substantive with ἐκεῖνος properly has the Article (κῆνος ὤνηρ Refs 7th c.BC+ may precede or follow the substantive, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν στρατείαν ἐ., τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ ἐ., Refs 8th c.BC+; but when this is the case in Prose, ἐκεῖνος follows the substantive, ἡμέρας ἐκείνης Refs 5th c.BC+ __II adverb ἐκείνως in that case, Refs; in that way, Refs 5th c.BC+: Ionic dialect κείνως Refs 5th c.BC+ __III dative feminine ἐκείνῃ as adverb, __III.1 of Place, at that place, in that neighbourhood, Refs 5th c.BC+; κείνῃ (i.e. ὁδῷ) Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 of Manner, in that manner, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV with Preps., ἐξ ἐκείνου from that time, Refs 5th c.BC+; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνα in that region, Refs 5th c.BC+afterwards, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare ἐπέκεινα.

II. אֵל n.m. (also, in n.pr. אֶל, אֱלִי; Sam. אל, Ph. אל, אלן (i.e. prob. אֵלֹן), Sab. אל, DHM Or. Congr. Leiden, 1883, As. ilu, DlW; perhaps also Arabic, Aramaic. cf. Nöl.c.; on goddess אלת Ph. Palm. Nab. Sab. (also אלהת) DHMl.c., Arabic إِلَاهَة) (pl. إِلَاهَات) FlKl.Schr. i. 154, Assyrian Allatu Jr 66, Syriac ܐܰܠܳܗܳܬܳܐ,, cf. also BaeRel 58, 90, 97, 271, 297) god, but with various subordinate applications to express idea of might;—hardly ever in prose except with defining word (adj. or gen.); its only suff. is ִי;— †1. applied to men of might and rank, אֵל גוים mighty one of the nations Ez 31:11 (of Neb.; 𝔊 ἂρχων ἒθνων, איל some mss. Co); אֵלִים mighty men Jb 41:17 (אילים, many mss. Di); אֵלֵי גִבּוֹרִים mighty heroes Ez 32:21 (אֵילֵי mss. Co); אֵילֵי הָאָרֶץ Ez 17:13 2 K 24:15 (Kt אולי); אֵילִים Ex 15:15 (prob. pl. of iii. אַיִל, q.v.) These readings are uncertain because of an effort to distinguish these forms from the divine name. אֵל גִּבּוֹר mighty hero (as above) or divine hero (as reflecting the divine majesty) Is 9:5. †2. angels, בְּנֵי אֵלִים ψ 29:1; 89:7 = בְּנֵי הָאֱלֹהִים. 3. gods of the nations, אֵל אֵלִים God of gods, supreme God Dn 11:36; מִי כָמֹכָה בָּאֵלִם who is like thee among the gods Ex 15:11; idols Is 43:10; 44:10, 15, 17; 46:6; מי אל בשמים what God in heaven Dt 3:24; אִל אחר another god Ex 34:14 (J); אֵל זר foreign god ψ 44:21; 81:10; אל נכר Dt 32:12 Mal 2:11 ψ 81:10. †4. Ēl n.pr. אל ברית Ēl Berith Ju 9:46 (= בעל ברית Ju 8:33; 9:4); בְּאֵר אֵלִים s. p. 91 b †5. as characterizing mighty things in nature, הררי אל mighty mountains ψ 36:7 (lit. mountains of Ēl); also ψ 50:10 Ol Bi Che v. sub אֶ֫לֶף²" dir="rtl" >II. אלף; ארוי אל mighty cedars ψ 80:11; כוכבי אל lofty stars Is 14:13. 6. God217, the one only and true God of Israel: (a) הָאֵל the God, the true God Gn 31:13; 35:1, 3; 46:3 (E) 2 S 22:31, 33, 48 (= ψ 18:31, 33, 48) ψ 68:20, 21; 77:15; הָאֵל הַנֶּאֱמָן the faithful God Dt 7:9; האל הגדול the great God Dt 10:17 = Je 32:18 Dn 9:4 Ne 1:5; 9:32; האל הקדשׁ the holy God Is 5:16; האל יהוה the God Yahweh Is 42:5 ψ 85:9. †(b) אֵלִי my God Ex 15:2 (poet.) ψ 18:3; 22:2(×2), 11; 63:2; 68:25; 89:27; 102:25; 118:28; 140:7; Is 44:17. (c) cstr. אל בית אל the God of Bethel, who had his seat there Gn 35:7 (E); אל אביך God of thy father Gn 49:25 (poet.); אל ישראל ψ 68:36; אל יעקב ψ 146:5; אל השמים the God of heaven ψ 136:26; אל סלעי the God who is my rock ψ 42:10; אל שמחת גילי the God who is the joy of my exultation ψ 43:4; אֵל רֳאִי the God who lets himself be seen Gn 16:13 (J); אל הכבוד the God of glory ψ 29:3; אל דעות the all-knowing God 1 S 2:3 (poet.); אֵל עוֹלָם the everlasting God Gn 21:33 (J); אל ישועתי Is 12:2; אל חַיָּי֑ ψ 42:9; אל אמת ψ 31:6 = אל אֱמוּנָה Dt 32:4 (poet.); אל נקמות ψ 94:1(×2) אל גְּמֻלוֹת Je 51:56. (d) אל אֶחָד one God Mal 2:10; אל גדול a great God Dt 7:21 ψ 77:14; 95:3; אל מסתתר a God hiding himself Is 45:15; אל רחום a compassionate God Ex 34:6 (J) Dt 4:31 ψ 86:15; אל נשא a forgiving God ψ 99:8; אל חַנּוּן a gracious God Ne 9:31 Jon 4:2; אל קנא a jealous God Ex 20:5; 34:14 (J) Dt 4:24; 5:9; 6:15 Jos 24:19 (D) = אל קנוא Na 1:2; אֵל חי a living God Jos 3:10 (J) Ho 2:1 ψ 42:3; 84:3; אל צדיק Is 45:21; לא אֵל חפץ רשע ψ 5:5; לא אֵל Dt 32:21 (poet.) Is 31:3 Ez 28:2, 9; מי אל כמוךָ Mi 7:18 (cf. Ex 15:11). (e) God (the only true God, needing no article or predicate to define him) Nu 12:13 (E read אַל Di) always in poetry, Jb 5:8 + (55 times Jb), ψ 7:12; 10:11, 12; 16:1; 17:6; 19:2; 52:3, 7; 55:20; 57:3; 73:11, 17; 74:8; 77:10; 78:7, 8, 18, 19, 34, 41; 82:1; 83:2; 90:2; 104:21; 106:14, 21; 107:11; 118:27; 139:17, 23; 149:6; 150:1 Is 40:18; 43:12; 45:14, 20; 46:9 La 3:41 Ho 11:9; 12:1 Mal 1:9; עִמָּנוּאל God is with us, as name of child in prediction Is 7:14 cf. 8:8, 10.(f) Ēl, a divine name אל אלהי ישראל Gn 33:20 (E); אל אלהי הרוחת Nu 16:22 (P = יהוה אלהי חרוחת Nu 27:16); אל אלהים יהוה Jos 22:22 (P) ψ 50:1. This is probable also in the ancient poems, Nu 23:8, 19, 22, 23; 24:4, 8, 16, 23 (poet. Balaam ‖ שדּי & עליון) Dt 32:18; 33:26 (poet.) Moses ‖ צוּר & אֱלֹהֵי קֶדֶם) 2 S 22:32; 23:5 (poet. David ‖ צוּר) and in the combinations אל עליון (5 times; vid. עלאיון) & אל שדּי (10 times; vid. שַׁדַּי). †7. אֵל strength, power (on connection with I. אָלָה cf. Di Gn 1:1; 31:29) in יֶשׁ־לְאֵל יָדִי it is according to the power of my hand = it is in my power, etc. Gn 31:29 (E; sq. לְ + Inf.); בִּהְיוֹת לְאֵל יָדְ֯יךָ Pr 3:27 (sq. id.); יֶשׁ־לְאֵל יָדָם Mi 2:1 (abs.); neg. וְאֵין לְאֵל יָדֶ֑ךָ Dt 28:32 (abs.) = thou shalt be powerless, so Ne 5:5.* v. also BrockZAW xxvi (1906), 29 ff. (meaning ‘might’ very dub.: renders belongs to the god of (my) hand, supposing phrase a survival, with orig. meaning forgotten, of ancient idea, found also among other nations, of spirits conferring powers upon particular members of body).

† חָטָא238 vb. miss (a goal or way), go wrong, sin (NH id.; Aramaic חֲטָא, ܚܛܳܐ; Assyrian ḫaṭû, ZimBP 46; Sab. חֿטא, החֿטא, id., DHM in MV; Arabic خَطِىَٔ do wrong, commit a mistake or an error; ii. make to miss the mark; iv. miss the mark, miss the way; Ethiopic ኀጥአ fail to find or have; sometimes sin, especially in deriv.)— Qal Pf. ח׳ Ex 32:31 + 29 times, 3 fs. חָֽטְאָה Lv 5:15 La 1:8, חָטָ֑אָה Je 50:14 Ez 16:15, חָטָאת Ex 5:16, etc., + 82 times Pf.; Impf. יֶחֱטָא Lv 4:3 + 12 times, תֶּחֱטָ֫אוּ Ex 20:20 ψ 4:5, etc. + 20 times Impf.; Inf. חֲטֹא Ez 3:21 + 8 times, מֵחֲטוֹא ψ 39:2, מֵחֲטוֹ (textual error for מחטא) Gn 20:6, בְּחֶטְאָה Nu 15:28, חֲטֹאתוֹ Ez 33:12 (del. Co); Pt. חוֹטֵא Pr 13:22 + 6 times, חֹטֵא Is 1:4 Ec 9:2, חוֹטֶא Is 65:20 + 2 times, חֹטֶא Ec 8:12, sf. חֹטְאִי Pr 8:36, pl. חֹטִ֯אֿים 1 S 14:33, sf. חֹטֵאת Ez 18:4, 20;— 1. miss: לא תחטא thou shalt not miss anything Jb 5:24, אָץ בְּרַגְלַיִם חוֹטֵא Pr 19:2 one hastening with his feet misseth (the way or the goal); חֹטְאִי חֹמֵס נַפְשׁוֹ Pr 8:36 the one missing me (Wisdom) is one wronging himself (opp. מֹצְאִי); miss, i.e. endanger, one’s life Pr 20:2 Hb 2:10 according to De VB (others sub 3 q.v.) 2. sin, miss the goal or path of right and duty: a. against man, abs. Ex 5:16 (E), 1 S 26:21 2 S 19:21 1 K 18:9 2 K 18:14; with לְ of the person against whom or towards whom one sins, Gn 40:1 (E), Ju 11:27 1 S 2:25; 19:4; 24:12, 1 K 8:31 = 2 Ch 6:22; מה חטאתי לך wherein have I sinned against thee? Gn 20:9 (E) Je 37:18; with בְּ, אל תחטאו בילד Gn 42:22 (E) do not sin against the lad, against David 1 S 19:4, 5. b. elsewhere always against God, abs. Ex 20:20 (E), 9:34 (J) Jos 7:11 (D) Lv 4:3; 5:1, 11, 17, 21, 23 Nu 16:22 (P), Ne 6:13 Jb 1:5, 22; 7:20; 10:14; 24:19; 35:6 ψ 4:5; 78:32 Is 43:27; 64:4 Je 2:35 La 5:7 Ez 3:21(×2); 16:51; 28:16; 33:12 Ho 8:11 (del. We Kl. Proph.), v 11 10:9; 13:2; לא נתתי לחטא חכי I have not permitted my palate to sin Jb 31:30; Pt. חֹטֵא, used as adj., sinful nation Is 1:4, sinful person Ez 18:4, 20; but usually as noun, sinner Pr 11:31; 13:22; 14:21 Ec 2:26; 7:26; 8:12; 9:2, 18 Is 65:20. Sin is confessed: חָטָאנוּ we have sinned Nu 14:40; 21:7 (E) Ju 10:15 1 S 12:10, 1 K 8:47 = 2 Ch 6:37, Ne 1:6 ψ 106:6 La 5:16 Dn 9:5, 15; חטאתי I have sinned Ex 9:27 Nu 22:34 (J) 1 S 15:24, 30 2 S 24:10, 17 1 Ch 21:8, 17 Jb 33:27. Sin is universal: אין אדם אשׁר לא יחטא there is no man who sinneth not 1 K 8:46 = 2 Ch 6:36, כי אדם אין צדיק בארץ אשׁר יעשׂה טוב ולא יחטא Ec 7:20 for man there is none righteous in the earth who doeth good and sinneth not; with לְ, against God Gn 20:6 (E), 39:9 (J), Ex 32:33 Nu 32:33 (both JE), Dt 9:16; 20:18 1 S 2:25; 12:23; 14:33, 34, 1 K 8:33, 35, 46, 50 = 2 Ch 6:24, 26, 36, 39, 2 K 17:7 Ho 4:7 Mi 7:9 Zp 1:17 Je 40:3; 44:23; 50:7, 14 Ez 14:13 Is 42:24 Jb 8:4 ψ 78:17; 119:11 Ne 1:6; in confession חטאתי ל Ex 10:16 Jos 7:20 (J), 2 S 12:13 ψ 41:5; 51:6; חטאנו ל Dt 1:41 Ju 10:10 1 S 7:6 Je 3:25; 8:14; 14:7, 20 Dn 9:8, 11; with בְּ of instr., lips Jb 2:10, tongue ψ 39:2; wherein Ez 37:23 Lv 4:23 (P), therein Lv 5:22 (P); ellipsis of בְּ in phrase עונם אשׁר ח׳ לי (their) iniquity wherein they sinned against me Je 33:8(×2); בשׁגגה by error, unwittingly Lv 4:2, 22, 27; 5:15 Nu 15:27, 28 (all P); against thy judgments Ne 9:29; with עַל, with regard to Lv 5:5 Nu 6:11 (P) Ne 13:26; with cognate acc. ח׳ חֲטָאָה Ex 32:30, 31 (JE); חַטָּאת אשׁר ח׳ Nu 12:11 (J) Lv 4:3, 28(×2), 35; 5:6, 10, 13 (all P) 19:22(×2) (H), Dt 9:18 1 K 14:16, 22; 15:30; 16:13, 19 2 K 21:17 Ez 18:24; 33:16; חטאת אשׁר ח׳ ל Je 16:10 Ne 1:6; חטאת אשׁר ח׳ על Lv 4:14 (P); חֵטְא ח׳ La 1:8; חֵטְא אשׁר ח׳ Dt 19:15. 3. incur guilt, penalty by sin, forfeit: וחטאתי לך כל הימים Gn 43:9 I shall incur the blame of sinning against thee all my days, cf. 44:32 (J); c. acc. חוֹטֵא נפשׁ for feiting one-self, one’s life Pr 20:2 Hb 2:10 according to most, yet v. sub 1.—והביא אשׁמו אשׁר ח׳ Lv 5:7, he shall bring his trespass-offering which he has incurred by sin; קרבנו אשׁר ח׳ Lv 5:11; את אשׁר ח׳ מן־הקדשׁ ישׁלּם v 16 what he hath incurred by taking of the holy thing he shall pay. Pi. Pf. חִטֵּא Lv 14:52; sf. חִטְּאוֹ Nu 19:19, חִטֵּאתָ Ex 29:36 + 2 times; 3 pl. חִטְּאוּ Ez 43:22(×2); Impf. וַיְחַטֵּא Lv 8:15; sf. וַיְחַטְּאֵהוּ Lv 9:15, תְּחַטְּאֵנִי ψ 51:9, אֲחַטֶּנָּה Gn 31:39, וַיְחַטְּאוּ 2 Ch 29:24; Inf. חַטֵּא Lv 14:49 Ez 43:23; Pt. הַמְחַטֵּא Lv 6:19;— 1. bear loss: אָנֹכִי אֲחַטֶּנָּה I bare the loss of it Gn 31:39 (E; lit. I counted it missing? poss. read אֲחֻטּנה I was made to miss it?). 2. make a sin-offering: c. sf. referring to שׂעיר Lv 9:15 (P); to sin-offering Lv 6:19 (P); על המזבח upon the altar Ex 29:36 (P; not cleanse the altar RV); ח׳ את דמם המזבחה 2 Ch 29:24 made a sin-offering with their blood on the altar. 3. purify from sin: the altar, by putting the blood of the sin-offering on its horns, Lv 8:15 (P), Ez 43:20, 22(×2), 23; the sanctuary, by applying to it the blood of the sin-offering Ez 45:18. 4. purify from uncleanness: the house of the leper by application of the mixture of living water and blood of the bird Lv 14:49, 52 (P); a person, by application of the mixture of living water and ashes of the red heifer Nu 19:19 (P), by sprinkling with a hyssop sprig ψ 51:9. Hiph. Pf. הֶחֱטִיא 1 K 14:16 + 17 times, הֶחֶטִי֯ (Kt error for החטִיא) 2 K 13:6; sf. הֶחֱטִיאָם 2 K 17:21; pl. הֶחֱטִיאוּ 1 K 16:13 Ne 13:26; Impf. יַחֲטִא Ju 20:16 2 K 21:11; תַּחֲטִיא Dt 24:4; וַתַּחֲטִא 1 K 16:2; 21:22; pl. יַחֲטִיאוּ Ex 23:33; Inf. הַחֲטִיא Ec 5:5 1 K 16:19 Je 32:35 (Qr), הַחֲ֯טִי Je 32:35 (Kt error); Pt. pl. cstr. מַחֲטִיאֵי Is 29:21;— 1. miss the mark: קֹלֵעַ בָּאֶבֶן אֶל־הַשַּׂעְרָה וְלֹא יַחֲטִא Ju 20:16 slinging with stones at an hair and would not miss. 2. induce or cause to sin: with acc. Ex 23:33 (JE), Ne 13:26; elsewhere in the phrase החטיא את ישׂראל (he) caused Israel to sin 1 K 14:16; 15:26, 30, 34; 16:2, 13, 19, 26; 21:22; 22:53; 2 K 3:3; 10:29, 31; 13:2, 6, 11; 14:24; 15:9, 18, 24, 28; 23:15; c. sf. ref. to Isr. 2 K 17:21; את יהודה 2 K 21:11, 16 Je 32:35 (sometimes c. 2nd acc.—חטאת, or אשׁר ref. to חטאת:—1 K 15:26, 34; 16:26 2 K 17:21; 21:16; prob. also 1 K 14:16; 15:30; 16:13; no 2nd acc. 1 K 16:2, 19; 21:22; 22:53 2 K 21:11; 23:15 Je 32:35; the rest are ambiguous). 3. bring into guilt, condemnation, punishment: מחטיאי אדם Is 29:21 who bring a man into condemnation; לא תחטיא את הארץ Dt 24:4 thou shalt not bring the land into guilt; אל תתן את־פיך לחטיא את־בשׂרך Ec 5:5 do not permit thy mouth to bring thy flesh into punishment. Hithp. Impf. יִתְחַטָּא Nu 19:12 + 4 times, יִתְחַטְּאוּ Nu 8:21, יִתְחַטָּ֑אוּ Jb 41:17, תִּתְחַטְּאוּ Nu 31:19, תִּתְחַטָּ֑אוּ Nu 31:20;— 1. miss oneself, lose oneself, fig. for be bewildered, beside oneself, מִשְּׁבָרִים יִתְחַטָּאוּ Jb 41:17 by reason of consternation they are beside themselves (‖ יגורו are afraid). 2. purify oneself from uncleanness, only in P: a. Levites Nu 8:21. b. those in contact with the dead Nu 19:12, 13, 20; 31:19, 20; with בְּ, בְּמֵי נִדָּה Nu 31:23; by a mixture of ashes of the red heifer with fresh water Nu 19:12.

οὐδείς, feminine οὐδεμίᾰ (never nominative accusative -μίη, -μίην, since οὐδεμιῇ is probably in Refs, rarely οὐδ᾽ ἴα Refs 7th c.BC+, not one, i.e. no one, none, used by Refs 8th c.BC+, except in the phrase τὸ ὃν μένος οὐδενὶ εἴκων Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐδείς is found in Refs 5th c.BC+: rare in plural, no set of persons or things, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδένων εἰσὶ βελτίους, i.e. οὔ τινων ἄλλων, Refs 5th c.BC+ —In _Ionic dialect_ the _plural_ is usually οὐδαμοί. __2 οὐ. ὅστις οὐ every one, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ every, Refs; this came to be regarded as one word, so that οὐδείς passed into the same case as ὅστις, οὐδένα ὅντινα οὐ κατέκλασε Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 later οὐδὲν ὅ τι without οὐ, = nothing, οὐδὲν ὅ τι παρήσω Refs 4th c.BC+ __4 ὅστις οὐδείς not one, ἐτεθνήκεσαν δὲ αὐτῶν μὲν ἀμφὶ τοὺς τετρακοσίους, Ρωμαίων δὲ ὅστις οὐδείς Refs __II naught, good for naught, ὦ νῦν μὲν οὐ. αὔριον δ᾽ ὑπέρμεγας Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ μὲν [γένος ἀνδρῶν] οὐδέν Refs 5th c.BC+ knowing naught, Refs 6th c.BC+; οὐκ ἄρ᾽ ᾔστην οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν δάκνειν knew nothing save how to.., Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν λέγειν to say naught, see at {λέγω} (B) III.6 ; τὸ οὐδ᾽ οὐδέν the absolute nothing, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 in neuter, of persons, οὐδέν εἰμι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 in plural, οὐδένες ἐόντες ἐν οὐδαμοῖσι ἐοῦσι Ἕλλησι being nobodies, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ μηδὲν ὢν κἀξ οὐδένων κεκλήσομαι uncertain conjecture in Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 with Preps., παρ᾽ οὐδὲν εἶναι Refs; παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ἄγειν, θέσθαι, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.5 τὸ οὐδέν naught, zero, in Arith., Refs 2nd c.AD+; used by Democritus as a name for Place, Refs 4th c.BC+ __III neuter οὐδέν as adverb, not at all, naught, ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐ. ἔτισεν Refs 8th c.BC+: in answers, nothing, never mind, no matter, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδέν γε not at all, Refs; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον, οὐδὲν ἧσσον, οὐδὲν ὕστερος, see at {μάλα} Refs 4th c.BC+ __III.2 οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἤ, see at {ἄλλος} III. 2. __B REMARKS: the more emphatic and literal sense, not even one, i.e. none whatever, belongs to the full form, οὐδὲ εἷς, οὐδὲ μία, οὐδὲ ἕν, which is never elided, even in Comedy texts (see. Refs 5th c.BC+, but frequently has a Particle inserted between,Refs 5th c.BC+

יָרַשׁ229 vb. take possession of, inherit, dispossess (MI7 וירש take possession of; Aramaic יְרֵית, ܝܺܪܶܬ take possession of, and be heir to, inherit; so Ethiopic ወረሰ Arabic وَرِثَ inherit; v. also Sab. ורתֿ, inherit, CISiv, 37, 3), especially D (62 times Qal, 1 times Pi, 7 times Hiph. in Dt + 13 times D in Jos);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. יָרַשׁ Je 49:1; וְיָרַשׁ consec. Je 49:2 Nu 27:11; 2 ms. יָרָ֑שְׁתָּ 1 K 21:19; וְיָרַשְׁתָּ֫ Dt 6:18 + 2 times; sf. וִירִשְׁתָּהּ consec. Dt 17:14 + 2 times (on this and kindred forms v. Köi. 406, 411); וִירִשְׁתָּם consec. Dt 19:1; 31:3; 3 pl. יָֽרְשׁוּ Dt 3:20 +; sf. וִירֵשׁוּךָ consec. Ez 36:12 (Köl.c.); וִירֵשׁוּהָ consec. Is 34:11 + 3 times; 2 mpl. וִירִשְׁתֶּם consec. Dt 4:1 + 7 times; 1 pl. יָרַשְׁנוּ Dt 3:12, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִירַשׁ Gn 21:10 ψ 25:13; 2 mpl. תִּירְשׁוּ Lv 20:24 1 Ch 28:8; תִּירָ֑שׁוּ Ez 33:25, 26; תִּירָשׁ֑וּן Dt 5:30, etc.; Imv. ms. יְרָ֑שָׁה Dt 33:23; רֵשׁ Dt 1:21 1 K 21:15; רָ֑שׁ Dt 2:24, 31; mpl. וּרְשׁוּ Dt 1:8; 9:23; Inf. cstr. לָרֶ֫שֶׁת Dt 2:31 + 17 times; לָרָ֑שֶׁת Ne 9:23; sf. לְרִשְׁתְּךָ Gn 28:4; לְרִשְׁתּוֹ 1 K 21:16, 18; לְרִשְׁתָּהּ Gn 15:7 + 28 times; Pt. יוֹרֵשׁ Gn 15:3 + 6 times; pl. י(וֹ)רְשִׁים Dt 12:2 Je 8:10; sf. יֹרְשָׁיו Je 49:2;— 1. take possession of, especially by force, have as a possession, often with collat. idea of taking in place of others, succeeding to, inheriting (cf. 2: a. land, sq. acc. Gn 15:7, 8 Nu 13:30; 21:24, 35 Jos 18:3 (all JE), 24:4, 8 (E), Ju 2:6; 11:21, 22, 23, 24(×2); 18:9 Dt 1:8, 21, 39 + 25 times Dt, + †Dt 11:31; 17:14; 26:1 (all possess land and dwell therein), similarly Is 65:9(×2) ψ 69:36; בְּאַרְצָם מִשְׁנֶה יִירָ֑שׁוּ Is 61:7 in their land they shall possess the double; הָחֵל רָשׁ Dt 2:24; הָחֵל רָשׁ לָרֶשֶׁת אֶת־אַרְצוֹ v 31; especially phr. (הארץ) שָׁמָּה לְרִשְׁתָּהּ (etc. עֹבְרִים) אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם בָּאִים Dt 4:5, 14, 26 + 12 times Dt, also Ezr 9:10; v. Dt 30:18 Jos 1:11(×2), 15(×2); 12:1; 13:1; 21:41; 23:5 (all D); Am 2:10 Ob 19, 19 Hb 1:6 Ez 33:24, 25, 26 Lv 20:24(×2) (H), Gn 28:4 Nu 33:53 (both P), 1 Ch 28:8 Ne 9:15, 22, 23, 24; ψ 25:13; 37:9, 11, 22, 29, 34; + ב instr. 44:4; also וַעֲמַל לְאֻמִּים יִירָ֑שׁוּ 105:44 (‖ (וִיִּתֵּן לָהֶם אַרְצוֹת גּוֹיִם); †take possession of fields Je 8:10 (obj. not expr.), 1 K 21:15, 16, 18, 19 ψ 83:13; inheritance (in land) Nu 27:11; 36:8(×2) (all P); city (cities), Jos 19:47 (JE), Ju 3:13 Ob 20; so הַר־קָדְשִׁי Is 57:13 (‖ נחל ארץ), 63:18 where read prob. הַר־קָדְשֶׁ֑ךָ (for MT עַם־ק׳, see 𝔊 VB and ‖ cl.); possess city and dwell therein 2 K 17:24 Is 34:17; Is 34:11 yea the pelican and bittern shall possess it; so of nettles Ho 9:6; וְיִרַשׁ זַרְעֲךָ אֵת שַׁעַר אֹיְבָיו Gn 22:17, cf. 24:60 (both J); possess houses Ez 7:24 (del. Co), Ne 9:25; יוֹרֵשׁ עֶצֶר Ju 18:7 possessing wealth (? see VB)†. †b. a people (with collat. idea of being their heir (2), and so dispossessing them), so especially in Dt 2:12, 21, 22; 9:1 (+ cities), 11:23; 12:2, 29(×2); 18:14; 19:1; 31:3; Nu 21:32 (Kt וַיִּירַשׁ; JE), Am 9:12; מַדּוּעַ יָרַשׁ מִלְכֹּם אֶת־גָּ֑ד Je 49:1 (on text see VB), v 2, 2 (in these 3 perhaps play on meaning inherit, cf. v 1 a); Ez 36:12 Ob 17 Is 54:3; nations + countries Ez 35:10. †2. inherit, sq. acc. pers. = be one’s heir Gn 15:3, 4(×2) (JE); שִׁפְחָה כִּי־תִירַשׁ גְּבִרְתָּהּ Pr 30:23 (or, dispossess?); abs. be heir, sq. עִם pers. = jointly with 21:10 (E); (הַ)יּוֹרֵשׁ (the) heir 2 S 14:7 Je 49:1 (‖ בָּנִים); Mi 1:15 (= possessor, captor), where paronom. with n.pr.loc. מָרֵשָׁה; inherit persons, as slaves לָרֶשֶׁת אֲחֻזָּה Lv 25:46 (H). †3. = impoverish, הַלְיָרְשֵׁנוּ קְרָאתֶם (var. Pi. הַלְיָֽרְ׳ Ju 14:15 (v. Ges§ 69 m)) to impoverish us did ye call (us)? †Niph. Impf. יִוָּרֵשׁ Pr 23:21; 2 ms. תִּוָּרֵשׁ Gn 45:11 Pr 20:13; אִוָּרֵשׁ Pr 30:9;—be (dispossessed =) impoverished, come to poverty Gn 45:11 (E), Pr 20:13; 23:21; 30:9 (opp. אֶשְׂבַּע). †Pi. Impf. פְּרִי אַדְמָתֶ֑ךָ יְיָרֵשׁ הַצְּלָצַֽל Dt 28:42 the fruit of thy ground shall the cricket get full possession of (cf. Qal Ho 9:6 Is 34:11), i.e. devour. †Hiph. Pf. 3 ms. הוֹרִישׁ Ju 1:27 +; 2 ms. הוֹרַשְׁתָּ 2 Ch 20:7 ψ 44:3, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יוֹרִישׁ Jos 3:10; וַיּ֫(וֹ)רֶשׁ Ju 1:19 +; 3 fs. sf. 3 mpl. תּוֹרִישֵׁמוּ Ex 15:9, etc.; Inf. abs. הוֹרֵשׁ Jos 3:10; 17:13; הוֹרֵישׁ Ju 1:28; cstr. לְהוֹרִישׁ Dt 4:38 +, etc.; Pt. מוֹרִישׁ 1 S 2:7 Dt 18:12; sf. מוֹרִישָׁם Dt 9:4, 5;— 1. cause to possess, or inherit Ju 11:24; מִיְּרֻשָֽׁתְךָ אֲשֶׁר הוֹרַשְׁתָּנוּ 2 Ch 20:11; sq. ל pers., וְהוֹרַשְׁתֶּם לִבְנֵיכֶם Ezr 9:12 and cause your sons to inherit (it); fig. תּוֹרִישֵׁנִי עֲוֹנוֹת נְעוּרָ֑י Jb 13:26 thou makest me to inherit (the consequences of) the iniquities of my youth. 2. cause (others) to possess or inherit, then gen. dispossess: a. sq. acc. gent. vel pers., Jos 13:13; 16:10 (both JE), Ju 1:29, 30, 31, 32, 33 (all opp. ישׁב בְּקֶרֶב), Jos 14:12 (JE), 17:13 (JE; הוֹרֵשׁ לֹא הוֹרִישׁוֹ), Ju 1:28 (id.); opp. ישׁב אֵת Jos 15:63; opp. ישׁב בְּ Ju 1:21, 27; also Nu 21:32 Qr, 32:39 Jos 17:18 (all JE), 13:12 (D), Ju 1:19b; 2:23; also וַיֹּרֶשׁ אֶת־הָהָר 1:19a (= את־יושׁבי ההר see v b), Dt 7:17 ψ 44:3; וְהוֹרַשְׁתָּם וְהַאֲבַדְתָּם Dt 9:3; sq. acc. + מִפְּנֵי Ex 34:24 Nu 32:21 Jos 3:10 (הוֹרֵשׁ יוֹרִישׁ; all these JE), Dt 4:38; 9:4, 5; 18:12 Jos 13:6; 23:9 (both D), Nu 33:52, 55 (both P), Ju 2:21; 11:23, 24 1 K 14:24; 21:26 2 K 16:3; 17:8; 21:2 (all D), 2 Ch 28:3; 33:2; acc. + מִלִּפְנֵי Dt 11:23 Jos 23:5, 13 (D; ‖ הָדַף), 2 Ch 20:7; acc. + מִשָּׁם Jos 15:14 (JE) = Ju 1:20; of cities (i.e. their inhabitants) Jos 8:7; 17:12; so of a land = Nu 33:53 (P), see v 52, 55 [𝔊 + יושׁבי] b. sq. acc. rei, מִבִּטְנוֹ יֹרִשֶׁנּוּ אֵל Jb 20:15 God shall cast them out of his belly, i.e. riches (‖ חַיִל בָּלַע וַיְקִאֶנּוּ). 3. = impoverish, יהוה מוֹרִישׁ וּמַעֲשׁיר 1 S 2:7 (song) י׳ impoverisheth and maketh rich; sq. acc. (of Tyre) אֲדֹנָי יוֹרִשֶׁנָּה Zc 9:4 (see v 3). 4. nearly = bring to ruin, destroy, sq. acc. gent. אָרִיק חַרְבִּי תּוֹרִישֵׁמוֹ יָדִי Ex 15:9 (poem in E); so perhaps also Nu 14:12 (JE; AV disinherit; ‖ אַכֶּנּוּ בַדֶּבֶר). 5. = Qal take possession of a land Nu 14:24 (JE), but read prob. יִרָשֶׁנָּה.

יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהוֹשֻׁעַ and (later יֵשׁוּעַ, n.pr.m. (& loc., v. 9 infr.) (י׳ is salvation, or י׳ is opulence, cf. אֱלִישָׁע, אֱלִישׁוּעַ, אֲבִישׁוּעַ, & NesSK 1892, 573 f.; in any case it came to be associated with ישׁע, cf. Mat 1:21; on יֵשׁוּעַ v. especially FräVOJ iv, 1890, 332 f. MüllSK 1892, 177 f. who cite analog. for change of וֹ to later—ֵ, & Nesl.c.)— 1. Moses’ successor, son of Nun, (𝔊 Ἰησοῦς) יְהוֹשׁוּעַ Dt 3:21 Ju 2:7; = יְהוֹשֻׁעַ Ex 17:9, 10, 13, 14; 24:13; 32:17; 33:11 Nu 11:28; 13:16; 14:6, 30, 38; 26:65; 27:18, 22; 32:12, 28; 34:17 Dt 1:38; 3:28; 31:3, 7, 14(×2), 23; 34:9 Jos 1:1 + 167 times Jos; Ju 1:1; 2:6, 7, 8, 21, 23; 1 K 16:34; 1 Ch 7:27; = יֵשׁוּעַ Ne 8:17 (𝔊 Ἰησοῦς); according to P, name changed by Moses from הוֹשֵׁעַ q.v. Nu 13:8, 16 (𝔊 Αὑση) Dt 32:44 (𝔊 Ἰησοῦς). †2. יְהוֹשֻׁעַ a Bethshemite 1 S 6:14, 18 (𝔊 Ὡσηε, A Ἰησοῦς, 𝔊L Ἰωσηε). †3. h.p. after the restoration, son of Jehozadak יְהוֹשֻׁעַ (𝔊 Ἰησοῦς) Hg 1:1, 12, 14; 2:2, 4; Zc 3:1, 3, 6, 8, 9; 6:11; = יֵשׁוּעַ (𝔊 Ἰησοῦς) Ezr 2:2; 3:2, 8; 4:3; 5:2; 10:18; Ne 7:7; 12:1, 7, 10, 26. †4. יְהוֹשֻׁעַ governor of Jerusalem under Josiah 2 K 23:8 (𝔊 Ἰησοῦς, 𝔊L Ἰωσηε). †5. יֵשׁוּעַ (𝔊 Ἰησοῦς) head of one of the classes of priests 1 Ch 24:11, possibly also Ezr 2:36 = Ne 7:39. †6. יֵשׁוּעַ (𝔊 Ἰησοῦς, etc.), a Levitical family-name of frequent occurrence: a. Ezr 2:40; 3:9 = Ne 7:43; 8:7; 9:4, 5; 10:10; 12:8. b. 2 Ch 31:15; Ezr 8:33; Ne 12:24. †7. יֵשׁוּעַ (𝔊 id.), father of a builder at the wall Ne 3:19, perhaps = †8. a Judaite family-name (𝔊 id.), Ezr 2:6 = Ne 7:11 (cf. SmListen 12). †9. n.pr.loc. in south of Judah Ne 11:26 בְּיֵשׁוּעַ (𝔊 ἐν Ἰησού, 𝔊L ἐν Σουα).

τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (see. infr. A, B). __A as a Conjunction, __A.I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second, ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Refs 8th c.BC+; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usually short in Refs 8th c.BC+, longer in later Gr., e.g. ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται Refs 5th c.BC+; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ᾽ ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ᾽ ἀδικήσαντες κατ᾽ ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen.Refs 3rd c.BC+; κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Refs 2nd c.AD+, compare 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (which see); τε may be used three or more times, ἔν τ᾽ ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν Refs 8th c.BC+ —ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε probably means the eleventh or twelfth, Refs 8th c.BC+ —sometimes τε.. τε couples alternatives, ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε Refs 5th c.BC+; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; on ἢ (or ἦ).. τε in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Refs 5th c.BC+; but οὔτε.. τε is more frequently, as οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε Refs 5th c.BC+; we also find οὐ.. τε.., as οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Refs 5th c.BC+; and μὴ.. τε.., as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.3 τε (both) sometimes corresponds to a following δέ (and), or τε (and) to a preceding μέν, e.g. __A.I.3.a τε.. δὲ.., as κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Refs 8th c.BC+; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.3.b μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.4 a single τε (and) joins a word, phrase, or (especially later) clause or sentence to what precedes, τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Refs 8th c.BC+; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Refs 4th c.BC+; ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Refs 3rd c.BC+; χωρίς τε τούτων Refs 3rd c.BC+; καθόλου τε.. Refs 1st c.BC+; this τε may be used any number of times, NT+8th c.BC+ __A.II τε.. καὶ.., or τε καὶ.., both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usually need not be translated, e.g. Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Refs 8th c.BC+; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμηνRefs; τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Refs 5th c.BC+; sometimes the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτοRefs 5th c.BC+; sometimes (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives, διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.2 in this sense τ᾽ ἠδέ is only Epic dialect, σκῆπτρόν τ᾽ ἠδὲ θέμιστας Refs 8th c.BC+; also τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον Refs __A.II.3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.. , is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ᾽ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.3.b καὶ.. τε perhaps means and.. also in καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sometimes join elements which are not syntactically parallel, especially a participle and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ᾽ ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.5 the copulative τεRefs it is found about 150 times in NT __B In Epic dialect (more rarely in other dactylic verse, see below Refs τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are frequently made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (compare τοι and τε in Refs 8th c.BC+; although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (see. below) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Refs 8th c.BC+; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ᾽ εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ᾽ ἀνθρώπωνRefs 8th c.BC+; νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ᾽ ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ᾽ ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ᾽ Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων᾽ Refs; sometimes of repeated action by particular persons, ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἡ δὲ.. μ᾽ αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγεινRefs __B.2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g. Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ᾽ ἔκλυες ᾧ κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ᾽ ἴθι.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, frequently containing the subjunctive or optative), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε: __B.3.a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ᾽ ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3.b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ᾽ ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη Refs 8th c.BC+: it is probably that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Refs 8th c.BC+, and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses. __B.3.c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ᾽ αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὤνησαν καί τ᾽ ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies, ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ᾽ ὅσσα τ᾽ Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ᾽.. δωσέμεν Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Refs 8th c.BC+: similarly in clauses with οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη Refs __B.6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ᾽ εὐλείμων αἵ θ᾽ ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent, Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ᾽ ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Refs 8th c.BC+ or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, οὐ μὰ Ζῆν᾽ ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Refs 8th c.BC+; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ᾽ (variant{ὃν}) ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας Refs; the relative clause sometimes indicates what is customary, οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ᾽ ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ᾽ Ἀχαιοῖς Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g. Λιβύην, ἵνα τ᾽ ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (i.e. Σκύλλῃ) δειραὶ περιμήκεες Refs; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Refs 8th c.BC+; χαλεπὸν δέ τ᾽ ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (i.e. μῶλυ) Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature, ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it, κατ᾽ ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Refs 8th c.BC+; similarly a point of time is defined, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ᾽ ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ᾽ εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ᾽ ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Refs 8th c.BC+; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ᾽ ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδενRefs __B.11 the frequently use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the {ταώς} heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II in post-Refs 8th c.BC+ Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of Epic dialect and other early dactylic verse Refs 8th c.BC+; without generalizing force, Refs 5th c.BC+ (without a verb, as in Refs 8th c.BC+; in later Gr. we find exceptionally ἔνθεν τε Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπ᾽ οὗ τε Refs 3rd c.BC+; οἵ τε Refs 2nd c.BC+; ἥ τ᾽ Refs 2nd c.AD+; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which) ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Refs 2nd c.AD+ __C in Refs 8th c.BC+ τε is also (but less frequently) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following: __C.1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats, σχέτλιος, ἦ τ᾽ ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Refs 8th c.BC+; ἦ τ᾽ ἄν in Refs 8th c.BC+; γάρ τε (assuming variant) in οὐ γάρ τ᾽ οἶδα Refs 8th c.BC+ (but τ᾽ more probably = τοι, see at {σύ}); δέ τε in ἀγορῇ δέ τ᾽ ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Refs 8th c.BC+; μέν τε in σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν Refs; εἴ πέρ τε in οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ᾽ εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ᾽ ἔχῃσιν Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions, σίγα, μή τίς τ᾽ ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Refs 8th c.BC+; τούσδε τ᾽ (variant δ᾽) ἐᾶν Refs __C.3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him, ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ᾽.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Refs 8th c.BC+; ἡμεῖς δ᾽ αὖ μαχόμεσθ᾽, οἵ πέρ τ᾽ ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who (mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, Refs; τρεῖς γάρ τ᾽ ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power),Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference, κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Refs 8th c.BC+; ὥς (= so) τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα Refs 8th c.BC+; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο uncertain Refs 8th c.BC+; so with οὐδέ τ᾽ (nisi to be read οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽), τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ᾽ ἔδησαν Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.5 ὅτε τε (when) frequently introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ᾽ ἐκρέμω ὑψόθε; Refs 8th c.BC+; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνταιRefs 8th c.BC+ __C.6 in ὅ τε (that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, χωόμενος ὅ τ᾽ ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.7 ἐπεί τε = {ἐπεί} (when) is rare in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.8 where τ᾽ ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ᾽ ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλο; Refs 8th c.BC+, ταρ (which see) should probably be read, since ἄρ (α) usually precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perhaps ταρα should be read for τ᾽ ἄρα in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.9 in ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ᾽ ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Refs 8th c.BC+, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is probably ={ἦ} (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ᾽ ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is uncertain reading in Refs; ἤ τ᾽ = or is found in Refsthan in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.10 Rarer and later uses; __C.10.a also, especially with ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ᾽ ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (-σωσιν Papyrus) Refs 3rd c.BC+; τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια Refs 2nd c.BC+; see above Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.10.b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word, εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.10.c τε γάρ rarely ={καὶ γάρ} or γάρ, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, NT; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. NT __D Position of τε: __D.1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Refs 8th c.BC+; τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Refs 5th c.BC+: but article + noun, preposition + noun are frequently regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε Refs 4th c.BC+; also the order is frequently determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Refs 8th c.BC+; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ᾽ ἄρα, τέ τις. __D.2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (see. above), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ᾽ ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ᾽ ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε. __E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Sanskrit ca, Latin -que; for signfs. B and c cf. Sanskrit ca in yá[hudot] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Latin -que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Gothic ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Latin namque (= nam).

יוֹסֵף212 and יְהוֹסֵף (†ψ 81:6 v. Ges§ 53, 3, R. 7). n.pr.m. (he adds, increases, v. יוספיה infr.;—on n.pr. loc. in Pal. Yšap’arḁ (Egyptian form, = יוסף אל) v. MeyZAW vi, 8 WMMAsien u. Europa 162)— 1. elder son of Jacob and Rachel; a. as an inividual Gn 30:24 (name expl. v 23 (E) from אָסַף = take away, but v 24 (J) from יָסַף add) + 155 times Gn, chiefly in narrative of JE, also poem 49:22, 26 and, depenent on this, 1 Ch 5:1, 2; P only 35:24; 37:2a; 41:46(×2); 46:19, 20, 27; 47:5, 7, 11; 48:3; also Ex 1:5, 6 (P), v 8 13:19 Jos 24:32 (all E), 1 Ch 2:2 ψ 105:17. †b. as founder of a tribal division מַטֵּה יו׳ (= Manasseh) Nu 13:11; usually בְּנֵי־יו׳ 1:32 (= Ephraim), commonly = Ephraim and Manasseh 1:10; 26:28, 37; 34:23; Jos 14:4; 16:1, 4; 17:14, 16; 18:11, cf. 24:32; 1 Ch 7:29, but also of E. Jordan Israel (where half Manasseh settled) Nu 36:1 = מַטֵּה בני יו׳ v 5; cf. חֲצִי שֵׁבֶט מנשׂה בֶּן־יוֹסֵף 32:33 cf. 36:12, and Jos 17:1, 2; בֵּית יו׳ (Manasseh and Ephraim) 17:17 (so orig. v 14 according to Di), 18:5; Ju 1:22, 23, 35, occupying the great central region of Palestine; 2 S 19:21; 1 K 11:28; ultimately = c. the northern kingdom Am 5:6; Zc 10:6 (‖ בֵּית יְהוּדָה) Ob 18 (‖ בית יעקב); so יוֹסֵף alone Am 5:15; 6:6; Dt 27:12; 33:13, 16 Ez 37:16, 19; 47:13; 48:32; בְּנֵי יַעֲקֹב ויוסף ψ 77:16; אֹהֶל יוֹסֵף 78:67 (‖ שֵׁבֶט אֶפְרַיִם). d. = entire nation ψ 80:2 (‖ ישׂראל); so יְהוֹסֵף 81:6 (‖ id.) †2. a man of Issachar Nu 13:7. †3. a son of Asaph 1 Ch 25:2, 9. †4. one of those who took strange wives Ezr 10:42. †5. a priest Ne 12:14.

מוֹאָב, מֹאָב n.pr. gent. et terr. Moab (MI 1, 2, 5, 6, 12, 20 מאב; Assyrian Maʾaba, Maʾbu, Muʾâba, etc., Schr COT Gloss., and on Gn 19, 37 DlPar. 294 f., 296;—on etym. cf. LagBN 90 Anm., NeSK 1892, 573, GrayProp. N. 25);—מו׳ Gn 19:37 + 178 times; מֹאָב 2 S 8:12; 𝔊 Μωαβ;— 1. Moab as son of Lot by his elder daughter according to Gn 19:37. 2. Moab: a. = nation of which Lot’s son is represented as ancestor Gn 19:37 Nu 21:29; 22:3(×2) Am 2:1, 2 Je 48:1, 2 + 30 times Je 48 + often; having a king, Nu 21:26; 22:4, 10 Ju 3:12 1 S 12:9 +. b. = territory of Moab Nu 21:11, 13(×2), 15 +; שְׂדֵה מ׳ †Gn 36:25 Nu 15:20 Ru 1:1, 2, 6(×2), 22; 2:6; 4:3 1 Ch 1:46; 8:8; אֶרֶץ מ׳ †Dt 1:5; 28:69; 32:49; 34:5, 6 Ju 11:15, 18(×2) Je 48:24, 33; מִדְבַּר מ׳ †Dt 2:8; עַרְבוֹת מ׳ †Nu 22:1; 26:3, 63; 31:12; 33:48, 49, 50; 35:1; 36:13; Dt 34:1, 8 Jos 13:32.

אֶפְרַ֫יִם n.pr.m. Ephraim (Gn 41:52 connected with הִפְרָה, Hiph. of פרה, cf. פרא Hiph. Ho 13:15). 1. 2nd son of Joseph Gn 41:52; 46:20; reckoned among sons of Jacob, blessed by him, and given preference over Manasseh 48:1, 5, 13, 14, 17(×2) (cf. v 19) v 20(×2); 50:23 Nu 1:10 1 Ch 7:20, 22. 2. בְּנֵי אֶפְרַיִם (= descendants, tribe of E.) Nu 1:32; 2:18, 24; 7:48; 10:22; 26:35, 37 Jos 16:5, 9 (boundaries of territory), 17:8 1 Ch 9:3; 12:30(31); 27:10, 14, 20 2 Ch 28:12; less often מַטֵּה א׳ Nu 1:33; 13:8 Jos 21:5 1 Ch 6:51; מַטֵּה בְנֵי א׳ Nu 34:24 Jos 16:8 cf. 14:4; שֵׁבֶט א׳ ψ 78:67 (‖ אֹהֶל יוֹסֵף); בֵּי�� א׳ Ju 10:9; also א׳ alone, tribe Ephraim Nu 26:28 Dt 33:17 Jos 16:10 + often; א׳ וּמְנַשֶּׁה Jos 17:17 cf. Ju 12:15 (א׳ א׳ ומ׳) 2 Ch 30:10 3. הַר־אֶפְרַיִם the mountain-country of Ephraim, a ridge stretching from N. to S. through territory assigned to Ephr., with fruitful land on both slopes, especially the western (cf. Di Jos 16:1) Jos 17:15; 19:50; 20:7 Ju 2:9; 3:27; 4:5 + 26 times 4. by Ho & Is (rarely later) אֶפְרַיִם = kingdom of northern Israel (from Ephr. as largest & strongest tribe in it) Ho 4:17; 5:3(×2), 5 (‖ יִשְׂרָאֵל) v 11, 12 + 30 times Ho; Is 7:2, 5, 8, 9, 17 + 9 times Is; also Je 7:15; 31:9, 18, 20 Ez 37:16 (del. Co) v 19 ψ 78:9 2 Ch 25:7, 10 cf. 30:1 ψ 60:9 = 108:9; עָרֵי א׳ 2 Ch 17:2 cf. 34:6; שְׁדֵה א׳ Ob 19; hence א׳ alone in loc. sense 2 Ch 31:1; also Ho 5:9, where fem. (& perhaps Is 7:2). †5. יַעַר אֶפְרַיִם 2 S 18:6, E. of Jordan; 𝔊L Klo read יער מַחֲנַיִם, cf. 17:24, 27. †6. name of a city near Baal-hazor 2 S 13:23 (= Ἐφραϊμ John 11:54 & 1 Macc 11:34? Klo comp. 𝔊L Γοφραιμ & עפרון, Qr עֶפְרַיִן 2 Ch 13:19; so previously Bö Th Ke cf. Dr). †7. שַׁעַר אֶפְרַיִם a chief gate of Jerusalem 2 K 14:13 2 Ch 25:23 Ne 8:16; 12:39; perhaps at NW. angle, near Holy Sepulchre, cf. Schick-GutheZPV 1885.

אַבְרָם n.pr.m. (id., Thes al. exalted father) Abram Gn 11:26, 27 + 57 times Gn (to 17:5) + 1 Ch 1:27 Ne 9:7; = אַבְרָהָם Abraham Gn 17:5, 9, 15 + 172 times OT. (אברהם connected Gn 17:5 by word-play with הם of המון; really = אברם—רום = רהם which however is not found in Heb.—cf. Di > Hal RÉJ 1887, 177 f who proposes אֲבִר הַם גּוֹיִם cf. Gn 49:24 with Is 41:21; so that אֲבִר הָם chief of multitude is the new name of Gn 17:5 (הָם) √המה). SpiegelbergRandglossen 14 cp. Pal. n.pr. geogr. ḥḳrʾ ʾbrru = חקל אברם (c. Egyptian art. masc.), in Sheshonk list. As regards etym., Nöl.c. al. expl. as ‘the father [a divine title] is exalted’ (cf. יְהוֹרָם, מַלְכִּירָם, [אֲ]חִירָם).

בִּנְיָמִין Gn 35:18 +; usually בִּנְיָמִן n.pr.m.166 (son of (the) right hand)— 1. youngest son of Jacob, so called by him, but by Rachel, the mother, who died at Benjamin’s birth, called בֶּן־אוֹנִי (q.v.) Gn 35:18; own brother of Joseph Gn 35:24; 42:4; 43:29; 45:12; cf. 42:36; 45:15, 34 +; name of tribe of Benjamin Nu 1:11 Dt 27:12; 33:12 Ju 5:14 + 23 times Ju; 32 times S K Chr; Ho 5:8 Ez 48:23 Ob 19 ψ 68:28; 80:3; בְּנֵי בנימן (lit. Gn 46:21) of tribe Nu 1:36; 2:22; 7:60; 26:38, 41 Jos 18:20, 28 Ju 20:3, 14, 15, 18, 21, 23, 24, 28, 30, 31, 32, 36, 48; 21:13, 20, 23 2 S 2:25; 4:2; 23:29 1 Ch 8:40; 9:3, 7; 11:31; 12:17, 30 Ne 11:4, 7, 31 Je 6:1; Ju 21(×2) (but בני יהודה in ‖ Jos 15:63 cf. BuRS 7); explicitly מַטֵּה בִנְיָמִן Nu 1:37; 2:22; 13:9; 34:21 Jos 21:4 1 Ch 6:45 cf. Jos 21:17; מַטֵּה בְנֵי ב׳ Nu 10:24 Jos 18:11, 21 1 Ch 6:50; שֵׁבֶט ב׳ 1 S 10:20, 21 1 K 12:21; observe also כָּל־שִׁבְטֵי ב׳ Ju 20:12 cf. 1 S 9:21; אִישׁ בִּנְיָמִן Ju 20:41 1 S 4:12 cf. אִישׁ מִבִּן־יָ֯מִין 1 S 9:1; אֶרֶץ בִּנְיָמִן Ju 21:21 1 S 9:16 2 S 21:14 Je 1:1; 17:26; 32:44; 33:13; 37:12 cf. 32:8; גְּבוּל ב׳ 1 S 10:2 Ez 48:22 (del. Co) v 24; בֵּית בִּנְיָמִן 2 S 3:19; בֵּית יְהוּדָה וּב׳ 1 K 12:23 2 Ch 11:1; in name of a temple-gate שַׁעַר ב׳ הָעֶלְיוֹן Je 20:2 cf. 37:13; 38:7 Ez 48:32 Zc 14:10. †2. a son of Bilhan and great-grandson of Benjamin 1. 1 Ch 7:10. †3. a Jew of Ezra’s time Ezr 10:32 cf. Ne 3:23; 12:34—בנימן בני קרץ 1 Ch 9:4 Kt read with Qr בָּנִי מִן־בְּנֵי פ׳.

ἄν, [ᾰ], Epic dialect, Lyric poetry, Ionic dialect, Refs 4th c.AD+, Attic dialect; also κεν) Epic dialect, Aeolic dialect, Thess., κᾱ Doric dialect, Boeotian dialect, El.; the two combined in Epic dialect (below Refs 4th c.BC+, εἰκ ἄνRefs 4th c.BC+:—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Refs 8th c.BC+ κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyric poetry about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Refs 8th c.BC+ in negative clauses, κε (ν) with the relative. __A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come. __A.I WITH INDICATIVE: __A.I.1 with historical tenses, generally imperfect and aorist, less frequently pluperfect, never perfect, see below, __A.I.1.a most frequently in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apodosis expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The imperfect with ἄν refers to continued action, in Refs 8th c.BC+ always in past time, except perhaps καί κε θάμ᾽ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ᾽Refs 8th c.BC+; later also in present time, first in Refs 6th c.BC+; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Refs 5th c.BC+. The aorist strictly refers only to past time, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, Refs 4th c.BC+, but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said, εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ᾽, εἶπον ἄν σ᾽ οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖνRefs 5th c.BC+pluperfect refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt..,Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.1.b the protasis is frequently understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Refs 5th c.BC+; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.I.1.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially with τάχα, which see, ἀλλ᾽ ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ᾽ ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, Refs 5th c.BC+; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (i.e. διέβησαν) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.1.d ἄν is frequently omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sometimes for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.2 with future indicative: __A.I.2.a frequently in Epic dialect, usually with κεν, rarely ἄν, Refs 8th c.BC+ and he will likely be angry to whom-soever I shall come, Refs; καί κέ τις ὧδ᾽ ἐρέει and in that case men will say,Refs 8th c.BC+; so in Lyric poetry, μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.2.b rarely in codices of Attic dialect Prose writers, σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετεRefs 5th c.BC+future infinitive and participle see below __A.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in Epic dialect, the meaning being the same as with the future indicative RefsI will take her myself, Refs 8th c.BC+; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, Refs; also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαριςRefs __A.III WITH OPTATIVE (never future, rarely perfect πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in optative with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a future condition: ἀλλ᾽ εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴηRefs 8th c.BC+ present and aorist optative with κε or ἄν are sometimes used like imperfect and aorist indicative with ἄν in Attic, with either regular indicative or another optative in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.b with protasis in present or future, the optative with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ᾽ εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.c with protasis understood: φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρRefs 8th c.BC+; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν δ᾽ οὔ κε δύ᾽ ἀνέρε.. ἀπ᾽ οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Refs 8th c.BC+ sometimes with reference to past time, Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείηRefs 8th c.BC+ __A.III.d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ᾽ ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, Refs 4th c.BC+; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like, Latin velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ᾽ ἄ; which way then can we turn? Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Refs 5th c.BC+; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴησαν δ᾽ ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Refs 5th c.BC+ i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.e in questions, expressing a wish: τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοί;Refs 5th c.BC+ as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόνRefs 8th c.BC+; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), Refs 5th c.BC+; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, Refs; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Refs; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ᾽ ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.g rarely omitted with optative in apodosis: ῥεῖα θεός γ᾽ ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαιRefs 8th c.BC+; also in Trag., θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τιςRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.h ἄν with future optative is probably always corrupt (compare Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν᾽ ἂν καταλήψοιτο (οὐδένα Bekk.) Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV WITH infinitive and participle (sometimes adjective equivalent to participle, τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναιRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.1 present infinitive or participle: __A.IV.1.a representing imperfect indicative, οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττει; do you think he would not have kept them safe? (οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), Refs 4th c.BC+; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.1.b representing present optative, πόλλ᾽ ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ᾽ ἄν) ἕτερ᾽ εἰπεῖν παραλείπωRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.2 aorist infinitive or participle: __A.IV.2.a representing aorist indicative, οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ᾽ αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖ; do you not think he would even have run thither? (καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), Refs 4th c.BC+; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Refs 5th c.BC+; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.2.b representing aorist optative, οὐδ᾽ ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land (οὐδ᾽ ἂν κρατήσειαν), Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν (ληφθείη ἄν) Refs; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen (ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Refs __A.IV.3 perfect infinitive or participle representing: __A.IV.3.a pluperfect indicative, πάντα ταῦθ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι (φήσειεν ἄν) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians (ἑαλώκη ἄν), Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.IV.3.b perfect optative, οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered (δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.4 future infinitive or participle, never in Epic dialect, and probably always corrupt in Attic dialect, νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (to be read -ῆσαι) Refs 5th c.BC+; participle is still more exceptional, ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλαRefs 5th c.BC+; both are found in later Gk., νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄρισταRefs 2nd c.BC+; with participle, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B IN DEPENDENT CLAUSERefs 5th c.BC+ __B.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν (ᾱ) (which see): Refs 8th c.BC+; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, compare ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν (Ionic dialect ἐπεάν), ἐπειδάν: Refs 8th c.BC+, ἐπήν, εὖτ᾽ ἄ; see also εἰσόκε (εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ᾽ ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ᾽ ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Refs 8th c.BC+; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ᾽ ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ whoever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Refs 8th c.BC+subjunctive in both the above constructions Refs without ἄ; also Trag. and Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subjunctive without ἄν in prose, e.g. Refs 5th c.BC+ (μέχρι οὗ), Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 in final clauses introduced by relative adverbs, as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), frequently in Epic dialect, σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαιRefs 8th c.BC+; also after ὡς in Refs 5th c.BC+ indicative is regular in _Attic dialect_); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε except ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμενRefs 8th c.BC+ = where in Refs 5th c.BC+ = lest, takes ἄν only with optative in apodosis, as Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II in Epic dialect sometimes with OPTATIVE as with subjunctive (always κε (ν), except εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιενRefs 8th c.BC+; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ᾽ ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please,Refs 8th c.BC+ belongs to Verb in apodosis, as in ὡς δ᾽ ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτοRefs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relative or temporary word retains an ἄν which it would have with subjunctive in direct form, Refs 5th c.BC+:—similarly after a preceding optative, οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιοRefs 5th c.BC+ __B.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in Epic dialect: __B.III.1 with future indicative as with subjunctive: αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεταιRefs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.2 with εἰ and a past tense of indicative, once in Refs 8th c.BC+; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ᾽ ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ᾽ ἐβούλετο Oracle texts cited in Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετοNT+4th c.AD+; ἔνθ᾽ ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναιRefs 6th c.AD+; compare ἐάν, ὅταν. __C with imperfect and more rarely aorist indicative in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; frequently in Refs 5th c.BC+ she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119; εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆνRefs 5th c.BC+; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Refs 5th c.BC+infinitive representing imperfect of this construction, ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire (ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), Refs 4th c.BC+ __D GENERAL REMARKS: __D.I POSITION OF ἄν. __D.I.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relative word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, γάρ, καί, νυ, περ,, etc.; as εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κεRefs 8th c.BC+; rarely by τις, as ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇRefs 8th c.BC+ two such Particles may precede κε, as εἴ περ γάρ κενRefs 8th c.BC+; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Refs 8th c.BC+; rarely in Prose, ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄνRefs 5th c.BC+ __D.I.2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, especially an interrogative, a negative (e. g. οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθ; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? (εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), Refs 4th c.BC+ __D.I.3 ἄν is frequently separated from its infinitive by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει..; frequently in Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ᾽ ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.I.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause, ἀλλ᾽, ὦ μέλ᾽, ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδειRefs 5th c.BC+ __D.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words, ὥστ᾽ ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ᾽ ἄνRefs 5th c.BC+; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ᾽ ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ἄν, εἰ.. Refs __D.II.2 ἄν is coupled with κε (ν) a few times in Refs 8th c.BC+ __D.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sometimes the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (i.e. ἔρρεγκον) Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (i.e. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ᾽ ἤνυσε;Refs 4th c.BC+ —so in phrases like{πῶς γὰρ ἄν}; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (i.e. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Refs 5th c.BC+; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (i.e. ἐφρόνησαν) εἰ..Refs 5th c.BC+; compare κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (i.e. ἴητε) Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others: πείθοι᾽ ἂν εἰ πείθοι᾽· ἀπειθοίης δ᾽ ἴσωςRefs 4th c.BC+: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Refs 5th c.BC+ is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis,Refs 5th c.BC+ __B ἄν, [ᾱ], Attic dialect, ={ἐάν},{ἤν}, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃRefs 4th c.BC+: not common in earlier Attic dialect Inscrr., NT+4th c.BC+ __C ἄν or ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, (which see) __D ἄν, shortened from ἄνα, see entry ἀνά G.

I. אַחֵר adj. another (proposes one coming behind), f. אַחֶ֑רֶת Ez 41:24 (dag. f. implic.); pl. אֲחֵרִים (as if from sg. אָחֵר), once Jb 31:10 אֲחֵרִין, אֲחֵרוֹת ( = Arabic آخَرُ, Sab. אאחֿר, Assyrian aḫrû future, fpl. as subst. aḫrât ûmê future of days) Gn 4:25 זֶרַע אַחֵר another seed 8:10 שִׁבְעַת יָמִים אֲחֵרִים seven other days Ex 22:4 בִּשְׂדֵה אַחֵר in the field of another + often; אִישׁ אַחֵר another man (husband) Gn 29:19 Dt 24:2 Je 3:1; חָצֵר הָאַחֶרֶת 1 K 7:8 the other court, v. חָצֵר; הַחוֹמָה א׳ 2 Ch 32:5 the other wall, v. חוֹמָה. Appended to a n.pr. for distinction Ezr 2:31 = Ne 7:34 (see v 7 = Ne v 12) Ne 7:33 (prob. here textual error, v. BeRy 18: not in Ezr 2:29). Often with the collat. sense of different, as בְּגָדִים א׳ other garments Lv 6:4 1 S 28:8 Ez 42:14; 44:19; עָפָר, אֲבָנִים Lv 14:42; רוּחַ Nu 14:24; וְנֶהְפַּכְתָּ֫ לְאִישׁ אַ׳ 1 S 10:6; לֵב v 9 Ez 11:19 (𝔊 Hi Sm); שֵׁם Is 65:15 (cf. 62:2 חָדָשׁ); with that of strange, alien, as אִישׁ אַ׳ Dt 20:5, 6, 7; 28:30 (so אַחֵר, אֲחֵרִים alone ψ 109:8 Jb 31:8, 10 Is 65:22 Je 6:12; 8:10 al.); עַם Dt 28:32; אֶרֶץ 29:27 Je 22:26; אִשָּׁה Ju 11:2; לָשׁוֹן Is 28:11 (‖ בְּלַעֲגֵי שָׂפָה); especially in the phrase אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים other gods (63 times) Ex 20:3 (= Dt 5:7) 23:13 (both JE) Jos 24:2, 16 (E) 1 S 26:19 Ho 3:1, & particularly in Dt (6:14; 8:19 + 15 times) & Deut. writers, as Jos 23:16 Ju 2:12, 17, 19 Je (18 times) & compiler of Kings; אֵל אַחֵר once Ex 34:14 (JE). So אַחֵר alone Is 42:8 ψ 16:4. †Of time, following, next (rare) בַּשָּׁנָה הָאַ׳ Gn 17:21 (P) in the next year; 2 K 6:29 בַּיּוֹם הָאַ׳; דּוֹר אַ׳ Joel 1:3 ψ 109:13 poet. the next generation (Ju 2:10 in prose = another generation).

אַךְ159 adv. (perh. from the same demonstr. root found also in כִּי, כֹּה, כֵּן). 1. surely. 2. with a restrictive force, emphasizing what follows: a. in contrast to what precedes, howbeit; b. in contrast with other ideas generally, only. 1. asseverative, often introducing with emphasis the expression of a truth (or supposed truth) newly perceived, especially in colloquial language, surely, no doubt; Gn 26:9 אַךְ הִנֵּה אִשְׁתְּךָ הִוא of a surety, lo, she is thy wife! 29:14; 44:28 Ju 3:24; 20:39 1 S 16:6 surely the anointed of י׳ is before him! 25:21 Je 5:4 ψ 58:12; 73:1, 13; but also in other cases, though rarely, Is 34:14, 15 Zp 3:7 ψ 23:6; 139:11; 140:14 Jb 16:7; 18:21; & rather singularly Ex 12:15; 31:13 Lv 23:27, 39 (all P). 2. restrictive: a. in contrast to what precedes, howbeit, yet, but: Gn 9:4 howbeit, flesh with the life thereof … ye shall not eat, 20:12 Ex 21:21 Lv 21:23; 27:26 Nu 18:15, 17 2 S 3:13; Je 10:24 correct me, אַךְ בְּמִשְׁפָּט but with judgment, Jb 2:6; 13:15; sts. with an advers. force, as Is 14:15; 43:24; before an imper. (minimizing the request), Gn 23:13 only, if thou wilt, I pray thee, hear me! 27:13 Ju 10:15 1 S 18:17 1 K 17:13 al. So 1 S 8:9 אַךְ כִּי (v. כִּי 1 d; and cf. πλὴν ὅτι). b. in contrast to other ideas generally:—(α) Gn 7:23; 18:32 אַךְ הַפַּעַם only this once (so Ex 10:17 al.) 34:15 Ex 12:16 (note accents), 1 S 18:8 וְעוֹד לוֹ אַךְ הַמְּלוּכָה and there yet remains for him only the kingdom, 21:5 Isa 45:14 אַךְ בְּךָ אֵל only in thee is God! ψ 62:2 etc. Jb 14:22; ψ 37:8 fret not thyself אַךְ לְהָרֵעַ (which leadeth) only to do evil, Pr 11:24 he that withholdeth more than is meet אַךְ לְמַחְסוֹר (tendeth) only to penury, 14:23; 21:5; 22:16; (β) attaching itself closely to the foll. word (usually an adj., rarely a verb), only, i.e. exclusively, altogether, utterly Dt 16:15 and thou shalt be אַךְ שָׂמֵחַ altogether rejoicing, 28:29 (cf. v 33 רַק) Isa 16:7 אַךְ נְכָאִים utterly stricken, 19:11 Je 16:19 nought but lies, 32:30 Ho 12:12 Jb 19:13 אַךְ זָרוּ are wholly estranged (with play on אַכְזָר cruel). c. as an adv. of time (with inf. abs.), twice: Gn 27:30 אַךְ יָצֹא יָצָא יַעֲקֹב … וְעֵשָׂו בָּא only just (or scarcely) had Jacob gone out, … and (= when) Esau came in, Ju 7:19.—וְאַךְ thrice: Gn 9:5 and only (second limitation of v 3); Nu 22:20 but only; Jos 22:19 but howbeit. Note. —In some passages the affirmative and restrictive senses agree equally with the context; and authorities read the Hebrew differently. Thus only = nought but, altogether, is adopted by Ges Ew Hi De in ψ 23:6; 62:10; 73:1, 13; by Ew Hi De in 39:6, 7 (Che surely); by Ges Ew De in 39:12 (but Hi Che surely); by Ew Hi in 73:18 (De Che surely); by Ges Hi De in 139:11 (Ew doch). Isa 45:14 Ges Ew Hi Di only; but De Che of a truth.

Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Paulus), __1. Sergius Paulus: Act.13:7. __2. the Apostle Paul (cf. Σαῦλος): Act.13:9, and frequently throughout Ac., Rom.1:1, 1Co.1:1, al., 2Pe.3:15. (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

ἄλλος, η, ο, Refs 5th c.AD+ yος, cf. Latin alius):—another, i. e. one besides what has been mentioned, either adjective or pronoun: when adjective, its substantive is either in the same case, or in genitive, Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοίRefs 8th c.BC+ —ἄ. μέν.. ἄ. δέ.. one.. another.., more rarely the one.. the other.. (of two persons, etc.), Refs 8th c.BC+; τὰ μέν.. ἄλλα δέ.. Refs 8th c.BC+, and Attic dialect; ἕτερον μέν.. ἄλλον δέ.. Refs 8th c.BC+; ἄλλο μέν.. ἑτέρου δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II with τις, any other, οὐδέ τις ἄ. ἔγνω ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα ΚασσάνδρηRefs 8th c.BC+; οὐδεὶς ἄ. no other, Refs; ἄλλα πολλάRefs 8th c.BC+ __II.2 frequently with another of its own cases or derived Adverbs, ἄ. ἄλλα λέγει one man says one thing, one another, Refs 5th c.BC+; see at {ἄλλοθεν, ἄλλοσε, ἄλλοτε}; also with Verb in plural, παραλαμβάνων ἄ. ἄλλον ἐπ᾽ ἄλλου, τὸν δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλου χρείᾳ.. ἐθέμεθα πόλιν ὄνομαRefs 5th c.BC+ when the several parties are plural, λείπουσι τὸν λόφον.. ἄλλοι ἄλλοθενRefs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 ἄ. καὶ ἄ., one and then another, one or two, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο one thing after another, Refs; πρὸς ἄλλὡ καὶ ἄλλὡ σημείὡ to different points, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __II.4 repeated for emphasis, ἄ. ἄ. τρόπος quite another sort, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.5 οὐδ᾽ ἄ. for οὐδέτερος, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __II.6 with Article, ὁ ἄλλος, the rest, all besides; in plural, οἱ ἄλλοι (Ionic dialect contraction ὧλλοι) all the others, the rest, frequently from Refs 8th c.BC+; τὰ ἄλλα, contraction τἆλλα, all else, τἆλλα πλὴν ὁ χρυσόςRefs; in Attic dialect frequently as adverb, for the rest, especially in amendments to decrees, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα καθάπερ ὁ δεῖνα κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ ἄ. χρόνος, ={ὁ λοιπὸς χρόνος}, of the future, Refs 5th c.BC+ (but also of the past, Refs 4th c.BC+; τῇ ἄλλῃ ἡμέρᾳ, τῷ ἄλλῳ ἔτει, next day, next year, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἵτε ἄλλοι καί.. all others and especially.., γυναῖκας ἄλλας τε πολλὰς καὶ δὴκαὶ βασιλέος θυγατέραRefs 5th c.BC+; ἄλλα τε δὴ εἶπε, καί.. Refs 5th c.BC+ —τὸ ἄλλο is much less frequently than τὰ ἄλλα. __II.7 with Numerals, yet, still, further, τρίτον ἄ. γένοςRefs 8th c.BC+; πέμπτος ποταμὸς ἄ. yet a fifth river, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.8 in enumerations, as well, besides, ἅμα τῇγε καὶ ἀμφίπολοι κίον ἄλλαι with her their mistress came attendants also, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ γὰρ ἦν χόρτος οὐδὲ ἄ. δένδρον οὐδέν there was no grass nor any tree at all, Refs 5th c.BC+; προσοφλὼν οὐ τὴν ἐπωβελίαν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλην ὕβριν besides, Refs 8th c.BC+; with comparative, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+; with superlative, ὀϊζυρώτατος ἄλλωνRefs 8th c.BC+ __III less frequently, ={ἀλλοῖος}, of other sort, different, Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 in this sense, with genitive, ἄλλα τῶν δικαίων other than just, Refs 5th c.BC+ —followed by ἤ.., with preceding _negative_, οὐδὲ ἄλλο.., οὐδὲν ἄλλο (or ἄλλο οὐδέν).., ἤ.. nothing else than.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἃ μηδὲν ἄλλο ἢ διανεῖταί τις which one only thinks, Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἄλλογ᾽ ἢπόνοι..; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί ἄλλο (i.e. ἐποίησαν) ἢ ἐπεβούλευσα; Refs 5th c.BC+; by Preps., πρό..Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀντί.. Refs 4th c.BC+; παρά.. Refs 8th c.BC+ —see also ἄλλο τι. __III.3 other than what is, untrue, unreal, Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.4 other than right, wrong, bad, ἄλλου τινος ἡττῆσθαι yield to some unworthy motive, Refs 4th c.BC+; compare ἄλλως.

πέτρος, ὁ (in later Poets ἡ, Refs 3rd c.BC+, stone (distinguished from πέτρα, which see); in Refs 8th c.BC+, used by warriors, λάζετο πέτρον μάρμαρον ὀκριόεντα Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐν πέτροισι πέτρον ἐκτρίβων, to produce fire, Refs 5th c.BC+; of a boulder forming a landmark, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __2 proverbial, πάντα κινῆσαι πέτρον 'leave no stone unturned', Refs 5th c.BC+; of imperturbability, καὶ γὰρ ἂν πέτρου φύσιν σύ γ᾽ ὀργάνειας Refs 5th c.BC+ __II a kind of reed, Refs —The usual Prose word is λίθος.

צִיּוֹן154 n.pr.loc. Σ(ε)ιων; Ṣîyyôn, Zion (Syriac ܨܶܗܝܘܿܢ, older form, according to LagBN 84, cf. 198);—צ׳ 2 S 5:7 +; צִיּו֫נָה Je 4:6;—stronghold (of Jebusites), מְצֻדַת צ׳ captured by David, and made his residence 2 S 5:7 = 1 Ch 11:5 (both + הִיא עִיר דָּוִד), on S. part of E. hill of Jerusalem, distinct from site of temple 1 K 8:1 = 2 Ch 5:2 (both מֵעִיר ד׳ הִיא צ׳), not elsewhere in narrative, but often in poets and proph.: as name of Jerus., from political point of view (sometimes = inhabitants), Am 6:7 (‖ הַר־שֹׁמְרוֹן), ‖ יְרוּשָׁלַםִ Mi 3:10, 12 = Je 26:18; Is 4:3; 30:19; 40:9; 41:27; 52:1; 62:1; 64:9 Zp 3:16; Zc 1:14, 17 ψ 51:20 and (בַּת־צ׳) Is 52:2; Mi 4:8 (‖ בַּת־יְרוּשׁ׳), La 2:13 (‖ id.), also (יוֹשֶׁבֶת צ׳) Je 51:35; = Jerus. also Is 14:32; 33:5 +, so especially in phr. בְּנוֹת צ׳ Is 3:16, 17; 4:4; Ct 3:11, בְּנֵי צ׳ La 4:2; Jo 2:23 ψ 149:2 (‖ יִשְׂרָאֵל), cf. Zc 9:13, יָֽלְדָה צ׳ אֶת־בָּנֶיהָ Is 66:8, and even הַר־צ׳ 2 K 19:31 = Is 37:32 (both ‖ יְרוּשׁ׳), Is 29:8 (‖ אֲרִיאֵל v 7), Ob 17, 21 ψ 48:12 (‖ בְּנוֹת יֶהוֹדָה), 125:1; so also הַר־בַּת צ׳ Is 16:1 and 10:32 Qr (Kt בית: ‖ גִּבְעַת־יְרוּשׁ׳); cf. מְרוֹם־צ׳ Je 31:12; in foll. הַר־צ׳ might refer to temple-hill Is 10:12 (+ יְרוּשׁ׳), 31:4 (+ גִּבְעָתָהּ = יְרוּשׁ׳ v 5), La 5:18; Jo 3:5 (+ יְרוּשׁ׳); specif. of Jerus. as abode of י׳ and place of his worship Am 1:2; Is 31:9; Zc 8:3; Mi 4:2 = Is 2:3; Jo 4:16 ψ 102:22; 135:21; 147:12 (all ‖ יְרוּשׁ׳), 76:3 (‖ שָׁלֵם); partic. of sanctuary 20:3 (‖ קֹדֶשׁ), 14:7 = 53:7 +; of Jerus. הַר־צ׳ ψ 48:3 (‖ קִרְיַת מֶלֶךְ רָ֑ב), 78:68 (‖ שֵׁבֶט יְהוּדָה), Is 24:23 (‖ יְרוּשׁ׳), etc.; הַרֲרֵי צ׳ in same sense †ψ 133:3; particularly of sanctuary Is 4:5 and (‖ הַר־קָדְשִׁי) Jo 2:1; 4:17; צ׳ הַר־קָדְשִׁי ψ 2:6 is seat of king.—Vid. also בַּת־צ׳, הַר־צ׳, ישֶׁבֶת צ׳, sub בַּת, הַר, יָשַׁב.

אַשּׁוּר n.pr.gent. & terr. Asshur, Assyria (Assyrian Aššur, land & cityDlPa 252 COT on Gn 2:14; Pers. Athura Syriac ܐܳܬܘܽܪ on the connection with name of god Ašur, & with √ אשׁר = ��שׁר good, gracious, cf. COTl.c.; v. also JenZA. 1886, 1 f. Schr ib. 209 f. Nöib. 268 f.) 1. Asshur as person, 2nd son of Shem Gn 10:22 (P, in table of nations) 1 Ch 1:17. 2. people of Asshur (often as invading army & even world-power) Nu 24:22, 24 (poem of Balaam) Ho 12:2; 14:4 Is 10:5; 14:25; 19:23(×2), 24, 25; 23:13; 30:31; 31:8; 52:4 La 5:6; Ez 23:5; 27:23; 32:22 (here fem.) Zc 10:11; ψ 83:9 perhaps read גְּשׁוּר, cf. 2 S 2:9 sub אֲשׁוּרִי; or (if ψ 83 be late) regard אַשּׁוּר (like עֲמָלֵק ib.) as used because of ancient significance; sometimes personified as one Is 10:5 Ez 31:3 (but del. Co q.v.), cf. also Mi 5:4, 5 Zp 2:13; מַחֲנֵה א׳ 2 K 19:25 = Is 37:36; בְּנֵי א׳ Ez 16:28; 23:7, 9, 12, 23. 3. land of Assyria Gn 2:14; 10:11 Ho 5:13; 7:11; 8:9; 9:3; 10:6 Is 11:11, 16; 19:23 Je 2:18, 36 Mi 7:12 Zc 10:10; אַשּׁ֫וּרָה Gn 25:18 Is 19:23 2 K 15:29; 17:6, 23; 18:11; אֶרֶץ אַשּׁוּר Is 7:18; 27:13 Ho 11:11 Mi 5:5. 4. especially מֶלֶךְ אַשּׁוּר Is 8:4; 10:12; 20:1, 4, 6 (prob. gloss Is 7:17, 20; 8:7) 2 K 15:19 + 41 times 2 K; 14 times Is 36–38; 1 Ch 5:6 (אַשֻּׁר) + 13 times Ch; also Je 50:17, 18 Na 3:18 Ezr 4:2; (only Ezr 6:22 of Persian or any king not strictly Assyrian); note also הַמֶּלֶךְ א׳ Is 36:8, 16 (א׳ perhaps gloss, cf. Di who holds same view as to 2 K 18:23, 31); מַלְכֵי א׳ 2 K 19:11, 17 = Is 37:11, 18 2 Ch 28:16; 30:6 Ne 9:32.

כִּי אִם־ (the אִם foll. by makkeph, except Gn 15:4 Nu 35:33 Ne 2:2, where כִּי־אִם is read by the Mass., Pr 2:3: FrMM 241)— 1. each part. retaining its independent force, and relating to a different clause: a. that if Je 26:15; after an oath (כִּי not translated: v. כִּי 1 c) if 1 S 14:39 Je 22:24, surely not (אִם 1 b 2) 2 S 3:35 1 S 25:34 (כִּי being resumptive of the כִּי before לוּלֵי: v. כִּי 1 c); Ex 22:22 (in apod.) indeed if … (v. כִּי 1 d). b. for if Ex 8:17; 9:2; 10:4 Dt 11:20 +, for though Is 10:22 Je 37:20 Am 5:22, but if Je 7:5. 2. (About 140 times) the two particles being closely conjoined, and relating to the same clause— a. limiting the prec. clause, except (after a negative, or an oath, or question, the equivalent of a negative)—the most usual term for expressing this idea: sq. vb. Gn 32:27 I will not let thee go; כִּי אִם־בֵּרַכְתָּֽנִי lit. but (כִּי 3 e) if thou bless me (sc. I will let thee go), i.e., subordinating the second clause to the first, ‘I will not let thee go, except thou bless me;’ Lv 22:6 he shall not eat of the holy things כִּי אִם־רָחַץ except he have washed his flesh, Is 65:6 Am 3:7 Ru 3:18 La 5:21f. (Ew Näg Ke Che Öt), turn thou us unto thee, etc., unless thou have utterly rejected us, (and) art very wroth with us (= Or hast thou utterly rejected us? etc. Ew Öt); sq. a noun, except, but, Gn 28:17 this is nothing כִּי אִם־בֵּית הָאֱ׳ but the house of God, 39:9 he withholds from me nothing כִּי אִם־אוֹתָךְ except thee, Lv 21:2 Nu 14:30 (after אִם), 26:65 (cf. 32:12 בִּלְתִּי), Jos 14:4 1 S 30:17, 22 2 S 12:3 אֵין כֹּל כִּי אִם־ (so 2 K 4:2), 19:29 1 K 17:1 (after אִם), 22:31 2 K 5:15; 9:35; 13:7 Je 22:17; 44:14 +; after אַל, 2 Ch 23:6; sq. an adv. clause, Gn 42:15 Nu 35:33 2 S 3:13 (but כִּי אִם and לִפְנֵי are mutually exclusive: read prob. with 𝔊 כִּי אִם־הֵבֵיאתָ); after an interrog. Is 42:19 who is blind כִּי אִם־עַבְדִּי but my servant? (who is blind in comparison with him?), Dt 10:12 Mi 6:8 Ec 5:10 2 Ch 2:5. b. the if being neglected, and treated as pleonastic (cf. אִם 1 c), so that the clause is no longer a limitation of the preceding clause but a contradiction of it: but rather, but (= a slightly strengthened כִּי), Gn 15:4 this man shall not be thy heir: כִּי אִם־אֲשֶׁר וג׳ but one that shall come forth from thy own bowels, he shall be they heir (cf. 1 K 8:19), 32:29 thy name shall no more be called Jacob כִּי אִם־יִשְׂרָאֵל but Israel (cf. כִּי alone 17:15), 47:18 we will not hide it from my lord, but the money … is all made over to, etc., Ex 12:9 not boiled in water, but roast with fire, Dt 7:5; 12:5; 16:6 Jos 23:8 1 S 2:15 he will not take of thee boiled flesh כֻּי אִם־חָֽי ׃ but raw, 8:19 לֹא כִּי אִם־מֶלֶךְ יִהְיֶה עָלֵינוּ nay, but a king shall be over us (cf. כי alone, 10:19; 12:12), 21:5 2 S 5:6 1 K 18:18 2 K 10:23 (פֶּן), Is 33:21; 55:10, 11; 59:2 Je 3:10; 7:32; 9:23; 16:15; 20:3 Ez 36:22; 44:10 Am 8:11 ψ 1:2, 4 Pr 23:17 (אַל) +; with the principal verb repeated (as Gn 15:4 1 K 8:19), Lv 21:14 Ez 44:22 Nu 10:30 2 K 23:23 Je 39:12 Kt (Qr om. אִם), cf. 7:23. Occas. in colloq. language, the neg., it seems, is left to be understood: 1 S 26:10 as י׳ liveth, (by no means,) כִּי אִם but י׳ shall smite him, 2 S 13:33 Kt (by no means,) but Amnon alone is dead (Qr om. אִם). Sq. imv. Is 65:18 Ez 12:23 Je 39:12 2 Ch 25:8. Sometimes also, though rarely (and not certainly). כִּי אִם appears to have the force of only even without a previous neg.: Gn 40:14 כִּי אִם־זְכַרְתַּנִי אִתְּךָ only have (?) me in remembrance with thyself (but read perhaps אַךְ for כִּי; v Dr§ 119 δ n., the use of a bare pf., without לוּ, or even waw consec., to express a wish or command is unexampled), Nu 24:22 כִּי אִם־יִהְיֶה לְבָעֵר קָֽיִן ׃ only, nevertheless, the Kenite shall be for extermination (cf. Di), Jb 42:8 (De Di) כִּי אִם־פָּנָיו אֶשָּׂא. c. after an oath כִּי אִם appears to = a strengthened כִּי (cf. בִּלְתִּי אִם, עַר אִם: אִם 1 c), introducing the fact sworn to (v. כִּיּ 1 c.): 2 K 5:20 as י׳ liveth, כִּי אִם־רַצְתִּי surely I will run (pf. of certitude) after him, etc., Je 51:14 (Ges Hi Gf RV) surely I will fill thee with men (viz. assailants), etc. (but Ew Ke Ch treat the particles as separate (כִּי as כִּי 1 c): though I have filled thee with men—i.e. increased thy population—, yet shall they—the assailants—lift up the shout against thee), 2 S 15:21 Kt (Qr omits אִם); after an assever. part. Ru 3:12 Kt וְעַתָּה כִּי אָמְנָם כִּי אִם גּוֹאֵל אָנֹכִי and now, yea indeed, surely I am thy kinsman (Qr omits אִם); the oath being understood, Ju 15:7 if ye do thus, כִּי אִם־נִקַּמְתִּי surely (Ges hercle) I will avenge myself, 1 S 21:6 כִּי אִם־אִשָּׁה עֲצֻרָה לָנוּ of a truth women have been kept from us, etc., 1 K 20:6 surely tomorrow I will send, etc., Pr 23:18 (v. De) surely there is a reward; perhaps also Jb 42:8.

כִּי אִם־ (the אִם foll. by makkeph, except Gn 15:4 Nu 35:33 Ne 2:2, where כִּי־אִם is read by the Mass., Pr 2:3: FrMM 241)— 1. each part. retaining its independent force, and relating to a different clause: a. that if Je 26:15; after an oath (כִּי not translated: v. כִּי 1 c) if 1 S 14:39 Je 22:24, surely not (אִם 1 b 2) 2 S 3:35 1 S 25:34 (כִּי being resumptive of the כִּי before לוּלֵי: v. כִּי 1 c); Ex 22:22 (in apod.) indeed if … (v. כִּי 1 d). b. for if Ex 8:17; 9:2; 10:4 Dt 11:20 +, for though Is 10:22 Je 37:20 Am 5:22, but if Je 7:5. 2. (About 140 times) the two particles being closely conjoined, and relating to the same clause— a. limiting the prec. clause, except (after a negative, or an oath, or question, the equivalent of a negative)—the most usual term for expressing this idea: sq. vb. Gn 32:27 I will not let thee go; כִּי אִם־בֵּרַכְתָּֽנִי lit. but (כִּי 3 e) if thou bless me (sc. I will let thee go), i.e., subordinating the second clause to the first, ‘I will not let thee go, except thou bless me;’ Lv 22:6 he shall not eat of the holy things כִּי אִם־רָחַץ except he have washed his flesh, Is 65:6 Am 3:7 Ru 3:18 La 5:21f. (Ew Näg Ke Che Öt), turn thou us unto thee, etc., unless thou have utterly rejected us, (and) art very wroth with us (= Or hast thou utterly rejected us? etc. Ew Öt); sq. a noun, except, but, Gn 28:17 this is nothing כִּי אִם־בֵּית הָאֱ׳ but the house of God, 39:9 he withholds from me nothing כִּי אִם־אוֹתָךְ except thee, Lv 21:2 Nu 14:30 (after אִם), 26:65 (cf. 32:12 בִּלְתִּי), Jos 14:4 1 S 30:17, 22 2 S 12:3 אֵין כֹּל כִּי אִם־ (so 2 K 4:2), 19:29 1 K 17:1 (after אִם), 22:31 2 K 5:15; 9:35; 13:7 Je 22:17; 44:14 +; after אַל, 2 Ch 23:6; sq. an adv. clause, Gn 42:15 Nu 35:33 2 S 3:13 (but כִּי אִם and לִפְנֵי are mutually exclusive: read prob. with 𝔊 כִּי אִם־הֵבֵיאתָ); after an interrog. Is 42:19 who is blind כִּי אִם־עַבְדִּי but my servant? (who is blind in comparison with him?), Dt 10:12 Mi 6:8 Ec 5:10 2 Ch 2:5. b. the if being neglected, and treated as pleonastic (cf. אִם 1 c), so that the clause is no longer a limitation of the preceding clause but a contradiction of it: but rather, but (= a slightly strengthened כִּי), Gn 15:4 this man shall not be thy heir: כִּי אִם־אֲשֶׁר וג׳ but one that shall come forth from thy own bowels, he shall be they heir (cf. 1 K 8:19), 32:29 thy name shall no more be called Jacob כִּי אִם־יִשְׂרָאֵל but Israel (cf. כִּי alone 17:15), 47:18 we will not hide it from my lord, but the money … is all made over to, etc., Ex 12:9 not boiled in water, but roast with fire, Dt 7:5; 12:5; 16:6 Jos 23:8 1 S 2:15 he will not take of thee boiled flesh כֻּי אִם־חָֽי ׃ but raw, 8:19 לֹא כִּי אִם־מֶלֶךְ יִהְיֶה עָלֵינוּ nay, but a king shall be over us (cf. כי alone, 10:19; 12:12), 21:5 2 S 5:6 1 K 18:18 2 K 10:23 (פֶּן), Is 33:21; 55:10, 11; 59:2 Je 3:10; 7:32; 9:23; 16:15; 20:3 Ez 36:22; 44:10 Am 8:11 ψ 1:2, 4 Pr 23:17 (אַל) +; with the principal verb repeated (as Gn 15:4 1 K 8:19), Lv 21:14 Ez 44:22 Nu 10:30 2 K 23:23 Je 39:12 Kt (Qr om. אִם), cf. 7:23. Occas. in colloq. language, the neg., it seems, is left to be understood: 1 S 26:10 as י׳ liveth, (by no means,) כִּי אִם but י׳ shall smite him, 2 S 13:33 Kt (by no means,) but Amnon alone is dead (Qr om. אִם). Sq. imv. Is 65:18 Ez 12:23 Je 39:12 2 Ch 25:8. Sometimes also, though rarely (and not certainly). כִּי אִם appears to have the force of only even without a previous neg.: Gn 40:14 כִּי אִם־זְכַרְתַּנִי אִתְּךָ only have (?) me in remembrance with thyself (but read perhaps אַךְ for כִּי; v Dr§ 119 δ n., the use of a bare pf., without לוּ, or even waw consec., to express a wish or command is unexampled), Nu 24:22 כִּי אִם־יִהְיֶה לְבָעֵר קָֽיִן ׃ only, nevertheless, the Kenite shall be for extermination (cf. Di), Jb 42:8 (De Di) כִּי אִם־פָּנָיו אֶשָּׂא. c. after an oath כִּי אִם appears to = a strengthened כִּי (cf. בִּלְתִּי אִם, עַר אִם: אִם 1 c), introducing the fact sworn to (v. כִּיּ 1 c.): 2 K 5:20 as י׳ liveth, כִּי אִם־רַצְתִּי surely I will run (pf. of certitude) after him, etc., Je 51:14 (Ges Hi Gf RV) surely I will fill thee with men (viz. assailants), etc. (but Ew Ke Ch treat the particles as separate (כִּי as כִּי 1 c): though I have filled thee with men—i.e. increased thy population—, yet shall they—the assailants—lift up the shout against thee), 2 S 15:21 Kt (Qr omits אִם); after an assever. part. Ru 3:12 Kt וְעַתָּה כִּי אָמְנָם כִּי אִם גּוֹאֵל אָנֹכִי and now, yea indeed, surely I am thy kinsman (Qr omits אִם); the oath being understood, Ju 15:7 if ye do thus, כִּי אִם־נִקַּמְתִּי surely (Ges hercle) I will avenge myself, 1 S 21:6 כִּי אִם־אִשָּׁה עֲצֻרָה לָנוּ of a truth women have been kept from us, etc., 1 K 20:6 surely tomorrow I will send, etc., Pr 23:18 (v. De) surely there is a reward; perhaps also Jb 42:8.

יִרְמְיָ֫ה(וּ)147 n.pr.m. (? י׳ looseneth, sc. the womb? cf. Assyrian ša kirimmaša rummû, whose womb is loosened DlHWB 623);— 1. 136 proph., son of Ḥilḳiah, of priestly family in ʿAnathôth: יִרְמְיָ֫הוּ Je 1:1, 11; 29:27; 36:1, 4(×2) + 116 times Je, + 2 Ch 35:25; 36:12, 21, 22 (יר׳ הַנָּבִיא Je 21:2 + often); -יָה Je 27:1; 28:5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 15; 29:1 Ezr 1:1; Dn 9:2; Ἰερεμίας. †2. יִרְמְיָ֫הוּ, of Libnah, father of Josiah’s wife, 2 K 23:31; 24:18 = Je 52:1, Ἰερεμίας. †3. -יָ֫הוּ Gadite, David’s time 1 Ch 12:13, Ιερεμεια, 𝔊L Ιεραμαου. The foll. all -יָה, 𝔊 Ἰερεμία(ς), Ἰερμία(ς), etc.: †4. Manassite 1 Ch 5:24. †5. Benjamite 12:4. †6. Gadite 12:10. †7. a. priestly name: Ne 12:1, 2. b. Ne 10:3, perhaps = 12:34.

מְנַשֶּׁה136 n.pr.m. et trib. Manasseh (interpr. Gn 41:51 as Pi. causat. √II. נשׁה q.v.);—מ׳ Gn 46:20 +; מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 41:51 + (on Ju 18:30 v. מֹשֶׁה); c. art. (strangely), הַמְֿ׳ Dt 7:13 Jos 1:12 + (v. infr.); 𝔊 Μαν(ν)ασση;— 1. †a. Manasseh, eldest son of Joseph Gn 41:51; 48:1, 13, 14(×2), 17, 20(×2), also 50:23 (father of Machir; all E), 46:20; 48:5 (both P). b. of tribe, often + Ephraim (v. אֶפְרַיִם): (1) the part W. of Jordan: †a. בְּנֵי מ׳ Jos 16:9; 17:2a (בני־מ׳ הַנּוֹתָרִים), v 2 b, 6, 12 (all JE), 1 Ch 7:29; 9:3 (בְּנֵי אֶפְרַיִם וּמ׳; Jos 13:29 v. infr.); β. מ׳ alone, Jos 17:5, 8(×2), 9b, 11, 17 Dt 34:2 (אֶרֶץ אֶפְרַיִם וּמ׳; all JE), 2 Ch 30:10 (id.), Jos 16:4; 17:7, 9a, 10 (all P), also appar. Dt 33:17 (poem), Ju 1:27; 6:15, 35; 7:23 Is 9:20(×2) ψ 80:3 + 10 times Chr; †γ. מַטֵּה מ׳ 1 Ch 6:55; חֲצִי מַטֵּה מ׳ Jos 21:6, 25 1 Ch 12:32; (van d. H. v 31); מַחֲצִית מַטֵּה חֲצִי מ׳ 6:46 (but on text v. Kit); שְׁנֵי מַטּוֹת מ׳ וְאֶפְרַיִם Jos 14:4 (P); †δ. חֲצִי שֵׁבֶט מ׳ 1 Ch 27:20; c. art. הַשֵּׁבֶט הַמְֿ׳ Jos 13:7 (D). †(2) of Manasseh E. of Jordan; a. בְּנֵי מ׳ Jos 22:30, 31 (P); β. מ׳ alone, Ju 11:29 (distinctly of territory), 12:4 (but on text v. GFM), ψ 60:9=108:9; חֲצִי הַמּ׳ 1 Ch 27:21; γ. מַטֵּה מ׳ Jos 17:1a; 20:8 (both P), 1 Ch 6:47; הֲצִי מַטֵּה מ׳ Jos 22:1 (D), Nu 34:14 Jos 21:5, 27 (all P), 1 Ch 6:56; חֲצִי מַטֵּה כְּנֵי מ׳ Jos 13:29 (P); δ. חֲצִי שֵׁבֶט מ׳ Dt 3:13 (D), Jos 13:29; 22:13, 15 (all P), 1 Ch 5:18, 23, 26; 12:38 (van d. H. v 37); הֲצִי שֵׁבֶט מ׳ בֶּן־יוֹסֵף Nu 32:33 (P); c. art. חֲצִי שֵׁבֶט הַמְֿ׳ Jos 1:12; 4:12; 12:6; 18:7; 22:1, 7 (all D), 22:9, 10, 11, 21 (all P). Here belong also (chiefly) reff. to מ׳ as father of Machir (cf. Gn 50:23 supr.): †Nu 27:1; 32:39, 40; 36:1 Jos 13:31; 17:1, 3; (all P), 1 Ch 7:14, 17; and of Jair Dt 3:14 (D), Nu 32:41 (P), 1 K 4:13 (cf. מָכִיר" dir="rtl" >מָכִיר, יָאִיר" dir="rtl" >יָאִיר. †(3) of undivided tribe (never שֵׁבֶט מ׳): a. בְּנֵי מ׳ Nu 1:34; 2:20; 7:54; 26:29; 36:12 (all P); β. מ׳ alone, Nu 1:10; 26:28, 34; 27:1b (all P), Ez 48:4, 5; γ. מַטֵּה מ׳ Nu 1:35; 2:20; 13:11, מַטֵּה בְּנֵי מ׳ Nu 10:23; 34:23 (all P). 2. son of Hezekiah, and king of Judah (Assyrian Menasê, Minsê SchrCOT 2 K 21, 1);—2 K 20:21; 20:21 + 9 times Kings, 12 times Chr, Je 15:4. †3. two who had taken strange wives: a. Ezr 10:30. b. 10:33.

יוֹאָב n.pr.m. (י׳ is father; cf. אֲבִיָּהוּ, אֱלִיאָב, אֲבִיאֵל & reff.)— 1. David’s sister’s son & captain of his host (𝔊 Ἰωαβ) 1 S 26:6; 2 S 2:13 + 100 times 2 S (also 2 S 20:6 for MT אֲבִישַׁי cf. 𝔖 We Dr); 1 K 1:7 + 14 times 1 K.; 1 Ch 2:16 + 22 times 1 Ch; ψ 60:2. †2. a descendant of Judah 1 Ch 4:14 (but 𝔊B 𝔊L Ἰωβαβ). †3. a familyname after the exile Ezr 2:6 = Ne 7:11 (𝔊 Ἰωβαβ, Ἰωαβ) Ezr 8:9 (𝔊 Ἰωαβ).

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (sometimes written ὅ, τι to distinct it from ὅτι, that): Refs 8th c.BC+ has also the masculine collateral form ὅτις Refs 8th c.BC+ and Ionic dialect and Refs 4th c.AD+ and the neuter ὅττι Refs 8th c.BC+—In some forms only the second part is inflected, i.e. genitive ὅτου Refs 5th c.BC+, Epic dialect ὅττεο Refs 8th c.BC+[same place], contraction ὅττευ Refs 8th c.BC+; perhaps also in Ionic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; Epic dialect ὅτεῳ Refs 8th c.BC+, and as disyllable, Refs 8th c.BC+; Epic dialect accusative ὅτινα Refs 8th c.BC+; Delph. dative ὅτινι Refs 3rd c.BC+; neuter ὅτινα Refs 8th c.BC+, Attic dialect ὅτων Refs 8th c.BC+, Attic dialect ὅτοισι Refs 8th c.BC+, Aeolic dialect ὄττινας Refs 7th c.BC+: of the forms with double inflexion Refs 8th c.BC+; ᾧτινι first in Refs 8th c.BC+; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in Refs 5th c.BC+ rarely as feminine, Refs 5th c.BC+—For the Ionic dialect and Epic dialect form ἅσσα, Attic dialect ἅττα, see at {ἅσσα}.—On the concord and constructionRefs 5th c.BC+, 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever; ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι Refs 8th c.BC+: frequently without express antecedent, χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ Refs 8th c.BC+: hence frequently in maxims or sentiments, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ᾽ ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ... Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔστιν ὅ., frequently with a negative, οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν.. ἡγήσαιτο Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰσὶν οἵτινες Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ.. everything, Refs 5th c.BC+, but only in singular, ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ Refs 5th c.BC+; but πᾶσιν.. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ Refs __II referring to a definite object, properly only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα.., δι᾽ ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, Refs 5th c.BC+; but in quite definite sense, βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ἐφ᾽ ὅτῳ, ={ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε}, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __III in indirect questions, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that..,Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ ε;—ὅστις; πολίτης χρηστός Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 rare and late in direct questions, ὅ τι ἐστὶ τὸ ἐμποδίζον ; Refs 2nd c.AD+; ἀνθ᾽ ὅτου.. ; = why? Refs 4th c.AD+-C.; compare ὅπως. __IV limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles: __IV.1 ὅστις γε being one who (compare ὅσγε), Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.2 ὅστις δή (see. δή IV. Refsto some one or other of the gods, Refs 5th c.BC+; so __IV.2.b ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, Refs 6th c.BC+: rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (variant{ὅτι ἄν}) Refs 4th c.BC+ __IV.2.c ὁστισδηποτοῦν Refs 4th c.BC+ __IV.2.d so also ὅστις alone, Refs 5th c.BC+ none at all, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.3 ὅστις ποτε whoever, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.4 ὅστις περ (compare ὅσπερ), mostly in neuter, ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ᾽ ὄφελος Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.5 ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, Refs 8th c.BC+ __V neuter ὅ τι used absolutely as a conjunction, see at {ὅ τι}. __VI ἐξ ὅτου from which time, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπ᾽ ὅτευ since.., Refs 5th c.BC+; so ἕως ὅτου until.., NT __VI.2 from what cause, Refs 5th c.BC+

שְׁמוּאֵל140 n.pr.m. Samuel (= name of Ēl Thes al. (or, his name is Ēl HomHeb. Trad. 98 f. WklKAT3 225 Now 1 S 1:20), cf. פְּנוּאֵל, רְעוּאֵל; v. Dr 1 S 1:20; PrätZMG 1903, 777 ff. caritative from יִשְׁמָעֵאל; Palm. שמואל Lzb 377; v. further GieAT1 Schätzung d. Gottesn. (1901), 102 ff.);— 1. great prophet, 11th cent. b.c., Σαμουηλ: 1 S 1:20 (name expl. as if from שָׁאַל), 1:18, 21, 26 + 125 times 1 S, 1 Ch 6:13, 18; 9:22; 11:3; 26:28; 29:29; 2 Ch 35:18; Je 15:1 ψ 99:6. †2. in Simeon, Nu 34:20 (P), Σαλαμιηλ. †3. in Issachar 1 Ch 7:2, (Ι)σαμουηλ.

II. סוּס138 n.m. Ex 15:1 horse (NH סוּס, סוּסָה, Aramaic סוּסְיָא, ܣܽܘܣܝܳܐ, Mand. סוסיא, Sin. id., Lzb 328; Assyrian sisû (sîsû?) DlHWB 506; Tel Am. su-u[su] WklTA. 191, 24; prob. foreign word cf. NöM 147 Erman Ägypten 649; Eng. tr. 490);—ס׳ abs. 1 K 20:20 +; cstr. Ex 15:19 +; pl. סוּסִים Gn 47:17 +, סֻסִים 2 S 15:1; cstr. סוּסֵי 2 K 2:11; sf. סוּסַי 1 K 22:4; 2 K 3:7, סוּסֶיךָ Mi 5:9 + 4 times, סוּסָיו Is 5:28 +, סוּסֵיכֶם Am 4:10, סוּסֵיהֶם Jos 11:6 +;—horse: 1. non-Isr.; chariot-horses of Canaanites Ju 5:22 (cf. v 28 4:3, 13; עִקְבֵי ס׳; ס׳ coll., as often), Jos 11:4, 6, 9 (JE); horses as property of Egyptians Gn 47:17; Ex 9:3 (both J), cf. Zc 14:15; merchandise of Tyre Ez 27:14; chariot-horses of Egypt [cf. Hom Il. ix. 384], Ex 14:9, 23 (P), 15:1, 21 (poem), v 19 (P; on all v. Di), Dt 11:4; Is 31:1, 3; Je 46:4, 9; Ez 17:15; of Aram 1 K 20:1 + 11 times K (1 K 20:20 ridden, for flight), Assyr. Is 5:28 + 3 times, Chaldeans Je 4:13 + 6 times; other nations Na 3:2; Je 50:42 + 5 times; as ridden 1 K 20:20 (v. supr.), Je 8:23; Ez 38:4, 15 + 13 times (late). 2. in Isr.; chariot-horses of Absalom 2 S 15:1, especially of Sol., and later, 1 K 5:6, 8; 10:25, 28, 29, and ‖ Chr; 18:5 and (as war-equipment) 22:4 2 K 3:7; 9:33; 10:2 Pr 21:31; סוּסֵי אֵשׁ 2 K 2:11 (Elijah), cf. 6:17; consecr. to sun 2 K 23:11 (cf. RSSem. 275; 2nd ed. 293); sign of luxury and apostasy Am 4:10; Ho 1:7; 1:4 Is 2:7 Mi 5:9 Zc 9:10, cf. Dt 17:6, 16, but v. Zc 14:20; in vision Zc 6:2(×2), 3(×2), 6; ridden 2 K 9:18, 19; 18:23 = Is 36:8, Am 2:15 + 4 times Is Je; in vision Zc 1:8(×2); שַׁעַר הַסּ׳ Je 31:40; Ne 3:28, cf. 2 K 11:16 = 2 Ch 23:15; property of returned exiles Ezr 2:66 = Ne 7:68 van d. H. (om. Mass. Baer Ginsb q.v.); description of horse Jb 39:19; in various sim. and fig. Am 6:12; Je 5:8; 8:6; 12:5; Ez 23:20; Is 63:13; Jo 2:4; Pr 27:3 ψ 32:9; 147:10. 3. chariot-horses of י׳ Hb 3:15 (fig. of clouds), cf. Zc 10:3.—Cf. also חֲצַר סוּסָה" dir="rtl" >חֲצַר סוּסִים, and פָּרָשׁ²" dir="rtl" >פָּרָשׁ, רֶ֫כֶשׁ" dir="rtl" >רֶכֶשׁ.

Ἰωάνης (Rec. ννης, which see; cf. Dalman, Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79; WH, App., 159; Bl., §3, 10; 10, 2), -ου, dative, -ῃ (but in Mat.11:4. Luk.7:18, 22 Rev.1:1, ει), accusative, -ην, ὁ (Heb. יוֹחָנָן, LXX: Ἰωανάν, 2Ch.23:1, al.; -ννάν, Je 47 (40):8, al., Aq.), Hellenized form of Ἰωανάν, John ( I Est.8:38(41)*), viz., __1. John the Baptist: Mat.3:1, al. __2. John the Apostle, son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, Luk.5:10, Act.1:13, al. __3. The father of St. Peter: Jhn.1:43 21:15-17. __4. John surnamed Mark: Act.12:12, 25 13:5, 13 15:37. __5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Rev.1:1, 4 9. Ἰωάννης (D, Ἰωνάθας; see MM, Exp., XV; Bl., §10, 2), ὁ, John: Act.4:6 13:5, Tr., WH, Rev.22:8 (cf. Ἰωάνης).† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

II. אַף conj. denoting addition, especially of something greater, also, yea (so Ph. Aramaic ܐܳܦ, אַף, אוֹף; cf. فَ ). 1. very rare in plain prose (in which גַּם is more usual): Gn 40:16 (with pron., as rather often) I also in my dream, Nu 16:14 Dt 2:11, 20 2 S 20:14 (v. Dr) 2 K 2:14 Est 5:12; more freq. in poetry, especially as introducing emphatically a new thought Dt 33:3, 20, 28 1 S 2:7 ψ 16:6, 7, 9; 18:49; 65:14 they shout for joy, yea, they sing! 68:9, 17; 74:16; 89:28; 93:1 Pr 22:19; 23:28 +; or in more elevated prose style, Lv 26:16, 24, 28, 41; and 25 times in the impassioned rhetoric of Is 2 (40:24–48:15), e.q. 40:24; 41:10, 26; 42:13; 43:7, 19; 46:11 yea, I have spoken, I will also bring it to pass; I have purposed, I will also do it! 48:12, 15. Implying something surprising or unexpected, even, indeed Jb 14:3; 15:4. וְאַף and also Lv 26:39, 40, 42, 44 Dt 15:17 Hb 2:15 ψ 68:19 1 Ch 8:32 = 9:38 2 Ch 12:5 Ne 2:18; 13:15; and even Jb 19:4 וְאַף־אָמְנָם שָׁגִיתִי and even indeed (if) I have erred … With הֲ, הַאַף indeed …? really …? †Gn 18:13, 23 wilt thou indeed sweep away the righteous with the wicked? v 24 Am 2:11 Jb 34:17; 40:8. In contrast to a preceding thought (expressed or implied) but, nay ψ 44:10; 58:3; cf. Ju 5:29. 2. (Equally in prose and poetry) with ref. to a preceding sentence, yea, à fortiori, the more so (= how much more! after an affirm. clause; = how much less! after a neg. one): †2 S 4:10 f. when one told me, Saul is dead … I took hold of him and slew him … אַף כִּי־אֲנָשִׁים רְשָׁעִים הָרְגוּ וג׳ à fortiori, how much more (should I do so), when wicked men have slain a righteous person, etc.! Ez 14:21 (Ew Hi) 15:5 Pr 21:27 (in all these passages כִּי = when) Jb 4:19. So וְאַף †1 S 23:3 2 K 5:13 … וְאַף כִּי־אָמַר אֵלֶיךָ and the more (= and how much rather), when he hath said to thee, etc. More commonly in this sense strengthened by כִּי (q.v.), v. infr.

† גִּלְעָד n.pr.loc. of mountain-range or hill-country, land & city, E. of Jordan (cf. Arabic جَلْعَدٌ durus, fortis Frey, so Thes; HiGesch. Isr. 26 comp. same √ used of camel (جَلْعَادٌ camelus robustus ac firmus, cf. HomNS 144), whence camel hump, orig. name of mt)—ג׳ Gn 37:25 + 79 times (mostly as n.pr.m. and in combin. with other n.pr.loc. cf. infr.); הַגּ׳ Gn 31:21 + 50 times (so usually as name of mt. and land); גִּלְעָ֫דָה Nu 32:39 1 Ch 27:21; הִגְּלְעָ֫דָה 2 S 24:6;—Gilead, used of territory between the Arnon and the Jabboḳ, mod. Belḳa; also of that between the Jabboḳ and the Jarmuk, mod. Jebel Ajlûn; also of the entire E.-Jordan land occupied by Israel, including both the parts just named (cf. Di Gn 31:54 Stu Ju 10:4; BdPal. 178; also L. OliphantLand of Gilead, 1880);— 1. territory S. of Jabboḳ, a. אֶרֶץ הַגּ׳ Nu 32:29 (P), אֶרֶץ ג׳ v1 (JE), both connected with Reuben and Gad; so חֲצִי הַר הַגּ׳ Dt 3:12; אֶרֶץ ג׳ also 1 Ch 5:9 (of Reuben); 1 K 4:19 (of Sihon and Og); cf. אֶרֶץ גַּד וְג׳ 1 S 13:7; further, b. הַגּ׳ alone, Ju 10:17 (or possibly here name of city?), 11:29 (prob.); also 1 Ch 5:10 (of Reuben) v 16 (of Gad); cf. חֲצִי הַגּ׳ וְעַד יַבֹּק Jos 12:2 (of Sihon), so v 5 (both D); c. similarly ג׳ alone (without art.) in poet. ψ 60:9 (‖ Manasseh) = 108:9; but also in prose in phrases שָׂרֵי ג׳ Ju 10:18, ישְׁבֵי ג׳ v 18 11:8, זִקְנֵי ג׳ Ju 11:5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, אַנְשֵׁי ג׳ Ju 12:4(×2), 5; cf. also d. עָרֵי הַגּ׳ Nu 32:26 (JE; of Reuben and Gad); so of Jephthah’s burial-place Ju 12:7; even כָּל־עָרֵי הַגּ׳ Jos 13:25 (P; of Gad); besides these, of particular cities, especially רָאמֹת בַּגּ׳ Dt 4:43 (of Gad); cf. רָאמוֹת בַּגּ׳ Jos 20:8 (P), 1 Ch 6:65 (of Gad), and רָמֹת בַּגּ׳ Jos 21:38 (P); usually רָמֹת ג׳ 1 K 4:13; 22:3, 4, 6, 12, 15, 20, 29 = 2 Ch 18:2, 3, 5, 11, 14, 19, 28; 2 K 8:28; 9:1, 4, 14 2 Ch 22:5; also מִצְפֵּה ג׳ Ju 11:29(×2); further יַעְזֵיר ג׳ 1 Ch 26:31. 2. Northern Gilead, a. אֶרֶץ הַגּ׳ Jos 17:5, 6 (JE; of Manasseh) cf. Ju 10:4 1 Ch 2:22 (both of Jair); הַר הַגּ׳ Gn 31:21, 23, 25 (E); prob. also הַר ג׳ (no art.) Ct 4:1 (cf. 6:5 infr.). b. הַגּ׳ alone Nu 32:40 (JE; of Machir) Jos 17:1 (JE; id.) cf. 13:11 (D) Dt 2:36 1 K 4:13 (of Jair); Dt 3:15, 16 (boundary of Reuben and Gad); prob. also Ct 6:5 (cf. 4:1 supr.); cf. יֶתֶר הַגּ׳ Dt 3:13; & חֲצִי הַגּ׳ Jos 13:31 (P; of Machir); הַגִּלְעָ֫דָה 2 S 24:6 (prob.); cf. also c. ג׳ (no art.) prob. Je 8:22; 46:11 (in both ref. to צֳרִי balm, prob. from the wooded Northern Gilead); similarly 22:6; and גִּלְעָ֫דָה 1 Ch 27:21, also Nu 32:39 (JE; of Machir). d. in combination יָבֵשׁ ג׳ (city) Ju 21:8, 9, 10, 12, 14 1 S 11:1, 9 (‖ יָבֵשׁ alone) 31:11 (‖ id.) = 1 Ch 10:11 2 S 2:4, 5; 21:12; perhaps also (מִ)תִּשְׁבֵּה ג׳ 1 K 17:1 (emend., after 𝔊, Ew Th al. see VB);—cf. further sub 6. n.pr.m. infr.—Ju 7:3 וְיִצְפֹּר מֵהַר הַגּ׳ and let him depart from Mt. Gilead, appar. belongs here, but מֵהַר הַגִּלְבֹּעַ is read by Cler Hi Gr Ke Be; against this cf. Stu BuRS 112. 3. more generally, of all Gilead, a. אֶרֶץ הַגּ׳ Jos 22:9, 13, 15, 32 (P; of Reuben, Gad and Manasseh; opp. land of Canaan); cf. 2 S 17:26; so כָּל־אֶרֶץ הַגּ׳ 2 K 10:33. b. אֶרֶץ ג׳ (no art.) Zc 10:10; cf. הַר אֶפְרַיִם וְג׳ Je 50:19 (‖ Carmel and Bashan); ג׳ alone, also Gn 37:25; likewise Mi 7:14 (‖ Carmel & Bashan, reference to fertility). c. הַגּ׳ alone, of Isr. territ. in gen. E. of Jordan, Ju 10:8; cf. 2 S 2:9 2 K 10:33 (of Reuben, Gad and Manasseh); כָּל־הַגּ׳ Dt 3:10; אֶת־כָּל־הָאָרֶץ אֶת־הַגּ׳ Dt 34:1; הַגּ׳ also in general sense Ez 47:18 2 K 15:29(?) Ob 19. 4. ג׳, name of a city Ho 6:8 (& Ju 10:17? cf. 1 a. supr.);—on the ruined cities Jilʿâd, Jilʿaud on the Jebel Jilʿâd, N. of Es-Salṭ, and S. of Jabboḳ v. Di Gn 31:54 & reff. 5. אֶרֶץ הַגּ׳ of Israelites living E. of Jordan (as a whole) Ju 20:1; הַגּ׳ of people of Gilead Am 1:3, 13; so ג׳ Ju 5:17 (= גַּד), 12:4, 5 (‖ אַנְשֵׁי ג׳ v 4(×2), 5) Ho 12:12. Cf. also גִּלְעָדִי" dir="rtl" >גִּלְעָדִי infr. 6. treated as n.pr.m. a. ג׳, son of Machir & grandson of Manasseh Nu 26:29(×2), 30; 27:1; 36:1 Jos 17:3 (all P) 1 Ch 2:21, 23; 7:14, 17; once הַגּ׳ Jos 17:1 (JE) cf. Di;—ref. in all these to Northern Gilead. b. father of Jephthah Ju 11:1, 2;—ref. to Gad (cf. supr. especially sub 5). c. 1 Ch 5:14 (a Gadite).

אֲרָם149 n.pr.m. Aram (Assyrian Aramu, etc., v. DlPa 257; Thes al. proposes √ארם = רום but cf. Nö as below)— 1. 5th son of Shem Gn 10:22, 23; 1 Ch 1:17. 2. grandson of Nahor Gn 22:21. 3. 1 Ch 2:23. 4. a descendant of Asher 1 Ch 7:34.—Elsewhere only of Aramæan people & land (= 1 supr.), f. 2 S 8:5 m. 2 S 10:14. a. people, sg. coll. = the Aramæans, a leading branch of the Shemitic stock inhabiting Mesopotamia & northern Syria, in many tribes & settlements; 2 S 8:5(×2), 6 + 1 K 20:20, 21 + 1 Ch 19:10, 12 + (64 times S K Ch) Am 9:7 Is 7:2, 4, 5, 8; 9:11; 17:3 Je 35:11; so Ez 16:57; 27:16, but Co in both אדום; עַם אֲרָם Am 1:5; of particular divisions of Aramaic, א׳ בית רְחוֹב 2 S 10:6, א׳ צוֹבָא 2 S 10:6, 8 ψ 60:2 (title), א׳ דַּמֶּשֶׂק 2 S 8:5 cf. 1 Ch 18:5, even א׳ נַהֲרַיִם ψ 60:2 (title); (note that Assyrian never gives name Aramu to people W. of Euphrates, but Chatti instead, with other particular names, COT Gn 10:22, also Dl l.c.); on 2 S 8:12, 13 1 Ch 18:11 v. אֱדוֹם" dir="rtl" >אֱדוֹם. b. less often clearly of land, Aramaic Nu 23:7 2 S 15:8 + 2 Ch 20:2 (read however here אדום Thes Add al.), שְׂדֵה א׳ Ho 12:13; also of particular divisions of the territory א׳ נַהֲרַיִם ‘Mesopotamia,’ i.e. prob. land between Euphrates & Chaboras, so Di after Kiep, Gn 24:10; Dt 23:5; Ju 3:8 (cf. ψ 60:2 supr.); cf. פַּדַּן א׳ Paddan-Aram Gn 25:20; 31:18; 33:18; 35:9, 26; 46:15, פַּדֶּ֫נָה א׳ 28:2, 5, 6, 7 v. פַּדָּן" dir="rtl" >פדן; א׳ דַּמֶּשֶׂק 2 S 8:6 cf. 1 Ch 18:6. c. often indeterminate, especially in מֶלֶךְ א׳ etc., perhaps primarily land but often including people: so Ju 2:10; 10:6 (אֱלֹהֵי א׳) 1 K 10:29 + 2 Ch 1:17 + (41 times K & Ch) Is 7:1.—(Cf. especially NöSchenkel BL, ZMG 1871, 113; Hermes v. 3, 443 f. DlPa 257.)

קָבַר132 vb. bury (NH id.; Ph. קבר, bury, קבר tomb; Arabic قَبَرَ, Assyrian ḳibîru, Aramaic קְבַר, ܩܒܰܪ, Nab. קבר, all bury; Palm. Nab. קברא tomb, so Sab. קבר HomChrest. 126 Liḥy. קבר bury; DHMEpigr. Denkm. No. 35, 2, 3, cf. מקבר(הם) burial-place CISiv, No. 20, 1, 2, 4);— Qal86 Pf. 3 ms. ק׳ Gn 23:19; 2 ms. sf. consec. וּקְבַרִתַּנְי 47:30, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. וַיִּקְבֹּר Dt 34:6; 2 K 21:26, etc.; Imv. קְבֹר Gn 23:6 +, etc.; Inf. abs. קָבוֹר Dt 21:23; cstr. לִקְבּוֹר Je 19:11 +, etc.; Pt. act. קֹבֵר 2 K 9:10 +, etc.; pass. קָבוּר 1 K 13:31, pl. קְבֻרִים Ec 8:10 bury, acc. pers., bones, etc., usually c. ב loc., 2 S 2:32; 1 K 13:31(×2) Gn 23:6 Jos 24:30, 32(×2) Ju 2:9 + 33 times; c. בֵּיתוֹ loc. 2 Ch 33:20 (בְּגַן־בֵּיתוֹ ‖ 2 K 21:18, also בְּבֵיתוֹ 1 S 25:1; 1 K 2:34); c. שָׁם Nu 11:34, תַּחַת 1 S 31:13 = 1 Ch 10:12; pregn. c. אֶל loc. Gn 23:19; 25:9; Ez 39:15; אֶל־אֲבֹתָ֑י Gn 49:29; cf. עִם־אֲבוֹתָיו 2 K 12:22; 15:7; 2 Ch 25:28; 26:23 (v. also Niph., and תָּבוֹא אֶל־אֲבֹתֶיךָ Gn 15:15); c. שָׁ֫מָּה Gn 23:13; 49:31(×3); 50:5; c. acc. pers. alone 2 S 2:4, 5 + 22 times; + מִלְּפָנַי Gn 23:4, 8; pass. Ec 8:10; acc. om. 2 K 9:10 + 3 times + (c. ב) 2 S 4:12. Niph.39 Impf. 3 ms. יִקָּבֵר Je 22:19, etc.;—be buried Gn 15:15 Je 8:2; 16:4, 6; 25:33 (+ אסף), as read perhaps Ez 29:5 for תִּקָּבֵץ (+ id.); קְבֻרַת חֲמוֹר יִקּ׳ Je 22:19; usually c. ב loc. Gn 35:19 Ju 8:32 + 6 times Ju, 2 S 17:23; 1 K 2:10, 34 + 16 times K Ch (+ עִם־אֲבוֹתַיו 1 K 14:31; 15:24 + 6 times; עִם־מַלְכֵי יִשְׂר׳ 2 K 13:13; 14:16); c. שָׁם Nu 20:1 + 3 times; c. תַּחַת, מִתַּחַת Gn 35:8. †Pi. bury (in masses), c. acc.: Impf. 3 fs. sf. תְּקַבְּרֵם Ho 9:6; Inf. cstr. לְקַבֵּר 1 K 11:15; Pt. pl. מְקַבְרִים Nu 33:4 Ez 39:14; as n. intens., of office, burier, sg. מְקַבֵּר Je 14:16, pl. הַמּ׳ Ez 39:15. †Pu. Pf. 3 ms. שָׁ֫מַּה קֻבַּר אַבְרָהָם Gn 25:10.

חִזְקִיָּ֫הוּ, חִזְקִיָּה, יְחִזְקִיָּ֫הוּ, יְחִזְקִיָּה n.pr.m. (י׳ hath strengthened, י׳ strengtheneth; = Assyrian Ḫazaḳi(i)au, Schr COT on 2 K 18:1 ff., Jäger BAS i, 469; cf. n.pr. יחזק on seal Gann JAs 1883 Feb.–Mar., 134 No. 7;—on format. v. LagBN 134)— 1. 𝔊 Εζεκιας, son of Ahaz, King of Judah, seldom †חִזְקִיָּה 2 K 18:1, 10, 14(×2), 15, 16(×2), also אַנְשֵׁי ח׳ Pr 25:1 †; elsewhere in 2 K (except 20:10) חִזְקִיָּהוּ: 16:20; 18:9 + 34 times, 2 K 18–21 ‖ Is 36:1 + 31 times, Is 36–39; also †Je 26:18, 19 1 Ch 3:13 2 Ch 29:18, 27; 30:24; 32:15; in Ch usually יְחִזְקִיָּהוּ 1 Ch 4:41 2 Ch 28:27 + 35 times 2 Ch 29–33; also 2 K 20:10 Je 15:4, and in title Is 1:1; †יִחִזְקִיָּה Ho 1:1 Mi 1:1 †(if י in these three be not textual error for וְ). †2. חִזְקִיָּה great-great-grandfather of proph. Zephaniah Zp 1:1, 𝔊 τοῦ Εζεκιου, perhaps = 1. †3. 𝔊 Εζεκια(ς), חִזְקִיָּה man of royal Davidic line 1 Ch 3:23 prob. near time of Chr. †4. יְחִזְקִיָּה, 𝔊 Εζεκια(ς), head of a family of returned exiles Ezr 2:16 = חִזְקִיָּה Ne 7:21, cf. also ח׳ Ne 10:18. †5. יְחִזְקִיָּהוּ 𝔊 Εζεκιας, an Ephraimite, Ahaz’s time 2 Ch 28:12.

אֲנַ֫חְנוּ, אֲנָ֑חְנוּ pron. 1 pl. comm. we (the pl. corresp. to אָנֹכִי, as אֲנוּ to אֲנִי; v. WSG p. 100; Ph. אנחן, Aramaic אֲנַחְנָא, 𝔗 also נַחְנָא, Syriac ܐܶܢܚܢܰܢ, ܐܶܢܰܚܢܰܢ, ܚܢܰܢ, Arabic نَحْنُ, Ethiopic ንሕነ ) Gn 13:8; 29:4; 37:7; 42:11, 13; Nu 9:7; Dt 1:28, 41; Jo 2:17, 18, etc. Like אֲנִי, following a ptcp. as its subj. Gn 19:13; Nu 10:29; Ju 19:18 2 K 18:26; appended to a vb. for emph. Ju 9:28 2 K 10:4; Is 20:6.

[בֵ֫לֶת] subst. (from בָּלָה, of the form דֶּלֶת Ol§ 146 b) prop. failure, hence used as particle of negation, not, except (cf. בְּלִי, אֶפֶס), twice with sf. (v. infr.), elsewhere always בִּלְתִּי (with binding vowel ִי, as mark of cstr. state: Sta§ 343 Ges§ 90, 3), (Ph. בלת only: Tabnith-Inscr. 5)— †1. adv. not, with an adj. 1 S 20:26 בִּלְתִּי טָהוֹר not clean, with a subst. Is 14:6 מַכַּת בִּלְתִּי סָרָה a stroke of non-cessation, i.e. a never-ceasing stroke, with a finite vb. (si vera l.) Ez 13:3 (RVm: but v. Dr§ 41 Obs.). †2. after a preceding negation, not = except (syn. זוּלָתִי), Gn 21:26 I have not heard בִּלְתִּי הַיּוֹם except to-day, Ex 22:19 he that sacrificeth בִּלְתִּי לי׳ except unto י׳, Nu 32:12; Jos 11:19: so בִּלְתִּי אִם Gn 47:18; Ju 7:14 (cf. כִּי אִם Gn 28:17; Ne 2:2). With sf. (attached to the ground-form בֵּלֶת) בִּלְתִּי except me †Ho 13:4, בִּלְתֶּ֑ךָ except thee †1 S 2:2. †3. conj. (likewise after a neg., expressed or implied) Gn 43:3 בִּלְתִּי אֲחִיכֶם אִתְּכֶם except your brother (be) with you, v 5 Nu 11:6 our soul is dry, there is nothing at all; save that our eyes are toward the manna, Is 10:4 (and where will ye leave your glory?) save that they bow down under the prisoners, and fall under the slain! i.e. (iron.) their only refuge will be among the corpses of a battle-field. So בִּלְתִּי אִם Am 3:3, 4.—Dn 11:18, where no neg. precedes, it is difficult to extract a sense consistent with the gen. usage of בִּלְתִּי: Ges besides that his reproach he will return unto him, Ew only, nothing but, Hi certainly, Drechsler (on Is 10:4) nay, even (cf. RV). 4. With preps. a. לְבִלְתִּי86 so as not …, in order not … (negation of לְ sq. Inf.), usually sq. Inf. cstr., as Gn 4:15 gave a sign to Cain לְבִלְתִּי הַכּוֹת־אֹתוֹ in order that any finding him should not smite him, 19:21; 38:9; Ex 8:18, 25; 9:17; Lv 18:30; 20:4; 26:15; Dt 8:11; 17:12 the man that doeth presumptuously לְבִלְתִּי שְׁמֹעַ so as not to hearken etc. (cf. Je 16:12; 17:23; 18:10; 42:13; Dn 9:11) v 20 Ju 2:23 +; לְבִלְתִּי הוֹעִיל in order not to profit (the result represented forcibly as the design; cf. sub לְמַעַן) Is 44:10 Je 7:8; after vbs. of commanding Gn 3:11 which I commanded thee לְבִלְתִּי אֲכָל־מִמֶּנּוּ not to eat thereof, 2 K 17:15; Je 35:8f, 14 Ru 2:9, swearing Dt 4:21; Jos 5:6; Ju 21:7; Ez 20:15, agreeing 2 K 12:9, interceding Je 36:25. Once לְבִלְתִּי לְ 2 K 23:10 (cf. לְמַעַן לְ Ez 21:20, בַּעֲבוּר לְ 1 Ch 19:3). Twice as conj. with the impf., Ex 20:20; 2 S 14:14 (cf. בַּעֲבוּר, & מִן Dt 33:11). In Je 23:14; 27:18 sq. perf., which is inconsistent with the nature of a final conj.: read either יָשׁוּבוּ, יָבֹאוּ, or שׁוּב, בוֹא (cf. Dr§ 41 Obs.). On Ez 13:3 v. supr. †b. מִבִּלְתִּי an account of not … (negation of מִן sq. Inf.): sq. Inf. Nu 14:16 מִבִּלְתִּי יְכֹלֶת י׳; a verbal noun Ez 16:28 מִבִּלְתִּי שָׂבְעָתֵךְ. †c. עַד־בִּלְתִּי until not …, sq. perf. (Ges§ 164 d; RSJPh. xvi. 72), or an Inf. (Ew§ 238 d), in the phrase (לָהֶם) עַד־בִּלְתִּי הִשְׁאִיר־לוֹ שָׂרִיד until one left him (them) not a remnant, Nu 21:35; Dt 3:3; Jos 8:22; 10:33; 11:8; 2 K 10:11.—Jb 14:12 עַד־בִּלְתִּי שָׁמַיִם till there be no heaven (cf. עַד־בְּלִי ψ 72:7).

אֲבִישָׁלוֹם n.pr.m. (my father is peace; according to LagBN 75 = (בֶּן)אֲבֶן + שָׁלֹם, cf. 𝔊 Ἀβεσσαλωμ)—א׳ †1 K 15:2, 10 = אַבְשָׁלוֹם 2 S 3:3 +, 2 Ch 11:20, 21, אַבְשָׁלֹם 2 S 13:4 +— 1. Rehob.’s father-in-law †1 K 15:2, 10 2 Ch 11:20, 21. 2. 3rd son of Dvd 2 S 3:3; 13:1 + 90 times 2 S (insert 2 S 13:27 𝔊 Th We cf. Dr; del. v 38 Dr cf. We), + †1 K 1:6; 2:7, 2 1 Ch 3:2 ψ 3:1.

רַק †1. adj. thin;—fpl. רַקּוֹת, of kine, Gn 41:19, 20, 27 (‖ v 3, 4 דַּקּוֹת). 2. 109 adv. with restrictive force, only, altogether, surely (syn. אַךְ);— a. only, Gn 14:24; 41:40 רַק הַכִּסֵּא אֶגְדַּל מִמֶּךָּ only as regards the throne, etc., 47:22 רַק אַדְמַת הַכֹּהֲנִים לֹא קָנָה, 50:8; Ex 8:5 רַק בַּיְאֹר תִּשָּׁאַרְנָח, 10:17 וְיָסֵר מֵעָלַי רַק הַמָּוֶת הַזֶּה only this death, Dt 2:35 (cf. 20:14; Jos 8:2, 27), 3:11; Ju 6:39 (cf. אַךְ ib. Gn 18:32; Ex 10:17), 11:34 (circ. cl.) רַק הִיא יְחִידָה (there being) only she, an only one, 1 S 1:13; Am 3:2 רק אתכם ידעתי only you have I known, etc., Jb 1:15, 16, 17, 19 וָאִמָּֽלְטָה רַק אֲנִי לְבַדִּי I only, ψ 91:8 + often. Once strengthening אַךְ, †Nu 12:2 הֲרַק אַךְ־בְּמשֶׁה דִּבֶּר י׳. And separated (as sometimes in English) from the word actually emphasized, Pr 13:10 רַק בְּזָדוֹן יִתֵּן מַצָּה by pride there only cometh [נָתַן 1 z] contention. b. prefixed to sentences, to add a limitation on sthg. previously expressed (or implied), Gn 19:8 only to these men do nothing, 24:8 רַק אֶת־בְּנִי לֹא־תָשֵׁב הֵ֫נָּה, Ex 8:24 I will let you go …, only go not far, v 25 Nu 20:19 only—it is nothing—let me pass through on my feet (cf. Dt 2:28); especially in Deut. writers, as Dt 10:15; 12:15; 20:16; 1 K 3:2, 3 (cf. 2 K 12:4; 14:4; 15:4, 35), 8:19; 11:13; 15:14, 23; 2 K 3:2 (cf. 14:3; 17:2), etc., Is 4:1; emphasizing a command, Dt 4:9; 12:16, 23 Jos 1:7, 18; 6:18; 13:6; 22:5 (all D2). c. emphasizing single words, especially adjj., only = nought but, altogether, Gn 6:5 יֵצֶר מַחְשְׁבוֹת לִבּוֹ רַק רַע is only evil, i.e. exclusively evil, nought but evil, Gn 26:29 עָשִׂינוּ עִמְּךָ רַק טוֹב nothing but good, Dt 28:33 וְהָיִיתָ רַק עָשׁוּק, Is 28:19 רַק זְוָעָה it shall be nought but terror to, etc., 1 K 14:8 (cf. אַךְ 2 b β); sq. an adv. Dt 28:13 וְהָיִיתָ רַק לְמַ֫עְלָה above only; sq. a vb., Ju 14:16 thou dost but hate me. †d. after a neg., save, except (syn. כִּי אִם 2 a), 1 K 8:9 (= 2 Ch 5:10) אֵין בָּאָרוֹן רַק שְׁנֵי לֻחוֹת הָאֲבָנִים, 15:5; 22:16 (= 2 Ch 18:15), 2 K 17:18. †e. with an affirmative, asseverative force, only, altogether = surely, Gn 20:11 רַק אֵין יִרְאַת אלהים במקום הזה, Dt 4:6 (so EV; but Ges populus mere sapiens, so Di), 1 K 21:25 2 Ch 28:10 ψ 32:6 רַק לְשֶׁטֶף מים רבים אליו לא יַגִּ֑יעוּ. †f. רַק אִם (רַק prefixed for emph.) if only, provided only, Dt 15:5 רַק אִם שׁמוע תשׁמע וג׳, 1 K 8:25 (= 2 Ch 6:16) רַק אִם ישׁמרו בניך דרכם ללכת וג׳, 2 K 21:8 (= 2 Ch 33:8).

יִצְחָק108, יִשְׂחָק, n.pr.m. Ισαακ: Isaac, son of Abr. and Sarah (he laugheth, cf. play upon name Gn 18:12 f. (J), 21:6 (E), 17:17, 19 (P); 26:8 (J));—יִצְּחָק Gn 21:3, 4, 5 (E) +, 24:62, 63, 67 (J) +, 17:19, 21 (P) +, (80 times Gn, 9 times Ex, 7 times Dt), Lv 26:42; Nu 32:11; Jos 24:3, 4; 1 K 18:36; 2 Ch 13:23; 1 Ch 1:28, 34(×2); 16:16; 29:18; 2 Ch 30:6; †יִשְׂחָק Je 33:26 ψ 105:9, and (= Israel) בָּמוֹת יִשְׂחָק Am 7:9, בֵּית יִשְׂחָק v 16.

עַמּוֹן106 n. pr. gent. Ammon, 𝔊 Αμμαν, Αμμων (Assyrian Bît Ammanu COTGloss.);—always (except 1 S 11:11 [where however 𝔊 reads בְּנֵי ע׳], ψ 83:8, which have ע׳ alone) בְּנֵי עַמּוֹן, connected by J with בֶּן־עַמִּי son of Lot Gn 19:38 (and meaning of name doubtless sought herein by J; cf. ii. עַם); people apparently akin to Isr., but usually hostile, dwelling E. of Jordan, NE. of Moab, between Arnon and Jabbok: Nu 21:24(×2) (JE), Dt 2:19(×2), 37; 3:11, 16; Jos 12:2; 13:10 (D), v 25 (P), Ju 3:13; 10:6 + 25 times Ju 10–12; 1 S 11:11; 12:12; 14:47; 2 S 8:12; 10:1 + 14 times 2 S 10–12, 17:27; 1 K 11:7, 33; 2 K 23:13; 24:2; 1 Ch 18:11 + 20 times Ch, Am 1:13; Is 11:14; Je 9:25 + 9 times Je, Zp 2:8, 9; Ez 21:25, 33 + 5 times Ez 25; Dn 11:41.—Vid. CheAmmon in Ency. Bib.

יָֽרָבְעָם104 n.pr.m. Jeroboam, Ιεροβοαμ (prob. = יָרֹב + עַם the people increaseth Thes Kit 1 K 11:26 al.; cf. also GrayProp. N. 59; Ency. Bib. i. 139 f.; > √ ריב the people contendeth, or (the god) ʿAmm contendeth NbrStud. Bib. i. 225, cf. CheJQ. July, 1899, 559; Ency. Bib.);— 1. 90 (K Ch), leader of revolt of N. Isr. (10th cent.), and first king 1 K 11:26; 12:2(×2), 20, etc., ‖ 2 Ch 10:2(×2), 3, 12, etc., 1 K 13:1, 4, 33 +; (specif. יר׳ בֶּן־נְבָט 1 K 11:26 + 23 times); in later times (under Deut. infl.) as sinful and author of Isr.’s sin 1 K 15:30; 16:2, 7, 19, 26, 31 + 15 times †2. son of Jehoash of N. Isr. (8th cent.) and 13th king 2 K 13:13; 14:16, 23, 27, 28, 29; 15:1, 8; Ho 1:1; Am 1:1; 7:9, 10, 11; prob. also 1 Ch 5:17.

ἀλλήλων, Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect ἀλλάλων, genitive plural, dua. ἀλλήλοιν, Epic dialect ἀλλήλοιϊνRefs 8th c.BC+ feminine -αιν Refs 5th c.BC+ codices: dative ἀλλήλοις, αις, οις, dual ἀλλήλοιν: accusative ἀλλήλους, ας, a, dual ἀλλήλω (feminine) LXX+5th c.BC+: the dual is rare in Prose: singular, κεράμὡ ἁρμόττοντι πρὸς ἄλληλονRefs:—of one another, to one another, one another; hence, mutually, reciprocally, used of all three persons, Refs 8th c.BC+ among one another, Refs 5th c.BC+; πρὸς ἀλλήλους, εἰς ἄλληλα, Refs; ἐπί, πρὸς ἀλλήλοις, Refs 8th c.BC+; παρ᾽ ἀλλήλους, -α, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ δι᾽ ἀλλήλων δεῖξις reciprocal proof, Refs 8th c.BC+

אֱדוֹם (†אֱדֹם Ez 25:14) n.pr.m. 1. Edom (name of a god? v. StaG.1, 121 RSSem 43; vid. n.pr. עבדאדם; but BaeRel 10 thinks dial. var. of אָדָם, בני אדום = בְנֵי אָדָם) = Esau, elderson of Isaac Gn 25:30 (J) (where etym. = red, cf. v 25 (E?) & sub אַדְמוֹנִי) 36:1, 8, 19 (P). 2. coll. (m. but f. Mal 1:4) Edomites, Idumeans as descend. of Esau Gn 36:9, 43 (P); also 1 S 14:47 + 31 textual + 2 S 8:13 (for MT ארם; 𝔊𝔖, v. 1 Ch 18:12 ψ 60:2, We Dr); perh. also v 12 (𝔊𝔖 1 Ch 18:11; MT ארם but v. We Dr); also 2 Ch 20:2 (v. Be); א׳ = king of Edom Nu 20:18, 20, 21; poet. בְּנֵי א׳ ψ 137:7 בַּת א׳ La 4:21, 22. v. now F BuhlGesch. Edomiter (1893). 3. land of Edom, Idumaea (f. Ez 32:29; 35:15 and 36:5) S. & SE. of Pal. Gn 36:32, 43 + 32 textual (incl. שְׂדֵה א׳ Gn 32:4; אֶרֶץ א׳ Gn 36:16, 17, 21, 31 Nu 20:23 21:4 33:37 +);—uncertain whether 2 or 3 are Ex 15:15 Nu 20:14; 24:18 + 9 textual (chiefly in מֶלֶךְ א׳ etc.)

II. הֵן100 (הֶן־ †Nu 23:9, 24 Jb 8:19, 20; 13:1; 26:14; 33:6, 12, 29; 36:5, 22, 26; הֵן־ Jb 13:15; 36:30 41:1 +) demonstr. adv. or interj. lo! behold (on etym. v. הִנֵּה), less widely used than הִנֵּה, and in prose mostly confined to calling attention to some fact upon which action is to be taken, or a conclusion based; a. Gn 3:22 הֵן הָאָדָם הָיָה behold, the man is become as one of us, & now lest, etc., 4:14 behold, thou hast driven me forth etc., 11:6; 15:3; 19:34; 27:11; 29:7; 30:34 (nearly = yea), Ex 5:5; 6:12, 30 Lv 10:18, 19 Nu 17:27 Dt 5:21 (in prose only in Pent. (23 times) and Ez 18:4 in this usage); in poetry, used more freely, but chiefly in Is 2 & Jb,—Nu 23:9, 24 (Balaam) Is 23:13; 32:1; 33:7 ψ 51:7, 8; 68:34; 78:20; 139:4 Pr 11:31 (stating the premiss to a conclusion introduced by אַף כִּי, q.v.), 24:12: elsewhere (except in senses b, c) only in Is 2 (23 times) & Jb (31 times), as Is 40:15(×2); 41:11, 24, 29; 50:1, 2, 9(×2), 11 Jb 4:18; 15:15; 25:5 (in these three passages before אַף or אַף כִּי), 9:11, 12 etc. (v. supr.). †b. as a hypoth. part., propounding a possibility, if (so NH Biblical Aramaic, Mand. Palm. (ZMG 1888, 404); on the contr. Syriac ܐܶܢ, Pal. 𝔗 אִין, also Palm. (ib. p. 415), Arabic إِنْ, with א), a special application or development of the use a: Ex 4:1 והן לא יאמינו לי and behold (= and suppose) they will not believe me?, Lv 10:8; 25:20 and if (וְכִי) ye say, What shall we eat the 7th year? הֵן לֹא נִזְרַע behold, we shall not sow etc. (i.e. supposing we do not sow), Is 54:15 Jb 9:12; 13:15; 40:23 2 Ch 7:13(×2) (v 13b וְאִם); stating ground on which a qu. is based, Ex 8:22 (וְלֹא = הֲלֹא), Je 3:1 Hg 2:12 (v. הֵן Aramaic b). †c. if, whether, in an indirect question, Je 2:10 רְאוּ הֵן הָֽיְתָה כָּזֹאת (but Gr הֲנִהְיְתָה); cf. אִם" dir="rtl" >אִם 2 b, and הֵן" dir="rtl" >הֵן Aramaic c.

יַ֫עַן96 proposes subst., purpose, intention, but always used as prep. or conj., on account of, because (for יַעֲנֶה, of the form יִצְהָר, etc., Sta§ 259 Köii. 403; cf. عَنَى mean, intend):— 1. as prep., rarely with a subst., †Ez 5:9 יַעַן תּוֹעֲבוֹתֵיכֶם, Hg 1:9 יַעַן מָה, v 9 יַעַן בֵּיתִי; with a ptcp. Ez 36:13 יען אמרים because of men saying to you (but read prob. אָמְרָם, Co Toy Berthol); freq. with inf. c., 1 K 21:20 יַעַן הִתְמַכֶּרְךָ on account of thy having sold thyself, Am 5:11; Is 30:12; 37:29 (= 2 K 19:28) יַעַן הִתְרַגֶּזְךָ אֵלַי, Je 5:14; 7:13; 23:38; 48:7, and often (c. 18 times) in Ezek., as 5:7 (read יַעַן הַמְרֹֽתְכֶם), 13:8, 22; 25:3, 6, 8, 12. 2. As conj.: a. יַעַן אֲשֶׁר (32 times), usually with pf., as Gn 22:16 יען אשׁר עשׂית זאת because that thou hast done this, Dt 1:36 (Jos 14:14), Ju 2:20; 1 S 30:22; 1 K 3:11; 8:18; Je 19:4; 25:8; 29:23 (not Is) +; with impf. (in frequent. sense) Ez 44:12. †b. יַעַן כִּי, Nu 11:20 יַעַן כִּי מְאַסְתֶּם אֶת־י׳, 1 K 13:21; 21:29; Is 3:16; 7:5; 8:6; 29:13. c. יַעַן alone (23 times), with pf. Nu 20:12 יַעַן לֹא הֶאֱמַנְתֶּם בִּי, 1 S 15:23; 1 K 14:13; 20:42; 2 K 22:19; Ho 8:1; Is 61:1; 65:12; 66:4; with impf. (freq.) †Ez 34:21. Once יַעַן אֲשֶׁר of the fut. †Ez 12:12 because he shall not see, etc., (but 𝔊 Co לְמַעַן אשׁר לא יֵרָאֶה לָעַיִן). Usually the vb. follows immediately, but Ezek. sometimes puts the obj.first for emph., 5:11 יַעַן אֶת־מִקְדָּשִׁי טִמֵּאת, 20:16, 24; 36:6, cf. 34:21. †3. יַעַן וּבְיַעַן, q. d. because and by the cause (that), sq. perf., Lv 26:43 (H) יען וביען בְּמִשְׁפָּטַי מָאָ֔סוּ, Ez 13:10; יַעַן בְּיַעַן sq. inf., Ez 36:3. (In all, reckoning יען (ו)ביען once each, 93 times, 20 in 1–2 K, 11 in Je, 38 in Ez; only 9 in Gn-2 S.)

ἕτερος, α, ον, only Attic dialect-Ionic dialect with ἕ-, Doric dialect ἅτερος [ᾰ] Refs, Aeolic dialect ἄτερος Refs 7th c.BC+:— but ἅτερος [ᾱ], Attic dialect crasis for ὁ ἅτερος, Refs 4th c.BC+, Ionic dialect οὕτερος (from ὁ ἕτ-) Refs 5th c.BC+, Doric dialect ὥτερος Refs 3rd c.BC+; neuter θάτερον Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect τοὔτερον Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect τοὐτέρου Refs 7th c.BC+, Doric dialect θατέρω Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect τἠτέρῃ Refs 3rd c.BC+ —Later _masculine_ and _feminine_ θάτερος, θατέρα, even with the Article, Refs 4th c.BC+; θάτερον accusative singular masculine, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I one or the other of two, usually with Article except in Poets; frequently of natural pairs, σκαιῇ (i.e. χειρὶ) ἔγχος ἔχων, ἑτέρηφι δὲ λάζετο πέτρον Refs 8th c.BC+; τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν.. τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρῃRefs 5th c.BC+; χειρὶ ἑτέρῃ with one hand, Refs 8th c.BC+ commonly of the left hand, see infr. IV.I); ἑτέροιο διὰ κροτάφοιο Refs 8th c.BC+; of pairs in general, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὴν ἑ. πύλην one of the two gates, Refs 5th c.BC+: frequently of alternatives presented, τῶνδε τὰ ἕ. ποιέειν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑλοῦ γε θάτερ᾽, ἢ.. ἢ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῖνδ᾽ ἑλοῦ δυοῖν πότμοιν τὸν ἕ. Refs 5th c.BC+; δυοῖν θάτερα, ἢ.. ἢ.. Refs 5th c.BC+: in plural, one of two parties or sets, Refs 8th c.BC+; τῶν ἕτεροί γε παῖδα κλαύσονται one set of parents, either mine or thine, Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.2 in double clauses ἕτερος (in Prose always ὁ ἕτερος) is generally repeated; ἑ. μὲν δουρὶ.., τῷ δ᾽ ἑ. Refs; τὸν ἕ., ἕ. δὲ.. Refs 8th c.BC+; ἕ..., ὁ δὲ.. Refs 8th c.BC+; reversely ἄλλῳ ὀρχηστύν, ἑτέρῳ κίθαριν [ἔδωκε] Refs 8th c.BC+; τότε μὲν ἕτερα.., τότε δὲ ἄλλα.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ ἕτερος.., ὁ λοιπός.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕτερα.., τὰ δὲ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.3 repeated in the same clause, ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερ᾽ ἐστίν one building follows on another, Refs 8th c.BC+; [ἀ] δ᾽ ἀτέρα τὰν ἀτέραν κύλιξ ὠθήτω let one cup push on the other, Refs 7th c.BC+; ἢ θάτερον δεῖ δυστυχεῖν ἢ θάτερον one party or the other, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕτερος ἀφ᾽ ἑτέρου θεραπείας ἀναπιμπλάμενοι ἔθνῃσκονRefs 5th c.BC+; συμφορὰ ἑτέρα ἑτέρους πιέζει one calamity oppresses one, another others, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4 ={δεύτερος}, second, ἡ μὲν.., ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέρη.., ἡ δὲ τρίτη.. Refs 8th c.BC+; ἡ ἑ. πρότασις the minor premiss, Refs 5th c.BC+; προσαγορεύεις αὐτὰ ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι you call them further by a new name, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4.b with Pronouns of quantity, ordinals, etc., τόσσοι δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἕτεροι ποταμοί as many more, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἕτερον τοσοῦτον as much again, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑτέρου τοσούτου χρόνου for as long again, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕ. τοιαῦτα other things of like kind, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ.. τῷ ἑτέρῳ in the same way over again, Refs 5th c.BC+; χιλίας ἑτέρας [δραχμάς] Refs 4th c.BC+; δεύτερον, τρίτον ἕ. δικαστήριον, Refs; ἕ. ἐγώ, of a friend, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἕτεροι αὐτοί second selves, Refs 4th c.BC+ __II without Article, another, of many, with a sense of difference, Refs 8th c.BC+ such as none like them had happened, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐχ ἕτερον ἀλλά.. none other than, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __II.b οἱ ἕ. the rest, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.c ὁ ἑ. 'one's neighbour', ἀγαπᾶν τὸν ἕ. NT __III of another kind, different, ἕ. δέ με θυμὸς ἔρυκεν Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸ μὲν ἕ., τὸ δὲ ἕ., i.e. they are different, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕ. εὐαγγέλιον NT and other different toils, Refs 5th c.BC+: c.genitive, other than, different from, φίλους.. ἑτέρους τῶν νῦν ὄντων Refs 5th c.BC+; ἕτερον, ἕτερα ἢ.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 other than should be, euphemistic for κακός, παθεῖν μὲν εὖ, παθεῖν δὲ θάτερα Refs 5th c.BC+; λέκτρα, συμφοραί, Refs 5th c.BC+; πλέον θάτερον ἐποίησαν did more harm (than good), Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV Special Phrases: __IV.1 elliptical, mostly in dative feminine, __IV.1.a τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (i.e. χειρί), Epic dialect ἑτέρῃ or ἑτέρηφι, with one hand (see. entry [near the start]); with the left hand, Refs 8th c.BC+ not to be caught with one hand, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.1.b θατέρᾳ (i.e. ἡμέρᾳ) on the morrow, Refs 5th c.BC+; but τῇ ἑτέρᾳ on the following (i.e. the third) day, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.1.c (i.e. ὁδῷ) in another or a different way, καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἀτέρᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+; another way, τρέπεσθαι Refs 5th c.BC+; τότ᾽ ἄλλοσ᾽.., θατέρᾳ δὲ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; θατέρᾳ.., θατέρᾳ.. in one way.., in the other.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __IV.2 adverbial with Preps.: __IV.2.a ἐπὶ θάτερα to the one or the other side, one or the other way, ἐπὶ μὲν θάτερα.., ἐπὶ θ. δὲ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; τότε μὲν ἐπὶ θάτερα, τότε δ᾽ ἐπὶ θ. Refs 5th c.BC+ to or on the other side, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα from the other side, Refs; ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἐπὶ θ., ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐπὶ θ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.2.b κατὰ θάτερα on the one or other side, κατὰ θ. ἀστός Refs 4th c.BC+; but καθ᾽ ἕτερα at other points, Refs 5th c.BC+ __V adverb ἑτέρως in one or the other way, opposed to ἀμφοτέρως, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑ. τε καὶ ἑ., ={ἀμφοτέρως}, Refs; τοῦ σκέλους ἑ. ἔχειν, ={ἑτεροσκελὴς εἶναι}, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __V.2 differently, rarely in Poetry, οὐχ ἑ. τις ἐρεῖ Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἑ. ἔχειν to be different, Refs 5th c.BC+. in the other way (compare ὡς), ἢν ἡ ἑτέρη γνάθος ἐκστῇ ὡς ἑ. χρὴ τὴν ἐπίδεσιν ἄγειν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐάν τε καλῶς, ἐάν θ᾽ ὡς ἑ. Refs 4th c.BC+: with genitive, differently from, ἑ. πως τῶν εἰωθότων Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑ. ἤπερ.. Refs 2nd c.AD+ __V.3 otherwise than should be, badly, wrongly, once in NT+8th c.BC+

עֵשָׂו97 n.pr.m. Esau, Ησαυ;—Esau, elder son of Isaac Gn 25:25, 26 + 7 times 25, 26:34; 27:1 + 24 times 27, 28; 32:4 + 15 times 32, 33, 35; Jos 24:4(×2) Mal 1:2, 3; 1 Ch 1:34; identif. with אֱדוֹם Gn 36:1, 8, 19, ancestor of Edomites v 9, 43, cf. 1 Ch 1:35; dwelling in Mt. Seir Gn 36:8 (25 times in all, Gn 36) Dt 2:5; Jos 24:4; בְּנֵי עֵשָׂו = Edomites Dt 2:4, 8, 12, 22, 29; עֵשָׂו = Edom Je 49:8; Ob 6, בֵּית עֵשָׂו v 18(×2), הַר עֵשָׂו v 8, 9, 19, 21.

אַחְאָב91 n.pr.m. Ahab (father’s brother; = אחיאב NöZMG 1886, 172, Ἀχίαβος was a nephew of Herod.; cf. like name in Syriac, given ob maximum cum patre suo similitudinem, Bar HebræusChron. Ecclesiast. ii. 23 cf. LCB 1879, 1339. In many cases, however, the meaning of n.pr. comp. with אח is dub., & perfect consistency, especially in comparison with cpds. of אָב, seems impossible; cf. rem. sub אביאל, and further WeSkizzen, iii. 1 f, DlPr. cap. vi)—אַחְאָב 1 K 16:28 +; וּכְאֶחָב Je 29:22— 1. son of Omri, king of Isr. 1 K 16:28, 29; 18:1, 2, 3; 20:2, 13, 14 + 41 times 1 K, 27 times 2 K, 14 times 2 Ch; Mi 6:16. †2. false prophet, time of Jerem. Je 29:21, 22.

† עֹז and (rarely) עוֹז n.m. strength, might;—abs. ע׳ Ju 9:51 +, עוֹז ψ 84:6 +, עָז־ Is 26:1, once עָ֑ז Gn 49:3; cstr. עֹז Mi 5:3 +, עָז־ ψ 28:8; sf. עָזִּי Ex 15:2 + 2 times, עֻזִּי ψ 28:7 +; עָזְּךָ 21:2 + 2 times, עֻזְּךָ 66:3 +; sf. 1 pl. עוּזֵנוּ 81:2; 3 mpl. עֻזָּמוֹ 89:18 etc.;—strength, might (usually poet., 44 times ψψ): 1. material and physical, מִגְדַּל־עֹז Ju 9:51, and fig. (of י׳), ψ 61:4 Pr 18:10, מַחֲסִי־עֹז ψ 71:7, cf. עִיר עָז־לָנוּ Is 26:1, קִרְיַת־עֹז Pr 18:19 (sim.), 10:15 = 18:11 (fig.); עֹז טִבְטֶחָ֑ה Pr 21:22 (of a city, read poss. מעוז Toy); צוּר עֻזִּי ψ 62:8 (fig.); מְרוֹם עֻזָּהּ Je 51:53 (of Bab.), מַצְּבוֹת עֻזֵּךְ Ez 26:11 (of Tyre), cf. ψ 30:8 (reading לְהַרְרֵי־עֹז 𝔗 Hup Che Kau We; but no obj. for vb.; Gie in Bae proposes הָעֳמַדְתִּי for הֶעֱמַדְתָּה); רְקִיעַ עֻזּוֹ ψ 150:1 his mighty firmament (De Hup Kau al.; Ki AV RV Che the f. of his power, where his power dwells); בְּכָל־עֹז with all one’s might 2 S 6:14 = 1 Ch 13:8, + 2 Ch 30:21 (where so read, for MT כְּלֵי עֹז, Kau Kit cf. Be Oettli); בְּעוֹז Pr 31:17, 25; abstr. for concr. Ju 5:21 si vera l., but prob. crpt., cf. GFM Bu; of crocodile Jb 41:14; קוֹל עֹז ψ 68:34 a mighty voice; זְרוֹעַ עֻזּוֹ = his mighty arm (fig. of י׳) Is 62:8, cf. 51:9 ψ 89:11 Jb 26:2, גֶּשֶׁם מִטְרוֹת עֻזּוֹ Jb 37:6; מַטֵּה־עֹז, fig. of political power Je 48:17 (‖ מַקֵּל תִּפְאָרָה), Ez 19:11, 12, 14 (vine-branches, in fig.), ψ 110:2. 2. personal, social, and political: a. Am 3:11, גְּאוֹן ע׳ Lv 26:19 (H), Ez 24:21; 30:6, 18; 33:28. b. bestowed by י׳, 1 S 2:10 (song), ψ 29:11; 68:36; 86:16; 138:3, עוֹז־לוֹ רָ֑ךְ 84:6; 138:3; so (implic.) of Zion Is 52:1. c. of י׳ as strength of his servants Mi 5:3; Is 49:5 ψ 81:2; 84:6, also Ex 15:2 (‖ יְשׁוּעָה) = Is 12:2 = ψ 118:14, cf. Is 45:24, עֹז יְשׁוּעָתִי ψ 140:8, תִּפְאֶרֶת עֻזָּמוֹ 89:18; sometimes as their stronghold, for defence Je 16:19 (+ מָעֻזִּי), ψ 28:7 (+ מָגִנִּי), v 8 (‖ מָעוֹז). 46:2 (+ מַחֲסֶה), 59:10 (reading עֻזִּי, v. Comm. and Ginsbmargin; ‖ מִשְׂגַּבִּי), v 18 (‖ id.), cf. Pr 14:26 (‖ מַחְסֶה); v. also sub 1.—Pr 24:5 v. עַז²" dir="rtl" >עַז. 3. might of י׳ (especially ψψ): a. as essential attribute Hb 3:4; Jb 12:16 ψ 62:12; 63:3; 68:35; 93:1; 96:6 = 1 Ch 16:27; עֹז מֶלֶךְ ψ 99:4 (title of י׳). b. theme of ascription in praise ψ 29:1 (c. יָהַב) = 96:7 = 1 Ch 16:28, ψ 59:17 (c. שִׁיר), 68:35 (c. נָתַן). c. exerted for his people and against his foes Ex 15:13 (song), ψ 21:2 (‖ יְשוּעָה), v 14; 66:3; 68:29 + v 29 (reading עוֹז for עוּזָּה, v. עזז), 74:13; 77:15; 78:26; 105:4 = 1 Ch 16:11, Ezr 8:22 (+ אַפּוֹ), cf. עֹז אַפֶּ֑ךָ ψ 90:11. d. manifested in connex. with the ark, אֲרוֹן עֻזֶּ֑ךָ 2 Ch 6:41 = ψ 132:8, עֹז = ark 78:61. 4. עֹז פָּנָיו = boldness, impudence Ec 8:1, changed by wisdom. De Wild al.; עַז פ׳ he who is impudent 𝔊 Siegf (cf. עזז Hiph.). 5. = stronghold (cf. 2 c): ψ 8:3 out of the mouth of babes … thou hast founded strength, or a stronghold (for thy defence, cf. v b), so Ew De Hup Kau Sch Che Dr, cf. Du; > praise Vrss Bae.—מָעוֹז v. עוּז" dir="rtl" >עוז.

μηδείς, μηδεμίᾰ, μηδέν (i.e. μηδὲ εἷς, μηδὲ μία, μηδὲ ἕν): feminine μηδὲ ἴα or μηδεΐα (or -έϊα) Refs:— not one, not even one, nobody (in neuter nothing), once in Refs 8th c.BC+ __2 μηδὲ εἷς (so written) is found in Attic dialect Inscrr., as Refsnot even one, μηδὲ ἕν Refs 5th c.BC+: frequently with an intervening Particle or preposition, μηδ᾽ ἂν ἕνα Refs 5th c.BC+; μηδ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἑνός, μηδ᾽ ὑπὸ μιᾶς, Refs __II nobody, naught, good for naught, κἄμ᾽ ἴσον τῷ μ. Refs 5th c.BC+; μηδέν or τὸ μηδέν as substantive, naught, nothing, κεἰ τὸ μ. ἐξερῶ Refs; μ. λέγειν to say what is naught, Refs 5th c.BC+; of persons, τὸ μ. a good-for-nothing, τὸ μ. εἶναι, of a eunuch, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἧττον αὐτοῖς ἔνι ἢ τὸ μ., i.e. it is a mere impossibility, Refs 5th c.BC+; also μ. εἶναι without the Article, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __III neuter μηδέν as adverb, not at all, by no means, μηδὲν ἐγκέλευ᾽ ἄγαν Refs 5th c.BC+: with an adverb, μ. αἰνικτηρίως Refs 5th c.BC+ — When other negatives, also derived from μή, are used with it, they do not destroy, but strengthen the negation, μηδέποτε μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ποιήσας ἔλπιζε λήσειν never hope to escape, when you have done anything base. Refs 5th c.BC+; compare μηθείς.

I. כְּנַ֫עַן90 n.pr.m. et terr. Canaan (𝔊 Χανααν, Ph. כנען = Phoenicia; Χνα = כנע, Hecataeus, v. MüllerFr. Hist. Gr. i, 17 al.; Egyptian Ka-n-ʿ-nḁ WMMAsien u. Europa, 205 ff.; Tel Amarna Kina̮hna, Kinaḫḫi, etc., BezoldBM Tablets, 150 WklTA 39; etym. dub. GFMPAOS Oct. 1890, lxvii ff.; v. also GASmGeogr. 4 f. BuhlGeogr. § 42);— †1. as n.pr.m., son of Ham Gn 9:18, 22, 25, 27; 10:15 (as ancestor of Canaanites and Phoenicians; all J); 10:6 (P); 1 Ch 1:8, 13 (from Gn 10:6, 15). 2. a. land, W. of Jordan, into wh. Hebrews came, and where they settled, subduing the inhabitants; מַלְכֵי כְּנַעַן Ju 5:19, מלך כ׳ Ju 4:2, 23, 24(×2); hence מַמְלְכוֹת כ׳ ψ 135:11; ישְׁבֵי כ׳ Ex 15:15 (song in E); cf. מִלְחֲמוֹת כ׳ Ju 3:1; עֲצַבֵּי כ׳ ψ 106:38 idols of Canaan, i. e. of the former inhabitants; especially אֶרֶץ(־) כ׳, אַרְצָה כ׳ Gn 44:8; 46:31; 47:1, 4, 13, 14, 15; 50:5, 13 (all J), 35:6; 42:5, 7, 13, 29, 32; 45:17, 25 Jos 24:3 (all E), Gn 11:31; 12:5(×2); 13:12 (opp. עָרֵי הַכִּכָּר v b), 16:3; 17:8 (P) +, Jos 22:9, 10, 11 (P) Ju 21:12 1 Ch 16:18 = ψ 105:11; also הָאָרֶץ כ׳ Nu 34:2 (P); בְּנוֹת כ׳ Gn 28:1 daughters of Canaan = women of the land, so v 6, 8; 36:2 (all P); כנען is personif. Ho 12:8 = apostate Israel; שְׂפַת כ׳ Is 19:18 = the Hebrew lang. (without evil implication). b. the coast, especially Phoenicia Is 23:11; cf. כ׳ אֶרֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּים Zp 2:5.

κἀγώ [ᾱ], Attic dialect crasis for καὶ ἐγώ.

יְהוֹשָׁפָט, יוֹשָׁפָט n.pr.m. 𝔊 Ἰωσαφαω, Ἰωσαφατ (י׳ hath judged, cf. אֱלִישָׁפָט, שְׁפַטְיָהוּ & reff.)— 1. יְהוֹ׳ (so all except 5. & 6) king of Judah, son of Asa 1 K 15:24; 22:2 + 21 times 1 K; 2 K 1:17; 3:1, 7, 11, 12(×2), 14; 8:16(×2), 12:19; 1 Ch 3:10; 2 Ch 17:1 + 40 times 2 Ch. †2. father of Jehu king of Israel 2 K 9:2, 14. †3. chronicler under David & Solomon, son of Ahilud 2 S 8:16; 1 K 4:3; 1 Ch 18:15; also 2 S 20:24 (𝔊L Σαφαν). †4. one of Sol.’s 12 officers who provided victuals for the royal household 1 K 4:17 (𝔊L Ἰωασαφατ). †5. יוֹ׳ one of David’s heroes 1 Ch 11:43. †6. יוֹ׳ a priest & trumpeter in David’s time 1 Ch 15:24. †7. in n.pr.loc. עֵמֶק יְהוֹשָׁפָט Jo 4:2, 12, symbolical name of a valley near Jerusalem, place of ultimate judgment.

ὥστε, as adverb, bearing the same relation to ὡς as ὅστε to ὅς, and used by Refs 8th c.BC+ more frequently than ὡς in similes, when it is commonly written divisim, and is relative to a demonstrative ὥς: sometimes with present Indic., Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes with aorist, ὥς τε λέων ἐχάρη Refssubjunctive present or aorist, Refs 8th c.BC+: all three usages combined in one simile, with varied construction, Refs 8th c.BC+:—the verb is sometimes omitted, λάμφ᾽ ὥς τε στεροπή Refs is chiefly Epic dialect Refs 5th c.BC+, but it occurs in Refs 7th c.BC+ __II to mark the power or virtue by which one does a thing, as being, inasmuch as, like{ἅτε}, τὸν δ᾽ ἐξήρπαξ᾽ Ἀφροδίτη ῥεῖα μάλ᾽, ὥ. θεός Refs 8th c.BC+; ὥ. περὶ ψυχῆς since it was for life, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B as conjunction to express the actual or intended result of the action in the principal clause: __B.I mostly with infinitive, so as or for to do a thing, twice in Refs 8th c.BC+ if thy heart is eager to return, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ τηλίκος.., ὥ. σημάντορι πάντα πιθέσθαι not of such age as to obey a master in all things, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὥ. ἀποπλησθῆναι (ἀποπλῆσαι codices) τὸν χρησμόν Refs 5th c.BC+; also in Trag. and Attic dialect after demonstratives, οὔπω τοσοῦτον ἠπατημένος κυρῶ ὥστ᾽ ἄλλα χρῄζειν Refs 5th c.BC+; this construction is found in cases where (as in Refs 8th c.BC+ seems superfluous; so after ἐθέλειν, Κύπρις.. ἤθελ᾽ ὥ. γίγνεσθαι τόδε Refs 5th c.BC+; after ἔστι, for ἔξεστι, Refs 5th c.BC+; after ψηφίζεσθαι, Refs 5th c.BC+; after ἐπαίρειν, Refs 5th c.BC+; after words implying request, δεηθέντες.. ὥ. ψηφίσασθαι Refs __B.I.2 after Comparatives with ἤ, when the possibility of the consequence is denied compare (ὡς Refs 5th c.BC+ woes too great for tears, Refs 5th c.BC+ is sometimes left out, νόσημα μεῖζον ἢ φέρειν Refs 5th c.BC+; similarly with the Posit., ψυχρὸν ὥ. λούσασθαι too cold to bathe in, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡμεῖς ἔτι νέοι ὥ. διελέσθαι too young to.., Refs 5th c.BC+ too few.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 ὥστε.. ἄν is used with infinitive, of contingencies more or less improbable, οὕτως ἐκάετο ὥστε μήτε.. ἄλλο τι ἢ γυμνοὶ ἀνέχεσθαι, ἥδιστά τε ἂν ἐς ὕσωρ ψυχρὸν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ῥίπτειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.4 sometimes implying on condition that.., like{ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε}, παραδοῦναι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς Ἀθηναίοις, ὥστε βουλεῦσαι ὅ τι ἂν ἐκείνοις δοκῇ Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II with Indic., to express the actual or possible result with emphasis, οὐκ οὕτω φρενοβλαβὴς ὁ Πρίαμος οὐδὲ οἱ ἄλλοι.., ὥ. κινδυνεύειν ἐβούλοντο Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀσθενέες οὕτω, ὥ... διατετρανέεις Refs; οὕτως ἀγνωμόνως ἔχετε, ὥ. ἐλπίζετε..; are you so foolish that you expect.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; with ἄν and the imperfect or aorist implying a supposed case, ὥστ᾽, εἰ φρονῶν ἔπρασσον, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὧδ᾽ ἐγιγνόμην κακός Refs 5th c.BC+; ὥστε οὐκ ἂν ἔλαθεν αὐτόθεν ὁρμώμενος Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 at the beginning of a sentence, to mark a strong conclusion, and so, therefore, ὥστ᾽.. ὄλωλα καί σε προσδιαφθερῶ Refs 5th c.BC+; before a question, ὥ. τίς ἂν ἀπετόλμησε..; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.3 with optative, with ἄν, Refs 5th c.BC+; after optative in principal clause, Refs __B.II.4 with subjunctive, in order that, in Thessalian dialect, τὸς ταμίας φροντίσαι οὕστε.. γενειθεῖ τᾶ πόλι ἁ δόσις Refs __B.III with participle, instead of infinitive, after a participle in the principal clause, τοσοῦτον ἁπάντων διενεγκόντες, ὥσθ᾽ ὑπὲρ Ἀργείων δυστυχησάντων Θηβαίοις.. ἐπιτάττοντες κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+; οὕτω σφόδρα μισοῦντα τοῦτον, ὥστε πολὺ δὴ (ἂν Dobree) θᾶττον διαθέμενον κτλ. Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.IV πόλεμος σκληρὸς ὥστε λίαν extremely, LXX __B.V in later Greek, followed by Preps., Παρμένοντι κλειδὸς ὥ. ἐπὶ τὸ Διοσκούριον Refs 3rd c.BC+; ξύλον ὥ. ἐπὶ τὴν ἅμαξαν Refs 3rd c.BC+; μόλυβδος ὥ. εἰς τὸ Κύνθιον Refs 3rd c.BC+; κριθῶν ὥ. εἰς τὰ κτήνη barley for the animals, Refs 3rd c.BC+; ὥ. εἰς ξένια φοίνικας Refs 3rd c.BC+ __B.V.b with dative, for, χρεία αὐτοῦ ἐστὶν ὥ. Πισικλεῖ it is needed for P., Refs 3rd c.BC+; ὥ. τοῖς χησίν Refs 3rd c.BC+

† כַּשְׂדִּים n.pr.gent. et terr. Kasdim = Chaldeans, Chaldea, 𝔊 Χαλδαῖοι and (Je 50:10) ἡ Χαλδαία (Assyrian (mat) Kaldu, Kaldû; from earlier (Bab.) form [Kašdu]—š before dental becoming l, DlPar 128 f. 200 f.; Assyrian Gr. § 51, 3; Schr KGF 94 ff.; COT on Gn 11:28);— 1. Chaldeans: a. people dwelling on lower Euphrates and Tigris; in n.pr.loc. אוּר כ׳ Gn 11:28 (J), v 31 (P), 15:7 (J), Ne 9:7. b. especially the people ruled by Nebuchadrezzar;—כ׳ Je 37:10; 39:5; Ez 23:23; 2 K 24:2; 25:4, 5, 10, 13 = Je 52:7, 8, 14, 17 (2 K 24:5, 10 = also Je 39:5, 8), 2 K 25:26; Is 13:19; 43:14; 48:14, 20; Jb 1:17; Kt כַּשְׁדִּיִּים Ez 23:14; 2 Ch 36:17; הַכּ׳ Je 21:4, 9; 22:25; 32:4, 5, 24, 25, 28, 29, 43; 33:5; 35:11; 37:5, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14; 38:2, 18, 19, 23; 39:8; 40:9, 10; 41:3, 18; 43:3; 50:35 Hb 1:6; 2 K 25:24, 25; בַּת־כ׳ Is 47:1, 5 = Babylon (in dirge); אֶרֶץ כ׳ ἡ γῆ Χαλδαίων (on locality v. Schr Dl l.c.) Je 24:5; 25:12; 50:1, 8, 25, 45; 51:4, 54; Ez 1:3; 12:3, also Is 23:13 (inauthentic, Di Che; read כְּנַעֲנִים Ew Schr, or כִּתִּים Du); סֵפֶר וּלְשׁוֹן כ׳ Dn 1:4; מַלְכוּת כ׳ 9:1. c. Chaldeans as learned class, skilled in interpretations Dn 2:2 (+ חַרְטֻמִּים, אַשָּׁפִים, מְכַשְּׁפִים), v 4. 2. Chaldea, וְהָֽיְתָה כַּשְׂדִּים לְשָׁלָל Je 50:10 and Chaldea shall be despoiled; יוֹשְׁבֵי כ׳ 51:24, 35; כַּשְׂדִּים אֶרֶץ מוֹלַדְתָּם Ez 23:15; c. ה loc.; כַּשְׂדִּ֫ימָה Ez 11:24; 16:29; 23:16.

Μωυσῆς (Μωϋσῆς, T; Μωσῆς, Rec.), -έως, dative - (as LXX: Exo.5:20, al.), and -εῖ, accusative -ῆν (ac LXX) and -έα (Luk.16:29 only) (Heb. מֹשֶׁה), Moses: Mat.8:4 17:3-4, al.; νόμος Μωυσέως, Luk.2:22 24:44, Jhn.7:23, Act.13:39 15:5 28:23, 1Co.9:9, Heb.10:28; by meton., of the books of Moses, Luk.16:29 24:27, Act.15:21, 2Co.3:15 (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

יְהוֹנָתָן, יוֹנָתָן יְהוֹנָתָן, יוֹנָתָן n.pr.m. 𝔊 Ἰωναθαν throughout, with occasional var. (י׳ hath given; cf. אֶלְנָתָן, נְתַנְיָהוּ, נְתַנְאֵל, & reff., Temanite רמננתן HalRÉJ 1884, ix. 7 f. NbrStud. Bib. i. 211; Sab. והבאום Hal 10)— 1. יְהוֹ׳ son of Saul 1 S 14:6, 8; 18:1(×2) + 40 times 1 S; 2 S 1:4 + 18 times 2 S; 1 Ch 8:33, 34; 9:39, 40; = יוֹ׳ 1 S 13:2, 3 + 27 times 1 S, 1 Ch 10:2. †2. יְהוֹ׳ son of Abiathar 2 S 15:27, 36; 17:17, 20; = יוֹ׳ 1 K 1:42, 43. †3. יְהוֹ׳ nephew of David 2 S 21:21 = 1 Ch 20:7; appar. called Jonadab 2 S 13:3 ff. where 𝔊L Ἰωναθαν, cf. יְהוֹנָדָב" dir="rtl" >יהונדב 2. †4. יְהוֹ׳; דּוֹד of David, i.e. his uncle? 1 Ch 27:32. †5. יְהוֹ׳ one of David’s heroes 2 S 23:32 (cf. Dr) = יוֹנָתָן 1 Ch 11:34. †6. יְהוֹ׳ one of David’s treasurers 1 Ch 27:25. †7. יְהוֹ׳ a scribe Je 37:15, 20; 38:26. †8. Levites a. יְהוֹ׳ 2 Ch 17:8; b. יוֹ׳ Ne 12:35. †9. יְהוֹ׳ a priest Ne 12:18. †10. יְהוֹ׳ priest to the tribe of Dan, son of Gershom Ju 18:30. †11. יוֹ׳ a Judaite captain, after fall of Jerus. Je 40:8. †12. יוֹ׳ a Judaite 1 Ch 2:32, 33. †13. יוֹ׳ father of Ebed Ezr 8:6. †14. יוֹ׳ son of Asahel Ezr 10:15. †15. יוֹ׳ a priest Ne 12:14. †16. יוֹ׳ son of Joiada Ne 12:11(×2) appar. = יְהוֹחָנָן 2.

† מָכַר vb. sell (NH id.; Ph. מכר; Zinj. מכרו price, DHMSendsch. 60; Aramaic ܡܟܰܪ, מְכַר marry (i.e. buy as a wife); cf. Assyrian makkûru, namkur(r)u, nakkuru, possession, property, DlHWB 408);— Qal Pf. מ׳ Lv 27:20 + 2 times; sf. מְכָרוֹ Ex 21:37 + 2 times; 1 s. מָכַרְתִּי Is 50:1 + 2 times, etc.; Impf. יִמְכֹּר Ex 21:7 +, etc.; Imv. מִכְרָ֫ה Gn 25:31; fs. מִכְרִי 2 K 4:7; Inf. abs. מָכֹר Dt 14:21; 21:14; cstr. מְכוֹר Ne 10:32; sf. מָכְרָהּ Ex 21:8; מִכְרָם Am 2:6 Ne 13:15 (cf. BaNB 104); Pt. מֹכֵר (מוֹכֵר) Lv 25:16 + 3 times; f. מֹכֶרֶת Na 3:4, etc.;—sell (c. בְּ pret. Am 2:6 Jo 4:3 ψ 44:13) sq. acc. e.g. land Gn 47:20, 22 (J), Lv 25:14 (acc. cogn.), v 25 (H; sq. מֵאֲחֻזָּתוֹ) cf. Ez 48:14 (sq. מִן partit.), Lv 25:15 (no obj. expr.), so v 27; 27:20 (H), Ru 4:3; house Lv 25:29 (H); beast Ex 21:35, 37 (E); flesh Dt 14:21 (no obj.); crop Lv 25:16 (H); food Ne 10:32; 13:15, 16, cf. v 20 (sq. מִמְכָר); oil 2 K 4:7; linen Pr 31:24; birthright Gn 25:31, 33 (J); most often human beings, e.g. as slaves Gn 37:27, 28, 36; 45:4, 5 (all JE), Ex 21:16 (E), Dt 21:14(×2); 24:7, cf. Am 2:6 Ne 5:8 Zc 11:5 Jo 4:3, 6, 7, 8(×2); especially daughters Ex 21:7, 8 (E); in marriage Gn 31:15 (E); Pt. = seller Is 24:2 Ez 7:12, 13; fig., obj. truth Pr 23:23; of Nineveh, selling nations גּוֹיִם Na 3:4; especially י׳ selling his people (to enemies), i.e. giving it entirely into their power: Dt 32:30 ψ 44:13 Is 50:1, also (מ׳ בְּיַד) Ju 2:14; 3:8; 4:2; 10:7; 1 S 12:9; cf. Ju 4:9 (Sisera to woman); also Ez 30:12 (del. Co after B al.) Niph. Pf. נִמְכַּר Lv 25:48 + 5 times, etc.; Impf. יִמָּכֵר Lv 25:34 + 3 times, etc.; Inf. הִמָּֽכְרוֹ Lv 25:20; Pt. pl. נִמְכָּרִים Ne 5:8;—be sold, of land Lv 25:23, 34; beast Lv 27:27; cf. v 28 (all P); of human beings as slaves Ex 22:2; for (בְּ) theft (E), Lv 25:42 (P), ψ 105:17 Est 7:4; sell oneself Lv 25:39, 47, 48, 50 (PH), Dt 15:12 Je 34:14 Ne 5:8(×2); fig. of Isr., sold by י׳, Is 50:1 for (בְּ) their sins, 52:3; cf. Est 7:4 = given over to death. Hithp. Pf. הִתְמַכֵּר 1 K 21:25; וְהִתְמַכַּרְתֶּם consec. Dt. 28:68; וַיִּתְמַכְּרוּ 2 K 17:17; Inf. הִתְמַכֶּרְךָ 1 K 21:20; sell oneself as slave Dt 28:68; fig. 1 K 21:20, 25 2 K 17:17, all sq. לַעֲשׂוֹת הָרַע.

מַעֲנִית ψ 129:3 Qr v. foregoing.

† יָרָה vb. throw, shoot (NH shoot, Hiph. teach; Aramaic Aph. אוֹרִי teach; Ethiopic ወረወ jecit; Amh. warê is information, news, v. NöZMG 1886, 724; Assyrian ârû, lead, guide, DlHWB 241; têrtu, law, DlHA 49; Zinj. ירי set, found, DHMSendsch. 57, cf. 2 infr.—Buhl distinguished 3√ √ ירה: i. = throw, cf. mod. Arabic warra; ii. Hiph. = moisten, cf. רוה; iii. Hiph. = teach, cf. ראה, Arabic رأى, رَوَى; but evidence for this division hardly sufficient)— Qal Pf. יר׳ Ex 15:4 + 3 times; 1 s. יָרִיתִי Gn 31:51 Jos 18:6; Impf. 1 pl. sf. וַנִּירָם Nu 21:30 (SS after 𝔊 וְנִינָם, see Ges§ 76 (2) e); Imv. יְרֵה 2 K 13:17; Inf. abs. יָרֹה Ex 19:13; cstr. לִיר(וֹ)ת ψ 11:2; 64:5; Pt. יֹרֶה Pr 26:18; pl. יוֹרִים 1 Ch 10:3; יֹרִים 2 Ch 35:23;— 1. throw, cast, with acc.: cast lots Jos 18:6 (E); army into (בְּ) the sea Ex 15:4 (song). 2. cast (= lay, set), corner-stone Jb 38:6; pillar Gn 31:51 (E; v. Zinj. supr.) 3. shoot arrows, abs. Ex 19:13 (E) 2 K 13:17; acc. of arrows 1 S 20:36, 37 Pr 26:18; acc. pers. Nu 21:30 (song, E) ψ 64:5; with לְ pers. 11:2; י(וֹ)רִים archers 1 Ch 10:3 2 Ch 35:23. 4. throw water, rain: Ho 6:3, but v. יוֹרֶה" dir="rtl" >יוֹרֶה early rain (cf. Hiph. 3). Niph. Impf. יִיָּרֶה shot through (with arrows) Ex 19:13 (E). Hiph. Pf. 3 ms. sf. הֹרַנִי Jb 30:19 (הֹרָנִי Baer); הוֹרָהוּ 2 K 12:3; הוֹרֵתָ֑נִי ψ 119:102; 1 s. וְהוֹרֵיתִ֫י Ex 4:15 1 S 12:23; sf. הֹרֵיתִיךָ Pr 4:11; הוֹרֵיתִיךָ Ex 4:12; Impf. יוֹרֶה ψ 25:8 + 5 times; וַיּוֹר 2 K 13:17 (for this and other forms see Ges§ 76 (2) e); וַיֹּרֵנִי Pr 4:4; יוֹרֵנוּ Ju 13:8 + 2 times; יוֹרֶנּוּ ψ 25:12 Is 28:26; וַיּוֹרֵהוּ Ex 15:25; יֹרֵם 2 K 17:27 ψ 64:8; 2 f. sf. תּוֹרְךָ ψ 45:5; תֹּרֶ֑ךָּ Jb 12:7, 8; 2 m. sf. תּוֹרֵם 1 K 8:36 = 2 Ch 6:27; 1 s. אוֹרֶה 1 S 20:20 Jb 27:11; sf. אוֹרְךָ ψ 32:8; 3 mpl. יוֹרוּ Dt 24:8 + 3 times; יֹרוּ 2 S 11:20 2 Ch 35:23; יֹרֻהוּ ψ 64:5; יוֹרוּךָ Dt 17:10 + 2 times; Imv. sf. הֹרֵנִי Jb 34:32; הוֹרֵנִי ψ 27:11 + 2 times; pl. sf. הוֹרוּנִי Jb 6:24; Inf. cstr. הוֹרֹת Gn 46:28 + 3 times; הוֹרֹתָם Ex 24:12; Pt. מוֹרֶה 1 S 20:36 + 5 times; מֹרֶה Pr 6:13; pl. מוֹרִים 1 S 31:3 + 2 times; sf. מוֹרָ֑י Pr 5:13; מוֹרֶיךָ Is 30:20(×2);— 1. throw, cast, with ל, into the mire Jb 30:19. 2. shoot (arrows) 1 S 20:20, 36 2 S 11:20 2 K 13:17; 19:32 = Is 37:33; with ל, of pers. 2 Ch 35:23; acc. pers. ψ 64:5, 8; מוֹרִים archers 1 S 31:3(×2) 1 Ch 10:3. 3. throw water, rain: וְיוֹרֶה צֶדֶק לָכֶם Ho 10:12 and rain righteousness for you (Thes al. under 5); hence מוֹרֶה early rain (cf. Qal 4). 4. point out, shew: לְהוֹרֹת לְפָנָיו גּשְׁנָה Gn 46:28 (J) to point out before him (the way) to Goshen; מֹרֶה בְּאֶצְבְּעֹתָיו Pr 6:13 pointing out with his fingers; acc. pers. et rei Ex 15:25 (JE) ψ 45:5 Jb 6:24. 5. direct, teach, instruct: a. of men, abs. Bezalel in handicraft Ex 35:34 (P); c. acc. pers., a father his son Pr 4:4; the ancients Job Jb 8:10; the animals and the earth, the friends of Job 12:7, 8; c. 2 acc. Is 28:9; בּדֶרֶךְ in the way 1 S 12:23 ψ 25:8; 32:8 Pr 4:11; בְּיַד־אֵל concerning the hand of Ēl Jb 27:11.—מוֹרֶה שֶׁקֶר teaching lies is used of prophet Is 9:14. b. specially of the authoritative direction (v. תּוֹרָה) given by priests on matters of ceremonial observance, with acc. rei and לְ pers. Dt 33:10 (song), they teach thy judgments to Jacob, and thy direction (law) to Israel; double acc. 17:10, 11 according to the direction, wherewith they direct thee; 24:8 (on leprosy), Lv 10:11 (P), abs. 14:57 (P), 2 Ch 15:3 כֹּהֵן מוֹרֶה, Ez 44:23 the Zadokite priests את־עמי יֹרוּ בֵּין קֹדֶשׁ לְחֹל; Mi 3:11 the priests give such ‘direction’ for hire; less technically, of Moses Ex 24:12 (E), of Jehoiada 2 K 12:3, of the Samaritan priests 2 K 17:27, 28. c. of God; c. acc. pers. Is 28:26 ψ 119:102; double acc. Ex 4:12, 15 (J), Ju 13:8 Jb 34:32 1 K 8:36 (= אֶל הַדֶּרֶךְ 2 Ch 6:27), ψ 27:11; 86:11; 119:33; acc. pers. בְּדֶרֶךְ ψ 25:12; מִדְּרָכָיו of his ways Is 2:3 = Mi 4:2. d. of idol-image Hb 2:18 (מוֹרֶה שָׁ֑קֶר), v 19.

ἐμός, ή, όν, possessive pronoun of 1st pers.: (ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ):— mine; contraction with the Article, οὑμός, τοὐμόν, τοὐμοῦ, τὠμῷ, τἀμά, Trag. (not Comedy texts, τἀμὰ γὰρ διοίχεται is paratragoedia in Refs 5th c.BC+, rarely in Prose, οὑμός Refs 5th c.BC+; οὑμός even in Refs 8th c.BC+; and (accusative to some Grammars ) τὠμῷ Refs 8th c.BC+:—poetry ἀμός (which see): __I with a substantive: __I.1 subjectively, mine, of me, ἐμὰ δάκρυα Refs 8th c.BC+; χεῖρες ἐμαίRefs 8th c.BC+: with the Article, τὸν ἐμὸν χόλον Refs 8th c.BC+: in Poets sometimes joined with genitive, to strengthen the possessive notion, ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ mine own,Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.1.b mine, i.e. favourable to me, τεκμήρια ἐμά, οὐ τούτων Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 objectively, relating to me, against me, ἐμὴ ἀγγελίη Refs 8th c.BC+; τὴν ἐμὴν αἰδῶ respect for me, Refs 4th c.BC+; τἀμὰ νουθετήματα warnings to me, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὠμῷ πόθῳ by love for me, Refs; αἱ ἐμαὶ διαβολαί slanders against me, Refs 5th c.BC+; δωρεὰ ἐμή a gift to me, Refs 5th c.BC+; sometimes with another genitive added, τὰς ἐμὰς Λαΐου διαφθοράς murder of L. by me, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὐμὸν αἷμα πατρός his blood shed by me, Refs; τὰ ἐμὰ δῶρα Κύπριδος (Dind. for Κύπρις) her gifts to me, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II without a substantive, mine, οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν παλινάγρετον my word, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸ μὲν ἐμόν [ἐστι] 'tis my counsel, Refs 5th c.BC+: in Trag. and Prose, it is my duty, my business, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ἐμοί my friends, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὁ ἐμὸς Ἡράκλειτος my dear Heraclitus, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II.3 τὰ ἐμά my property, Refs 5th c.BC+; of children, Refs 5th c.BC+; of servants. Refs 3rd c.BC+; but also τὰ ἐμά or τὸ ἐμόν, my part, my affairs, my interest, οὕτω τὸ ἐμὸν ἔχει things stand thus with me, Refs 5th c.BC+: hence in Trag. and Attic dialect, my conduct (almost periphrastic for ἐγώ), Refs 5th c.BC+ for my part, as far as concerns me, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 ἡ ἐ. (i.e. γῆ) my country, Refs 5th c.BC+; also (i.e. γνώμη) my opinion, ἐὰν ἡ ἐ. νικᾷ Refs 5th c.BC+; κατά γε τὴν ἐ. Refs 5th c.BC+

Ἱερουσαλήμ, see: Ἱεροσόλυμα - (WH, Ἰερ-, see Intr., § 408), -ων, τά (on πᾶσα Ἱ., Mat.2:3, see WM, 794; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, see word), and Ἱερουσαλήμ (WH, Ἰερ-), ἡ., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr.. (Heb. יְרוּשָׁלִַם), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo EV. and Mt (except. Mat.27:37), and most frequently in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by St. Paul (except. Gal.1:17-18 2:1), Jerusalem: Mat.2:1, Mrk.3:8, Jhn.1:19, al.; its inhabitants, Mat.2:3 3:5 23:37, Luk.13:34, Symbolically, ἡ- ἄνω Ἱ., Gal.4:26, contrasted with ἡ νῦν Ἱ., Gal.4:25; Ἱ. ἐπουράνιος, Heb.12:22; ἡ καινὴ Ἱ., Rev.3:12 21:2, 10 (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

† מִצְרִי adj.gent. Egyptian;—ms. מ׳ Gn 39:1 + 16 times; fs. מִצְרִית 16:1 + 3 times; mpl. מִצְרִים 12:12 + 5 times; fpl. מִצְרִיֹּת Ex 1:19;— 1. adj. אִישׁ מ׳=an Egyptian Gn 39:1 Ex 2:11, 19 Lv 24:10 1 S 30:11 2 S 23:30; הָאִישׁ הַמּ׳ 1 Ch 11:23; נַעַר מ׳ 1 S 30:13, עֶבֶד מ׳ 1 Ch 2:34; שִׁפְחָה מִצְרִית Gn 16:1, כַּנָּשִׁים הַמִּצְרִיֹּת Ex 1:19. 2. c. art.=subst. the Egyptian Gn 39:2, 5 Ex 2:12, 14 2 S 23:30(×2) 1 Ch 11:23(×2); so once without art. מִצְרִי Dt 23:8; הַמִּצְרִי once (late) coll.=the Egyptians Ezr 9:1 (where with Canaanitish peoples); pl.=the Egyptians, הָמִּצְרִים Gn 12:12, 14; 43:32 Dt 26:6 Jos 24:7; fs. הָגָר הַמִּצְרִית Hagar the Egyptian woman Gn 16:3; 21:9; 25:12.

Σίμων [ῐ], ωνος, ὁ, Refs, used proverbial of a confederate in evil, οἶδα Σίμωνα καὶ Σ. ἐμέ Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II name of a throw of the dice, Refs 4th c.BC+

Ἀβραάμ (Heb. אַבְרָהָם), ὁ, indecl. (in FlJ, Ἄβραμος, -ου; MM, VGT, see word), Abraham (Gen.17:5 al.): Mat.1:1, 2 al. (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

† [אָסַר] vb. tie, bind, imprison (Arabic أَسَرَ, Assyrian asâru, cf. COTGloss, Aramaic אֲסַר, ܐܶܣܰܪ, Ethiopic አሰረ, አሠረ )— Qal Pf. sf. אֲסָרָם Jb 36:13; 3 fs. אָֽסְרָה Nu 30:5 +, etc.; Impf. יֶאְסֹר 1 K 20:14; וַיֶּאֱסֹר Gn 42:24; וַיֶּאְסֹר Gn 46:29 +; pl. sf. יַאַסְרֻנִי Ju 16:7 etc.; Imv. אֱסֹר 1 K 18:44; 2 K 9:21; אִסְרוּ Je 46:4 ψ 118:27; Inf. abs. אָסֹר Ju 15:13; אָסוֹר 16:11; cstr. לֶאְסֹר Nu 30:3 +; לֶאֱסוֹר Ju 15:10; לֶאֱסָרְךָ 15:12; אָסֳּרָם Ho 10:10; Pt. act. cstr. אֹסְרִי Gn 49:11; pass. אָסוּר Gn 40:3 +; pl. אֲסוּרִים 39:20 +; also Ju 16:21, 25 Qr (Kt אסירים); הָ��וּרִים Ec 4:14 (cf. Now); אֲסֻרוֹת 2 S 3:34; cstr. אסורי Gn 39:20; Kt (Qr אֲסִירֵי);— 1. tie, bind, for security, foal to vine (sq. ל) Gn 49:11 (blessing of Jacob); horses and asses 2 K 7:10(×2); ψ 118:27 is dub. De bind the festal victim with cords; Che bind the procession with branches, etc. 2. tie, harness, kine to (ב) cart 1 S 6:7, 10; so (metaph.) Ho 10:10 harness them to (ל) their two iniquities (but Jer Ew Now make א׳ here = יסר chastise, cf. אֶסֳּרֵם v a); also sq. acc. chariot Gn 46:29 (J) Ex 14:6 (E) 2 K 9:21; abs. 1 K 18:44 2 K 9:21; even of making ready chargers א׳ הַסּוּסִים Je 46:4 (‖ עֲלוּ הַפָּרָשִׁים). 3. bind, with cords, fetters, etc., as prisoner, Simeon Gn 42:24 (E), Samson Ju 15:10, 12, 13(×3); 16:5, 7, 8, 11(×2), 12; א׳ בַּנְחֻשְׁתַּיִם 2 K 25:7 = 2 Ch 36:6 = Je 39:7; 52:11; also 2 Ch 33:11; cf. (without בַּנ׳) 2 K 17:4 (א׳ בֵּית כֶּלֶא ‖ עָצַר), 23:33; cf. of divine chastisement Jb 36:13 & v. also Ez 3:25 ψ 149:8; fig. of absolute authority ψ 105:22; especially Pt. pass. 2 S 3:34 thy hands were not bound (‖ and thy feet not put in fetters); א׳ בָּאֿזִקִּים Je 40:1 cf. א׳ בַּזִּקִּים Jb 36:8 (prob. fig. ‖ חַבְלֵי־עֹ֑נִי); metaph. of king held captive by a woman’s tresses Ct 7:6; perhaps = imprisoned (whether bound or not) Gn 39:20; 40:3, 5 (all JE); as subst. pl. prisoners Gn 39:20 (Kt, v. supr.); so (late) as distressed, & obj. of divine compassion Is 49:9; 61:1 ψ 146:7; בֵּית האסיר֯ים prison Ju 16:21, 25; cf. Ec 4:14. 4. gird (rare & late) א׳ אֵזוֹר בְּמָתְנֵיהֶם Jb 12:18 (אֵזוֹר = slaves’ waistcloth, RS p. 25 supr.; Hoffm reads וַ��ָּסַר for וַיֶּאְסֹר); חַרְבּוֹ אֲסוּרִים עַל־מָתְנָיו Ne 4:12. 5. sq. מִלְחָמָה begin the battle, make the attack (cf. Germ. mit jemandem anbinden) 1 K 20:14 2 Ch 13:3. 6. fig. of obligation of oath or vow (only Nu 30, P) א׳ עַל־נֶפֶשׁ, usually sq. acc. cogn. אֱסָר, אִסָּר Nu 30:3, 5(×2), 6, 8, 9, 11, 12; without אֱסָר etc., v 7, 10; cf. v 4 א׳ אִסָּר (עַל־נֶפֶשׁ om.) Niph. pass. of Qal 3, be bound, imprisoned, Impf. (juss.) יֵאָסֵר Gn 42:19 (E); 2 ms. תֵּאָסֵר Ju 16:6, 10, 13 (of Samson); Imv. הֵאָֽסְרוּ Gn 42:16 (E). Pu. Pf. be taken prisoner אֻסְּרוּ Is 22:3; אֻסָּ֑רוּ ib.

אֶלְעָזָר n.pr.m. (God has helped, cf. אֱלִיעֶזֶר supr.) a. Eleazar the priest Ex 6:23 + (50 times in Hex) Ju 20:28; 1 Ch 5:29, 30; 6:35; 9:20; 24:1, 2, 3, 4(×2), 5, 6 Ezr 7:5. b. son of Abinadab 1 S 7:1. c. one of David’s heroes 2 S 23:9; 1 Ch 11:12; ins. also 1 Ch 27:4 cf. DrSm 280. d. a Levite 1 Ch 23:21, 22; 24:28. e. priest of the time of Ezra Ezr 8:33 Ne 12:42. f. one of the line of Parosh Ezr 10:25.

בֵּֽיתְאֵל71 n.pr.loc. Bethel (so read, not בֵּית־אֵל as Jos 7:2 + according to v. d. H; cf. Baer Gn 12:8; house of God, or house of Ēl)— 1. ancient place and seat of worship in Ephraim on border of Benjamin, identif. with Luz (former name) Gn 28:19; 35:6 Jos 18:13 Ju 1:23; appar. distinguished from Luz Jos 16:2 (yet cf. Di); name connected with vision of Jacob when journeying to Paddan-Aramaic (JE) Gn 28:19; 35:7 (where אֵל בֵּֽיתְאֵל, but 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Ol del. אֵל; Di maintains); cf. Ho 12:5; when journeying from P.-A. 35:15 (P); name appar. given first to a stone (Gn 28:18; 35:14) cf. WeSkizzen iii. 70; הַר בֵּֽיתְאֵל 1 S 13:2; later important place of worship 1 S 10:3 עָלָה אֶל־הָאֱלֹהִיס בֵּיתְאֵל; abode of prophet 1 K 13:11 2 K 2:3; Jeroboam set up one of the golden calves at Bethel 1 K 12:29f. cf. also 13:1f. 2 K 10:29; 23:15 Je 48:13 v. further 2 K 17:28; 2 K 23:15 Th prop. on internal grounds, בֵּית אַל house of nothingness, or בּ׳ אָלָה house of execration; בּ׳ אָלָה also RenanHist. iii. 185; in proph. Am 3:14; 4:4; 5:5(×2), 6; 7:10, 13 Ho 10:15; note especially Am 5:5 ביתאל יִהְיֶה לְאָ֑וֶן, & בֵּית אָוֶן (house of iniquity) as substit. for ביתאל Ho 4:15; 5:8; 10:5 (עֶגְּלוֹת בית און);—mod. Beitîn RobBR i. 448 f. GuérinJudée iii. 14–27 cf. BdPal. 215 Surveyiii. 305. 2. place in south country of Judah, not far from Beersheba & Ziklag 1 S 30:27 cf. We Dr; = MT כסיל Jos 15:30 (textual error; 𝔊 Βαιθηλ); also בְּתוּל Jos 19:4, בְּתוּאֵל 1 Ch 4:30.

III. גָּד71 n.pr.m. (fortunatus? perhaps der. from foreg. divine name SiegfJPTh 1875, 364 StaGesch. i. 148; but v. also BaeRel. 159 f.)—גָּ֥ד Gn 35:26 +, as well as גָּד֑ Gn 30:11 +;— 1. son of Jacob and Zilpah; a. strictly as personal name Gn 30:11; 35:26; 46:16 Ex 1:4 cf. Gn 49:19 1 Ch 2:2. b. as name of tribe Nu 1:14 Dt 27:13; 33:20(×2) Jos 18:7 Ez 48:27, 28; cf. אֶרֶץ גָּד 1 S 13:7 v. also Je 49:1, שַׁעַר גָּד Ez 48:34, on הַנַּחַל הַגָּד 2 S 24:5 cf. We Dr; explicitly מַטֵּה גָּד Nu 1:25; 2:14; 13:15 Jos 13:24; 20:8; 21:7, 36 1 Ch 6:48, 65; once, צְבָא מַטֵּה בְנֵי־גָד Nu 10:20; בְּנֵי גָד (MI10 אש גד) Nu 1:24 + 12 times Nu; Jos 4:12 + 14 times Jos; 1 Ch 5:11; 12:14. †2. a prophet in David’s time, called נָבִיא 1 S 22:5, but הַנָּבִיא חֹזֶה דָוִד 2 S 24:11 & חֹזֵה דָוִיד ‖ 1 Ch 21:9, הַחֹזֶה 1 Ch 29:29 & חֹזֵה־הַמֶּלֶךְ 2 Ch 29:25. מִגְדַּל־גַּד v. p. 154.

מַדּוּעַ61 and (Ez 18, 19) מַדֻּעַ adv. wherefore? (prob. contr. from מַה־יָּדוּעַ what being known? i.e. from what motive? so Ges Ew§ 325 c Ol§ 222 f, cf. in Gk. τί μαθών;)—wherefore? on what account? Gn 26:27 מַדּוּעַ בָּאתֶם אֵלָ֑י, 40:7 Ex 1:18; 2:18; 3:3 (in an indirect question), 5:14; 18:14 Lv 10:17 Jos 17:14 (all in Hex), Ju 5:28(×28) 2 S 3:7; 11:10 etc., Is 5:4; 50:2; 63:2 (all in Is.); in Jer. 16 times, often rhetorically, after a double question introduced by הֲ … אִם, expressing affected surprise: †2:14 (v. Gf) is Israel a slave (unable to defend himself)? wherefore, then, is he become a prey? (some other cause must therefore be found for Israel’s misfortune), v 31; 8:5, 19, 22; 14:19; 22:28; 49:1, cf. 30:6; Jb 3:12; 18:3 (never in ψ).

רְאוּבֵן71 n.pr.m. Reuben, Ρουβην[ιν] (behold a son! but Gn 29:32 makes = רָאָה בְּעָנְיִי(!); JosAnt. i, 19, 7 al. Ρουβηλος, 𝔖 ܪܘܽܒܝܺܠ, ר׳ then perhaps = Arabic رِيبَالٌ lion, cf. Di);— 1. eldest son of Jacob and Leah Gn 29:32; 30:14 + 11 times Gn, Ex 1:2; 1 Ch 2:1; as head of family or clan Ex 6:14(×2); Nu 1:20; 26:5 (all P), 1 Ch 5:1, 3, cf. בְּנֵי אֱלִיאָב בֶּן־רְא׳ Dt 11:6. 2. as name of clan or tribe Ju 5:15, 16; Dt 27:13; Jos 18:7 (+ גָּד; both D), Dt 33:6 (poem), Ez 48:6, 7, 31; Nu 1:5 (P); so מַטֵה ר׳ Nu 1:21; 13:4; Jos 20:8; 21:7 (all P), 1 Ch 6:48, 63, מַחֲנֵה ר׳ Nu 2:10, 16; 10:18 (all P); בְּנֵי ר׳, as tribe, Nu 16:1b; 32:37 (both JE), 2:10; 7:20; 26:5; Jos 13:23(×2) (all P), also (+ Gad and often Manasseh) Nu 32:1, 2, 6, 25 (JE), Jos 4:12 (D), Nu 32:29, 31, 33; Jos 22:9 + 11 times 22 (all P), cf. 1 Ch 5:18; בֶן־ר׳ as tribe Jos 15:6; 18:7 (both P), מַטֵּה בְּנֵי־ר׳ 13:15 (P).

אֵלִיָּה 2 K 1:3 + 4 times; אֵלִיָּ֫הוּ 1 K 17:1 + 62 times; n.pr.m. (Yah(u) is God, cf. יוֹאֵל) a. Elijah, the great prophet of the reign of Ahab 1 K 17:1 + 65 times K; 2 Ch 21:12 Mal 3:23. b. Benjamite 1 Ch 8:27; c. a priest of Ezra’s time Ezr 10:21; d. a son of Elam Ezr 10:26.

† לְבָנוֹן (Dt 3:25 הַלְּבָנֹן Van d. H.)71 n.pr.mont. Lebanon (Ph. לבנן; Assyrian Labnanu, etc., SchrCOT on 1 K 5:13, DlPar. 103 ff.; Egyptian Ra-ma n-n WMMAsien u. Europa, 197 ff.; Arabic لُبْنَانٌ; cf. further RobBR ii, 435 ff. 493 GASmGeogr. 45 ff. BuhlGeogr. 110 and reff.; name prob. from whiteness of its cliffs RobBR ii, 493)—wooded mountain-range on northern border of Isr. [usually c. art. הַלּ׳ (51 times); without art. לְבָנוֹן, poet. and late Ho 14:8; Na 1:4; 2 K 19:23 = Is 37:24, Ez 31:15, 16; Is 14:8; 29:17; 33:9; 40:16; Je 18:14; Hb 2:17; Zc 10:10; 11:1; ψ 29:6 Ct 4:8(×2), 11, 15; c. ה loc. לְבָב֫וֹנָה 1 K 5:28a]; perhaps first mentioned in defining a locality, as הַר הַלְּבָנוֹן, Ju 3:3 (E according to GFM; this combination only here), but also in early proph., then in D, and later;—in defining a locality Jos 9:1; בִּקְעַת הַלּ׳ Jos 11:17; 12:7 (side of Baal Gad); as a marked feature, in describing extent of land Dt 1:7; 3:25; 11:24; Jos 1:4; 13:5 (בָּל־הַלּ׳) v 6 (all D), 1 K 9:19 = 2 Ch 8:6, Je 22:20; Zc 10:10; רֹאשׁ הַלּ׳ Je 22:6 (fig. of royal house of Judah), as a height Ct 4:8(×2); מִגְדַּל הַלּ׳ Ct 7:5 i.e. a tower built on Lebanon; שֶׁלֶגּ ל׳ Je 18:14 snow of L.; L. as source of streams Ct 4:15; יֵין ל׳ Ho 14:8; most often, however, as bearing forests, especially of cedars, אַרְזֵי הַלּ׳ Ju 9:15 (in allegory; perhaps J, according to GFM), Is 2:13; 14:8; ψ 29:5; 104:16, cf. 1 K 5:13, 20, 23, 28(×2) 2 Ch 2:7(×2), 15, 2 K 14:9(×2) = 2 Ch 25:18(×2) (in allegory), Je 22:23; Ez 17:3; 27:5; 31:3, 15, 16; Zc 11:1; Ezr 3:7; ψ 92:13 Ct 3:9; 5:15 (sim. of majestic figure); פֶּרַח ל׳ Na 1:4; כְּבוֹד הַלּ׳ Is 35:2; 60:13; וְשָׁב ל׳ לְכַרְמֶל 29:17 (‖ יַעַר); יַרְכְּתֵי ל׳ with the same ref. Is 37:24 = 2 K 19:23; הַלּ׳ = trees of Lebanon Ho 14:6; Is 10:34; 40:16; ψ 29:6; 72:16; ל׳ Is 33:9 fig., as mourning; חֲמַס ל׳ Hb 2:17 i.e. violence done to Lebanon, prob. by cutting down its trees; בֵּית יַעַר הַלּ׳ a royal mansion of Sol., 1 K 7:2; and 10:17, 21 = 2 Ch 9:16, 20; ל׳ as home of wild beast 2 K 14:9 = 2 Ch 25:18 (in allegory); רֵיחַ לְבָנוֹן, of the odour of cedar forests Ct 4:11, cf. Ho 14:7 (in sim.; We thinks ל׳ here to be a specific plant).

† דָּן n.pr.m. (judge)— 1. son of Jacob and Bilhah Gn 30:6; 35:25 Ex 1:4 Jos 19:47 Ju 18:29 1 Ch 2:2. 2. the tribe of Dan, מַטֵּה דָן Ex 31:6; 35:34; 38:23 Lv 24:11 Nu 1:39; 13:12 Jos 21:5, 23 (all P); בְּנֵי דָן Gn 46:23 Nu 1:38; 2:25; 7:66; 10:25; 26:42; 34:22 Jos 19:40, 47(×2), 48 (all P) Ju 1:34 18:2, 16, 22, 23, 25, 26, 30; מַחֲנֵה דָן Nu 2:25, 31 (P)—on Ju 13:25; 18:12 v. מַחֲנֶה²" dir="rtl" >מַחֲנֶה; מִשְׁפְּחֹת דָּן Nu 26:42 (P); דָּן alone in poetry Gn 49:16, 17 Dt 33:22(×2) Ju 5:17, elsewhere Nu 1:12 (P) Dt 27:13 1 Ch 27:22 2 Ch 2:13 Ez 48:1, 2, 32. 3. a city on northern frontier of Israel at one of the sources of the Jordan, originally לַיִשׁ Ju 18:29 (cf. v 7); = לָשֶׁם Jos 19:47; captured by a colony of Danites; named Dan, and made a sacred place with rites of worship that lasted until the exile (Ju 18:30); =Tell el Kâdî, RobBR iii. 351, 358 BdPal 265. This place is frequently referred to: Gn 14:14 Dt 34:1 1 K 12:29, 30; 15:20 2 K 10:29 2 Ch 16:4 Je 4:15; 8:16 Am 8:14: read also וּבְדָן for וְכֵן 2 S 20:18 𝔊 Ew We cf. Dr; and v. the phrase מִדָּן וְעַד־בְּאֵר שֶׁבַע Ju 20:1 1 S 3:20 2 S 3:10; 17:11; 24:2, 15 1 K 5:5; given by Chr מִבְּאֵר שֶׁכַע וְעַד־דָּן 1 Ch 21:2 2 Ch 30:5. (Ez 27:19 v. ודן.) Note. —דָּ֫נָה יַעַן or דַּנָֿה (Bear) 2 S 24:6. No such place known; text usually regarded as corrupt,and, 𝔊 being uncertain, variously changed: (1) דָּ֫נָה יַעַר to Dan in the wood, Thes after 𝔙 silvestria. (2) (וַיָּסֹבּוּ) דָּ֫נָה וְעִיּוֹן to Dan and Ijon Klo (cf. 1 K 15:20). (3) (סָֽבֲבוּ) דָּן וּמִד��ּן We Dr cf. 𝔊.

† רָפָא vb. heal (NH in deriv.; Ph. רפא, Syriac ܪܦܳܐ heal; on Aramaic n.pr. cpd. with רפא v. NöZMG xl (1886), 723 Lzb 369; Sab. n.pr. אלרפא Langer 1, 1 DHMZMG xxxvii (1883), 326; Arabic رَفَأَ (and رَفَا) darn, mend, repair, pacify; Ethiopic ረፍአ stitch together, mend; cf. Küchenmeister ZWiss. Th. xxx (1887), 257 ff.);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. consec. וְר׳ Is 6:10, sf. וּרְפָאָם 19:22, 1 s. sf. consec. וּרְפָאתִיו 57:19, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִרְפָּא 2 K 20:8 +, sf. יִרְפָּאֵנוּ Ho 6:1, 1 s. אֶרְפָּא Ho 14:5 +, אֶרְפָּה (Ges§ 75 pp) Je 3:22; 3 fpl. תִּרְפֶּינָה (id.ib. qq) Jb 5:18, etc.; Imv. ms. רְפָא Nu 12:13, רְפָה (id.ib. pp) ψ 60:4, רְפָאָ֫ה 41:5, etc.; inf. abs. רָפוֹא Is 19:22; cstr. לִרְפֹּא Ho 5:13, etc.; Pt. רֹפֵא (פֶ K 3) 2 K 20:5 +;—heal: 1. lit., a. of God, c. acc. pers. Gn 20:17 (E), ψ 107:20 (sf.), c. ל pers. Nu 12:13 (JE) 2 K 20:5, 8. b. of men, abs. Ec 3:3 (opp. הרג); pt. as subst. healer, physician, Gn 50:2(×2), (J) 2 Ch 16:12. 2. fig., heal hurts of nation, involving י׳’s (restored) favour (and, often, forgiveness): a. subj. י׳, c. sf. pers., Ho 6:1; 11:3 (yet cf. We Now), Ex 15:26 (J), Is 19:22b; 57:18, 19 Je 33:6 ψ 30:3, cf. 6:3; c. acc. עַם 2 Ch 30:20, c. acc. אֶרֶץ 2 Ch 7:14; c. ל of nation Ho 7:1, and (indef. subj.) Is 6:10 (lest) one heal them (= pass., they be healed); c. acc. of hurt, מַחַץ מַכָּתוֹ 30:26, שְׁבָרִים (of land) ψ 60:4, so מְשׁוּבָה Ho 14:5; Je 3:22 (incl. the consequences of backsliding); c. ל of hurt ψ 103:3; acc. nation (personif.) + מִן of hurt Je 30:17 I will heal thee of thy wounds (‖ אֶרְפָּאֵךְ); abs. Is 19:22a (opp. נגף), Dt 32:39 (opp. מחץ); pt. as subst. healer, physician Je 8:22. b. human subj., c. ל of nation, Ho 5:13, cf. La 2:13. 3. a. fig., heal individ. distresses, c. sf. pers. Je 17:14, c. acc. נַפְשִׁי = me ψ 41:5, c. ל pers., לִשְׁבוּרֵי לֵב ψ 147:3 (i.e. longing exiles, cf. Is 61:3); abs. Jb 5:18 (opp. מחץ); b. pt. as subst Jb 13:4. Niph. Pf. 3 ms. נִרְפָּא Lv 13:37 +, 3 fs. נִרְפָּ֑תָה (Ges§ 75 qq) Je 51:9; 3 pl. וְנִרְפּאוּ consec. Ez 47:8; Impf. 2 ms. תֵּרָפֵא Je 51:8; 3 mpl. יֵרָֽפְאוּ Ez 47:9, 11, וַיֵּרָפוּ (Gesl.c.) 2 K 2:22, etc.; inf. cstr. הֵרָפֵא Je 15:18 +, הֵרָפֵה (id.ib.) Je 19:11;—be healed: 1. lit., of pers. 1 S 6:3; + acc. of disease Dt 28:27, 35; subj. disease Lv 13:18, 37; 14:3, 48; of (bad) water 2 K 2:22, salt waters (prediction), i.e. be made fresh, Ez 47:8, 9, 11; of (broken) pottery, i.e. be made whole, Je 19:11 (in sim.). 2. fig., be healed: a. of national hurts, subj. city Je 51:8, 9; involving forgiveness and י׳’s blessing, impers. c. ל of people, נִרְפָּא־לָנוּ Is 53:5 i.e. healing has come to us. b. of personal distress, subj. pers. Je 17:14, subj. the distress 15:18. Pi. Pf. 1 s. רִפִּאתִי 2 K 2:21; 2 mpl. רִפֵּאתֶם Ez 34:4; 1 pl. רִפִּאנוּ Je 51:9; Impf. 3 ms. יְרַפֵּא Ex 21:19; Zc 11:16, וַיְרַפֵּא 1 K 18:30; 3 mpl. וַיְרַפְּאוּ Je 6:14, וַיְרַפּוּ (Ges§ 75 qq) 8:11; inf. abs. רַפֹּא Ex 21:19;—have healed, heal, usually human subj.: 1. lit., רַפֹּא יְרַפֵּא Ex 21:19 he shall have (him) well healed; c. acc. of altar, = repair, 1 K 18:30; c. ל of water (subj. י׳) 2 K 2:21. 2. fig. of healing national defects and hurts, acc. pers., Ez 34:14; Zc 11:16; work at healing, treat (acc. of hurt) Je 6:14; 8:11 (both עַל־נְקַלָּה, v. [קָלַל] Niph. 2), 51:9. Hiph. inf. cstr. of purpose, לְהִתְרַפֵּא, lit., in order to get healed, + מִן of wounds 2 K 8:29 = 9:15, so ‖ 2 Ch 22:6 (read with 𝔊 מִן for כִּי, cf. Be Kau Benz).—v. רָפָה²" dir="rtl" >רָפָה relax.

Ἰσραήλ (FlJ, Ἰσράηλος, -ου), ὁ indecl. (Heb. יִשְׂרָאֵל, Gen.32:28), Israel: ὁ οἶκος Ἰ., Act.7:42 (LXX), al.; λαός, Act.4:10; υὁοί, Act.5:21, al.; αἱ φυλαὶ τοῦ Ἰ., Mat.19:28, al. By meton., for the Israelites, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:54, Rom.11:2, al.; ὁ λαὸς Ἰ., Act.4:10; γῆ Ἰ., Mat.2:20-21; βασιλεὺς Ἰ., Mat.27:42, Jhn.1:50; ἡ ἐλπὶς τοῦ Ἰ., Act.28:20; ὁ Ἰ. τοῦ θεοῦ (of Christians), Gal.6:16; ὁ Ἰ. κατὰ σάρκα, 1Co.10:18 (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

Related to: μονόω, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect μουνόω, Refs 8th c.BC+; but μον- in Refs 8th c.BC+: (μόνος):— make single or solitary, ἡμετέρην γενεὴν μούνωσε Κρονίων made our race single, i. e. allowed but one son in each generation, Refs 8th c.BC+; μ. τὸν Φίλιππον leave him isolated, Refs 2nd c.BC+; get alone, τινὰ ἐν σπήλυγγι Refs; strip of predicates, make unique, [θεόν] Refs 3rd c.AD+ __II more frequently in passive, to be left alone, forsaken, ἐνὶ Τρώεσσι μονωθείς Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐμουνοῦντο they were left each man by himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; μουνωθέντα taken apart, without witnesses (variant for{μουνόθεν}), Refs 4th c.BC+; of animals when hunted, Refs 5th c.BC+; when left solitary, Refs 4th c.BC+; of the soul, to be separated from the body, Refs 2nd c.AD+; of things, to be taken alone, Refs 4th c.BC+; to be isolated in thought, Refs 5th c.AD+ __II.2 with genitive person, μεμουνωμένοι συμμάχων deserted by allies, Refs 5th c.BC+; μονωθεὶς δάμαρτος, σοῦ μονούμενος, Refs 5th c.BC+ bereft of.., Refs 1st c.BC+; μονούμενος τῶν ἀγαθῶν separated from.., Refs 5th c.BC+; μονωθεῖσαι φρονήσεως without.., Refs; μονωθεὶς ἐκ τῆς εἱρκτῆς, i. e. set free from.., Refs

אֲבִימֶ֫לֶךְ n.pr.m. (Melek (= Malik, Molech) is father)—אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ Gn 20:18 +— 1. king of Gerar Gn 20:2, 3, 4 +, 21:22, 25(×2) +, 26:1, 8 (24 times Gn). †2. king of Gath ψ 34:1 error for אָכִישׁ, cf. 1 S 21:11f;—a better known Philist. name substituted for a less known (Hup3). > Others (Thes Ol De MV) think a title of Philist. kings, cf. Pharaoh. 3. son of Gideon Ju 8:31; 9:1, 3, 4 +, 10:1 (40 times Ju), 2 S 11:21. †4. priest, son of Abiathar 1 Ch 18:16 error for אֲחִימֶלֶךְ q.v. (Sab. also n.pr.f. OsianderZMG 1865, 209).

† נוּחַ vb. rest (NH id.; Aramaic נוּחַ, ܢܳܚ; Ph. נחת n. rest; poss. also vb. ינח (Iph. Pf.), cf. Levy cited CIS i. 118 Lzb 322; Assyrian nâḫu, rest, and deriv.; Ethiopic ኖኀ: be extended, long, rarely rest; Arabic ناخ iv. is make camel lie down on his breast; مُنَاخٌ resting-place of camel, cf. DoughtyArab. Des. i, 397, ii, 63, 486, 642);— Qal Pf. 3 fs. נָ֫חָה Is 7:2 + 2 times, וְנָחָה Is 11:2; 1 s. נָ֑חְתִּי Jb 3:26; 1 pl. נַחְנוּ 2 S 17:12; 3 pl. נָ֫חוּ Est 9:22, וְנָחוּ Is 7:19; Impf. 3 ms. יָנוּחַ Ex 23:12 + 6 times, וַיָּ֫נַח Ex 10:14; 20:11; 3 fs. תָּנוּחַ Is 25:10 Pr 14:33, וַתָּ֫נַח Gn 8:4 Nu 11:26; 2 ms. תָּנוּחַ Dn 12:13 etc.; Inf. abs. נוֹחַ Est 9:16, 17, 18; cstr. לָנוּחַ 2 S 21:10; כְּנוֹחַ Nu 11:25 Jos 3:13 Ne 9:28; sf. 3 ms. בְּנֻחֹה Nu 10:36;—לְנוּחֶ֑ךָ 2 Ch 6:41 v. מְנוּחָה" dir="rtl" >מְנוּחָה;— 1. rest, settle down and remain, sq. עַל; of birds 2 S 21:10; ark Gn 8:4 (P); נָ֫חָה אֲרָם עַל־אֶפְרַיִם Is 7:2 Aram hath settled down upon Ephraim; of spirit of י׳ Nu 11:25, 26 (E), Is 11:2; spirit of Elijah 2 K 2:15; sceptre of wicked ψ 125:3 (in fig.); sq. בְּ loc.: of insects Ex 10:14 (J), Is 7:19 (fig. of invaders); of soles of feet resting in water Jos 3:13 (JE); hand of י׳ Is 25:10; wisdom Pr 14:33; anger Ec 7:9; בִּקְהַל וְפָאִים יָנוּחַ Pr 21:16 in the assembly of Shades shall be settle down; abs., = stop, of ark at stages of journey Nu 10:36 (JE); cease speaking 1 S 25:9. 2. repose, be quiet, have rest: after labour Ex 20:11 (E; of God), 23:12 (E; of cattle), Dt 5:14 (of slave); have rest from (מִן) enemies Est 9:16 (inf. abs. נוֹחַ, + עָמוֹד, הָרוֹג), v 22, cf. (abs.) v 17, 18 (in both + עָשׂה), Ne 9:28; be at rest (from trouble), abs., Jb 3:26 (+ שָׁלַוְתִּי, שָׁקַטְתִּי); of the earth Is 14:7; in couch of the grave 57:2; in Sheʿôl Jb 3:17, so prob. Dn 12:13; also לֹא תָּנוּחַ לָךְ Is 23:12 = thou shall not be at rest, cf. impers. יָנוּחַ לִי Jb 3:13 = I should be at rest (in Sheʾôl).—אָנוּחַ לְיוֹם צָרָה Hb 3:16 is dub.: I wait quietly for the day of distress De Ke Hi-St SS, so Now, doubtfully; We conj. אֶנָּחֵם as Is 1:24 I will appease me GASm leaves untransl. Hiph. A. Pf. 3 ms. הֵנִיחַ Jos 22:4 +; 1 s. וַהֲנִיחֹ֫תִי 2 S 7:11 +; הֵנִ֫יחוּ Zc 6:8; Impf. 3 ms. יָנִיחַ Ex 17:11 +; וַיָּ֫נַח Jos 21:42 +; sf. וַיְנִיחֵנִי Ez 37:1; 40:2; 3 fs. sf. תְּנִיחֶנּוּ Is 63:14 (but v. infr.), etc.; Imv. mpl. הָנִ֫יחוּ Is 28:12; Inf. cstr. הָנִיחַ Is 14:3 +, sf. הֲנִיחִי Ez 24:13; Pt. מֵנִיחַ Jos 1:13;— 1. cause to rest = give rest to: a. sq. acc. יָדוֹ Ex 17:11 (E), רוּחִי Zc 6:8; so appar. sq. חֲמָתִי + ב pers., quiet (i.e. sate) my fury by (weak it upon) Ez 5:13 (del. Co), 16:42, 24:13, also 21:22 (Co adds ב pers.). b. usually sq. ל pers.: (1) give rest to i.e. bring to resting-place Ex 33:14 (J), Dt 3:20 Jos 1:13, 15; 22:4 (all D), 1 Ch 23:25; so, c. sf., Is 63:14 (si vera l.; Vrss Lo Ew Brd CheHpt. read תַּנְחֶנּוּ, leadeth him, √ נחה); (2) of freedom from enemies, Is 28:12 2 Ch 14:5 + מִכָּל־איבים [מִסָּבִיב] Dt 12:10; 25:19 Jos 23:1 (D), 2 S 7:1, 11 1 Ch 22:9; so + מִסָּבִיב alone 1 K 5:18 Jos 21:42 (P), 1 Ch 22:18 2 Ch 14:6; 15:15; 20:30, so also prob. 32:22 (for MT וַיְנַהֲלֵם מִסָּבִיב); (3) of freedom from suffering, + מֵעָצְבְּךָ וגו׳ Is 14:3. c. make quiet in mind, set at rest וִינִיהֶ֑ךָ Pr 29:17 discipline thy son, that he may give thee quiet (of mind; ‖ יִתֵּן מַעֲדַנִּים לְנַפְשֶׁ֑ךָ). 2. cause to rest (i.e. light) upon, c. acc. staff + עַל pers. Is 30:32; c. acc. blessing + אֶל־ Ez 44:30; cause to alight, set down, c. sf. pers. + בְּתוֹךְ loc. Ez 37:1; + אֶל־ loc. 40:2.— For this meaning v. especially B. infr. B. Pf. 3 ms. הִנִּיחַ Ju 3:1 +, הִנִּחַ 1 K 8:9, sf. וְהִנִּיחוֹ Dt 26:4, וְהִנִּיחָם Lv 16:23 both consec.; 2 ms. וְהִנַּחְתָּ֫ Dt 14:28, sf. וְהִנַּחְתּוֹ 26:10 consec., etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יַנִּיחַ Lv 7:15, וַיַּנַּה Ju 2:23 +, sf. וַיַּנִּיחֵהוּ Ex 16:34; 3 fs. וַתַּנַּח Gn 39:16, 2 ms. juss. אַל־תַּנַּח Ec 7:18 + 2 times, etc.; Imv. ms. הַנַּח Ho 4:7 + 2 times, הַנִּ֫יחָה Ex 32:10 Ju 16:26, etc.; Inf. cstr. sf. לְהַנִּיחוֹ Nu 32:15, לְהַנִּיחָם Est 3:8; Pt. מַנִּיחַ Ec 5:11;— 1. lay or set down, deposit, let lie, c. acc. rei, usually + word of place: stones at ford of Jordan Jos 4:3, 8 (JE), ark 1 S 6:18, garments Gn 39:16 (J), Lv 16:23 (P), Ez 42:14; 44:19; cf. Ex 16:23, 24, 33, 34 Nu 17:19, 22 (all P), Dt 26:4, 10 1 K 8:9; 13:31 Ez 40:42; 42:13; so, acc. om., Ju 6:18, 20 Dt 14:28 Nu 19:9 (P), 1 S 10:25; place, put, sq. acc. pers. + local modif., Gn 2:15 (J), 19:16 (J), Jos 6:23 (JE), Lv 24:12 Nu 15:34 (both P), Is 14:1; 46:7 Ez 37:14; prob. also Zc 5:11 (read וְהִנִּיחֻהָ, v. Ges§ 72 ee); read וַיַּנִּיחֵם also 2 K 18:11 (𝔊 ἔθετο; for MT וַיַּנְחֵם; cf. וַיּשֶׁב אוֹתָם ‖ 2 K 17:6); place corpse on (אֶל־) ass 1 K 13:29, in grave v 30; horsemen and chariots in cities 2 Ch 1:14; 9:25, so read also ‖ 1 K 10:26 (𝔊 ἔθετο; for MT וַיַּנְחֵם); tables in temple 2 Ch 4:8; idols in shrines 2 K 17:29 (acc. om.). Here belongs perhaps also וְגַם מִזֶּה אַל־תַּנַּח אֶת־יָדֶ֑ךָ Ec 7:18 and also from this do not let thy hand lie (idle), i.e. engage in it, cf. 11:6; lay down forcibly, thrust down הִנִּיחַ לָאָרֶץ בְּיָ֑ד Is 28:2, cf. Am 5:7; perhaps also Ez 22:20 (abs.; but del. Co Berthol, after 𝔊). 2. let remain, leave (in present condition), obj. nations Ju 2:23; 3:1 Je 27:11, people in wilderness Nu 32:15 (JE); וְהִנִּיחוּךְ עֵירֹם וְעֶרְיָה Ez 16:39; sq. acc. rei Lv 7:15 1 K 7:47 (leave unweighed); leave behind sq. acc. pers. Gn 42:33 (E), 2 S 16:21; 20:3 1 K 19:3 Je 43:6; + אֶת־פְּנֵי 1 S 22:4 (read וַיַּנִּחֵם, for MT וַיַּנְחֵם, and he left them with 𝔖 𝔗 𝔙 We Dr Klo Bu Löhr HPS; leave name, for a curse Is 65:15; leave or bequeath to (ל), c. acc. rei, ψ 17:14 Ec 2:18. 3. leave = depart from, מְקוֹמְךָ אַל־תַּנַּח Ec 10:4 do not leave thy place. 4. abandon, sq. acc. pers. Je 14:9; בַּל־תַּנִּיחֵנִי לְעשְׁקָ֑י ψ 119:121 abandon me not to my oppressors. 5. let alone (refrain from interfering with), sq. ל pers. Ex 32:10 (JE; obj. י׳), Ho 4:17 2 S 16:11 2 K 23:18; sq. acc. pers. Est 3:8; = avoid יַנִּיחַ חֲטָאִים גְּדוֹלִים Ec 10:4 (but read perhaps יָנִיחַ, causeth to rest = allayeth cf. Wild) 6. permit, c. acc. pers. Ju 16:26 (v GFM); + inf. לֹא הִנִּיחַ אָדָם לְעָשְׁקָם ψ 105:14 = 1 Ch 16:21, where הִנִּיחַ לְאִישׁ, cf. מַנִּיחַ לוֹ לִישׁוֹן Ec 5:11. Hoph. A. Pf. 3 ms. הוּנַח־לָ֑נוּ La 5:5 i.e. no rest is granted to us; for 3 fs. וְהֻנִ֫יחָה Zc 5:11 [so Baer Ginsb; Van d. H. והֻנּ׳] read prob. וְהִנִּיחֻהָ v. supr. Hiph. B 1. B. Pt. מֻנָּ֔ח as subst. = space left, open space Ez 41:9, 11(×2).

εἴτε, Doric dialect αἴτε, generally doubled, εἴτε..εἴτε.., Latin sive..sive.., either..or.., whether..or.., so that two cases are put as equally possible or equivalent; thrice repeated, Refs 5th c.BC+ is sometimes omitted in Poets, ξεῖνος, αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀστός Refs 5th c.BC+; and even in Prose, πόλις, εἴτε ἰδιῶται Refs 5th c.BC+ Latin utrum..an.., variant in Refs 5th c.BC+; sometimes ἤ (ἠὲ καί.. variant in Refs 8th c.BC+; εἴτε.. εἴτε.., with subjunctive (compare εἰ), variant in Refs 4th c.BC+ __II in indirect questions, Refs 8th c.BC+

Ἱεροσόλυμα (WH, Ἰερ-, see Intr., § 408), -ων, τά (on πᾶσα Ἱ., Mat.2:3, see WM, 794; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, see word), and Ἱερουσαλήμ (WH, Ἰερ-), ἡ., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr.. (Heb. יְרוּשָׁלִַם), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo EV. and Mt (except. Mat.27:37), and most frequently in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by St. Paul (except. Gal.1:17-18 2:1), Jerusalem: Mat.2:1, Mrk.3:8, Jhn.1:19, al.; its inhabitants, Mat.2:3 3:5 23:37, Luk.13:34, Symbolically, ἡ- ἄνω Ἱ., Gal.4:26, contrasted with ἡ νῦν Ἱ., Gal.4:25; Ἱ. ἐπουράνιος, Heb.12:22; ἡ καινὴ Ἱ., Rev.3:12 21:2, 10 (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

† I. לֵוִי n.pr.m. Levi (√ and meaning dubious; Gn 29:34 (J) interpr. as joined, i.e. husband to wife; Nu 18:2, 4 (P; appar. in word-play) of Levites as joined to, attendant upon, Aaron; orig. as attached to, accompanying Isr. from Egypt, LagOr ii. 20 f.; as attached to, attending upon the ark, BauPriest. 74; in this case i. לֵוִי would be derived from ii. לֵוִי in priestly sense; HomA. u. A. 1890, 30 f. proposes Minaean לוא, lauʾân, priest, cf. Id.Süd-Arabic Chrest. 127; ag. all such views v. KauSK 1890, 771 f.; WeProl. ed. 5, 141; Hist. Isr. 145 StaZAW i (1881), 112 ff. GrayProp. Names, p. 96, cf. NöZMG xl (1886), 167, make לֵוִי n. gent. from לֵאָה (q.v.); cf. a further sugg. WeSkizzen iii. 114)—𝔊 Λευ(ε)ι(ν);— 1. a. Levi, son of Jacob and Leah, as individual, Gn 29:34; 34:25, 30; 35:23; 49:5 (all J); 35:23; 46:11; Ex 1:2; 6:16(×2) Nu 3:17; 16:1 (all P); 1 Ch 2:1; 5:22; 6:1, 4, 23, 28, 32; 23:6 Ezr 8:18; so בַּת־ל׳ [אֶת־] Ex 2:1 (E), Nu 26:59 (P). b. as head of a family of descendants, in phr. בֵּית לֵוִי Ex 2:1 (E), and (with ref. to tribe; late) Nu 17:23, מִשְׁפַּחַת בֵּית ל׳ Zc 12:13. c. often בְּנֵי(־)ל׳ Ex 32:26, 28 (E), Jos 21:10 (P), בְּנֵי(־)ל׳ with tribal ref. Nu 3:15; 4:2; 18:21 (charged with service of tabern., and hence to receive tithes; all P); as priests הַכֹּהֲנִים בְּנֵי לֵוִי Dt 21:5; 31:9, cf. Mal 3:3, and לֹא הָיוּ מִבְּנֵי ל׳ 1 K 12:31; from the בְּנֵי ל׳ the Zadokites are selected as priests Ez 40:46; according to 1 Ch 9:18 23:24, 27 בְּנֵי ל׳ are subordinate officials in temple (cf. v 28 f.), cf. 24:20; sharply disting. from priests Ezr 8:15, Ne 12:23 (cf. v 22); so also in later stratum of story of Korah’s revolt Nu 16:7, 8, 10 (P2). 2. as name of tribe, שֵׁבֶט ל׳ Dt 18:1 (priestly tribe), מַטֵּה ל׳ Nu 1:49 (in charge of tabern.), 3:6; 18:2 (ministers unto Aaron); לֵוִי alone = (tribe of) Levi Dt 27:12; 33:8 (earlier poem), Nu 26:58 (P), Ez 48:31; Mal 2:4 (priestly tribe, cf. v 1), 1 Ch 21:6; 27:17; מַטֵּה ל׳ = rod of (the tribe of) Levi Nu 17:18 (P); also (no inheritance, because charged with service of tabernacle) Dt 10:9.

אֲבִינֵר n.pr.m. (my father is Nêr, or is a lamp cf. 2 S 21:17; according to LagBN 75 = אֲבֶן (= בֶּן) + נֵר = son of Ner; cf. 𝔊 Ἀβεννηρ)—so only 1 S 14:50, elsewhere אַבְנֵר—cousin of Saul, and captain of his host 1 S 14:50, 51; 17:55(×3) + 52 times 1 & 2 S + 1 K 2:5, 32 1 Ch 26:28; 27:21.

צִדְקִיָּ֫הוּ56 -יָּה7 n.pr.m. (י׳ is righteousness; cf. Sab. צדקאל DHMib., on No. 32);—Σεδεκια(ς): 1. last king of Judah, מַתַּנְּיָה, changed to צ׳: -יָּ֫הוּ 2 K 24:17, 18, 20; 25:2, 7(×2) = 2 Ch 36:10, 11, 1 Ch 3:15; Je 1:3; 21:1, 3, 7 + 37 times Je; -יָּה †Je 27:12; 28:1; 29:3; 49:34. †2. false prophets: a. under Ahab, -יָּ֫הוּ 1 K 22:24 = 2 Ch 18:10, 23; -יָּה 1 K 22:11. b. -יָּ֫הוּ Jerem.’s time, Je 29:21, 22. †3. -יָּ֫הוּ prince, Jerem.’s time, Je 36:12. †4. -יָּה, priest, Nehem.’s time, Ne 10:2 (𝔊L Σεχενιας). †5. -יָּה, son of Jehoiachin, according to 1 Ch 3:16, but prob. gloss, Be SS, cf. Kit.

† II. שְׁכֶם n.pr.loc.49 et m.14 (Συχεμ; 𝔊L often Σίκιμα LagBN 57): 1. district in N. Palestine (prob. shoulder (saddle?) of mount.);—מְקוֹם שׁ׳ Gn 12:6, שְׁכֶ֑מָה 37:14; = city (שְׁכֶם, שְׁכֶ֑מָה, Ho 6:9 שֶׁ֑כְמָה) Jos 24:1; עִיר שׁ׳ Gn 33:18; Ju 8:31 + 20 times Ju 9 (בַּעֲלֵי שׁ׳ v 2 + 12 times, ב׳ מִגְדַּל־שׁ׳ v 46, 47), Ho 6:9 + 21 times (עִיר שׁ׳ Gn 33:18); city of refuge Jos 20:7; 21:21; 1 Ch 6:52.—WMMAs. u. Eur. 394, cp. Egypt. Sa-ka-mà (cf. Jen ZA x (1895) 356); mod. Nablûs (from Rom. name Neapolis); v. BuhlG 200 f. GASmG 332 ff. 345 WilsonHast. DB shechem. 2. n.pr.m. (on connexion with 1 cf. Ju 9:28), ‘son’ of Ḥamor, also Gn 33:19; 34:2 + 10 times 34, Jos 24:32.

Γαλιλαία, -ας, ἡ (Heb. הַגָּלִיל, the circle, district), Galilee, the name of the northern region of Palestine in NT times: Γ. τῶν ἐθνῶν, Mat.4:15 (LXX); θάλασσα τῆς Γ., Mat.15:29 (cf. Jhn.6:1). (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

אַבְרָם n.pr.m. (id., Thes al. exalted father) Abram Gn 11:26, 27 + 57 times Gn (to 17:5) + 1 Ch 1:27 Ne 9:7; = אַבְרָהָם Abraham Gn 17:5, 9, 15 + 172 times OT. (אברהם connected Gn 17:5 by word-play with הם of המון; really = אברם—רום = רהם which however is not found in Heb.—cf. Di > Hal RÉJ 1887, 177 f who proposes אֲבִר הַם גּוֹיִם cf. Gn 49:24 with Is 41:21; so that אֲבִר הָם chief of multitude is the new name of Gn 17:5 (הָם) √המה). SpiegelbergRandglossen 14 cp. Pal. n.pr. geogr. ḥḳrʾ ʾbrru = חקל אברם (c. Egyptian art. masc.), in Sheshonk list. As regards etym., Nöl.c. al. expl. as ‘the father [a divine title] is exalted’ (cf. יְהוֹרָם, מַלְכִּירָם, [אֲ]חִירָם).

† I. חֶבְרוֹן n.pr.loc. Hebron (association, league)—ח׳ Gn 13:18 +; c. ה loc. חֶבְרוֹנָה Jos 10:36 + 6 times; חֶבְרֹ֫נָה 2 S 2:1;—𝔊 Χεβρων; mod. El-Ḫalîl (v. RobBR i. 213 f., ii. 73 ff. GuérinJudée iii. 214 ff.); ancient city in southern Judah, where (or near which) Abr. built an altar Gn 13:18 (J), and where was a sanctuary in Dvd.’s time 2 S 15:7, cf. לפני י׳ בְּח׳ 2 S 5:3 = 1 Ch 11:3; built 7 yrs. bef. Ṣoan in Egypt according to Nu 13:22 b (JE); under a king Jos 10:3, 5, 23 (JE) 12:10 (D); assigned to Caleb Jos 14:13, 14 (JED) Ju 1:20 yet v. 1 Ch 6:40 (cf. v 41); older name קִרְיַת (הָ)אַרְבַּע according to Jos 14:15 (JED), cf. Gn 23:2; 35:27 Jos 15:54; 20:7 (all P) Ju 1:10 b; v. also Jos 15:13; 21:11 (both P); called also מַמְרֵא Gn 23:19 (and 35:27, both P); a city of refuge Jos 21:13 (P) = 1 Ch 6:42; עֵמֶק ח׳ Gn 37:14 (J); named elsewhere Nu 13:22 a (JE) Jos 10:36, 39; 11:21 (all D) Ju 1:10 a; 16:3 2 S 2:32; 15:9 2 Ch 11:10; a resort of David, and for 7 yrs. his royal city 1 S 30:31 2 S 2:1, 11; 3:2, 5, 19, 20, 22, 27, 32; 4:1, 8, 12(×2); 5:1, 3, 13 1 K 2:11; 1 Ch 3:1, 4; 11:1, 3; 12:24, 39 (van d. H. v 23, 38) 29:27; read also perhaps for תחתו 2 S 3:12, 𝔊L εἰς Χεβρων, cf. Dr; seat of Absalom’s rebellion 2 S 15:10; עָרֵי ח׳ 2 S 2:3 abode of David’s men.

† I. עֲרָבָה61 n.f. desert-plain, steppe; abs. ע׳ 2 S 4:7 +, sf. עַרְבָתָהּ Is 51:3; pl. עֲרָבוֹת Je 5:6 ψ 68:5, cstr. עַרְבוֹ�� 2 K 25:5 +, עַרְבֹת Je 52:8;— 1. earliest use: a. arid steppe W. of Dead Sea (in S. Judah) 1 S 23:24, also Ez 47:8; Is 51:3, whence name יָם הָע׳ Jos 3:16 (JE ‖ יָם הַמֶּלַח), also 2 K 14:25; Dt 4:49, and (‖ id.) 3:17 Jos 12:3 (D); נַחַל הָעֲרָבָה Am 6:14 must be E. of Dead Sea, si vera l., but read prob. נ׳ מִצְרַיִם v. נַ֫חַל" dir="rtl" >נַחַל. b. Jordan-valley W. of river + adjacent plain; near ford (opp. Jericho) 2 S 2:29, cf. Jos 8:14 (JE); also Dt 11:30; 2 K 25:4 = Je 39:4 = 52:7;—2 S 15:28; 17:16 v. עֲבָרָה" dir="rtl" >עֲבָרָה. c. Jordan-valley E. of river 2 S 4:7. 2. in D: a. especially of E. Jordan plain Dt 1:1 (prob.) Jos 12:1, 3, E. half of Jordan-valley Dt 3:17; 4:49; of entire Jordan-valley (between כִּנֶּרֶת and Dead Sea, mod. El-Ghôr, the Depression) Dt 1:7; Jos 11:2, 16; W. Jordan plain only Jos 12:8; depression S. of Dead Sea (mod. Wady el-ʿArabah) Dt 2:8. 3. in P always pl. cstr. עַרְבוֹת מוֹאָב (E. Jordan) Nu 22:1 + 11 times (v. מוֹאָב); ע׳ יְרֵחוֹ (W. Jordan) Jos 4:13; 5:10, also 2 K 25:5 = Je 39:5 = 52:8. 4. appar. N. Arabian desert Is 40:3; 41:19. 5. in gen. the steppe (often ‖ מִדְבָּר), Je 17:6; 50:12 Is 33:9; 35:1, 6; Jb 24:5; 39:6 ψ 68:5; זְאֵב עֲרָבוֹת Je 5:6 (fig. of invader); cf. description of Exodus אֶרֶץ עֲרָבָה וְשׁוּחָה Je 2:6; in sim., of a plain, of future land of Judah Zc 14:10.—Vid. Dr Dt 1:1 and reff. BuhlGeogr. 111.

I. בִּלְעָם n.pr.m. Balaam (according to Sta§ 293 = בלע + ם; NbrStud. Bib. i, 226 proposes בל = בעל + (god) עם), son of בְּעוֹר, prophet from פְּתוֹר (q.v.):—Nu 22:5, 7, 8, 9 + 47 times Nu 22–24 (all JE) 31:8, 16 (P) Dt 23:5, 6 (D) (cf. RD Jos 13:22) Jos 24:9, 10 (E) Mi 6:5 Ne 13:2.

† מָרְדֳּכַי (van d. H. מָרְדְּכַי) n.pr.m. Mordecai (perhaps from n. div. Marduk (מְרֹדַךְ), Zim ZAW xi. 161 ff.; cf. further Wild (citing Jensen)Comm. Est. 173f.);—מ׳ Ezr 2:2 Est 2:5 +; מָרְדֳּכָ֑י Est 2:22 +;— 1. companion of Zerub., according to Ezr 2:2=Ne 7:7. 𝔊 Μαραθχαιος, Μαρδοχαιος, etc. 2. cousin and adoptive father of Esther Est 2:5, 7, 10 + 55 times Est. 𝔊 Μαρδοχαιος.

Δαυείδ (Rec. Δαβίδ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. דָּוִד), David, King of Israel: Mat.1:6; 12:3, and al.; σκηνὴ Δ., Act.15:16; κλεὶς Δ., Rev.3:7; θρόνος Δ., Luk.1:32; ῥίζα Δ., Rev.5:5; βασιλεία Δ., Mrk.11:10; υἱὸς Δ., the Messiah (Ps. Sol., 17:23; for other reff. in Jewish lit., see Dalman, Words, 317), Mat.1:1 9:27, and al.; ἐν Δ., i.e. the Psalter, Heb.4:7 (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

מִדְיָן n.pr.m. 1. son of Abraham and Keturah Gn 25:2, 4 (J) 1 Ch 1:32, 33. 2. an Arabian tribe Gn 36:35 (= 1 Ch 1:46) Nu 31:3(×2), 7, 8(×2), 9 (P) Ju 6–9 (31 times); having a כֹּהֵן (as chieftain?) Ex 2:16; 3:1; 18:1 (E); זקנים Nu 22:4, 7 (JE), נשׂיא(ים) Nu 25:18 (P) Jos 13:21 (P), שׂרים Ju 7:25; 8:3, מלכים Nu 31:8(×2) Ju 5:5, 12, 26; בִּכְרֵי מִדְיָן dromedaries of Midian Is 60:6; יוֹם מִדְיָן day of Midian Is 9:3 (the victory over Midian Ju 7–8) cf. 10:26 ψ 83:10. 3. אֶרֶץ מִדְיָן the land of Midian Ex 2:15 (E) Hb 3:7; מִדְיָן Ex 4:19 (J) Nu 25:15 (P) 1 K 11:18; land of Ælantic gulf (where Arabic geographers still place town مدين). Cf. on Midian, GlaserSkizze ii. 447 ff.; HomAufsätze i. (1892), 4 f.

† נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּר and (incorrectly) נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּר (v. also infr.) n.pr.m. Nebuchadrezzar, Nebuchadnezzar (Bab. Nabû-kudurri-uṣur = (prob.) Nebo, protect the boundary! DlCalwer BL BudgeNebuchadn. (on kudurru, boundary, v DlHWB 319); poss. is also crown, and so SchrCOT 2 K 24, 1; JägerBAS i. 471 proposes (thy) servant);—𝔊 Ναβον-χοδονοσ(σ)ορ; Can. Ptol Ναβοκολασσαρον SchrCOT 490, Abydenos etc. Ναβουκοδρόσορος, v. Schrib. 2 K 24, 1;—the great king of Babylon (reigned b. c. 605–562), who captured Jerus. and carried Judah captive: most often נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּר מֶלֶךְ בָּבֶל (נ׳ often om. in 𝔊 Je 21:2, 7 (but om. 𝔊 Gie), 22:25; 25:1, 9; 29:21; 32:28; 34:1 (v. Baer’s note; van d. H נבוכדנ׳), 35:11; 37:1; 39:1, 5 (v. on 34:1), v 11 43:10; 44:30; 46:2, 13, 26; 49:30; 50:17; 51:34; 52:4, 12 Ez 26:7; 29:18, 19, 30:10; so Qr Je 49:28 (Kt נבוכדראצור מ׳ ב׳); נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּר֑ (מֶלֶךְ בָּבֶל om.) Je 32:1; 52:28, 29, 30. Spelt corruptly with n, נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּר מ׳ ב׳ (cf. SchrCOT 2 K 24, 1 n.) 2 Ch 36:6 Dn 1:1 Je 27:6, 8, 20; 28:3; 29:3 Ezr 2:1 Qr (Kt נבוכדנצור מ׳ ב׳, cf. Je 49:28 supr.); נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּר alone 2 Ch 36:7, 10, 13 (הַמֶּלֶךְ נ׳), Je 29:1; נְבֻכַדְנֶאצַּר מ׳ ב׳ 2 K 24:1, 10, 11; 25:1, 8, 22 Je 28:11, 14; נְבֻכַדְנֶאצַּר֑ 1 Ch 5:41; נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר מ׳ ב׳ Ne 7:6 Est 2:6; נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר Ezr 1:7 (מ׳ ב׳ om.), נְבֻכַדְנֶצַּר Dn 2:1(×2), נְבֻכַדְנֶצַּר֑ 1:18 (v. also Tobit 14:5, Jud 1:1 + often, as 𝔊 supr.)—On N. v. further TieleBab.-Assyrian Gesch, 421 ff., 454 ff.

† נָטַע vb. plant (NH id., and deriv.; cf. Sab. נטעת pavilion [? as planted, established] DHM ZMG xxxvii. (1883), 337, 349);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. Nu 24:6 +, 2 ms. נָטָ֑עְתָּ Dt 6:11, sf. 3 mpl. נְטַעְתָּם Je 12:2; 1 s. נָטַ֫עְתִּי Je 45:4 + 2 times, וְנָטַעְתִּ֫י Je 42:10 Ec 2:5, sf. נְטַעְתִּיךְ Je 2:21, וּנְטַעְתִּיו consec. 2 S 7:10 = וּנְטַעְתִּיהוּ 1 Ch 17:9, וּנְטַעְתִּים consec. Am 9:15 + 2 times, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִטַּע Dn 11:45, וַיִּטַּע Gn 2:8 + 2 times, sf. וַיִּטָּעֵ֫הוּ Is 5:2; 2 ms. תִּטַּע Dt 16:21 + 2 times, sf. 3 fs. וַתִּטָּעֶ֑הָ ψ 80:9; sf. 3 mpl. וַתִּטָּעֵ֫מוֹ Ex 15:17, וַתִּטָּעֵם ψ 44:3, etc.; Imv. נִטְעוּ Je 29:5 + 3 times; Inf. לִנְטֹעַ Is 51:16 Je 18:9, לִנְטוֹעַ Je 1:10; 31:28, לָטַעַת Ec 3:2; Pt. act. נוֹטֵעַ Je 11:17, נֹטַע ψ 94:9 (shewing orig. a according to LagBN 84); pl. נֹטְעִים Je 31:5; pass. נָטוּעַ Ec 3:2, pl. נְטוּעִים Ec 12:11;— 1. plant, c. acc. of tree or vine Nu 24:6 (JE; subj. י׳), Gn 21:33 (J), Lv 19:23 (H), Is 44:14 ψ 106:16 (subj. י׳), Ec 2:5 also (fig. of people) Je 2:21; 11:17 ψ 80:9, 16; c. acc. of vineyard Gn 9:20 (J), Am 5:11; 9:14; 2 K 19:29 = Is 37:30; Zp 1:13; Dt 20:6; 28:30, 39 Je 31:5(×3); 35:7; Ez 28:26; Is 65:21; Pr 31:16 ψ 107:37; Ec 2:4; olive trees and vineyards Dt 6:11 Jos 24:13 (D); garden Gn 2:8 (י׳), Je 29:5, 28; so c. acc. אֲשֵׁרָה כָּל־עֵץ Dt 16:21; נ׳ נִטְעֵי נַעֲמָנִים Is 17:10 (fig. of idolatry); abs. (lit.) Is 65:22; Ec 3:2(×2) (opp. עָקַר); c. 2 acc. Is 5:2 (plant vineyard with vine). 2. plant, fig. = establish, usually of establishing people, c. acc. 2 S 17:10 = 1 Ch 17:9 Am 9:15 (opp. נָתַשׁ), Ez 36:36; Ex 15:17 (song), especially Je 24:6; 32:41 (ב loc.), 42:10 (opp. נָתַשׁ), 45:10 (opp. id., ψ 44:3 (all of establishing Isr.); of establishing wicked Je 12:2; abs. of establishing people Je 1:10; 18:9; 31:28; more lit., establish heavens Is 51:16 (‖ לִיסֹד אֶרֶץ); plant i.e. fix (late use) tents Dn 11:45; מַשְׂמְרוֹת נְטוּעִים Ec 12:11 nails planted, i.e. fixed in; even נ׳ אֹזֶן ψ 94:9 he that planted the ear. Niph. Pf. 3 pl. נִמָּ֑עוּ Is 40:24 be planted, fig., = be established.

אִיּוֹב n.pr.m. Job (meaning unknown; Thes √ איב; obj. of enmity, cf. for pass. sense יִלּוֹד; Ew comp. Ara. أَوَّابٌ he who turns (to God); but cf. Di on 1:1; all dub. cf. LagBN 90) Jb 1:1, 5(×3), 8, 9, 14 + 48 textual Jb; Ez 14:14, 20.

אֱלִישָׁע n.pr.m. (God is salvation, cf. אֱלִישׁוּעַ, Sab. יתֿעאל DHMZMG 1883, 15) the prophet Elisha, the successor of Elijah 1 K 19:16 + 57 times all K; Ἐλισα, Ἐλισαιε 𝔊; Ἐλισαιος Lu 4:27.

אָסָא n.pr.m. (perhaps healer) I king of Judah, son of Abijam and father of Jehoshaphat 1 K 15:8, 9, 11 + 24 times 1 K 15; 16; 22; 1 Ch 3:10 2 Ch 13:23 + 28 times 2 Ch 14–21; Je 41:9. Perhaps apoc. theophoric name, cf. רְפָאֵל. Also son of Elkanah and father of Berechiah 1 Ch 9:16.

דְּנָה57 demonstr. pr. comm. this (Zinj. זן, זנה; Egyptian Aramaic זנה (S-CPap. B 17 +); זנך (ib.C 6, D 8); Nab. Palm. דנה (Lzb 264 Cooke 26); 𝔗 דֵּין (e.g. 1 S 10:27) and (with הָ, i.e. הָא, ܗܳܐ ecce) הָדֵין; Aramaic of Têma הא זא (Cooke 195. 198); Syriac ܗܳܢܳܐ (contr. for הָֽדְנָא); Mand. האזין; Sab. ذن (HomChrest. 13); Ethiopic ዝንቱ: all from [דֶּה,] זה, + demonstr. n (WCG 108 f.); fem. Biblical Aramaic דָּא, 𝔗 דָּא, הָדָה, Syriac ܗܳܕܶܐ, Mand. האזא, Ethiopic ዛቲ without the n; the pl. is אִלֵּין, q.v.);—this: a. Dn 2:18 רָזָא דְנָה this secret, v 28, 29, 30 +, Ezr 4:11; 5:3, 4, 9 +; כָּל־דְּנָה Dn 5:22. b. אַחֲרֵי דְנָה after this †Dn 2:29, 45; so בָּאתַר דְּנָה †7:6, 7. c. כִּדְנָה like this, thus, †Je 10:11 (= Heb. כֹּה), Dn 2:10 מִלְּתָא כִדְנָה a word like this (cf.כָּזֹאת Est 4:14), Da 3:29 Ezr 5:7. d. עַל־דְּנָה on account of this †Dn 3:16; Ezr 4:22; 5:5, 17; 6:11; as conj. = therefore (cf.Heb. עַל־זֹאת) Ezr 4:14, 15.—Vid. also קֳבֵל" dir="rtl" >קֳבֵל and קַדְמָה" dir="rtl" >קַדְמָה.

יֵהוּא n.pr.m. (prob. contr. from יהוהוא = י׳ is He, cf. יֵשׁוּעַ and reff.; cuneif. Ia-u-a COT 1 K 16:23 2 K 9:2 (further SchrMBAW 1880, 277, SchrZA iii. 3 HptBAS i. 296, 329 Jäger ib. 468); cf. also אֱלִיהוּ)— 1. king of Israel who overthrew the dynasty of Omri (𝔊 Εἰου, A often Ἰηου, 𝔊L Ἰου) 1 K 19:16, 17(×2) 2 K 9:2 + 36 times 2 K 9 & 10 + 12:2; 13:1; 14:8; 15:12; 2 Ch 22:7, 8, 9; 25:17; Ho 1:4. †2. prophet of N. Israel in time of Baasha & Jehoshaphat (𝔊 Εἰου, A Εἰηου 𝔊L Ἰου in K; 𝔊 Ἰου, Ἰησου, A 𝔊L Ἰηου in Ch) 1 K 16:1, 7, 12; 2 Ch 19:2; 20:34. †3. one of David’s heroes 1 Ch 12:3 (𝔊 Ἰηουλ, 𝔊L Ἰηουδ)). †4. a Judaite 1 Ch 2:38(×2) (𝔊 Ἰησους, A 𝔊L Ἰηου). 5. a Simeonite prince 1 Ch 4:35 (𝔊 οὗτος i.e. (י)הוּא; A 𝔊L Ἰηου).

יְרִיחוֹ, יְרִיחֹה, יְרֵחוֹ n.pr.loc. Jericho (on form see Baer on Jos 2:1 Je 39:5 KöEinl. 49; √ and meaning dub.; according to Thes al. from רָוַח, = regio fragrans, the district abounding in palms, rose-gardens, balsam, etc.);—יְרִיחוֹ Jos 2:1 + 27 times Jos (19 times JE, 3 times D, 6 times P), + 5 times 2 K 2; יְרִחוֹ Jos 18:21 2 S 10:5 Je 39:5; 52:8; יְרִחֹה 1 K 16:34; יְרֵחוֹ Dt 34:1 (P), v 3 (D), Nu 22:1 (P) + 9 times P, 2 K 25:5 Ezr 2:34 Ne 3:2; 7:36 + 3 times Ch;—Canaanit. city taken by Josh. Jos 6:1 (JE) +; having a king 2:2, 3; 8:2; 10:1 (all JE), 10:28, 30; 12:9 (all D); near Jordan, whence (יְרִיחוֹ) יַרְדֵּן יְרֵחוֹ, v. יַרְדֵּן supr.; Mt. Nebo is described as עַל־פְּנֵי יְרֵחוֹ Dt 32:49; 34:1 (P); (called עִיר הַתְּמָרִים Jud 1:16; 3:13; so in appos. Dt 34:3 2 Ch 28:15); the adjacent plain is called בִּקְעַת יְרֵחוֹ Dt 34:3 (JE); עַרְבוֹת יְרֵחוֹ 2 K 25:5 = Je 39:5 = 52:8; ע׳ יְרִיחוֹ Jos 4:13; 5:10 (both P); among returning exiles appear בְּנֵי יְרֵחוֹ Ezr 2:34 = Ne 7:36, and among builders of wall אַנְשֵׁי יְרֵחוֹ Ne 3:2 (BeRy Ryle ad loc. and Ezr 2:34);—mod. rîḥâ; see also GASmGeogr. 266 ff.

† רָצָה vb. be pleased with, accept favourably (NH id., will, be willing; Arabic رَضِىَ (orig. و) be well pleased with, NöZMG liv (1900), 155; Sab. רצֿו favour CIS iv. no. 77, 9 al., cf. HomSüdar. Chrest. 123, רצֿים good, acceptable, CIS iv, no. 73, 9. al., of a coin, good, id.ib. no. 21, 5; Aramaic ܪܥܳܐ רְעָא, ܪܥܳܐ have pleasure in, cf. II. רָעָה supr.);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. ר׳ Ec 9:7; sf. רָצָם Je 14:10; 1 s. וְרָצִאתִי Ez 43:27 consec. (metapl. Ges§ 75 rr; Aramaism, Krae; but Co וְרָצִיתִי), etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִרְצֶה ψ 147:10 +, sf. יִרְצְךָ Mal 1:8; 3 fs. juss. תִּ֫רֶץ Lv 26:43; 3 fpl. תִּרְצֶנָה Pr 23:26 Kt (תִּצֹּרְנָה, √ נצר, cf. Toy), etc.; Imv. רְצֵה ψ 40:14; 119:108; inf. cstr. רְצוֹת Pr 16:7 ψ 77:8, etc.; Pt. רוֹצֶה 147:11; 149:4, sf. רֹצָם Je 14:12; pass. רָצוּי Est 10:3, cstr. רְצוּי Dt 33:24;— 1. be pleased with, favourable to: a. of God, c. acc. pers. Is 42:1 ψ 44:4; 147:11; Jb 33:26; c. acc. rei ψ 85:2 1 Ch 29:17; Pr 16:7; Ec 9:7; c. ב pers. ψ 149:4; ב rei 147:10; Hg 1:8; abs. ψ 77:8. b. of men: c. acc. pers., subj. father Mal 1:8, ‖ אהב Pr 3:12; of brother Gn 33:10 (JE), monarch 2 Ch 10:7; c. acc. rei ψ 62:5; 102:15; Jb 14:6; Pr 23:26 (but v. supr.); c. בְּ rei 1 Ch 29:3 ψ 49:14; עִם pers. Jb 34:9 ψ 50:18; pt. pass. רָצוּי favoured, acceptable to Dt 33:24 (poem), Est 10:3. 2. accept: of God, c. acc. pers., sacrificing, 2 S 24:23; Ho 8:13; Je 14:10, 12; Ez 20:40, 41; 43:27; c. acc. of sacrifice Dt 33:11; Mal 1:10, 13 ψ 51:18; 119:108; c. בְ of sacrifice Mi 6:7; abs. Am 5:22. 3. be pleased: a. determined, c. inf. ψ 40:14. b. c. בּ pers. 1 Ch 28:4. 4. make acceptable, satisfy (by paying off debt), subj. land, paying off its sabbaths (Di Dr al. accept, be satisfied with [in payment]) Lv 26:34, 43; 2 Ch 36:21, c. acc. of guilt incurred (עָוֹן) Lv 26:41, 43 (Hiph., so SS Gerber). Niph. Pf. 3 ms. נִרְצָה Lv 1:4 Is 40:2; Impf. 3 ms. יֵרָצֶה Lv 7:18 +, etc.;— 1. pass. of Qal 2, be accepted, of sacrifices, c. ל pers., Lv 1:4; 22:25; c. ל of sacrifice 22:23, 27; abs. 7:18; 19:7. 2. pass. of Qal 4: נִרְצָה עֲוֹנָהּ Is 40:2 her punishment is accepted (as satisfactory). Pi. Impf. 3 mpl. יְרַצּוּ Jb 20:10, c. acc. דַּלִּים seek the favour of the poor (but Bu SS Gerber from רצץ). Hiph. Pf. 3 fs. וְהִרְצָת (Ges§ 75 m) consec. Lv 26:34 the land shall pay off her sabbaths (acc.), cf. Qal 4. Hithp. Impf. 3 ms. יִתְרַצֶּה 1 S 29:4 with what shall he make himself acceptable unto (אֶל) his lord? + 3 mpl. יִתְרַצּוּ Ho 4:10 𝔊 We Now (for MT יפרצו) they shall not have delight.

† I. חָלַק vb. divide, share (NH id.; Aramaic חֲלַק field, חוּלְּקָא portion, ܚܠܰܩ divide, determine, decree; Arabic خَلَقَ measure, measure off; Assyrian eḳlu, possession, field, JägerBAS ii. 296; Ethiopic ኈለቈ: i. 2, is enumerate, ኍልቍ, ኊለቅ enumeration, number)— Qal Pf. ח׳ Dt 4:19 + 5 times; חָֽלְקוּ Jos 18:2; Impf. יַחֲלֹק Jb 27:17 Pr 17:2; 2 ms. sf. וַתַּחְלְקֵם Ne 9:22; 3 pl. וַיַּחְלְקוּ Jos 14:5; יַחֲלֹ֑קוּ 1 S 30:24; וַיַּחְלְקוּם 1 Ch 24:4, 5; תַּחְלְקוּ 2 S 19:30; Imv. חִלְקוּ Jos 22:8; Inf. לַחֲלֹק Ne 13:13; Pt. חוֹלֵק Pr 29:24;— 1. divide, apportion, sq. acc. (of gods) and לְ pers. Dt 4:19; 29:25; acc. not expressed Ne 13:13 (ref. to offerings and tithes); c. acc. (of land) Jos 14:5 (P), 18:2 (JE), 2 S 19:30: obj. people Ne 9:22; ח׳ עִם divide with others Jos 22:8 (D?). 2. assign, distribute: Levites over (על) temple 2 Ch 23:18, cf. 1 Ch 24:4, 5. 3. assign, impart, sq. בַּבִּינָה & לְ Jb 39:17. 4. share (in), sq. acc. silver Jb 27:17; inheritance Pr 17:2; spoil 1 S 30:24 (obj. om.); sq. עם have shares with ח׳ עם גַּנָּב Pr 29:24. 5. divide up = plunder the temple, sq. acc. 2 Ch 28:21 (v. Be). Niph. Impf. יֵחָלֵק Nu 26:55 1 K 16:21; יֵחָ֫לֶק Jb 38:24; וַיֵּחָלֵק Gn 14:15; 3 fs. תֵּחָלֵק Nu 26:53; 26:56; וַיֶּֽחָלְקֵם (Baer) 1 Ch 23:6; 24:3 cf. Be & infr. sub Pi.;— 1. reflex., divide oneself Gn 14:15 (i.e. one’s men). 2. pass. be divided: a. apportioned, the land Nu 26:53, 55 (by lot) v 56 (id.); all P. b. of people, divided into two factions 1 K 16:21. c. of light, parted, spread abroad Jb 38:24. 3. trans. assign, distribute 1 Ch 23:6; 24:3, but trans. Niph. is unlikely, v. infr. Pi. Pf. 3 pl. חִלֵּקוּ Jo 4:2; וְחִלַּקְתֶּם consec. Ez 47:21; sf. חִלְּקָם La 4:16; 3 fs. sf. חִלְּקַ֫תָּה Is 34:17; 2 ms. sf. וְחִלַּקְתָּם Ex 5:1;—Impf. יְחַלֵּק Gn 49:27 + 4 times, etc.; prob. read יְחַלְּקֵם 1 Ch 23:6; 24:3 (v. supr. Niph.), etc.; Imv. חַלֵּק Jos 13:7; Inf. חַלֵּק Jos 19:51 Pr 16:19; sf. חַלְּקָם Is 9:2— 1. divide, apportion: food, at festival 2 S 6:19, sq. acc. & לְ = 1 Ch 16:3, garments ψ 22:19, sorrows Jb 21:17 (no לְ); give a portion to, sq. לְ (no acc. expr.) Is 53:12; a land Jo 4:2 (no ind. obj.) Jos 19:51 (P), also Mi 2:4, ψ 60:8 = 108:8, Dn 11:39; sq. acc. & לְ Jos 13:7; 18:10 1 K 18:6 Is 34:17 Ez 47:21; divide hair (symbol.) Ez 5:1; divide spoil (שָׁלָל) Is 9:2 Pr 16:19 Gn 49:27 (poem), Ex 15:9 (song); Ju 5:30 ψ 68:13 Is 53:12. 2. assign, distribute: Levites to their service, prob. 1 Ch 23:6; 24:3 (v. supr.) 3. scatter, sq. acc. Gn 49:7 (poem) (‖ הפיץ), La 4:16. Pu. Pf. חֻלַּק Is 33:23; וְחֻלַּק consec. Zc 14:1; Impf. 3 fs. תְּחֻלָּ֑ק Am 7:17; be divided, of land Am 7:17; spoil Is 33:23 Zc 14:1. Hithp. Pf. וְהִתְחַלְּקוּ consec. Jos 18:5 divide (land) among themselves. Hiph. Inf. לַחֲלִק Je 37:12; to receive a portion (denom. from חֵלֶק), but dub.

Πειλᾶτος (Rec. Πιλάτος, Tr., -ᾶτος, see WH, App., 155), -ου, ὁ, Pontius Pilate: Mat.27:2, Mrk.15:1, Luk.3:1, Jhn.18:29, Act.3:13, 1Ti.6:13, al (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

אֶסְתֵּר n.pr.f. Esther (Pers. stâra, star)—daughter of Abihail, cousin and adopted daughter of Mordecai, of tribe of Benjamin; made queen in Vashti’s place by Ahasuerus; her Jewish name הֲדַסָּה q.v. Est 2:7, 8, 10, 11, 15(×2), 16, 17 + 47 times Est.

Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. (MT) מִרְיָם) Mary. In NT; __1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14 __2. M. Magdalene (which see). __3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1, Luk.24:10. __4. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Luk.10:39, 42 Jhn.11:1-2, 19 ff. Jhn.12:3. __5. The mother of John Mark: Act.12:12. __6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Rom.16:6 (on the signification of the name, see Zorell, see word; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 bn).† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

הָמָן n.pr.m. Haman, favourite of Ahasuerus (etym. dub.; according to JenVOJ 1892, 58 ff. = Elamit. n.pr.div. Ḫumban, or Ḫumman)—Est 3:1 + 53 times in Esther.

II. לָבָן54 n.pr.m. son of Bethuel, brother of Rebekah, and father-in-law of Jacob (𝔊 Λαβαν), Gn 24:29(×2), 50; 27:43; 28:2, 5 + 17 times J (Gn 29, 30, 31, 32); 29:15, 16, 19, 21, 22, 26 + 18 times E (Gn 31, 32, ל׳ הָאֲרַמִּי 31:24); 25:20 (ל׳ הָאֲרַמִּי) 28:5 (id.), also 28:2; 29:24, 29; 46:18, 25 (all P).

διό, conjunction, for δι᾽ ὅ, wherefore, on which account, Refs 5th c.BC+; διὸ καί, διὸ δὴ καί, Refs 5th c.BC+

יֹאשִׁיָּ֫הוּ, יֹאשִׁיָּה n.pr.m. (י׳ supporteth) 1. יֹאשִׁיָּהוּ king of Judah, son of Amon 1 K 13:2 2 K 21:24, 26 + 11 times K, + 19 times Ch, + 17 times Je + Zp 1:1; also יֹאו֯שִׁיָּהוּ Je 27:1. 2. יֹאשִׁיָּה a returned exile Zc 6:10.

צָדוֹק and (1 K 1:26) צָדֹק54 n.pr.m. (just, righteous; cf. Sab. n.pr. צדק CIS iv, No. 287, 1. 2. 11. 15 etc., DHMHof museum. No. 32);—Σαδωκ, Σαδδουκ (cf. LagBN 225 ff.):— 1. 48 priests: a. David’s time 2 S 8:17 = 1 Ch 18:16, 2 S 15:24, 25 + 23 times S K Ch, + (Sol.’s time) 1 K 2:35 = 1 Ch 29:22, 1 K 4:2, 4; ancestor of בְּנֵי צָדוֹק Ez 40:46; 44:15; 48:11, זֶרַע צ׳ 43:19, בֵּית צ׳ 2 Ch 31:10; descendant of Eleazar 1 Ch 5:34(×2) + 5 times Ch. b. 1 Ch 5:38(×2), poss. = c. 1 Ch 9:11; Ne 11:11. †2. father-in-law of Uzziah 2 K 15:33 = 2 Ch 27:1. †3. two wall-builders: a. Ne 3:4. b. v 29; perhaps = c. 10:22, and d. צ׳ הַסּוֹפֵר 13:13.

דָּנִיֵּאל n.pr.m. Daniel (BH id.);—Dn 2:13, 14 + 50 times Dn.

† יְהוֹיָדָע, יוֹיָדָע n.pr.m. (י׳ knoweth; cf. יְדַעְיָה, אֶלְיָדָע & reff., בְּעֶלְיָדָע)— 1. יְהוֹ׳; 𝔊 usually Ἰωδαε, A sometimes Ἰωιαδαε (2 S 23:30 +), 𝔊L Ἰωαδ (2 S 20:23 Ἰωαδδαι), father of Benaiah (David’s time), in combin. בְּנָיָהוּ בֶּן־יְהוֹ׳ 2 S 8:18; 20:23; 23:20, 22 1 K 1:8, 26, 32, 36, 38, 44; 2:25, 29, 34, 35, 46; 4:4; 1 Ch 1, 24; 18:17; 27:5; יְהוֹיָדָע בֶּן־בְּנָיָהוּ 1 Ch 27:34 is prob. erron. inversion of the usual order; יְהוֹ׳ alone only 1 Ch 12:28 (where called הַנָּגִיד לְאַחֲרֹן). 2. יְהוֹ׳, 𝔊 usually Ἰωδαε A sometimes Ἰωιαδαε etc., (chief) priest at Jerus. in time of Joash 2 K 11:4, 9(×2), 15, 17; 12:3, 8, 10; 2 Ch 22:11; 23:1, 8(×2), 9, 11, 14, 16, 18; 24:2, 3, 6, 12, 14(×2), 15, 17, 20, 22, 25 Je 29:26. 3. יוֹיָדָע a builder at wall of Jerus., with Nehemiah, Ne 3:6 (𝔊 Ἰοειαα, Ἰοειδα, Ἰωδαε, etc.) 4. יוֹ׳ son of h. p. Eliashib Ne 12:10, 11, 22; 13:28 (𝔊 Ἰωδα, Ἰωδαε, Ἰωιαδα).

מָדַד53 vb. measure (NH id.; Ph. מדד; Arabic مَدَّ extend, stretch, مُدٌّ a corn-measure, etc.; Assyrian madâdu, measure; Jew.-Aramaic n. מִידָּה measure, proportion, rule);— Qal Pf. מ׳ (מָדָ֑ד) Is 40:12 + 9 times Ez; sf. מְדָדוֹ Ez 42:15, 20; 1 s. וּמַדֹּתִ֫י Is 65:7; וּמָֽדְדוּ consec. Dt 21:2; Ez 43:10; וּמַדֹּתֶם consec. Nu 35:5; Impf. וַיָּ֫מָד Ru 3:15 + 22 times Ez; 2 ms. תָּמוֹד Ez 45:3; וַיָּמֹ֫דּוּ Ex 16:18; תָּמֹ֫דּוּ Ez 47:18; Inf. לָמֹד Zc 2:6;—measure, chiefly lit. (usually sq.acc. rei; obj. om. Ex 16:18; Dt 21:2; Ez 40:35, cf. 47:18 (but v. Co); sq. acc. of measure Ru 3:15; Ez 42:19; 47:3, 4(×2), 5);— 1. measure of length, distance Nu 35:5 (P), Dt 21:2 (D), Ez 40:5, 6, 8, 20 + 32 times Ez 40–47; Zc 2:6. 2. of dry measure Ex 16:18 (P), Ru 3:15. 3. fig. of measuring waters Is 40:12 (of י׳); of requital Is 65:7. †Niph. Impf. יִמַּד Ho 2:1; Je 33:22; יִמַּדּוּ Je 31:37;—be measured, of sand of sea Ho 2:1 Je 33:22; of heavens Je 31:37. †Pi. Pf. וּמִדַּד־ consec. Jb 7:4 (cf. Ges§52, 2. R. 1); Impf. וַיְמַדֵּד 2 S 8:2; וַיְמַדְּדֵם v 2; אֲמַדֵּד ψ 60:8; 108:8;— 1. extend, continue (= make extent or continuation), subj. עֶרֶב Jb 7:4. 2. measure, measure off, בַחֶבֶל, of apportioning Moabites to death and life, sq. sf. 8:2; also obj. חֲבָלִים v 2; metaph. of conquest, sq. acc., ψ 60:8 = 108:8 (‖ חִלֵּק). Po. Impf. וַיְמֹ֫דֶד Hb 3:6 (subj. God, obj. אֶרֶץ), measured (viz. with eye) 𝔙 Hi AV RV, but dub.; 𝔊 ἐσαλεύθη, 𝔗 אֲזִיעַ, hence shook Ew Ke Or al. (from √ [מוֹד =] מוֹט, but read then rather וַיְמֹטֵט, although מוט not elsewhere in this conj.; We, plausibly, וַיְמֹגֵג √ מוג, cf. Na 1:5). †Hithpo. וַיִּתְמֹדֵד sq. עַל־הַיֶּ֫לֶד; 1 K 17:21 measured (= extended, stretched) himself upon the boy.

נַפְתָּלִי51 n.pr.m. et trib. Naphtali, Νεφθαλει(μ), etc. (interpr. as my wrestling Gn 30:8; perhaps orig. crafty, cunning one);— 1. second son of Jacob and Bilhah Gn 30:8 (J), 35:25; 46:24 (P), 1 Ch 2:2, cf. Gn 49:21 (poem). 2. as a tribe of Isr.: a. Ju 1:33; 4:10; 5:18; Dt 33:23(×2) +; so (Hex, only P) בְּנֵי נ׳ Ju 4:6; Nu 1:42 + 6 times, מַטֵּה נ׳ Nu 2:29; 1 K 7:14 + 5 times, מַטֵּה בְּנֵי נ׳ Nu 10:27; 34:28; Jos 19:39; שַׁעַר נ׳ Ez 48:34 (in new Jerus.); אֶרֶץ נ׳ 1 K 15:20; 2 K 15:29, cf. Is 8:23; קֶדֶשׁ נ׳ Ju 4:6; הַר נ׳ Jos 20:7; גְּבוּל נ׳ Ez 48:4, יָ֫מָּה נ׳ v 3; עָרֵי נ׳ 2 Ch 16:4. b. as territorial name Dt 34:2 (JE) 1 K 4:15; 1 Ch 12:41 (van d. H. v 40), 2 Ch 34:6; Ju 6:35; 7:23 might be a or b.

† [נָשַׂג] vb. only Hiph. reach, overtake (Ecclus 14:13 והשיגת ידך, 35:10 ובהשגת יד (cf. Schechter on 14:13), cf. 3 infr.; ישיג מענה 32:14 shall obtain an answer);— Hiph. Pf. 3 ms. וְהִשִּׂיג consec. Lv 26:5, sf. וְהִשִּׂיגוֹ consec. Dt 19:6; 2 ms. sf. וְהִשֵּׂגְתָּם consec. Gn 44:4, etc.; Impf. יַשִּׂיג Lv 26:5, וַיַּשֵּׂג Gn 31:25, sf. וַיַּשִּׂגֵם Gn 44:6, etc.; Inf. abs. הַשֵּׂג 1 S 30:8; Pt. מַשִּׂין 1 S 14:26, sf. מַשִּׂיגֵ֫הוּ Jb 41:18; f. מַשֶּׂגֶת Lv 14:21 1 Ch 21:12 (but read וְאִם הֱיוֹת as ‖ 2 S 24:13 We Sm Kit);— 1. overtake, c. acc., often after רָדַף: a. lit. Gn 31:25 (E), 44:4, 6 (J), Ex 14:9 (P), 15:9 (song), Dt 19:6 Jos 2:5 (JE), 1 S 30:8(×3) 2 S 15:14 2 K 25:5 = Je 39:5 = 52:8, Ho 2:9, cf. ψ 7:6; 18:38 (וָאַשְׁמִידֵם in ‖ 2 S 22:38), La 1:3 (metaph.). b. fig. of battle Ho 10:9, sword Je 42:16; on 1 Ch 21:12 v. supr.; of blessings Dt 28:2, curses v 15, 45 predictions Zc 1:6, justice Is 59:9, wrath of י׳ ψ 69:25, iniquities 40:13, calamities Jb 27:20. 2. a. reach, attain to, Jb 41:18 (if one) reach it (crocodile) with the sword (2 acc.); fig. paths of life Pr 2:19, joy, etc., Is 35:10 also 51:11 (CheHpt יַשִּׂיגוּם, for MT יַשִּׂיגוּן; PerlesAnalekten. 64 יִשְׂגּוּן, from שׂגה); of time Gn 47:9 my days have not reached the days … of my fathers, cf. Lv 26:5(×2). b. cause to reach, bring, put, מַשִּׂיג יָדוֹ אֶל־פִּיו 1 S 14:26 no one put his hand to his mouth, but read מֵשִׁיב 𝔊 𝔗 Klo Dr Bu Kit HPS Löhr. 3. fig. הִשִּׂיגָה יָדוֹ one’s hand has reached, i.e. one is able, or has enough, Lv 5:11 (c. לְ), 14:21; 25:26, 49; c. acc. = able to secure, get 14:22, 30, 31, 32; 27:8 Nu 6:21 (all P), Ez 46:7; abs. = gain (riches) Lv 25:47 (H).—Jb 24:2 v. סוּג" dir="rtl" >סוּג.

רְחַבְעָם49 n.pr.m. Rehoboam (word-play on רחב Ecclus 47:23 c);—king of Judah, son of Solomon; Ροβοαμ: 1 K 11:43; 12:1, 3, 6 + 16 times 1 K 12, 14, + 15:6 ‖ 2 Ch 9:31; 10:1, 3, 6 + 21 times 2 Ch 10, 11, 12, + 13:7(×2); also 1 Ch 3:10.

ἄρᾰ, Epic dialect ῥά (which is enclitic and used after monosyllables, ἦ, ὅς, γάρ, etc., or words ending in a vowel or diphthong, e.g. ἐπεί), before a consonant ἄρ (perhaps cf. Lithuanian i[rtilde] 'and'): expressing consequence, then, or mere succession, there and then, and in many derived uses. __A EARLIER USAGE: to denote, __A.I immediate transition, there and then, straightway, ὣς φάτο βῆ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὌνειροςRefs 8th c.BC+: after a participle, ὣς εἰπὼν κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἕζετοRefs 5th c.BC+; οὕτως ἄραRefs 5th c.BC+; often in apodosi, as αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ θηήσατο.. αὐτίκ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἤλυθενRefs 8th c.BC+: in enumerations, e. g. in Homer's catalogue, then, next, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Ἀθήνας εἶχονRefs; so in genealogies, Σίσυφος.. ὁ δ᾽ ἄ. Γλαῦκον τέκεθ᾽ υἱόνRefs __A.I.2 to draw attention, mark you! τὸν τρεῖς μὲν ἐπιρρήσσεσκον.. τῶν ἄλλων Ἀχιλεὺς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπιρρήσσεσκε καὶ οἶοςRefs: to point a moral or general statement, φευγόντων δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἂρ κλέος ὄρνυται οὔτε τις ἀλκήRefs __A.II connexion, such as, __A.II.1 that of antecedent and consequent, οἰνοχόει.. ἄσβεστος δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐνῶρτο γέλωςRefs: also in questions, τίς τ᾽ ἄρ τῶν ὄχ᾽ ἄριστος ἔη; who then (say you) was.. ? Refshe it was, whom.., Refs, thus, then he spoke.—This usage is universal in Greek. __A.II.2 explanation of that which precedes, χωόμενον κατὰ θυμὸν ἐϋζώνοιο γυναικὸς τήν ῥα.. ἀπηύρων whom (and for this cause he was angry) they had taken away, Refs; εἰ μὴ ὑπερφίαλον ἔπος ἔκβαλε.. φῆ ῥ᾽ ἀέκητι θεῶν φυγέειν for he said, Refs 8th c.BC+; so with relatives, ἐκ δ᾽ ἔθορε κλῆρος ὃν ἄρ᾽ ἤθελον αὐτοί the very one which.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __B LATER USAGE, always with inferential force: 1. in drawing conclusions (more subjective than οὖν), ἄριστον ἄ. ἡ εὐδαιμονίαRefs 4th c.BC+: especially by way of informal inference, as it seems, οὐκ ἄ. σοί γε πατὴρ ἦν ΠηλεύςRefs 8th c.BC+; οὕτω κοινόν τι ἄ. χαρᾷ καὶ λύπῃ δάκρυά ἐστιν so true is it that.., Refs 5th c.BC+; so in announcing the discovery or correction of an error, as οὐκ ἐννενοήκαμεν ὅτι εἰσὶν ἄ... Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰκότως ἄ. οὐκ ἐγίγνετο· ὡς γὰρ ἐγὼ νῦν πυνθάνομαι.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 in questions, expressing the anxiety of the questioner, τίς ἄ. ῥύσετα; who is there to save ? Refs 4th c.BC+; so in exclamations to heighten the expression of emotion, οἵαν ἄρ᾽ ἥβην.. ἀπώλεσεν what a band of youth was that.. ! Refs; so ὡς ἄραRefs 5th c.BC+; πῶς ἄ.; οὕτως ἄ., etc.; ἄ. alone, ἔζης ἄ.Refs 5th c.BC+: especially in ironical comments, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.3 epexegetic, namely, ἐρῶ, ὡς ἄ... Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4 for τοι ἄρα, τἄρα, see entry τοι Refs __B.5 εἰ (or ἐάν) μὴ ἄ. unless perhaps, Refs 5th c.BC+; separated from εἰ μή, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.6 in hypothetical clauses, to indicate the improbability of the supposition, ἢν ἄ. ποτὲ κατὰ γῆν βιασθῶσινRefs 5th c.BC+; or simply, perhaps (sometimes separated from εἰ), εἴ τις οὖν ὑμῶν ἄ... ὑπελάμβανενRefs 5th c.BC+ __C IN CRASIS, frequently τἄρα, μεντἄρα, οὐτἄρα: also δήξομἄρα for δήξομαι ἄ., Refs 5th c.BC+; οἰμώξετἄρα, κλαύσἄρα, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D ἄρα never stands first in the sentence in Classical Greek Refs 4th c.BC+, but is found at the beginning of an apodosis in NT, and first in a sentence, NT+2nd c.AD+; in conclusion of syllogism, Refs 2nd c.AD+

—

† חִתִּי adj. et n.gent. Hittite(s) (Egyptian Ḫ-tá, Ḫetá. W Max MüllAsien u. Europa, 319 ff.; Assyrian Ḫatti, SchrKG 192 ff. COT on Gn 10:19 DlPa, 269 ff.; Tel-el-Amarna Ḫatti, Ḫatta BezTel el Amarn. Brit. Mus. 150)—m. always c. art. הַחִתִּי Gn 23:10 Ex 3:8 +; f. חִתִּית Ez 16:3, 45; mpl. הַחִתִּים Jos 1:4 + 3 times; fpl. חִתִּיֹּת 1 K 11:1;— 1. adj., of seller of Machpelah to Abr., עֶפְרוֹן הַחִתִּי Gn 23:10; 49:29, 30; 50:13; עֶפְרֹן בֶּן־צֹחַר הַח׳ 25:9 (all P); of fathers of Esau’s wives בְּאֵרִי הַח׳ Gn 26:34; אֵילוֹן הַח׳ v 34; 36:2 (all P); also of warriors of David, אֲחִימֶלֶךְ הַח׳ 1 S 26:6, and especially אוּרִיָּה הַח׳ 2 S 11:3, 6, 17, 21, 24; 12:9, 10; 23:39 1 K 15:5 1 Ch 11:41; fs. = subst., only of (religious) ancestry of Jerus. Ez 16:3 thy father was the Amorite, and thy mother was a Hittite woman חִתִּית, similarly v 45; fpl.; = subst. of Sol.’s foreign wives, חִתִּיֹּת 1 K 11:1 Hittite women (+ מוֹאֲבִיּוֹת, עַמּוֹנִיּוֹת, אֲדֹמִיִּת, צֵדְנִיֹּת). 2. n. usually a. coll. הַחִתִּי the Hittites: in lists of Canaanitish peoples Gn 15:20 (JE), Ex 3:8, 17 (both J), 13:5, 23:23, 28; 33:2; 34:11 Nu 13:29 Jos 3:10 (all JE), Dt 7:1; 20:17 Jos 9:1; 12:8; 24:11 (all D); read also for הַחִוִּי Ju 3:3 (so We Mey BuUrg. 350); in Jos 11:3 (D) del. הַחִתִּי We Mey Bul.c., and read then הַחִתִּי for הַחִוִּי v b (so 𝔊, not 𝔊L); further 1 K 9:20 = 2 Ch 8:7, Ezr 9:1 Ne 9:8. b. pl. הַחִתִּים: כֹּל אֶרֶץ הַחִתִּים Jos 1:4 (D) nearly = land of Canaanites; ארץ הַח׳ specif. of northern home of Hittites Ju 1:26; so also 2 S 24:6 where read אֶרֶץ הַחִתִּים קֵ֫דְשָׁה (for MT תחתים חָדְשִׁי, v. חָדְשִׁי, קֵדֶשׁ); מַלְכֵי הַחִתִּים 1 K 10:29 = 2 Ch 1:17 (both + מַלְכֵי אֲרָם), 2 K 7:6 (+ מַלְכֵי מִצְרַיִם, both feared by אֲרָם). Hence it appears that הַחִתִּי(ם) had their proper seat in the north—where also they were encountered by Assyrians from time of TP I (v. Schr Dll.c.), and by Egyptians from time of Tutmes III (v. W Max Mülll.c.).—(cf. also Ju 3:3 Jos 11:3 supr.), but that individual Hittites were known in Isr. (cf., besides 1 S 2:6 2 S 11:3 etc., 1 K 9:20 supr.); that the Hittites were regarded (by JED) as one of the peoples of Canaan, and that the name even came to be used in more gen. sense for Canaanites. Only in P do they appear as having a definite settlement in the south, and are designated by בְּנֵי־חֵת (v. חֵת), as well as by the adj. הַחתִּי.

† יָהּ50 n.pr.dei contr. from יהוה, first appears in early poems; Ex 15:2 עָזִּי וְזִמְרָת יָהּ My strength and song is Yah (cited Is 12:2 ψ 118:14), cf. the poetic extract יָד עַל כֵּם יָהּ = hand to the throne of Yah Ex 17:16 (E), the song of Hezekiah Is 38:11 (repeated by dittography), (א)שׁ להבת יה (so read in preference to the MT שַׁלְהֶבֶתְיָה) = flame of fire from Yah Ct 8:6; ביה יהוה Is 26:4 (יהוה sustained by Aq and the rhythmical movement, unless it be a mistake for שׁמו, cf. ψ 68:5), יה אלהים ψ 68:19. Elsewhere יָהּ is used only in late ψ, especially in the Hallels, in the phrase הַלֲלוּ־יָהּ praise ye Yah ψ 104:35; 105:45; 106:1, 48; 111:1; 112:1; 113:1, 9; 115:18; 116:19; 117:2; 135:1, 3, 21; 146:1, 10; 147:1, 20; 148:1, 14; 149:1, 9; 150:1, 6, cf. also יהלל יה 102:19 יהללו יה 115:17 תהלל יה ψ 150:6 (v. הלל); in var. other phrases ψ 77:12; 89:9; 94:7, 12; 115:18; 118:5, 5, 14, 17, 18, 19; 122:4; 130:3; 135:4.

יִשְׁמָעֵאל48 n.pr.m. (Ēl heareth; Sab. יסמעאל Hal 187; on form cf. LagBN 131);— 1. son of Abraham and Hagar Gn 16:11 (name expl. כִּי שָׁמַע י׳ וגו׳), v 15, 16 + 11 times Gn 17:25, 28:9(×2), 36:3 1 Ch 1:28, 29, 31; Ισμαηλ. 2. usually Ισμαηλ: murderer of Gedaliah Je 40:8, 14, 15, 16 + 17 times Je 41, 2 K 25:23, 25 (𝔊L Ισραηλ!). 3. in Benj. 1 Ch 8:38; 9:44. 4. in Judah: a. 2 Ch 19:11. b. 23:1. 5. Jew with foreign wife Ezr 10:22, Σαμαηλ, A 𝔊L Ισμαηλ.

† עֲזַרְיָ֫הוּ, עֲזַרְיָה n.pr.m. (י׳ hath helped); Azariah (OHeb. עזריהו, Ph. עזרבעל, Old Aramaic הדדעזר, הדעדר, Lzb338, 258 Cook42);—Αζαριας: 1. king of Judah (Assyrian Azriyâʾû COT 2 K 15:1 JägerBAS i. 468) עֲוַרְיָהוּ 2 K 15:6, 8; עֲוַרְיָה 14:21; 15:1, 7, 17, 23, 27; 1 Ch 3:12 (v. עֻזִּיָּה). 2. -יָהוּ officer of Sol. 1 K 4:5. 3. id. prophet 2 Ch 15:1. 4. sons of Jehosh.: a. id., 2 Ch 21:2. b. -יָה v 2. 5. priests: a. -יָהוּ 1 K 4:2 = -יָה 1 Ch 5:36, 37; Ezr 7:3. b. -יָה 1 Ch 5:35(×2). c. id., 1 Ch 5:39, 40; 9:11; Ezr 7:1. d. id., Ne 10:3. e. -יָהוּ 2 Ch 31:10, 13, = -יָה 26:17, 20. 6. Levites, -יָהוּ: a. 2 Ch 29:12. b. v 12. -יָה: c. 1 Ch 6:21. d. Ne 8:7. 7. -יָהוּ a temple captain 2 Ch 23:1 a (van d. H. -יָה cf. Ginsbmargin), v 1 b. 8. -יָה wall-builder Ne 3:23, 24. 9. -יָה one with Zerub. 7:7 (שְׂרָיָה ‖ Ezr 2:2). 10. -יָה 12:33. 11. -יָהוּ Ephraimite 2 Ch 28:12. 12. -יָה name in Judah: a. son of Ethan (!) 1 Ch 2:8. b. v 38, 39.*—For עֲזַרְיָה 2 Ch 22:6 read אֲחַזְיָה, cf. v 7.

שַׁדַּי48 n.m. dei (etym. dub. (1) Aq Sym Theod ἱκανός; Rabb שֶׁ־ + דַּי (self-)sufficient, no moderns. (2)= almighty, √ שׁדד + י = Thes De Di Sta, or √ שׁדה = שׁדד, n. intens. Ew§ 155 c, but שׁדד (q.v.) is deal violently not simply mightily; cf. 𝔊 παντοκράτωρ 14 (15) times (but in Pent. אל שׁ׳ is ὁ Θεός μου, σου, etc.), 𝔙 mostly omnipotens. (3) שֵׁדַי (v. שֵׁד) my sovereign lord, ‖ אֲדֹנָי, בעלי NöSBA 1880, 775; ZMG xlii (1888), 481; HoffmPh. Inscr. 53; used of foreign deities (Dt 32:17), and so discredited (cf. בַּעַל).—> other conj., e.g. RSOTJC, 424 √ שׁדה pour forth (God as rain-giver); DlPr 96 sq. Assyrian šadûʾ, high, ilu šadûʾa, CheComm. Is ii. 148, or šadû, mountain, also in n.pr.; v. further Dr Gn 404 ff.);— 1. שַׁדַּי Nu 24:4, 16 (JE, poem), and so as archaism Ru 1:20, 21 ψ 68:15; 91:1 Jo 1:15 = Is 13:6; Ez 1:24 (del. Co); especially Jb 5:17 + 30 times Jb (+ 19:29 Ew Di, reading שׁ׳ for שׁדין). 2. אֵל שַׁדַּי Gn 49:25 (poem; so read for אֵת שׁ׳, v. Sam. 𝔊 𝔖 Saad, Heb. Codd.), and so, as archaism, divine name of patriarchs in P, Gn 17:1; 28:3; 35:11; 48:3; Ex 6:3; Gn 43:14 (RP); so Ez 10:5 (del. Co; but 𝔊 Σαδδαι).

† יְהוֹאָשׁ, יוֹאָשׁ n.pr.m. 𝔊 Ἰωας (י׳ is strong, cf. אישׁ; or hath bestowed, cf. Arabic آسَ bestow; Ph. יאש n.pr.f.; Sab. אלאוס Hal 150, אוסאל Hal 144, יאוסאל Hal 192, cf. DHMZMG 1883, 15);— 1. יְהו׳ king of Judah, son of Ahaziah (Jehoahaz 3) 2 K 12:1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 19; 14:13, = יוֹאָשׁ 2 K 11:2; 12:20, 21; 13:1, 10; 14:1, 3, 17, 23; 1 Ch 3:11; 2 Ch 22:11; 24:2, 4, 22, 24; 25:23, 25; = יֹאָשׁ 2 Ch 24:1. 2. יְהוֹ׳ king of Israel, son of Jehoahaz 2, 2 K 13:10, 25; 14:8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 16, 17 = יוֹאָשׁ 2 K 13:9, 12, 13(×2), 14, 25; 14:1, 23, 27 2 Ch 25:17, 18, 21, 23, 25 Ho 1:1 Am 1:1. 3. יו׳ father of Gideon (Jerubbaal) Ju 6:11, 29, 30, 31; 7:14; 8:13, 29, 32, 32. 4. יו׳ a prince of Ahab’s house, called בֶּן־הַמֶּלֶךְ 1 K 22:26 = 2 Ch 18:25. 5. יו׳ one of David’s heroes 1 Ch 12:3 (𝔊 Ἰωα, Ἰωας, A Ἰωρας). 6. יוֹאָשׁ a Judaite prince 1 Ch 4:22 (𝔊 Ἰωαδα, Ἰωας).

II. רָחֵל47 n. pr. f. (ewe, RSK 219);—Rachel, Ραχηλ, daughter of Laban and wife of Jacob: Gn 29:6, 9, 10, 11, 28, 29, 30 + 36 times Gn (JE 37 times, P 6 times), + קְבֻרַת(־)ר׳ 35:20 (JE), 1 S 10:2 (cf. אֶפְרָתָה 1, p. 68; on site vid. DrHast.DB. Rachel); ר׳ (in fig.) Je 31:15; ר׳ Ru 4:11 (in sim.).

אָסָף n.pr.m. (gatherer, cf. Ph. n.pr.f. אספת) †1. father of יוֹאָח the recorder 2 K 18:18, 37 = Is 36:3, 22. 2. one of David’s chief musicians, a Levite, son of Berechiah 1 Ch 6:24(×2) (‖ הֵימָן v 18, אֵיתָן v 29 vid. these names); 15:17 (‖ Heman & Ethan, all called) הַמְשֹׁרֲרִים v 19, v. also 16:5(×2), 7 cf. v 37 (‖ Heman & Jeduthun v 41, 42); 25:9, named with Heman & Jeduthun also 25:6; 2 Ch 5:12; 35:15; ψ 50. 73–83 are ascribed to Asaph; cf. also בִּימֵי דָוִיד וְאָסָף Ne 12:46; he is called also הַחֹזֶה 2 Ch 29:30, cf. אָסָף הַנִּבָּא עַל־יְדֵי הַמֶּלֶךְ 1 Ch 25:2; repeated mention is made also of sons of Asaph בְּנֵי־אָסָף, sons, descendants, and pupils, or those who sang and played after his manner 1 Ch 25:1 (‖ Heman & Jeduthun) v 2(×2); called הַמְשֹׁרֲרִים 2 Ch 35:15; Ezr 2:41; Ne 7:44; 11:22, cf. Ezr 3:10; performing service of purification, Hezekiah’s time 2 Ch 29:13, one of them prophesying 2 Ch 20:14;—1 Ch 26:1 for בְּנֵי אָסָף read בְּנֵי אֶבְיָסָף, cf. 9:19; on זִכְרִי 9:15, זַבְדִּי Ne 11:17, זַכּוּר 12:35, called בֶּן־אָסָף, v. these names. †3. keeper of king’s park Ne 2:8.

נֹחַ46 n.pr.m. Noah (Nab. n.pr. נוח Lzb 322, Syriac n.pr. ܢܘܚ MeissnVOJ viii, (1894), 303 ad fin. (No. 116));—Gn 5:29 (where trad. etym.), + 40 times Gn 5–10 (not in ED); 1 Ch 1:4; נֹחַ דָּנִאֵל וְאִיּוֹב Ez 14:14, 20; מֵי נֹחַ = flood Is 54:9(×2); 𝔊 Νωε.—On hist. of interpret. of name v. GoldziherZMG xxiv. (1870), 207 ff.

† דַּמֶּ֫שֶׂק n.pr.loc. Damascus (Assyrian Dimašḳi, Dimasḳi, DlPa 280 SchrCOT Gn 15, 2 & ABK 323 Jäger BAS ii. 281 f.; Arabic دَمِشْقُ, دِمِشْقُ; Aramaic 𝔗 Onk, etc. דמשק, Ps-Jon דרמשק; ܕܰܪܡܣܘܽܩ )—דַּמֶּשֶׂק 1 K 11:24 + 28 times; דַּמָּ֑שֶׂק Gn 14:15 + 8 times; דַּרְמֶשֶׂק 1 Ch 18:5 + 3 times Ch; דַּרְמָ֑שֶׂק 2 Ch 24:23; 28:5, דּוּמֶּשֶׂק 2 K 16:10; דְּמֶשֶׁק Am 3:12 v. foll., Vrss. דַּמֶּשֶׂק;—ancient Aramaean city, situated lat. 33° 30ˊ N., long. 36° 15ˊ E., in plain E. of Hermon & SE. of Anti-Lebanon; on the Nahr Baradâ (Gk. Chrysorrhoas); mod. Dimishḳ & Esh-Sham, RobBR iii. 440 ff. BdPal 307; Damascus Gn 14:15; Am 5:27; 1 K 11:24(×2) 2 K 14:28; Ct 7:5; so also prob. Gn 15:2 (perhaps gloss cf. Di), (&Am 3:12 v. foll.); a trading-centre Ez 27:18; as capital & residence of king of Aram 1 K 15:18 = 2 Ch 16:2, cf. 1 K 20:34; 2 K 16:9, 10(×2), 11(×2), 12; 2 Ch 28:5; Is 7:8(×2); 8:4; 10:9 (cf. PetersHbr April 1885, 242) 17:1(×2), 3; Je 49:23, 24, 27; including also surrounding territory Ez 47:16, 17 cf. v 18; 48:1, v. מִדְבַּ֫רָה ד׳ 1 K 19:15; נַהֲרוֹת ד׳ 2 K 5:12; = kingdom Am 1:3, 5 cf. Zc 9:1; once (late) מֶלֶךְ ד׳ 2 Ch 24:23; note, also אֲרַם ד׳ 2 S 8:5, 6 = 1 Ch 18:5, 6; further אֱלֹהֵי ד׳ 2 Ch 28:23 (‖ אֱלֹהֵי מַלְכֵי אֲרָם).

† זְבוּלֻן, זְבֻלוּן n.pr.m. Zebulun (on expl. of name given in E and J cf. זבד, זבל);—זְבוּלֻן Gn 49:13 + 25 times; זְבֻלוּן Ju 5:18 + 17 times; זְבוּלוּן Ju 1:30;— 1. sixth son of Jacob and Leah Gn 30:20; 35:23; 46:14; 49:13 Ex 1:3 1 Ch 2:1. 2. the tribe of Zebulun Nu 1:9 Dt 27:13; 33:18(×2) Ju 1:30; 4:10; 5:14, 18 Ez 48:26 1 Ch 12:34, 41; 27:19 2 Ch 30:11, 18; cf. שָׂרֵי ז׳ ψ 68:28; שַׁעַר ז׳ Ez 48:33; בְּנֵי ז׳ Nu 1:30; 2:7; 7:24; 26:26 Jos 19:10, 16 Ju 4:6; מַטֵּה ז׳ Nu 1:31; 2:7; 13:10; מַטֵּה בְּנֵי ז׳ Nu 10:16; 34:25. 3. territory of the tribe אֶרֶץ ז׳ Ju 12:12, אַרְצָה ז׳ Is 8:23, גְּבוּל ז׳ Ez 48:27; also ז׳ alone Jos 19:27, 34 2 Ch 30:10, מַטֵּה ז׳ Jos 21:7, 34 1 Ch 6:48, 62.

† חָלָב n.m. milk (NH id. (and vb. denom.); Aramaic חַלְבָּא, ܚܰܠܒܳܐ, Ph. חלב; Arabic حَليبٌ n. fresh milk, حَلَبَ vb. milk; Assyrian alibu, milk, v. DlPr 174; Ethiopic ሐሊብ )—ח׳ abs. Gn 18:18 + 35 times + Ez 34:3 (v. infr.); cstr. חֲלֵב Ex 23:19 + 5 times; sf. חֲלָבִי Ct 5:1, חֲלָבֵךְ Ez 25:4;—milk: a. as common food Gn 18:8 (J; distinct from חֶמְאָה curd, q.v.), חֲלֵב צֹאן Dt 32:14 (poet.; distinct from חֶמְאַת בָּקָר); in Ju 5:25 חָלָב is used parallel with חֶמְאָה; elsewhere חֶמְאָה seems to be produced from חָלָב:—מִיץ חָלָב יוֹצִיא חֶמְאָה Pr 30:33 a pressing (squeezing) of milk produces curd; מֵרֹב עֲשׂוֹת חָלָב יֹאכַל חֶמְאָה Is 7:22 because of abundant yield of milk he shall eat curd; cf. also חֲרִצֵי הֶחָלָב 1 S 17:18 cuts of milk, i.e. cheeses; it was received in buckets or pails (עֲטִינָיו) Jb 21:24 (v. Ew De Di VB), and kept in skins (נֹאוד ח׳) Ju 4:19; men drank it (שׁתה) Ez 25:4 (cf. השׁקה Ju 4:19), but also ate it (אכל), if emend. הֶחָלָב Ez 34:3 (for הַחֵלֶב) is right, 𝔊 𝔙 Bö Hi-Sm Co, al.; it was poured out, v. sim. of formation of the embryo הֲלֹא כֶח׳ תַּתִּיכֵנִי Jb 10:10 hast thou not poured me out like milk? specif. (1) חֲלֵב עִזִּים לְלַחְמְךָ Pr 27:27 milk of goats for thy food (RSSem i. 204). (2) c. אֵם mother’s milk: of kid לֹא־תְבַשֵּׁל גְּדִי בַּחֲלֵב אִמּוֹ Ex 23:19 = 34:26 (JE) = Dt 14:21, cf. טְלֵה ח׳ 1 S 7:9 sucking lamb (for sacrif.); but also of human beings גְּמוּלֵי מֵח׳ Is 28:9 weaned from milk (‖ עַתִּיקֵי מִשָּׁדָ֑יִם); fig. in promise to Zion וְיָנַקְתְּ חֲלֵב גּוֹיִם Is 60:16 and thou shalt suck the milk of nations (‖ וְשֹׁד מְלָכִים תִּינָ֑קִי). (3) ח׳ with wine, as especially delicacy Ct 5:1 (v. De), fig. of י׳’s choicest blessings Is 55:1. (4) often in phr. of productiveness of land of Canaan זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָ֑שׁ (דְּבַשׁ) flowing with milk and honey Ex 3:8, 17; 13:5; 33:3 Nu 13:27; 14:8; 16:14 (all JE), Lv 20:24 (H), Dt 6:3; 11:9; 26:9, 15; 27:3; 31:20 Jos 5:6 Je 11:5; 32:22 Ez 20:6, 15, of Egypt Nu 16:13; the hills תֵּלַכְנָה ח׳ Jo 4:18 (‖ יִטְּפוּ הֶהָרִים עָסִיס); fig. of charms of loved one דְּבַשׁ וְח׳ תַּחַת לְשׁוֹנֵךְ Ct 4:12 honey and milk are under thy tongue. b. milk as white לְבֶן־שִׁנַּיִם מֵח׳ Gn 49:12 white of teeth, from milk; צַחוּ מֵח׳ La 4:7 they were whiter than milk (‖ זַכּוּ מִשֶּׁלֶג); so also prob. of eyes (iris) רֹחֲצוֹת בֶּח׳ Ct 5:12 bathed in milk, i.e. the white of the eye.—On milk as not used by Israel in sacrifice v. RSSem 204.

יְהוֹנָתָן, יוֹנָתָן יְהוֹנָתָן, יוֹנָתָן n.pr.m. 𝔊 Ἰωναθαν throughout, with occasional var. (י׳ hath given; cf. אֶלְנָתָן, נְתַנְיָהוּ, נְתַנְאֵל, & reff., Temanite רמננתן HalRÉJ 1884, ix. 7 f. NbrStud. Bib. i. 211; Sab. והבאום Hal 10)— 1. יְהוֹ׳ son of Saul 1 S 14:6, 8; 18:1(×2) + 40 times 1 S; 2 S 1:4 + 18 times 2 S; 1 Ch 8:33, 34; 9:39, 40; = יוֹ׳ 1 S 13:2, 3 + 27 times 1 S, 1 Ch 10:2. †2. יְהוֹ׳ son of Abiathar 2 S 15:27, 36; 17:17, 20; = יוֹ׳ 1 K 1:42, 43. †3. יְהוֹ׳ nephew of David 2 S 21:21 = 1 Ch 20:7; appar. called Jonadab 2 S 13:3 ff. where 𝔊L Ἰωναθαν, cf. יְהוֹנָדָב" dir="rtl" >יהונדב 2. †4. יְהוֹ׳; דּוֹד of David, i.e. his uncle? 1 Ch 27:32. †5. יְהוֹ׳ one of David’s heroes 2 S 23:32 (cf. Dr) = יוֹנָתָן 1 Ch 11:34. †6. יְהוֹ׳ one of David’s treasurers 1 Ch 27:25. †7. יְהוֹ׳ a scribe Je 37:15, 20; 38:26. †8. Levites a. יְהוֹ׳ 2 Ch 17:8; b. יוֹ׳ Ne 12:35. †9. יְהוֹ׳ a priest Ne 12:18. †10. יְהוֹ׳ priest to the tribe of Dan, son of Gershom Ju 18:30. †11. יוֹ׳ a Judaite captain, after fall of Jerus. Je 40:8. †12. יוֹ׳ a Judaite 1 Ch 2:32, 33. †13. יוֹ׳ father of Ebed Ezr 8:6. †14. יוֹ׳ son of Asahel Ezr 10:15. †15. יוֹ׳ a priest Ne 12:14. †16. יוֹ׳ son of Joiada Ne 12:11(×2) appar. = יְהוֹחָנָן 2.

† קָשַׁר vb. bind, league together, conspire (NH id., bind, join, קֶשֶׁר knot; 𝔗 קְטַר, Syriac ܩܛܰܪ bind (ט for ת after ק) NöZMG xl.735, who cp. also (‘perhaps’) Arabic قَسَرَ force to do a thing, Ethiopic ቈጸረ: bind);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. קָשַׁר Am 7:10; 1 K 16:16; 2 ms. sf. וּקְשַׁרְתָּם consec. Dt 6:8, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. וַיִּקְשֹׁר 1 K 15:27 +, וַיִּקְשָׁר־ 2 K 15:30, etc.; Imv. ms. sf. קָשְׁרֵם Pr 3:3 +; Pt. act. pl. קשְׁרִים 2 S 15:31 +; pass. fs. קְשׁוּרָה Gn 44:30; Pr 22:15; pl. קְשֻׁרִים Gn 30:42;— 1. bind: a. lit., c. acc. rei + עַל Gn 38:28 (J), Je 51:63, + ב, Jos 2:18, 21 (JE); bind, confine, c. acc. רֵים Jb 39:10 (+ בְּתֶלֶם), acc. of crocod. 40:29. b. fig., c. acc. + עַל Dt 6:8; 11:18; Pr 3:3; 6:21; 7:3 (all of religious and moral precepts); c. ב, נַפְשׁוֹ קְשׁוּרָה בְנַפְשׁוֹ Gn 44:30 his life is bound up with his [viz. the boy’s] life (J; of strong affection); אִוֶּלֶת ק׳ בְלֶב־נָ֑עַר Pr 22:15. c. pt. pass. vigorous (proposes well-knit; opp. עֲטֻפִים) Gn 30:42 (J) 2. league together, conspire: c. על pers. against 1 S 22:8, 13; Am 7:10; 1 K 15:27; 16:9; 2 K 10:9; 15:10, 25; 21:23, 24 = 2 Ch 33:24, 25; 2 Ch 24:21; c. acc. cogn. קֶשֶׁר, 1 K 16:20; 2 K 12:21; 15:15, + עַל pers. 14:19 = 2 Ch 25:27; 2 K 15:30; abs. 1 K 16:16; Ne 4:2 (+ inf. purpose); c. עִם, together with, 2 S 15:31. Niph. Pf. 3 fs. נִקְשְׁרָה 1 S 18:1 the life of Jonathan was bound up with the life of D. (Qal 1 b); Impf. 3 fs. וַתִּקָּשֵׁר כ��ּל־הַחוֹמָה Ne 3:38 all the wall was joined together (the circuit complete). Pi. Impf. 1. bind on (as ornament), 2 fs. sf. וּתְקַשְּׁרִים Is 49:18 (fig.; ‖ תִּלְבְּשִׁי). 2. bind fast, 2 ms. (הַ)תְקַשֵּׁר מַעֲדַנּוֹת כִּימָה Jb 38:31 canst thou bind fast the bands of the Pleiades? Pu. Pt. הַצֹּאן הַמְּקֻשָּׁרוֹת Gn 30:41 (J), = Qal 1 c. Hithp. conspire: Pf. 3 pl. הִתְקַשְּׁרוּ עַל־ 2 Ch 24:25 (‖ 2 K 12:21 Qal 2); Impf. 3 ms. וַיִּתְקַשֵּׁר אֶל־ 2 K 9:14; Pt. pl. הַמִּתְקַשְּׁרִים עָלָיו 2 Ch 24:26.

שִׁמְעוֹן44 n.pr.m. (cf. n.pr. שמעון in Palm. Lzb 378; meaning doubtful; RS al. cp. سِمْعٌ, said to mean offspring of hyena and wolf; v. HoggEB iv. 4531);— 1. second son of Jacob and Leah, Συμεων: Gn 29:33 (name expl. from שָׁמַע), 35:23 Ex 1:2 + 14 times (assoc. especially with Levi Gn 34:25, 30; 49:5). 2. tribal name Ju 1:3(×2), 17 Nu 1:6 +; so בְּנֵי שׁ׳ Nu 1:22 + 7 times, מַטֵּה שׁ׳ Nu 1:23; 2:12; 13:5; מַטֵּה בְנֵי שׁ׳ 10:19; 34:20 Jos 19:1, 8; 21:9 1 Ch 6:50. †3. post-ex.. Jew with foreign wife Ezr 10:31.

I. שִׁמְעִי43 I. שִׁמְעִי43 n.pr.m. usually Σεμεει: 1. in Benj.: a. 2 S 16:5, 7, 13; 19:17, 19, 22, 24, 1 K 2:8 + 10 times 1 K 2. †b. 1 K 1:8, perhaps = 4:18. 2. a Ramathite 1 Ch 27:27. †3. Levites: a. ‘son’ of Gershon Ex 6:17 Nu 3:18 1 Ch 6:2; 23:7, 9, 10(×2). b. 6:14. c. v 27. d. 25:17 e. 2 Ch 29:14. f. 31:12, 13. g. Ezr 10:23. †4. brother of Zerub. 1 Ch 3:19. †5. in Simeon 4:26, 27. †6. in Reuben 5:4. †7. 1 Ch 8:13 = (ii.) שֶׁמַע v 13. †8. post-ex. names: a. Ezr 10:33. b. v 38 (cf. 3 g supr.). †9. grandfather of Mordecai Est 2:5. 10. 2 S 21:21 Kt (Qr שִׁמְעָא q.v. 1).